Home

SYSMAC CS/CJ Series Serial Communications Boards and

1. Overview Section 1 2 Connectable Devices CJ1W SCU21 Two RS 232C ports oe RS 232C port CJ1W SCU41 One RS 232C and One RS 422A 485 Port RS 422A 485 port RS 232C port The following serial communications modes are supported by the Serial Com munications Boards Host Link SYSMAC WAY protocol macro 1 N NT Link and loopback test modes The devices shown in the following diagram can be connected Programming Device excluding General purpose Programmable Pro p ji i gramming Host computer external device Terminal PT Console p Serial Communications Unit CS CJ series PC General purpose Programmable Programming Host computer external device Terminal PT Device excluding Functions Added in the V1 Upgrade Note Note Programming Console A 1 1 NT Link is not supported The CS1W SCB21 V1 and CS1W SCB41 V1 Serial Communications Boards and CS1W SCU21 V1 Serial Communications Unit were upgraded to sup port the Simple Backup Function in the V1 upgrade The
2. 1 2 3 1 Align the connectors properly and then press in on the Unit to connect it Connector A SEZ O POWER SYSMAC PUN Sgi 7 si p n P s x a gt Ia Acton 24 E d D ee iE aA b S9 PERIPHERAL mie auf 5 S3 SEN ql n e I Al pe aE ei s PORT u 2 Slide the sliders on the top and bottom of the Unit until they lock the Units together Slider Z f omron SSS Es O PoweR SYSMAC m SAPT m oe fom id cuGcrus mi BRESSE L AC100 240y INPUT 0 a L o Q 00000 ooo00f O PORT2 RUN E I Dezav fl Note If the sliders are not locked properly the Serial Communications Units may not function correctly 39 Basic Operating Procedure Connections 40 Section 1 9 Connect the external devices using RS 232C or RS 422A cables For details on the connector pin layout and the connection methods see Section 3 Instal lation and Wiring and refer to the relevant manuals for the external d
3. CS1W ETNO1 CS1W ETN11 CU1W ETN11 Ethernet Unit Operation Manual Name Cat No Contents SYSMAC CS Cu series W336 Describes the use of Serial Communications Unit CS1W SCB21 V1 41 V1 CS1W SCU21 V1 and Boards to perform serial communications with CJ1W SCU21 41 external devices including the usage of standard Serial Communications Boards and system protocols for OMRON products Serial Communications Unit Operation Manual this manual SYSMAC CS Cu series W341 Provides information on how to program and operate CQM1H PRO E1 CQM1 PRO01 E CS CJ series PCs using a Programming Console C200H PRO27 E Programming Consoles Operation Manual SYSMAC CS series CS1G H CPULILIH CS1G H W339 Describes the installation and operation of the CS CPULIL EV1 series PCs Programmable Controllers Operation Manual SYSMAC Cu series W393 Describes the installation and operation of the CJ CJ1G H CPULIOIH CJ1M CPULLS series PCs CJ1G CPU Programmable Controllers Operation Manual SYSMAC CS CJ series CS1G H CPULIL EV1 W394 Describes the ladder diagram programming functions CS1G H CPULIH and other functions supported by CS series and CJ CJ1G CPULIL E CJ1G H CPUOUOH series PCs Programmable Controllers Programming Manual SYSMAC CS Cu series CS1
4. RS 422A SDB 2 Ne ji FG mter RDA 6 m 2 SD RDB 8 mmr ot 8 SDB RD 3 RD _ RS 232C L LEG Hood K l 4 4 RTS Interface 5 5 CTS 4 wire D sub i ae _ E 6 pnra Terminating Nector male k cae bere mara a a resistance ON l DSR Shield 8 CSA DTR a ECNI RS 422 RS 232 DIP Switch D sub 9 pin con Pin 2 OFF nector male otherwise same as below NT AL001 E Link Adapter Pin Signal Signal Pin shield Signal RS 2320 l 1 GRD NC 1 FG Oo ee ee SD l 3 SDB __RD 3 RD TK Ee ea F RS 232C 4 SDA RTS 4 RTS interface DIP Switch 5 RDB CTS 5 CTS Pin 1 ON LHT 6 RDA 5V_ 6 m Ea Pin 2 ON terminating 7 cs8 DSR 7 DSR resistance 8 GSA DIR 8 DTR f Shield Pin 3 OFF Pin 4 OFF Pea Base x Sa Pin 5 OFF b Pin 6 ON Terminal block D sub 9 pin 5 V connector power male 96 Wiring Section 3 3 3 3 11 1 N NT Link Connections with Programmable Terminals The connections used for each port type in NT Link mode are the same as for protocol macro mode See 3 3 10 Connections for Protocol Macros Up to eight Units or Boards can be used for a 1 N connection Direct Connections from RS 232C to RS 232C Ports Serial Communications Board o
5. RS 422A 485 communications Serial Communications 4 wire Unit or Board NT AL001 E f i f j i Signal Signal Pin RS 232C Pin Signal Signal Pin RS 422A k RS 422A Shield Shield SDA 1485 FG i 1 NC GRD 1 SDB interface SD 2 2 SD ise 2 i RDA RD 3 RD SB 3 i 7 RDB RS 232c _RTS 4 RTS SDA 4 mt interface CTS 5 CTS RDB 5 i Device supporting 5V e 5V RDA 6 tt RS 422A 485 DSA 7 DSA less 7 communications DTR 8 DTR csa 8 os SG 9 SG See note RS 232 RS 422 pignal see D sub 9 pin D sub 9 pin Terminal block SDA 485 connector male connector male SDB interface RDA DIP SW Pin 1 ON e Pin 2 ON Terminating resistance Pin 3 OFF 4 wire Pin 4 OFF Pin 5 OFF Device supporting Pin 6 ON RS 422A 485 Serial Communications communications Unit or Board NT AL001 E 2 wire aI RS 232C ae ee pea Signal Pin Shield Pin Signal Signal Pin eee FG 1 NC GRD 1 interface sD gt 2 2 E SG 2 eres as ogec RD_ 3 3 RD SDB 3 interface RIS 4 4 RTS SDA 4 cTS 5 5 S RDB 5 5V 6 6 5V IRDA 6 Device supporting DSR A 7_ DSR CSB 7 RS 422A 485 DTR 8 8 DTR CSA 8 communications SG 9 9 SG 2 wire D sub 9 pin See note RS 232 RS 422 connector male D sub 9 pin Terminal block Signal ASAA connector male 7 Be interface LHB DIP SW Pin 1 ON Pin 2 ON Terminating
6. Setting e Communications Format SW1 SW2 SW3 Data STOP i bos ae res i length bit bit bit Parity type o 1 1 1 200 0 0 0 7 2 E 1 o o 2 400 0 0 1 7 2 O 1 o 1 4800 0 1 0 7 1 E 1 1 Q 9 600 0 1 1 7 i O 1 1 1 19 200 1 0 0 8 2 N 1 ON O OFF 1 0 1 8 1 N 1 1 0 8 1 E 1 1 1 8 1 O 1 ON 0 0FF See note 1 See note 2 Note 1 Data length setting 7 bits ASCII code 8 bits JIS8 unit code 2 Parity setting E Even parity O Odd parity N No parity designation DIP Switch 2 MODE2 Lo e SW8 Receive Side Terminating Resistance Setting Valid Only for the V600 CA2A 1 Connected ID Controller send side 0 Not connected e SW7 Receive Side Terminating Resistance Setting Valid Only for the V600 CA2A fl Connected ID Controller receive side 0 Not connected e SW6 Communications Protocol Setting 1 1 to N protocol 0 1 to 1 protocol e ID Controller Unit Number Setting Valid Only for the 1 to N Protocol SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Unit No e Local Communications Mode Setting _ 0 0 0 0 No 0 1 Speed priority setting 0 0 0 1 No 1 0 Distance priority setting 0 0 1 o No 2 0 0 1 1 No 3 Q 1 0 0 No 4 0 1 0 1 No 5 0 1 1 0 No 6 e SW1 Setting S i i NS This setting i only valid if the EEPROM type battery ei less type Data Carrier DC
7. n 9 port 1 or 19 port 2 Error code ak Sequence wait status Sequence Wait Flag 0 Other than above Sequence Abort Completion Flag 1 Sequence aborted 0 Other than above 1 Sequence ended Sequence End Completion Flag Othetthan bove 1 Trace executing Tracing Flag 0 Other than above 1 Protocol macro processing aborted 0 Other than above Abort Flag 1 Step processing error 0 Step processing normal Step Error Processing Flag 1 Protocol macro executing 0 Protocol macro executed Protocol Macro Executing Flag 146 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Name Protocol Macro Exe cuting Flag Address Board CIO 190915 port 1 CIO 191915 port 2 Unit n 9 bit 15 port 1 n 19 bit 15 port 2 Protocol Status Area Meaning This flag is turned ON when a PMCR 260 instruction sequence is executed The flag remains OFF when execution fails When the sequence is completed and receive data is written the flag is turned OFF after all the receive data has been written to I O memory This flag is turned OFF when the sequence is completed either when it is ended by End or when it is ended by Abort When the scan response notification method is set for the sequence first a check is made to see if the received data has been written to I O memory before the Protocol Macro Exec
8. 15 08 07 oo Pit Error code Details i Record Minute Second oldest Day Hour Year Month Error code Details Minute Second Record Day Hour Year Month Error code Details __ Record Minute Second newest Day Hour Year Month Refer to the list of error codes and details on page 202 The time the error occurred is recorded including the year rightmost two dig its month day hour minute and second in 1 byte BCD binary coded deci mal The error log table can be read or cleared using FINS commands sent to the Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit Refer to 8 4 6 Reading and Clearing Error Log Tables for details The Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Unit use the time information read from the CPU Unit If the time cannot be read from the CPU Unit the time of the error in the error log will be recorded as all zeros For all CS CJ series PCs the time of the CPU Unit s built in clock must be set when the power is turned ON after the battery is mounted If the built in clock time is not set the time recorded in the error log will be incorrect and when the error log is read the time will be irregular 8 4 4 Error Codes and Details Error code error Error contents Details CPU Unit watchdog timer Stored in EEPROM First byte Always 00 Hex Second byte Always 00 Hex error CPU Unit service
9. AS 426 Proessor SN751177N or equivalent Abbreviation RS 422 Terminal Pin pb 220 Q block switch wo FG _ Shell No ation u RDA 6 7 9 SDA i RDB 8 f 5 SDB i E sDA 1 gt 6 RDA W 3 SDB 2 gt 1 RDB i WW i 3 SG oH F Pes 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch 220 Q j BD to the 4 wire setting shield i The terminator 220 Q is set with the terminal block switch 2 Turn ON the terminat ing resistance switch RS 485 2 wire Connections e RS 485 connections can be one to one or one to N A maximum of 32 Serial Communications Units Boards can be connected in one to N systems e The total cable length can be 500 m max e Use shielded twisted pair cable e Be sure to turn ON the terminator switches only in the devices at each end of the transmission line Intelligent Signal Processor 5V SN751177N or equivalent Serial Communications Board Unit E i i Turn OFF all terminal block __ RS 485 switches except at the end station ae 2 Abbreviation RS 485 Terminal _ _ f block Fa 220 Q9 switch A j O 47k SDA 1 719 AW soo z a a 47K i i t f 6 ave D 3 1 IT TIT e lt Shield 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch to the 2 wire setting 1 Intelligent Signal _ Processor end station 2 Turn ON the terminat RS 485 Te
10. RS 422A 485 ES100 gt RS 422A 485 Up to 32 units can be connected ES100 gt RS 422A 485 e RS 422A 4 wire Connections Serial Communications Board Unit ES1000 004 RS 422A D sub RS 422A l 9 pin female f Terminal Block H Signal name Pin No Shield Terminal Signal name 24 SDA i 25 SDB l 16 RDA f 17 RDB l A 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch pea a Next to the 4 wire setting gt 25 7 gt 16 RDA ES100 2 Turn ON the terminat ing resistance switch y gt 17 RDB e RS 485 2 wire Connections Serial Communications Board Unit ES1000 0041 RS 485 D sub t RS 485 o o 9 pin female h Terminal Block Signal name Pin No Shield Terminal SDA 1 16 SBA 2 i 17 l FG Hood i eo eee geet See a gt 16 Next gt 17 ES100 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch to the 2 wire setting YY 2 Turn ON the terminat ing resistance switch 327 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Switch Settings There are two switches located on the board on the left of the Unit Set SW1 to the interface RS 422A or RS 485 Set SW2 to the same setting as SW1 on the terminating Units and to the center on all other Units e 5485 SW1 422 lt 485 Read Event Data Sequence No 250 Hex 00FA Reads events 1 to 10 in the variable area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260
11. 66 I O Memory Allocations Board CS Series only Unit CS CJ Series 14 Section 2 3 Contents Trans 1 Transmission error See note 3 0 No transmission error mission 4 Tfs send finished monitoring time exceeded See note 4 error sta 0 Normal 13 tus 1 Tfr receive finished monitoring time exceeded See note 4 0 Normal 12 1 Tr receive wait monitoring time exceeded See note 4 0 Normal 08 to 11 Number of retries See note 4 07 FCS check error See note 4 0 FCS check normal 06 Command error See note 4 0 No command error 05 Timeout Tfs Tfr or Tr error See note 4 0 Normal 04 Overrun error See note 5 0 Normal 03 Framing error See note 5 0 Normal 02 Parity error See note 5 0 Normal 00 01 Reserved CIO 1919 to CIO 1924 Protocol Status Note 00 to 15 Protocol status See Protocol Status on page 67 The port settings in the Setup Area allocated in the DM Area is read For details on the contents that are read see 2 3 1 DM Area lf a System Set up error occurs the default settings will be read The port types for the Serial Communications Board or Unit and the termi nating resistance switch setting are read Turned ON if an overrun error bit 04 a framing error bit 03 or a parity erro
12. CJ1W SCU41 Port 2 RS 422A 485 RS 232C NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter Converts between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 5 V power supply For NT AL001 E Link Adapter Possible com mand flow Host computer to PC C mode or FINS commands PC to Host computer FINS commands only 13 System Configurations 14 Connection configuration Connection to Serial Communications Board Note 3 Note 2 Es RS 2320 NT AL001 E RS 422A 485 Resistance ON 5 V power Resistance ON Required devices CS1W SCB41 V1 Connected serial communi cations port Remarks Port 2 H ORs 2320 H Rs 4224 485 NT AL001 E Converting Link Adapter RS 232C RS422A 485 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E Link Adapter Section 1 5 Possible com mand flow Host computer to PC 4 wire only C mode or FINS commands PC to Host computer 4 wire only FINS commands only Connection to Serial Communications Unit Note 3 Note 2 al RS 232C NT ALOO1 E Rg 422A 485 i Resistance ON 5 V power Resistance ON CJ1W SCU41 Port 1 RS 422A 485 RS 232C NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter RS 232C lt amp RS422A 485 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E L
13. DIP Switch Settings MONOOABRWNM FG TXD RXD RTS CTS DSR SG DTR Shown below are the settings of 3Z4L 3000 3Z4L 4000 series DIP switches required to use the system proto col sequences 3Z4L 3000 Series DIP Switch 1 Setting Baud rate Status ON OFF ON OFF Handshaking procedure ON OFF RS 232C interface use selection ON OFF ON OFF e DIP Switch 2 Setting Selection for measure ment section ON OFF Status ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Setting of minimum read value ON OFF ON OFF Setting of transparent body measurement func tion ON OFF 402 Setting of simultaneous measurement function ON OFF Set these settings according to the sensor connected Set these settings for 4 digits in the decimal por tion 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K DIP Switch 3 No Setting Status Setting of measurement ON OFF function by 2 measure ment instruments ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Error data exclusion func ON OFF This protocol does not sup tion port the error data exclusion Multistep selection func ON OFF function tion 3Z4L 4000 Series e DIP Switch 1 Setting Status Baud rate ON OFF ON OFF Hand shake procedure ON OFF Delimiter ON OFF ON OFF RS 232C interface use ON OFF sel
14. Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Hysteresis Cooling hysteresis 7 Channel 0 Hysteresis Channel 1 Cooling hysteresis Hysteresis il Channel 7 Cooling hysteresis Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0012 0018 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 2 Channel 0 0000 to 0999 Hysteresis 4 digits BCD 3 Channel 0 0000 to 0999 Cooling hysteresis 4 digits BCD 4 Channel 1 0000 to 0999 Hysteresis 4 digits BCD 5 Channel 1 0000 to 0999 Cooling hysteresis 4 digits BCD e e e 16 Channel 7 0000 to 0999 Hysteresis 4 digits BCD 17 Channel 7 0000 to 0999 Cooling hysteresis 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Start Autotuning Sequence No 159 Hex 009F Starts autotuning AT Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Undefined Channel Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0003 fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel Channel No 1 digit BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Oto7 297 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Cancel Autotuning Sequence No 160 Hex 00A0 Cancels Autotuning AT for all channels Send Data W
15. storage words 49 Number of receive data words 1 Read data CH1 10 Read data 11 Read data ia in CH2 20 Read data 7 71 Read data CH8 80 Read data C Otse Contents Gatatorma Daa 0 Number of receive data 0002 to 0081 words 4 digits Hex 10 N 1 1 to Read data ASCII Number of read bytes stored in ASCII 10 N 1 10 N Number of Heads Note Data from Data Carriers designated for ASCII is stored beginning with the smallest offset from the receive data words Read Hex 1 Sequence No 504 Hex 01F8 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Undefined Head CH No 3 Leading address No 4 Undefined Read bytes Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0005 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 CD1D 00 to 15 CADA R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be setto 1 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex Read bytes 01 to 7A 1 to 122 bytes 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words a Re
16. General purpose external device 1 3 3 1 N NT Links A PC can be connected to one or more Programmable Terminals PTs using an RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port The I O memory of the PC is allocated to the Status Control Areas and the Status Notification Areas used by the PTs as well as to display objects such as touch switches lamps and memory tables This enables the status of the I O memory in the PC to be controlled and monitored by operations from the PTs without the use of a ladder dia gram programming in the PC Up to eight PTs can be connected to a PC Note The user does not need to be aware of NT Link commands The user only has to allocate the PC memory to the PTs Serial Communications Unit Serial Communications Unit 1 N NT Link NT Link Set to 1 N PT PT Note 1 The serial port on the PT must be set to a 1 N NT Link 2 The Serial Communications Boards and Units do not support 1 1 NT Links The NT Link must be set to 1 N even if only one PT is connected Connec tion is not possible to PTs that do not support 1 N NT Links Features Section 1 4 3 The NT20S NT600S NT30 NT30C NT620 NT620C and NT625C can not be used if the cycle time of the CPU Unit is 800 ms or longer even if only one of these PTs is used in a 1 N NT Link 4 The Programming Console functions of the PT Expansion Mode cannot be
17. First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidata 1 Undefined Unit no 2 Alarm 1 hysteresis 3 Alarm 2 hysteresis Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0004 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Alarm 1 hysteresis 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD Alarm 2 hysteresis 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Input Shift Value Sequence No 064 Hex 0040 Writes the input shift upper limit and input shift lower limit Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidata Undefined Unit No 2 Input shift upper limit 3 Input shift lower limit Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0004 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Input shift upper limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Input shift lower limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 257 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Appendix D Write Level 0 Parameters Sequence No 065 Hex 0041 Writes parameters set points in level O to multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 Number of send data words 1 Number of units a 2 Undefined Unit No 3 S
18. connector Communications Mode 1 N NT Link Note 1 Serial Communications Board Unit settings Terminating resistance ON 4 wire 2 The terminating resistant setting shown above is an example for the NT631 NT631C The setting method varies with the PT Refer to the man ual for you PT for details 1 N 2 wire Connections from RS 422A 485 to RS 422A 485 Ports Serial Communications Board Unit Sign l Pi Signal ignal Pin s RA RS 422A SDA 1 h TRM esin SDB 2 t RDB 6 J rom SDA 8 SDB Hood __ D sub 9 pin FG connector male lt c Terminal block or D sub connector E See note 2 PT Short bar RS 422A 485 In terface Terminal block or D sub connector Communications Mode 1 N NT Link Note 1 Serial Communications Board Unit settings Terminating resistance ON 2 wire 89 Wiring 2 The terminating resistant setting shown above is an example for the NT631 NT631C The setting method varies with the PT Refer to the man ual for you PT for details 3 3 10 Connections for Protocol Macros This section describes the connections for protocol macros Up to 32 Boards or Units can be used for 1 N connections RS 232C Configu ration Section 3 3 Schematic diagram RS 232C NT ALO01 E RS 232C interface NT ALO01 E id Resistance ON 5 V power RS 232C RS 422A 485 j Resistan
19. ES100 Controller Protocol for controlling an ES100L Controller via the Communications Board Proce dures for writing adjustment parameters reading operation amounts and writing reading operating parameters Digital Panel Meter Protocol for controlling a Digital Panel Meter via the Communications Board Proce dures for writing comparison values and reading display values are set V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol for controlling a Bar Code Reader via the Communications Board Proce dures for controlling the Bar Code Reader in remote mode reading the data that has been read by the Bar Code Reader and reading writing operating parameters 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol for controlling a Laser Micrometer via the Communications Board Proce dures for controlling the Laser Micrometer in remote mode reading measured data and writing reading operating parameters F200 F300 F350 Visual Inspec tion Systems Protocol for controlling a Visual Inspection System via the Communications Board Procedures for controlling the Visual Inspection System in remote mode reading measured values and writing reading operating parameters V600 V620 ID Controllers Protocol for controlling an ID Controller via the Communications Board Procedures for performing Read Write operations of the ID Controller and writing reading operat ing parameters Hayes modem AT commands 214 Protocol fo
20. 10to 11 1st unit Wait code 8 digits BCD 12 to 13 1st unit Event 1 setting 8 digits BCD 14 to 15 1st unit Event 2 setting 8 digits BCD 30 to 31 1st unit Event 10 setting 8 digits BCD 32 to 33 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 111 to 112 4th unit Event 9 setting 8 digits BCD 120 to 121 4th unit max Event 10 setting 8 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Remote Setting Mode Sequence No 268 Hex 010C Switches the setting mode to the remote setting mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidata 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Undefined Unit No 2nd unit 33 Undefined Unit No 32nd unit max 354 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex Appendix H Data Number of units 2 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th None 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Operand of PMCR 260 00 to 31 Local Setting Mode Sequence No 269 Hex 010D Switches the setting mode to the local setting mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand
21. Character string length of dialling operation sent to modem bytes Code length of PMCR 260 when it is used words Note 1 This example uses a tone line Change ATDT to ATDP for pulse lines 2 Fill the telephone number to the left in the words if the character string length of the dialling operation is an odd number of bytes 496 Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol Appendix N 0008 000B 4154 4454 3031 2D32 3334 3500 l t AT DT 01 2 34 5 Character string length of dialling operation sent to modem bytes Code length of PMCR 260 when it is used words Password Verification Sequence No 552 Hex 0228 A password can be verified by executing sequence No 552 of this protocol It is required to set in advance the value of the password in the words specified by the second operand of PMCR 260 Operand and Send Data Word Settings of PMCR 260 0228 Address of first word where the password is set S None Set 0000 Number of words from address set for operand 3 to end of data 4 digits Hex Number of bytes of comparison data normal value of pass 4 digits Hex word Comparison value password normal value ASCII Fill data to left for odd numbers of bytes Setting Example When password is OMRON CO 0006 0008 4F4D 524F 4E2D 434F t OM RO N co Character string length of password sent to
22. A Controller Link Network Gateway The main features of the protocol macro functions are described below For details refer to the CX Protocol Operation Manual W344 Communications are possible with virtually any general purpose external device provided it has an RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port supports half duplex or full duplex communications and supports start stop synchroniza tion Send frames command data and other send frames and receive frames response and other frames can be created and registered according to the communications frame specifications of the external device Error check code calculations frame length calculations during sending and ASCIl lt gt Hexadecimal conversion of numeric data are supported Receive wait monitoring receive completion monitoring and send completion monitoring are supported If monitoring times are exceeded send receive can either be terminated or retry processing can be performed Send receive retry processing can be automatically executed when an error occurs simply by setting the number of retries Variables for reading PC memory can be included in the actual send frames These can be used as destination addresses or data when reading PC data while sending Variables for writing to PC memory can be also included in the actual receive frames These can be used to write the contents of destination addresses or data to the PC during rec
23. F is stored for negative values Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Exponential expressions are used for numbers larger than 9999999 999 and smaller than 999999 9 The number of measurement items are up to 5 but only one window number can be read The range of measurement values are as follows For calibration OFF setting 2147483 648 to 2147483 648 For calibration ON setting 9999999 999 to 9999999 999 The priority order of measurement items being output are as follows Area Center of gravity X Center of gravity Y Displacement in center of gravity X reserved displacement in center of gravity Y reserved Main axis angle Main axis angle aberration reserved Edge angle Edge angle reserved Center X center Y Center X displacement reserved center Y displacement reserved Inclination Inclination displacement reserved Intersecting point X intersecting point Y Intersecting point X displacement reserved intersecting point Y displacement reserved 445 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Continuous Measurement Execution Interrupt F300 Sequence No 462 Hex 01CE This sequence carries out continuously setting the F300 and stores measurement results in the specified words The interrupt notification method is used for the receive data The i
24. Minute Day Hour Year Month Second Error Code and Details Indicates the error contents of the error recorded Refer to 8 4 4 Error Codes and Details Minute Second Day Hour Year Month Records the time the error occurred Comments If the error log does not contain the specified number of records the records up to the last recorded stored at the time the command was executed will be returned and a normal response will be returned The number of records actually read will be returned as the number of stored records If the beginning record is specified higher than the current number of records in the error log an end code of 1103 Hex will be returned If the beginning record number is specified as 0000 the response will be com pleted normally even if no error log is recorded If the number of records is set to 0000 the end code will be returned as 110C Hex 8 4 9 ERROR LOG CLEAR 21 023 This command clears all stored error log records to 0 Command Format 21 03 Command code Response Format 21 03 Command End code code Comments The ERROR LOG CLEAR 21 03 command clears the error log records that are stored in the RAM error log table and the EEPROM error log table 8 5 Cleaning and Inspection Use the cleaning and inspection methods described here for daily mainte nance of the devices 8 5 1 Cleaning To keep the Serial Communications Boa
25. offset Contents data ormaj Daa 0 Number of receive data 0002 to 007B 2 to 123 decimal words 4 digits Hex 1 to 122 Read data ASCII Number of read bytes stored in ASCII Note Data from Data Carriers designated for ASCII is stored beginning with the smallest offset from the receive data words as shown in the following diagram Data Carrier Receive data storage words Loge Example for 5 bytes i d so eu Each byte address in the Data Carrier contains the code for one ASCII character 462 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Read ASCII 2 Sequence No 501 Hex 01F5 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 2 Up to 118 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 ain word of send 0 Number of send data words 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Head CH No oH 4 Leading address No 5 Undefined Read bytes 6 Undefined Unit No 7 Undefined Head CH No 8 Leading address No one 9 Undefined Read bytes Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0006 to 000A 6 to 10 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Number of Heads 0001 to 0002 4 digits BCD 4 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No dependin
26. 24 N 1 1 to 24 N 1 12 Read data Hex Number of read bytes stored in hexadecimal data Note Data for Data Carriers designated for hexadecimal is received beginning with the largest offset from the receive data words 469 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Read Hex 8 Sequence No 507 Hex 01FB This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 8 Up to 10 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined UnitNo 3 Undefined Head CH No GHI 4 Leading address No 5 Undefined Read bytes g 6 Undefined Unit No 7 Undefined Head CH No 8 Leading address No CH2 9 Undefined Readbytes 30 Undefined UnitNo 31 Undefined Head CH No e 32 Leading address No 33 Undefined Read bytes Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0006 to 0022 6 to 34 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Number of Heads 0001 to 0008 4 digits BCD 4 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the maximum Unit No depending on the model 4 N 1 3 R W Head CH No R W Head CH 1 designation 1 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 2 designation 2 g The CD1D must be setto 1 4 N 1
27. Serial Communications Memory Card power supply switch Board Unit CPU Unit js Protocol data e Backup e Restore e Compare All data Memory Card Note The following table shows the combinations of CPU Units and Serial Commu nications Board Unit that support the Simple Backup Function Simple Backup Function Backup of Protocol Macro Data Section 5 5 CPU Unit Serial Communications Board Unit CS1W SCB21 V1 CS1W SCB21 CS1W SCB41 V1 or CS1W SCB41 or CS1W SCU21 V1 CS1W SCU21 CS1 H CPU Unit Supported Not supported CS1 CPU Unit Not supported Not supported CPU Unit Serial Communications Board Unit CJ1W SCU21 41 CJ1 H CPU Unit Supported CJ1 CPU Unit Not supported Precautions for Using the When using the Simple Backup Function in CS1H G CPULILFIH products of Simple Backup Function Lot No 011101 or earlier combined with the Serial Communications Board CS1W SCBLIL V1 proper backup will not be possible if the backup file BACKUPE1 PRM remains in the Memory Card Reading lot numbers CS1H G CPUCOCH Lot No 01 1101 Produced November 1 2001 Production day in this example 1 L Production month in this example 11 Production year in this example 2001 In order to use the Simple Backup Function in this combination delete the backup file BACKUPE1 PRM inside the Memory Card then execute the backup
28. 15 Channel 7 0000 to 0500 Heater burnout detection current 4 digits BCD 16 Channel 7 SSR failure detection current 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0500 Read Heater Current and SSR Leakage Current Sequence No 121 Hex 0079 Reads the heater currents and SSR leakage currents and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Number of send data words Unit No First word of 0 d dat sone cata 1 Undefined Orr Comens aoma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 2 1 Heater current 2 SSR leakage current Channel 0 3 Heater current m 1 4 SSR leakage current anne 15 Heater current Channel 7 16 SSR leakage current J 286 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Offset 0 Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Channel 0 Heater current 4 digits BCD Contents data format 0011 0017 decimal 0000 to 0500 Data Appendix E Channel 0 SSR leakage current 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0500 Channel 7 Heater current 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0500 Channel 7 SSR leakage current 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0500 Note The read data will be 0000 for all channels for which HB
29. Write data 1 Undefined UnitNo Undefined Head CH No Leading address No Write data Write data Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Appendix M CH 1 Number of write bytes CH 2 Number of write bytes CH4 0007 to 0072 7 to 114 decimal 1 Number of Heads 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0004 28 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 28 N 1 3 R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 28 N 1 4 Leading address No 4 digits Hex 0000 to FFFF 28 N 1 5 Number of write bytes 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0030 1 to 48 decimal 28 N 1 6 to Write data ASCII 28 N 1 29 N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Input in ASCII Up to 48 bytes max can be set Note Write designated for ASCII is sent beginning with the smallest offset from the send data words 478 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Write ASCII 8 Sequence No 521 Hex 0209 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 Up to 20 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260
30. 302 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words 000A 0010 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 2 Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Output change rate limit 4 digits BCD 3 Channel 1 0000 to 1000 Output change rate limit 4 digits BCD 4 Channel 2 0000 to 1000 Output change rate limit 4 digits BCD e e e 8 Channel 6 0000 to 1000 Output change rate limit 4 digits BCD 9 Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Output change rate limit 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Save Settings Sequence No 168 Hex 00A8 Saves the settings Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Orset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Initialize Settings Sequence No 169 Hex 00A9 Initializes all the settings to the factory defaults Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words Unit No Onset Contents aata formaj Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed send data re Undefined k 4 digits Hex 1 Unit
31. Required devices CS1W SCB21 V1 Section 1 5 Connected serial communica tions port Remarks Port 1 or 2 DRS 2326 H QRS 2320 CS1W SCB41 V1 Port 1 L RS 2320 QRS 422A 485 NT AL001 E Converting Link Adapter Converts between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 B500 AL001 Link Adapter For RS 422A 485 branching 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E Link Adapter Connection of a Serial Communications Unit to devices with RS 232C or RS 422A 485 ports RS 422A 485 interface Note 3 Note 2 gt NT ALO01 E RS 232C p sistance ON RS 422A 485 i ch Resistance ON Note 3 R RS 422A 485 interface NT ALOO1 E B500 AL001 RS 232C RS 422A 485 Resistance ON Note 2 L Note 4 Resistance ON e rr oe Note 3 RS 232C interface NT AL001 E NT AL001 E PS 292C seasarce Not 2 RS 232C RS 422A 485 RS 2320 Resistance ON RS 232C 5 V power Note 3 CS1W SCU21 V1 Port 1or2 DRS 2326 H QRS 2320 CJ1W SCU21 Port 1 or 2 DRS 2326 H RS 2326 CJ1W SCU41 Port 2 RS 422A 485 RS 232C NT AL001 E Converting Link Adapter Converts between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 B500 AL001 Link Adapter For RS 422A 485 branching 5 V power
32. The PTs connected to the port must also be set for a 1 N NT Link Com munications will not be possible if a PT is set fora 1 1 NT Link Do not set B to F settings and baud rates that are not supported by the serial communications mode A System Setup error will result Settings of 1 and 2 are reserved for the system and should not be used With CTS control turn ON the request to send RTS signal before stating to send and be sure the clear to send CTS signal is ON before sending data When there is no CTS control turn ON the request to send RTS sig nal before sending and then send data without checking the request to send RTS signal 63 I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 6 For settings below 00C8 use 00C8 Hex for settings above 03E8 use 03E8 Hex 2 3 2 CIO Area Words in the CIO Area are allocated as Software Switches which are manip ulated from the CPU Unit to control the operation of the Serial Communica tions Board or Unit and for a Status Area which contains status and error information for the Serial Communications Board or Unit Serial Communications Words CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 in the Inner Board Area are used for the Soft Boards CS Series Only ware Switches and Status Area CIO 1900 contains software switches and the 24 words from CIO 1901 to CIO 1924 are used for the Status Area Inner Board CIO Area CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 CIO 1900 Software switch CIO 1901 to CIO 1904 Board
33. lt lt TX gt gt RX FLK1 Serial Communications Intelligent Unit Board Signal Processor RS 232C RS 2320 Abbrevi Pin Pin Abbrevi ation No No lation FG 1 1 FG SG 9 7 SG NT SD 2 2 SD RD 3 p 3 RD RTS 4 4 RTS CTS 5 5 CTS DSR 7 J 6 DSR DTR 8 gt 20 DTR Shield K3NL Serial Communications i Intelligent Unit Board Signal Processor RS IAS S 232C RS 232C Abbrevi Pin Pin Abbrevi ation No No ation SG 9 5 SG SD 2 3 SD Z RD 3 2 RD RTS 4 A 7 RTS CTS 5 8 CTS DSR 7 E 6 DSR DTR 8 4 DTR i Shield FG Shell K3ND l MAX232C or equivalent RX i lt TX FLK4 229 CompoWay F Master Protocol Appendix B RS 422 4 wire Connections e RS 422 connections can be one to one or one to N when a 3G2A9 AL001 Link Adapter is used A maxi mum of 32 Serial Communications Boards and Unit can be connected in one to N systems e The total cable length can be 500 m max e Use shielded twisted pair cable e Be sure to turn ON the terminating resistance switches at the device at each end of the transmission line Serial Commu nications Board Unit Intelligent Signal
34. First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Head CH No 4 Leading address No 5 Number of write bytes 6 Write data 15 Write data 16 Undefined Unit No 17 Undefined Head CH No 18 Leading address No 19 Number of write bytes 20 Write data 29 Write data 100 Undefined Unit No 101 Undefined Head CH No 102 Leading address No 103 Number of write bytes 104 Write data 1 13 Write data Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex CH 1 CH 2 CH 8 0007 to 0072 7 to 114 decimal 1 Number of Heads 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0008 14 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 14 N 1 3 R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 14 N 1 4 Leading address No 4 digits Hex 0000 to FFFF 14 N 1 5 Number of write bytes 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0014 1 to 20 decimal 14 N 1 6 to 14 N 1 15 Write data ASCII N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Input in ASCII Up to 20 bytes max can be set Note Write data de
35. MRC 2 digits Hex Subaddress 2 digits Hex Specify the subaddress of the device being communicated with Always 00 Hex SID 1 digit Hex Set the service ID of the required service e g retries Number of send bytes 4 digits Hex Number of data bytes from the MCR until the byte just before the ETX 0000 to 01EA Hex 0 to 490 decimal Send data 0 2 4 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data storage words The data specified in hexadecimal here is not converted and the number of bytes specified in S 4 is sent 0 Number of receive data words 1 Response code 42 Response data Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0003 to OOFA Hex 3 to 250 decimal Response code 4 digits Hex The response code will be stored in hexa decimal form Receive data 0 2 4 The data from just after the response code until just before the ETX is stored here with out conversion 227 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B General purpose Broadcast with No Conversion and No Response Sequence No 605 Hex 025D This sequence broadcasts the specified data beginning with the subaddress and SID No responses are received and no conversions are performed on the send data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 N
36. Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0005 to OOFA Hex 5 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Undefined MRC SRC Set the command code for the required ser 2 digits Hex 2 digits Hex vice Number of send bytes 4 digits Hex Number of data bytes from the next byte after the command code until the byte just before the ETX 0000 to 01EC Hex 0 to 492 decimal Send data The data specified in hexadecimal here is not converted and the number of bytes 0 specified in S 3 is sent 2 4 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Specify a dummy value for the operand such as 0000 226 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B General purpose Send with No Conversion and with Response Sequence No 604 Hex 025C This sequence sends the specified data beginning with the subaddress and SID to the specified Unit The response is stored starting at the specified word No conversions are performed on the send and receive data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data Offset 0 Number of send data words 1 Undefined Node No 2 Undefined Subaddress 3 Undefined SID 4 Number of send bytes 45 Send data Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0006 to OOFA Hex 6 to 250 decimal Always 00 Hex Node No 2 digits BCD 00 to 99
37. Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 1 523 020B Write Hex 2 Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 524 020C Write Hex 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 525 020D 526 020E Write Hex 8 Auto write ASCII 1 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 1 527 020F Auto write Hex 1 Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 1 528 0210 Polling Auto write ASCII 2 Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 529 0211 Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 2 Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 530 0212 Polling Auto write ASCII 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 531 0213 Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 532 0214 Polling Auto write ASCII 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 533 0215 Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 534 0216 Polling Auto write Hex 2 Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carr
38. send data 1 Undefined Unit No om Comensa oma ata 0002 fixed Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Alarm 1 set value rightmost 4 digits 2 Alarm 1 set value leftmost 1 digit 3 Alarm 2 set value rightmost 4 digits 4 Alarm 2 set value leftmost 1 digit 00 to OF Channel 0 1 29 Alarm 1 set value rightmost 4 digits 30 Alarm 1 set value rightmost 1 digit 31 Alarm 2 set value rightmost 4 digits 32 Alarm 2 set value leftmost 1 digit Channel 7 Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Data 0021 0033 decimal Channel 0 Alarm 1 set value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 F indicates a negative number Channel 0 Alarm 1 set value leftmost 1 digit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0009 F indicates a negative number Channel 0 Alarm 2 set value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 F indicates a negative number Channel 0 Alarm 2 set value leftmost 1 digit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0009 F indicates a negative number Channel 7 Alarm 1 set value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 F indicates a negative number Channel 7
39. 0014 Hex Check the operating environment 0108 Hex Check the unit number setting 010B Hex Eliminate the cause of the error referring to the CPU Unit s operation manual If the error persists replace the CPU Unit 010D Hex Set the destination address in the routing tables 010E Hex Set the destination address in the routing tables 0112 Hex Make sure to use the FINS command addresses correctly 0117 Hex Increase the number of retries or correct the system so that communications do not jam 0118 Hex Check whether there is a node sending irregular data 011B Hex Correct the transmission method and baud rate settings Check for noise interference 011C Hex Correct the transmission method and baud rate settings Check for noise interference 011D Hex Correct the transmission method and baud rate settings Check for noise interference 011E Hex Correct the transmission method and baud rate settings Check for noise interference Check whether the FCS calculation method is correct 021A Hex Reset the relevant table 0300 Hex Conduct a loopback test and eliminate the cause of the error 0301 Hex Eliminate the cause of the error referring to the processing of protocol macro error codes on page 200 0302 Hex A new command is received during com mand processing Correct the applications at the host computer 0601 Hex Check the operating environment 0602 Hex Depending on the error details delete th
40. 1st unit Event data 7 2 digits Hex Event data 8 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF 1st unit Event data 9 2 digits Hex Event data 10 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF 25th unit Event data 9 2 digits Hex Event data 10 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF Read Time Signal Sequence No 251 Hex OOFB Reads time signals from 1 to 10 in the variable area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 26 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No 1st unit Undefined Unit No 2nd unit Undefined Unit No 25th unit max Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0019 1 to 25 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 329 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Offset Contents data format 3 2nd unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 25th unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words Seoul a Time signal 1 Time signal 2 J 2 Time signal 3 Time signal 4 3 Time signal 5 Time signal 6 1st unit 4 Time signal 7 Time signal 8 5 Time signal 9 Time signal 10 121 Time signal 1 Time signal2 122
41. 2 The maximum cable length for RS 232C is 15 m The RS 232C standard however does not cover baud rates above 19 2 Kbps Refer to the manual for the device being connected to confirm support Specifications Section 1 6 Protocol Macro Function Specifications Item Description Number of protocols Number of sequences 1 000 max Can be created and registered with the Protocol Support Tool CX Protocol Per protocol Number of sequences 60 max Number of mes sages 300 max Number of recep tion matrixes 100 max Sequence execution condition Communications mode Using the CPU Unit s PMCR 260 instruction specifying the sequence number Half duplex or full duplex Synchronous mode Start stop synchronization asynchronous mode Baud rate see note 1 RS 232C port and RS 422A 485 ports 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 bps Default setting 9 600 bps Communications distance see note 1 RS 232C port 15 m max RS 442A 485 port 500 m max The total combined cable length is 500 m max T branch lines must be a maximum of 10 m long Connection configuration RS 232C port 1 1 1 N N 32 Units max is possible using a Convert ing Link Adapter RS 422A 485 port 1 N N 32 Units max Number of connected Units 32 Units max unit numbers 0 to 31 unit number 0 is set for 1 1 connec tion Maximum number of data exchange words be
42. 4 Leading address No 5 Number of write digits CH1 6 Write data 8 Undefined Write data 9 Not used 15 16 Undefined Unit No 7 17 Undefined Head CH No 18 Leading address No 19 Number of write digits CH2 20 Write data 22 Undefined Write data T 100 Undefined Unit No q 101 Undefined Head CH No 102 Leading address No 103 Number of write digits CH8 104 Write data 106 Undefined Write data Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0007 to 006B 7 to 107 decimal Number of Heads 4 digits Hex 1 0001 to 0004 14 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 14 N 1 3 R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be setto 1 14 N 1 4 Leading address No 4 digits Hex 0000 to FFFF 14 N 1 5 Number of write digits 4 digits Hex 0002 to 000A 2 to 10 decimal 14 N 1 6 to 14 N 1 8 N Number of Heads Write data Hex Input in hexadecimal code Up to 10 digits max can be set 483 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Write data designated for hexadecimal is sent beginning with the largest offset from the send data words 2 Always set an even numb
43. First word of send 0 data 1 2 3 26 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No 1st unit Undefined Unit No 2nd unit Undefined Unit No 25th unit max Offset Contents data format Data 4 digits Hex Number of send data words Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0019 1 to 25 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 328 25th unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 storage words 1 2 3 4 5 121 122 123 124 125 Number of receive data words B Event 1 Event 2 Event 3 Event 4 Event 5 Event 6 Event 7 Event 8 Event 9 Event 10 al Event 1 Event 2 j Event 3 Event 4 Event 5 Event 6 Event 7 Event 8 Event 9 Event 10 Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 25th unit max Number of units x 5 1 1st unit Event data 1 2 digits Hex Event data 2 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF 1st unit Event data 3 2 digits Hex Event data 4 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF 1st unit Event data 5 2 digits Hex Event data 6 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF
44. If backup is executed without deleting this backup file the RDY LED and the CPU Units ERR ARM LED will both flash and the Protocol Data Error Flag bit A42409 will turn ON with the restore operation The Serial Communications Board will also automatically delete the backup file BACKUPE1 PRM Applications Use the Simple Backup Function when replacing all Units or creating backup files of all of the PC s data including the data in the CPU Unit and Serial Com munications Boards or Units Operation Use the following procedures to create a Protocol Data File on the Memory Card restore the Protocol Data File and compare the protocol data with the Memory Card s Protocol Data File E Backing Up the Protocol Data to the Memory Card Follow these steps to back up the Serial Communications Board Unit s proto col data to the Memory Card 1 Make the following settings to pins 7 and 8 in the DIP Switch on the front of the CPU Unit Setting 2 Press and hold the Memory Card power supply switch for 3 seconds 163 Simple Backup Function Backup of Protocol Macro Data Section 5 5 164 Serial Comm nicati n Memory Card power supply switch Board Unit CPU Unit G e Backup All data Memory Card This procedure creates the Protocol Data File and writes it to the Memory Card along with the other backup files When the Memory Card power supply switch is pressed the MCPWR Indica tor on the front of th
45. Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 to 0022 3 to 34 decimal 4 digits BCD Number of units 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 4 digits Hex Relevant unit No 00 to 99 2 digits BCD Relevant unit No 00 to 99 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Reset Control Continuous Units Sequence No 301 Hex 012D This sequence performs reset control for continuous units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units onset Contents aatom ata Number of send data words 0002 4 digits Hex Number of units 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 4 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 370 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Write Set Value by Unit Number Sequence No 302 Hex 012E This sequence writes each set value HH H L LL Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Relevant unit No 3 Operand 4 Set value 5 Undefined 4 Set value 122 Undefined Relevant unit No 123 Operand 124 Set value 125 Undefined Set value Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits BCD 0006 to 007E
46. RS 422A 485 Resistance ON 5 V power Note 1 CJ1W SCU41 Port 1 RS 422A 485 RS 232C NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter Converts between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 B500 AL001 Link Adapter For RS 422A 485 branching 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E Link Adapter The maximum cable length for RS 232C is 15 m The RS 232C standard however does not cover baud rates above 19 2 Kbps Refer to the manual for the device being connected to confirm support 21 Specifications Section 1 6 2 The combined cable length for RS 422A 485 is 500 m including branch lines 3 The maximum cable length is limited to 2 m when an NT ALOO1 E Link Adapter is connected 4 Branch lines must be a maximum of 10 m long NT Link Communications NT Link communications are used to connect an OMRON Programmable Controller PC and Programmable Terminal PT Up to 8 PTs can be con nected to one PC For details on the system configuration refer to the user s manual for the PT 1 6 Specifications 1 6 1 Serial Communications Boards and Unit CS Series Device name Serial Communications Boards Serial Communications Unit Classification Inner Board CPU Bus Unit Model number CS1W SCB21 V1_ CS1W SCB41 V1_ CS1W SCU21 V1 Serial commu Port 1 RS 232C RS 232C RS 232C nications ports Port 2 RS 232C RS 422A 485 RS 232C Protocol Port
47. 69 70 71 72 73 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No SP ramp time unit SP ramp set value LBA detection time MV at stop MV at PV error MV upper limit MV lower limit MV change rate limit 1 Undefined SP ramp time unit Unit No SP ramp set value LBA detection time MV at stop MV at PV error MV upper limit MV lower limit MV change rate limit Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 8th unit max Number of units x 9 2 Number of units 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0008 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit SP ramp time unit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0001 1st unit SP ramp set value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 1st unit LBA detection time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 1st unit MV at stop 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1050 1st unit MV at PV error 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1050 1st unit MV upper limit 4 digits BCD MV lower limit 1 to 1050 1st unit MV lower limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to MV upper limit 1 1st unit MV change rate limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 8th unit MV change rate limit 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 to 1000 261 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Write Level 2 Paramet
48. 8th unit max Number of units x 2 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit Command code 4 digits BCD 0000 Stop 0001 Execute AT 40 0002 Execute AT 100 8th unit Command code 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 Stop 0001 Execute AT 40 0002 Execute AT 100 265 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Switch to Level 1 Sequence No 075 Hex 004B Switches the setting level to level 1 setup mode extended mode This sequence can be executed for multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 9 Undefined Unit No max Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Software Reset Sequence No 076 Hex 004C Resets the operation of the E5LIK equivalent to turning on the power supply This sequence can be executed for multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words se
49. ASCII 1 character In zone control ASCII 1 character Bar code type ASCII 1 character iN nN hp an ONLINE ONLINE CONTROL ON OFF JAN NW7 NORMAL NW7 SMALL NW7 HEX CODE39 NORMAL CODE39 ST SP Output 2 of 5 ITF CODE128 CODE93 2 of 5 3BAR 2 of 5 5BAR DS A EN NM os n EN aS AA EQUMGOODS O aS A A A OONDPAN eon nn eae AL o gt AS Q e ie N Number of digits 2 digits BCD Modulus check ASCII 1 character No check Modulus 10 all bar codes Modulus 11 except JAN Modulus 16 NW7 only Modulus 43 CODE39 only Modulus 47 CODE93 only Modulus 103 CODE128 only EAA al diogo a AR ARR AR gt NOOR ON o JAAA Number of matches 1 digit BCD Multistep labels 1 digit BCD Buzzer ON for normal read ASCII 1 character ON for no read OFF Horizontal control mode Normal continuous rotating ASCII 1 character In zone startup 392 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J Log Data Output Request V500 Sequence No 356 Hex 0164 This sequence requests output of the log data sent to host Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Number of units onee Gantenis ata format bata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex N
50. Conduct a loopback test in serial communications mode to check the trans mission lines If an error occurs during the test replace the Board or Unit Check the program at the host When unsolicited communications are used with Host Link mode there must be a response returned from the host for every command sent from the Board or Unit CIO Area words n 5 n 15 port set ting status in Setup Area settings do not correspond with the settings at the host The communica tions conditions and baud rate do not match the settings at the host Reset the parameters in the System Setup and at the host correctly Note The System Setup cannot be changed unless the power supply is cycled the Board or Unit is restarted the port is restarted or the STUP 237 instruction is executed Refer to 1 7 Comparison to Previous Products for details 191 Troubleshooting Section 8 3 8 3 2 Serial commu nications mode Serial communi cations mode is not set to NT Link Indicator display 1 N NT Link Mode Status information etc Words allo cated in the CIO Area Bits 12 to 15 of the words allo cated in the ClO Area n 5 n 15 are set toa value other than 2 Hex Serial communica tions mode is not set correctly Review the Setup Area set tings Serial communi cations mode is set to NT Link 192 The SDLI RD and COMU indi cators do not flash at all Comm
51. Creating I O Tables for Serial Communications Units Setting the Setup Area in the DM Area Board CS Series only CS CJ Series Section 1 9 Connection Example for Protocol Macros Serial Communications Board T RS 422A 485 Terminating resistance ON General purpose external device General purpose external device General purpose external device Terminating resistance On L _ General purpose external device Also perform other required processing such as setting switches on the exter nal device s Connection Example for 1 N NT Links Refer to the manual for the PT Connecting Programming Devices Connect the Programming Console CX Programmer or CX Protocol to the CPU Unit as required Turn ON the PC power supply to the PC I O tables must be created for Serial Communications Units Create the I O table using a Programming Device such as a Programming Console or CX Programmer Set the serial communications mode and the communications specifications for the Board or Unit Use a Programming Device such as a Programming Console or CX Programmer or the CX Protocol to set the Setup Area Host Link Communications The following table shows the default standard settings for Host Link com munications m D30000 100 x unit number Unit i Setting Meaning Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 D32010 Port 2 Start bit 1 bit Data length 7 bit
52. External trigger host trigger Data output mode 1 shot continuous 389 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J BCR Read Start Sequence No 350 Hex 015E This sequence instructs the Bar Code Reader to start reading Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None BCR Read Stop Sequence No 351 Hex 015F This sequence instructs the Bar Code Reader to stop reading Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Data Read Sequence No 352 Hex 0160 This sequence receives read data and saves it to the receive data storage words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Read data 2 Read data 3 Read data 4 Read data 15 Read data 16 Read data Ortset Contents data format Number of receive data 0002 to 0011 2 to 17 decimal words 4 digits Hex Read data ASCII 30 0 to 39 9 41 A to 5A 2 3F 2 Up to 32 characters in ASCII Note The reception wait time is not set for this sequence Complete Data Read Sequence No 353 Hex 0161 This sequence instructs the Bar Code Reader to start reading receives the
53. RS 232C port 1 1 1 N N 32 Units max is possible using an Converting Link Adapters RS 422A 485 port 1 N N 32 Units max Number of connected Units 32 Units max unit numbers 0 to 31 unit number 0 is set for 1 1 connection Frame structure Header address host link unit number O to 31 BCD data header code text error check code FCS terminator CR C mode commands FINS commands Header address host link unit number O to 31 BCD data header code always FA FINS header FINS command text error check code FCS terminator CR Error check codes Vertical parity Even odd or none FCS horizontal parity converted to ASCII Command flow and support 24 Command flow Commands Contents Host computer C mode commands to PC 1 1 or 1 N communications with directly connected PCs The specified frame format must be prepared on the host computer and then sent 1 1 or 1 N communications with directly connected PCs FINS commands in Host Link protocol Note 1 PC to host computer FINS commands in Host Link protocol Communications using SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 from CPU Unit The host computer must interpret the commands and return a response in the correct format Connection between the host computer and PC must be 1 1 Confirm the baud rates and communications distance supported by con nected devices
54. SECTION 4 Using Host Link Communications 108 108 108 110 112 112 113 115 115 116 116 118 120 120 120 120 122 107 Host Link Communications Section 4 1 4 1 Host Link Communications Host Link System can be used to send C mode commands or FINS com mands from a host computer e g personal computer or PT to a PC to read write I O memory control operating modes etc The PC can also use the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions to send FINS com mands to the host computer for slave initiated communications Using the PC to control communications enables controlling and monitoring of the over all system operating status Refer to the CS CJU series Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 for details on C mode and FINS commands Host initiated Communications in a Host Link System are normally started by the host com Communications puter Command J Host computer CS CJ series PC Response The host computer sends a command to the PC The PC processes the com mand and returns a response to the host computer This process is repeated allowing the host computer to monitor and control PC operation Both C mode and FINS commands can be used in host initiated communica tions PC initiated The PC can also initiate communications with the host computer as may be Communications necessary when errors occur on the line controlled by the PC or to confirm the operating sta
55. Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0007 Hex 4 digits Hex Undefined Node No 2 digits 0000 Hex BCD MRC SRC 2 digits Hex 0101 Hex 2 digits Hex Number of send bytes 4 digits BCD 000C Hex Send data 12 digits Hex C000 Hex 0000 Hex 0001 Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Offset Contents data format Data Number of receive data words EX is stored at reception 0004 Hex 4 digits Hex Response code 4 digits Hex The response code will be stored in hexa decimal form The normal end response code is 0000 Receive data 8 digits Hex The 4 bytes of read data Broadcast with ASCII Conversion No Response Sequence No 601 Hex 0259 This sequence converts the specified data beginning with the command code to ASCII and broadcasts it No responses are received Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sond data Undefined 2 MRC SRC 3 Number of send bytes 4 Send data Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words 0005 to OOFA Hex 5 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Undefined MRC SRC Set the command code for the required ser 2 digits Hex 2 digits Hex vice Number of send bytes 4 digits Hex Number of data bytes from the next byte after the command code
56. Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D 231 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Connection Configuration The connection configuration for using the E5LIK Digital Controller Read Protocol is shown below RS 232C Connection Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series ESOK PC PS RS 232C RS 232C port Serial Communications Unit Board E5CiK pees a oe aa ee aed ea Shielded cable oe RS 232C Terminal block 1 Signal name Pin No 1 o pM l i i Terminal No Signal name FG 1 i i i SD 2 13 sD RD 3 14 RD RTS 4 1 sa CTS 5 T a E E DSR 7 i i DST 8 ee SG 9 Note 1 The communications configuration is a one to one configuration and the maximum cable length is 15 m 2 Use shielded twisted pair cable AWG28i or greater 232 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C RS 485 Connection Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series E5OK PC PS RS 485 port RS 485 E50K gt RS 485 Up to 31 units can be connected E50K gt RS 485 N
57. Setting level 1 without technical mode Setting level 1 with technical mode Setting level 2 without technical mode Setting level 2 with technical mode 25th unit Wait 2 digits BCD Operation mode 2 digits BCD Not waiting Waiting Wait alarm output Setting level 1 without technical mode Setting level 1 with technical mode Setting level 2 without technical mode Setting level 2 with technical mode General purpose Command Sequence No 280 Hex 0118 Sends the specified data and stores the received data in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 249 362 Number of send data words Number of send data bytes Send data ASCII code Send data ASCII code 1 Send data max 496 characters Note 1 Offset 0 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of send data bytes 4 digits Hex Appendix H Data 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal The number of send bytes not including the FCS or the terminator Send data 2 characters ASCII Send data 1 character ASCII Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Refer to the manual for the ES100L1 Use ASCII Up to 496 charact
58. Terminating resistance ON 2 wire 2 The terminating resistant setting shown above is an example for the NT631 NT631C The setting method varies with the PT Refer to the man ual for you PT for details 3 3 12 Connections in Loopback Test Connect the communications ports as shown below RS 232C port Pin Signal 2 SD 3 J RD RS 422A 485 port 4 RES of Pin Signal 5 CTS fF 1 SDA 1 FG 2 SDB 8 DIR _ 6 RDA 7 DSR 8 RDB 3 4 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring 3 4 1 Recommended RS 232C Wiring Examples It is recommended that RS 232C cables be connected as described below especially when the Serial Communications Board or Unit is used in an envi ronment where it is likely to be subject to electrical noise 1 2 3 1 Always use shielded twisted pair cables as communications cables UL2464 AWG28x5P IFS RVV SB UL product Fujikura Ltd AWG28x5P IFVV SB non UL product UL2464 SB MA 5Px28AWG 7 0 127 UL product CO Hitachi Cable Ltd MA VV SB 5Px28AWG 7 0 127 non UL product 98 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring Section 3 4 2 Serial Communications Board Unit Combine signal wires and SG signal ground wires in a twisted pair cable At the same time bundle the SG wires to the connectors on the Serial Communications Board Unit and the remote device Connect the shield of the communications cable to the Hood FG terminal of t
59. The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 410 Single Run Measurement Start Note This sequence may be aborted it is executed during continuous measurements Measurements will be terminated even if the sequence is aborted The sequence will be aborted if executed when the Laser Micrometer is sending measurement results The chances that the sequence will be aborted are higher if the scheduled data output value is set to a lower value 417 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Data Request 3000 series Sequence No 415 Hex 019F This sequence requests display data in the idle measurement status or the latch data generated by the mea surement command Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 410 Single Run Measurement Start Statistic Processing Execution 3000 series Sequence No 416 Hex 01A0 This sequence lights the statistic processing LED and implements the statistic processing Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Statistic Processing Non execution 3000 series Sequence No 417 Hex 01A1 This sequence turns the statistic processing LED off and does not carry out the statistic processing Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Re
60. The word allocation is similar to sequence No 322 Read Set Value with Bank by Unit Number Same as above Read Set Value H with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 324 Hex 0144 This sequence reads set value H of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 323 Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units 378 K3T_ Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Read Set Value L with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 325 Hex 0145 This sequence reads set value L of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 323 Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Read Set Value LL with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 326 Hex 0146 This sequence reads set value LL of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 323 Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Read Set Value 05 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 327 Hex 0147 This sequence reads set value O5 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 323 Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Read Set Value 04 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 328 Hex 0148 This sequence reads set value O4 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 323 Read
61. instructions have been executed but have not been sent CIO Area The AER Flag one of the condition flags is ON The contents of the S C and D oper ands for the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruc tions is set in a read protected area Section 8 3 Check the contents of the S C and D operands of the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions and correct if necessary Bit 00 to 07 of word A219 Communica tions Port Error Flag are set to 1 ON The contents of the S C and D oper ands for the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruc tions is set incor rectly Check the contents of the S C and D operands of the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions and correct if necessary The ER Flag one of the condition flags is ON The Communica tions Port Enabled Flag A20200 to A20207 is OFF execution disabled The communica tions port number to be used is executing a SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 instruc tion or PMCR 260 instruction Either use a different com munications port number than the one being used to execute the SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 instruction or PMCR 260 instruction or wait for the same communications port number to be enabled and execute the instruc tion The Communica tions Port Enabled Flag A20200 to A20207 is set as an NC the execution condition for SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490
62. lt _ Number of words The receive data is stored in consecutive words beginning with D00011 and the number of words actually stored in D00010 the number of words after D00011 plus 1 for D00010 itself is stored S D00000 Number of words Number of send words plus 1 for D00010 D00011 Receive data o Number of words c Execute PMCR 260 4 For details on the confirming operation see Section 12 Tracing and I O Memory Monitoring e Transmission Line Tracing The data in the send receive messages flowing over the transmission line RS 232C or RS 422A 485 and the control codes are traced e I O Memory Monitoring Monitors send receive data and the status of the various flags 1 N NT Links Refer to the user s manual for the PT 47 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 48 SECTION 2 Initial Settings and I O Memory Allocations This section describes the components of the Serial Communications Boards and the Serial Communications Units the settings required for operation and the memory allocated in the I O memory of the CPU Unit for controlling and monitoring communications 2 1 Component Names and Functions 20 0 eee eee eee eee 50 2 1 1 Serial Communications Boards CS Series Only 50 2 1 2 CS series Serial Communications Unit 0005 54 2 1 3 CJ series Serial Communications Unit 0005 56 2 2 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit
63. number of retries Address Board CIO 1908 bits 00 to 15 port 1 CIO 1918 bits 00 to 15 port 2 Unit n 8 bits 00 to 15 port 1 n 18 bits 00 to 15 port 2 Section 5 3 Meaning Initialize Startup When sequence begins When an error occurs during transmission At error the corresponding flag in bits 02 to 07 or 12 to 15 is turned ON The number of retries is stored in bits 08 to 11 Note 1 The Transmission Error Flag bit 15 is turned ON only when the protocol macro has moved to error process ing due to an error in bits 00 to 14 The number of retries in bits 08 to 11 is not equal to the number of times processing is performed when an error occurs It is the set number of retries When communications are restored by pro tocol macro retry processing the error in bits 02 to 07 or 12 to 15 is stored The Transmis sion Error Flag bit 15 however will remain OFF If another error occurs during retry pro cessing the status of the bit indicating the cause will be held Port setting status 144 Board CIO 1906 bits 00 to 15 port 1 CIO 1916 bits 00 to 15 port 2 Unit n 6 bits 00 to 15 port 1 n 16 bits 00 to 15 port 2 Note When sta tus is read The following are read in port setting status The serial communications modes and com munications specifications set in the Setup Area D32000 D32010 m or m 10 The ports and the terminating r
64. 010A Read program parame ters Reads local SP step time PID No wait code and events 1 to 10 set values in the program parameter area 267 010B Write program parame ters Writes the local SP step time PID No wait code and event 1 to 10 set values in the pro gram parameter area 268 010C Remote setting mode Switches the setting mode to remote setting 269 010D Local setting mode Switches the setting mode to local setting 270 010E External setting mode Switches the setting mode to external setting 325 ES100 _ Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Sequence Transmission Function Ladder interface No sgquence name Send word Receive word allocation allocation 271 010F Run command Starts control 272 0110 Reset stop Stops control 273 0111 Auto mode Switches the control mode to auto 274 0112 Manual mode Switches the control mode to a manual 275 0113 Execute A T Executes A T 276 0114 Cancel A T Cancels A T 277 0115 Change pattern No Changes the pattern No 278 0116 Change bank No Changes the bank No 279 0117 Read controller status Reads the controller status 280 0118 General purpose com Sends specified data and stores the received mand data in the specified words Note 1 The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are giv
65. 1 digit BCD 1to7 Lower limit value Decimal portion 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Example 123 4567 3 4567 Lower limit value Integer portion 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 4 0123 5 F000 5 Lower limit value Sign BIN If 0 If F 6 to 8 Upper limit value Same as lower limit value 9 to 11 Reference value Same as lower limit value 12 Analog output scale number 1 digit BCD 0to3 13 to 15 Forced zero number ASCII 5 characters 5A45524F2B ZERO 4E4F524D20 NORM 5A45524F2D ZERO 16 Data output condition 1 digit BCD 0to6 17 Data output timer value 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 18 Number of seconds for latch timer 2 digits BCD 00 to 99 Note This sequence can be used for the 3Z4L 4000 Series only when pin 8 on DIP switch SW2 is turned ON Single Run Measurement Start 4000 series Sequence No 434 Hex 01B2 When the sample measurement condition is from 1 to 999 this sequence performs a single run measurement and requests the measurement results Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Decision result 2 Decimal portion 3 Undefined Integer portion Measurement value 4 Sign Undef
66. 127 Receive data Oset Contents ata orma Bata Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0001 to OOFA 1 to 250 decimal Receive data ASCII Up to 498 bytes of ASCII receive data are stored Note Shown below is the receive data frame format The reception data without ACK STX and ETX is stored Receive data 498 bytes max L STX L_ ACK L ETX 397 Appendix K 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol The 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol is used to make various settings or control remotely the Laser Micrometer connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C cable Protocol Configuration The configuration of the 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol is shown below Sequence No 400 0190 Communications sequence name 3Z4L clear Function Resets errors data analog output decision result and places the Laser Micrometer into standby Ladder interface Send word Receive allocation word allo cation 401 0191 Memory switch set Sets memory switches and the area for the work position LED 402 0192 mm unit set Sets the display unit to mm 403 0193 E unit set Sets the display unit to E 404 0194 Calibration set Calibrates the Laser Micrometer Calibration setting release 405 0195 Calibration release Releases the calibration of the Laser Micrometer
67. 12to n 22 to 00to 15 Reserved 1912to 1922to n 14 n 24 CIO CIO 1914 1924 2 3 3 Related Auxiliary Area Bits Serial Communications Port 1 and Port 2 Port Settings Change Bits Boards CS Series Only These bits can be turned ON from the program using the OUT or other instructions to change communications settings and restart the Serial Com munications Board ports When changing the settings and restarting the port have been completed the bit will automatically be turned OFF Note These bits are used both to change the port settings and to restart the port at the same time One of these bits can be turned ON to restart a port without changing the port settings in the Setup Area allocated in the DM Area The STUP 237 instruction can also be used to just restart a communications port by executing STUP 237 with the same port settings as the ones already being used Word Bit Contents 03 to 15 Reserved 02 1 Port 2 Settings Change Bit 01 1 Port 1 Settings Change Bit 00 Reserved 69 I O Memory Allocations Note Serial Communications Units CS CJ Series 70 Note Section 2 3 Inner Board Error Information Contents 12 to 15 Non fatal Reserved 11 Note 1 1 Error log EEPROM error 0 Normal 10 1 Protocol macro execution error 0 Normal This bit will be turned ON when code 3 4 or 5 is stored in the error code for bits 00 to 03 of CIO 1909 or CIO 1919 in the CIO Area 1 Protoco
68. 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Select RAM Write Mode Sequence No 203 Hex 00CB Switches from set point write mode to RAM write mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data Undefined Unit No Contents data format k Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 313 E5LJ Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G Save Set Point Sequence No 204 Hex 00CC Saves the set point Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sonnets 1 Undefined Unit No Orset Contents aata ormaj Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Parameters 1 Sequence No 205 Hex 00CD Writes the set point alarm value 1 alarm value 2 and a heater burnout alarm value to multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sondidata 1 Number of units 7 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Set point 4 Alarm value 1 f 5
69. 415647 AVG 4D4158 MAX 4D494E MIN 524E47 RNG Statistical processing calcu lation classification ASCII 3 characters 535420 ST 4E5354 NST Note This sequence cannot be used to request the lower limit EL error upper limit EH error exclusion counter CNT of the error data exclusion function centerless grinder function 415 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Single Run Measurement Start 3000 series Sequence No 410 Hex 019A When the sample measurement condition is from 1 to 999 this sequence performs a single run measurement and requests the measurement results Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data stor 0 Number of receive data words oes 1 Undefined Program number 2 Decision result 43 Decimal portion 4 Undefined Integer portion l Measurement value 5 Sign Undefined 6 Decimal portion 7 7 Undefined Integer portion Deviation value 8 Sign Undefined ih Offset Contents data format Number of receive data With no reference setting 0006 words 4 digit Hex With reference setting 0009 Program number Oto9 1 digit BCD Decision result With no limit setting 0000 ASCII 2 characters With limit setting 2B4E N 4F4B OK 2D4E N Measurement value decimal 0000
70. 6 Undefined Unit No 7 Undefined Head CH No 8 Leading address No ae 9 Undefined Readbytes 14 Undefined Unit No gt 415 Undefined Head CH No 4 CH 16 Leading address No 17 Undefined Readbytes Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0006 to 0012 6 to 18 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Number of Heads 0001 to 0004 4 digits BCD 4 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 4 N 1 3 R W Head CH No R W Head CH 1 designation 1 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 4 N 1 4 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex 4 N 1 5 Read bytes 01 to 30 1 to 48 bytes 2 digits Hex N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words A Asad data 7 CH1 24 Read data 25 Read data pel CH2 48 Read data T 73 Read data 4CH 96 Read data 464 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M ome Contents Gata format Da Number of receive data 0002 to 0097 words 4 digits Hex 24 N 1 1 to Read data ASCII Number of read bytes stored in ASCII TSAN 1 24 N Number of Heads Note Data from Data Carriers designated for ASCII is stor
71. 9 pin connector male 5 V eel power DIP Switch Settings Pin 1 ON Pin 2 ON terminating resistance Pin 3 OFF Pin 4 OFF Pin 5 OFF Pin 6 OFF 95 Wiring Section 3 3 1 N Connections Using RS 422A 485 Ports Device supporting RS 422A 485 Serial Communications Board Unit communications 2 wire Signal SDA f SDB RS 422A RDA 485 inter RDB face FG Device supporting RS 422A 485 communications D sub 9 pin wire connector male if Signal Rs 422A me oa 485 inter eee Device supporting esas ne RS 422A 485 os communications Serial Communications Board Unit B500 AL001 Shield 4 wire f H Signal Signal Signal Pin RS 422A aie SDA 9 TSA SDAL 9 A SDA RS 422A RS 422A TE 485 Inter SDB 5 SDB Rs 422n SDB 5 r SDB face RDA 6 RDA 485 inter IRDA 6 RDA L RDB _ 1 RDB face RDB 1 RDB FG Hoa Y 31 SG sets 7 Lee FG FG D sub 9 pin Signal SDA SDBIRDAIRDB SG FG D sub 9 pin connector male Pn 9 5161 3 7 connector male ToT i Device supporting RS 422A 485 communications 4 wire Shield signa EE SDA RS 422A SDB 185 inter Serial Communications Board Unit NT ALO01 E Link Adapter Signal Pin I sinai Pn Pin Signal Signal Shield SDA 1 pS 2320 y 5
72. Alarm 1 set value rightmost 4 digits 3 Alarm 1 set value leftmost 1 digit h 4 Alarm 2 set value rightmost 4 digits Channel 5 Alarm 2 set value leftmost 1 digit 30 Alarm 1 set value rightmost 4 digits 7 31 igi Alarm 1 set value leftmost 1 digit Channel 7 32 Alarm 2 set value rightmost 4 digits 33 Alarm 2 set value leftmost 1 digit Contents data format Number of send data words 0022 0034 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 0000 to 9999 Alarm 1 set value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 0009 Alarm 1 set value leftmost 1 digits 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 9999 Alarm 2 set value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 0009 Alarm 2 set value leftmost 1 digits 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 9999 Alarm 2 set value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 0009 Alarm 2 set value leftmost 1 digits 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 296 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Write Hysteresis Sequence No 158 Hex 009E Writes the hysteresis for control outputs for ON OFF control Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 0 1 First word of send data 2 3 4 5 16 17
73. Board or Unit Model CS series Serial Communications Unit CS1W SCU21 V1 two RS 232C ports CS series Serial Communications Board CS1W SCB21 V1 two RS 232C ports CS series Serial Communications Board CS1W SCB41 V1 one RS 232C and one RS 422A 485 port CJ series Serial Communications Unit CJ1W SCU21 two RS 232C ports CJ series Serial Communications Unit CJ1W SCU41 one RS 232C and one RS 422A 485 port 205 Error Logs Section 8 4 V1 00V1 00V1 00V1 00 Trace function version Version Macro function version Board or Unit version Communications control version 8 4 8 ERROR LOG READ 21 02 Command Format Response Format This command reads the Board or Unit s error log 21 02 Command Beginning No of code record no records 21 02 10 bytes 10 bytes 6 ae un hy ae a ee Command Endcode Max no of No of No of Error log Error log code stored records stored records data data records Parameters 206 Beginning record number command Specify the first record to be read as 2 byte 4 digit hexadecimal The first record number is 0000 Hex and the setting range is 0000 to 003F Hex 0 to 63 decimal Number of records command response Specify the number of records to read The setting range is 0001 to 0040 Hex 1 to 64 decimal The number of read records will be returned with the
74. Interrupt F300 446 Continuous Measurement Execution Scan F200 438 Continuous Measurement Execution Scan F300 444 Evaluation Condition Change F200 440 General purpose Command Send 452 General purpose Command Send Receive 453 Illumination Fluctuation Follow Execution F300 448 Inspection Execution and Character Inspection F350 450 Measurement Execution F200 438 Measurement Execution F300 443 Measurement Execution and Positioning F350 448 Measurement Inspection Termination 452 Reference Object Registration Criterion F200 440 Reference Object Registration Group F200 440 Reference Object Registration Reference Position F200 440 Reference Object Registration Command 1 Execution F300 447 Reference Object Registration Command 2 Execution F300 447 Reset F200 300 451 Scene Switching Arbitrary 452 Scene Switching Decrease by 1 451 Scene Switching Increase by 1 451 Scene Switching and Positioning F350 449 Serial Communications Boards 3 CIO Area allocations 64 component names 50 data exchange 59 DM Area allocations 61 error information 183 indicator error displays 182 installation 38 74 replacement 209 specifications 22 serial communications modes 1 79 1 1 NT Link 3 1 NNT Link 3 6 8 168 Host Link 3 6 108 loopback test 3 6 9 178 protocol macro 3 6 8 124 See also 1 N NT Link Host Link Loopback Test protocol mac
75. Low calibration set 1 Depends on the measurement contents Sets the Laser Micrometer s low cali bration Note 1 Sequences with interrupt notification are not supported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syntax error will occur if an attempt is made to execute either sequence with a Serial Communications Unit Do not set an EM bank as the receive storage word for interrupt notification A protocol syntax error will occur if an EM banks is set 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd and 4th operands of PMCR 260 NO Send word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D 3 The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 401 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Connections The connections for the 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol are shown below RS 232C Connection Serial Communications Board CS Series only Sensor Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series RS 232C Port PC PS RS 232C Serial Communications Unit Board D sub 9 pin female name Signal pin No FG SD RD RTS CTS DSR DTR SG OONARWON Signal cable Controller Controller D sub 25 pin female Pin No Signal name
76. Pattern No 2 digits BCD Step No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 00 to 63 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Pattern No 2 digits BCD Step No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 4 Local SP rightmost 4 digits 2 Local SP leftmost 4 digits 3 Local SP rightmost 4 digits 4 Local SP leftmost 4 digits 1 63 Local SP rightmost 4 digits 64 Local SP leftmost 4 digits Offset Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Contents data format 00 to 63 00 to 63 1st unit 2nd unit 32nd unit Number of units x 2 1 1st unit Local SP rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 1st unit Local SP leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 2nd unit Local SP rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 2nd unit Local SP leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 32nd unit Local SP rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 348 32nd unit Local SP leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD ES100L Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Write Local SP Sequence No 265 Hex 0109 Writes the local SP to the program parameter area Send Data Word
77. Pin 3 OFF NT AL001 E Link Adapter Board Unit Pin 4 OFF Pin 5 OFF Pin signal Signal Pin dines En Signal i t ee note Pin 6 OFF E EN Z Tari D Ne i Lf ira i 2 Tse SD 2 2 SD f L Tee 3 3 RD_RS 232C 4 SDA RTS 4 4 RTS Interface amp 5 R CTS 5 5 CTS c e RA SV G 6 5V 7 SB DSR 7 7 DSR 8 SA bore 8 8 DTR f SG Tg 9 SG RS 422 RS 232 4 D sub 9 pin tor mal DIP Switch Settings connector male Pin 1 ON Pin 2 ON terminating resistance Pin 3 OFF Pin 4 OFF Pin 5 OFF Pin 6 ON Note We recommend using the following NT AL001 E Link Adapter Connecting Cables to connect to NT AL001 E Link Adapters XW2Z 070T 1 0 7 m XW2Z 200T 1 2 m 85 Wiring Section 3 3 1 1 Connections Using RS 422A 485 Ports Computer Shield RS 232C Interface Serial Communications oe 86 5 V 4 power Board Unit NT AL001 E Link Adapter i rO E lt lt T Pin jSignal Pin Signal Pin Signal A Hr gpa RS 422A aa p 2a 485 In 1 NC GRD 4 2 SDB_ terface 2 SD SG 2 6 RDA 3 RD SDB 3 oF 8 RDB 4 RTS SDA 4 U faod FG a 5 CTS RDB 5 m 4 wire 6 5V RDA 6 Terminating resistance ON 7_ DSR esp 7 8 DTR ICSA 8 9 SG RS 232 RS 422 D sub 9 pin Terminal blo
78. Rs 422A 485 NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter Convert between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E Link Adapter Connection of a Serial Communications Unit to a device with an RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port Note 2 lt gt me RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 Resistance ON Resistance ON Note 2 Note 3 RS 232C interface NT AL001 E ps 232C RS 422A 485 Resistance ON Resist ON esistance 5 V power CJ1W SCU41 Port 1 RS 422A 485 RS 232C NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter Convert between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E Link Adapter 19 System Configurations PC External device 20 Connection configuration Connection of a Serial Communications Board to devices with RS 232C or RS 422A 485 ports Note 3 3 Note 2 RS 422A 485 interface lt gt a NT AL001 E _TRS 232C Resistance ON RS 422A 485 S Resistance ON Note 3 RS 422A 485 interface NT ALO01 E B600 AL001 a RS 232C RS 422A 485 Resistance ON i Note 2 Note 4 Resistance ON P wc RS 232C interface NT AL001 E NT AL001 E i a RS 232C RS 232C Resistance Note 2 ON RS 232C 7 z RS 232C C Resistance ON Note 3 5 V power D a a Note 3 RS 422A 485
79. Set code 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Read Alarm Mode Sequence No 107 Hex 006B Reads the alarm modes and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 0 Number of send data words 1 First word of send data Undefined Unit No Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data storage words 0 Number of receive data words 1 Undefined Alarm 1 set code 2 Undefined Alarm 2 set code 3 Undefined Alarm 1 set code 4 Undefined Alarm 2 set code 15 Undefined Alarm 1 set code 16 Undefined Alarm 2 set code Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 Channel 1 Channel 7 0011 0017 decimal Channel 0 Alarm 1 set code 2 digits Hex 00 to OC Channel 0 Alarm 2 set code 2 digits Hex 00 to OC Channel 7 Alarm 1 set code 2 digits Hex 00 to OC Channel 7 Alarm 2 set code 2 digits Hex 00 to OC 277 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Read Alarm Temperatures Sequence No 108 Hex 006C Reads the alarm temperatures and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words
80. The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 303 Write Set Value HH Continuous Units Write Set Value L Continuous Units Sequence No 305 Hex 0131 This sequence writes set value L for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 303 Write Set Value HH Continuous Units Write Set Value LL Continuous Units Sequence No 306 Hex 0132 This sequence writes set value LL for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 303 Write Set Value HH Continuous Units Write Set Value with Bank by Unit Number Sequence No 307 Hex 0133 This sequence writes set value of a bank which is not in use K3TR HH to LL K3TC O1 to O5 372 K3T _ Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 122 123 124 125 126 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Relevant unit No Undefined Bank No Operand Set value Undefined Set value 1 Relevant unit No Bank No Undefined Undefined Operand Set value Undefined Set value Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0007 to 007F 7 to 127 decimal Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0019 1 to 25 decimal Rele
81. This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 Up to 20 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 521 Write ASCII 8 However the leading address No number of write and write data are not used and become undefined Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 485 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Note 1 Execute Sequence No 532 before executing Sequence No 533 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write Hex 2 Sequence No 534 Hex 0216 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 523 Write Hex 2 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 523 Write Hex 2 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 545 Polling Auto write Command Processing Cancel to cancel the polling auto write 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write Subcommand Hex 2 Sequence No 535 Hex 0217 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 Up to 56 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word
82. Time signal 3 Time signal 4 123 Timesignal5 Time signale 25th unit max 124 Time signal 7 Time signal 8 125 Time signal 9 Time signal 10 Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words Number of units x 5 1 4 digits Hex 1st unit 00 to FF Time signal 1 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Time signal 2 data 2 digits Hex st unit 00 to FF Time signal 3 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Time signal 4 data 2 digits Hex 1st unit 00 to FF Time signal 5 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Time signal 6 data 2 digits Hex st unit 00 to FF Time signal 7 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Time signal 8 data 2 digits Hex st unit 00 to FF Time signal 9 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Time signal 10 data 2 digits Hex 25th unit 00 to FF Time signal 9 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Time signal 10 data 2 digits Hex 330 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Read Error Detection Data Sequence No 252 Hex 00FC Reads error groups from 0 to 15 in the variable area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Undefined Unit No 2nd unit 17 Undefined Unit No 16th unit max Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001
83. Unit No Orr Comens atoma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed k 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 283 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words a 1 Output value lower limit 2 Output value upper limit p Channel 0 3 Cooling control output value lower limit 4 Cooling control output value upper limit 29 Output value lower limit 30 Output value upper limit 2 pp TF Channel 7 31 Cooling control output value lower limit 32 Cooling control output value upper limit Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0021 0033 decimal 4 digits Hex Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Output value lower limit 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Output value upper limit 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Cooling control output value upper limit 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Cooling control output value upper limit 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Cooling control output value upper limit 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Cooling control output value upper limit 4 digits BCD Read Output Value Change Rate Limit Sequence No 118 Hex 0076 Reads the output value change rate limits and stores the results in the specified words Se
84. Unit inside of the Serial Communications Board Therefore the cable shield can be grounded by grounding the GR of the Power Supply Unit 3 With SDA B or RDA B the signal polarity may be reversed by the remote device Be sure to check the polarity before wiring Applicable Connectors Plug XM2A 0901 OMRON or equivalent Hood XM2S 0911 E OMRON or equivalent One plug and one hood are provided for each port Recommended Cables CO HC ESV 3P x 7 0 2 manufactured by Hirakawa Hewtech Corp Cable length 500 m max The total combined cable length is 500 m max T branch lines must be a maximum of 10 m long The terminating resistance switch is provided on the CS1W SCB41 V1 only When an RS 422 485 port is used set the switch to ON if the Serial Commu nications Board is on the end of the transmission line Refer to Section 3 Installation and Wiring for the ON OFF settings Tabel__ Name Settings Factory setting Terminating ON Terminating OFF Terminating resistance switch resistance ON resistance OFF OFF Terminating resistance OFF The status of terminating resistance setting can be monitored in the words allocated in the CIO Area For details refer to 2 3 I O Memory Allocations The 2 wire or 4 wire switch is provided on the CS1W SCB41 V1 only When an RS 422 485 port is used set the switch to 2 when 2 wire connec tions are used and set the switch to 4 when 4 wire connections are used F
85. You must use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power supplies used for the communications power supply and I O power sup plies 3 CS CJ series PCs complying with EC Directives also conform to the Com mon Emission Standard EN50081 2 Radiated emission characteristics 10 m regulations may vary depending on the configuration of the control panel used other devices connected to the control panel wiring and other conditions You must therefore confirm that the overall machine or equip ment complies with EC Directives EMI Measures for Serial Communications Boards and Units The CS CJ series PCs conform to the Common Emission Standards EN50081 2 of the EMC Directives However the noise generated from Serial Communications Board or Unit communications cables may not satisfy these standards In such a case commercially available ferrite cores must be placed on the communications cable or other appropriate countermeasures must be provided external to the PC Conformance to EC Directives 6 Recommended Ferrite Cores The following ferrite core data line noise filter is recommended 0443 164151 by Fair Rite Products Corp Low impedance 25 MHz 90 Q 100 MHz 160 Q i a 32 am _ a Recommended Mounting Method Mount the core on one turn of the communications cable as shown in the fol lowing illustration Mount the cores as lost to the en
86. data is being written to or read from the I O memory of the CPU Unit For operand specification Check the PMCR 260 instruction S and D operand specifications For direct specification of link words Use CX Protocol to check the specified range 200 ERC Flashing ERR ALM Flashing Protocol data syntax error There is a code that cannot be executed during protocol exe cution Check the following items and correct the problem e Check whether the total specified num ber of link words in the area 01 O2 11 12 exceeds 500 The same area with link word specifi cation is used by both ports 1 and 2 A write instruction with constant speci fication is specified An EM Area read write instruction is specified as an interrupt notification for Boards only An interrupt notification is specified at the Unit for Units only There are more than 30 write attributes set for one message The length of a send receive message is set to 0 bytes The length of a send receive message is longer than the maximum send receive message bytes setting No messages are registered for matrix reception Both RTS CTS flow control and Xon Xoff flow control are set for the same transmission line Error Logs Section 8 4 8 4 Error Logs The error log function records the errors detected in the Serial Communica tions Board or Serial Communications Unit together with the time that the er
87. f T Sequence Sequence Sequence executed completed re executed 1 00100 0 lk te f One cycle i Present value in DM00201 moved to DM00300 When sequence ended 1 normally i Step Error Processing 0 j Flag CIO 191914 FAL instruction executed When sequence ended 1 abnormally Step Error Processing 0 Flag CIO 191914 158 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 Receive Data Storage Area before Executing PMCR 260 When the PMCR 260 instruction is executed the reception buffer is cleared to 0 once immediately before the send receive sequence is executed If a lad der program is used that regularly reads the present value data as shown in the following diagram the present value data would normally be cleared to 0 if the data is not retrieved due to an error such as a reception error If reception processing fails however the data that was stored started at R 1 i e the number of words specified in R is again read from the reception buffer and stored again beginning at R 1 This ensures that the current data will not be cleared and that the previous receive data will be maintained when receptions fail Make sure to set the number of words m for the data that is to be held If the data is set to 0 or 1 the most recent receive data will not be held Instead it will be cleared to 0 Example The following protocol can be used to regularly execute the PMCR 260 instruction to retrieve receive data
88. fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Hysteresis heating 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD Hysteresis cooling 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Control Period Sequence No 057 Hex 0039 Writes the control period for heating and for cooling Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendigaia 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Control period heating 3 Control period cooling Onset Contents data formaj baa 0 Number of send data words 0004 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 254 E5 K Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D offset Contents data forma Daa 2 Control period heating 0001 to 0099 4 digits BCD Control period cooling 0001 to 0099 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write SP Ramp Time Unit and Set Value Sequence No 058 Hex 003A Writes the SP ramp time unit and SP ramp set value Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidata 1 Undefined Unit No 2 SP ramp time unit 3 SP ramp set value Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0004 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2 SP ramp time unit
89. indicates hexadecimal values Values in quotation marks such as 00 indicate ASCII characters Command Format STX Node No Subaddress SID Command Text ETX BCC 02HEX X10 X X10 00 o MRC SRC Data 03HEX 1 byte 2 bytes 2 bytes 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte Response Format STX Node No Subaddress__End code Response Text ETX BCC O2HEX X10 X10 o0 o0 MRCISRCMRESISRES Data 03HEX 1 byte 2 bytes 2 bytes 2 bytes See note byte 1 byte Note 1 Data is not saved in the response if there is a command frame error i e if the end code is not 00 or OF 2 Other values are possible for the subaddress and SID 216 CompoWay F Master Protocol Appendix B Command Frame Contents Response Frame Contents Node number A code 02 Hex indicating the beginning of a communications frame text This code must always be set as the first byte The node number identifies the source of the command frame Spec ify XX to broadcast a transmission There will be no response made to a broadcast Subaddress Set 00 for most components Other values must be set for special components SID Set 0 for most components Other values must be set for special components Command and text The command and required text are placed here Refer to the com mand codes and text for individual sequences MRC and SRC The command code specifies the service being used Refer to the comm
90. n Signal 1_ SDA 6 RDA RDA 6 RDA RS 422 C 2 SDB 1 RDB _ interface RDB 1 RDB 6 9 SDA SDA 9 i Hl SDA 8 5 SDB so 5 tS spp Hood FG H 7_ Fe FG 7 T_ l Signal RDA RDB SDA SDB FG pin 6 i 9 5 1 7 Remote device Signal FG RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring Section 3 4 e With NT ALO01 E RS 232C RS 422 Link Adapter Serial Communications Board Unit Signal NT AL001 E Remote device RS 232C Note See note XW2Z 070T 1 XW2Z 200T 1 It is recommended that one of these cables be used to connect the RS 232C port on the Serial Communications Board or Unit to the NT AL001 E RS 232C RS 422 Link Adapter The recommended wiring for these cables is shown below SYSMAC PC NT AL001 E internal Arrows indicate signal directions __ i AF E E eer E S Xa Loopback H Xx Loopback E Shield 2 The XW2Z 070T 1 and XW2Z 200T 1 Connecting Cables for the NT AL001 E Link Adapter uses special wiring for the DTS and RTS signals Do not use these signals with other devices they may be damaged 3 The Hood FG is internally connected to the ground terminal GR on the Power Supply Unit via the CPU Rack or CS Expansion Rack Therefore FG is grounded by grounding the ground terminal GR on the Power Sup ply Unit 101 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring Section
91. when the PMCR 260 instruction is executed Word Contents A203 Communications Port No 0 Completion Code A204 Communications Port No 1 Completion Code A205 Communications Port No 2 Completion Code A206 Communications Port No 3 Completion Code A207 Communications Port No 4 Completion Code A208 Communications Port No 5 Completion Code A209 Communications Port No 6 Completion Code A210 Communications Port No 7 Completion Code A211 to A218 Reserved Note Refer to 8 3 3 Protocol Macros for information on completion codes Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 Flag Transitions Communications Port Enabled Flag i Instruction 1 1 being i a i Instruction 2 t Instruction 3 ee ee F t F Network communications being i being ite SEND 090 i executed executed executed RECV 098 CMND 490 i i 1 i i i Communications Port 0 i A Error Flag 3 i j t i i t i A i 1 t t t j Communications Port 0000 0000 _ 0000 0202 0000 0000 ompletion Code E INERT cae p Normal end No unit correspond Normal end End of previous processing Note ing to unit address Before executing a PMCR 260 instruction be sure that the communications port is set to the Protocol Macro serial communications mode If a PMCR 260 instruction is executed for a communications port set in Host Link mode a meaningless messag
92. words specified for the fourth operand of PMCR 260 554 022A Shifts the modem to escape mode the con dition in which command input is available during data communications The escape code is fixed to 555 022B Hang up After shifting to escape mode the line is disconnected 562 0232 Initialize and dial Executes continuously from initialization to 572 023C dialling operations for certain OMRON 582 0246 Modems 590 024E Escape to hang up Executes continuously from shifting to the escape mode to hanging up Note 1 Refer to sequences No 561 No 571 and No 581 for dialing operations 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd and 4th operands of PMCR 260 NO Send word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D 3 The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 493 Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol Appendix N Connections The connections when using the Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol is shown below RS 232C Connection Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series Modem D sub Serial Communications Board Unit 25 pin female D sub 9 pin female 1 1 Fa 1 FG 2 SD
93. 00 0 eee eee eee 59 2 2 1 Serial Communications Board CS Series Only 59 2 2 2 Serial Communications Units CS CJ Series 60 2 3 W O Memory Allocations 0 0 0 00 c ec ett eeeees 61 Dede DIM ARI o eaaa A a E E A N E E 61 2 3 2 CIO Are ais e E ete tee oie wet meee a pe bene ee 64 2 3 3 Related Auxiliary Area Bits 0 ce eee eee eee 69 49 Component Names and Functions Section 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 CS1W SCB21 V1 Indicators Indicator Port 2 RS 232C Component Names and Functions Serial Communications Boards CS Series Only CS1W SCB41 V1 Port 1 RS 232C Status Lit Terminating resistance switch 2 wire or 4 wire switch PORT2 RS422 i RS485 Port 2 RS 422A 485 SCB41 V1 Meaning Operating normally and protocol macro prepara tions have been completed Flashing Operating normally and protocol macros are being prepared See note Not lit An error has occurred in the Serial Communica tions Board Board Unit error CPU Unit watchdog timer error Board watchdog timer error Yellow Lit Port 1 is being used for sending or receiving Not lit Port 1 is not being used for sending or receiving Yellow Lit Port 2 is being used for sending or receiving Not lit Port 2 is not being used for sending or receiving Note Depending on the interval of flashi
94. 00 to OF Channel 0 Channel 1 Channel 7 273 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of receive data words 0011 0017 decimal 4 digits Hex Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Output value 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Cooling output value 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 1000 Output value 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 1000 Cooling output value 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Output value 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Cooling output value 4 digits BCD Read Set Point Process Value and Output Value Sequence No 103 Hex 0067 Reads the set points process values and output values and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sond data 1 Undefined Unit No one Comens aa oma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Set point rightmost 4 digits i 2 Set point leftmost 1 digit 3 Process value rightmost 4 digits Channel 0 4 Process value leftmost 1 digit 5 Output value p 36 Set point rightmost 4 digits 37 Set point leftmost 1 digit Channel 7 38 Process valu
95. 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal Relevant unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 99 Operand ASCII 2 characters 5048 PH 4248 BH Operand ASCII 2 characters Same as above Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Peak bottom data Peak bottom data Receive data 0 Number of receive data words St rage words Peak bottom data 2 Undefined 3 Undefined Status 94 Peak bottom data 95 Undefined 5 96 Undefined Status Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0004 to 0061 4 to 97 decimal 1 to 2 Peak bottom data 5 digits BCD 00000 to 99999 Negative sign F most significant digit Example 12345 Example 1234 1 2 1 2 3 Status 2 digits Hex dO bit If overflow 1 Others 0 d1 bit If underflow 1 Others 0 d2 bit Not used d3 bit During forced zero operation 1 K3TH K3TR 0 Others 0 d4 bit Not used d5 bit During hold input 1 Others 0 d6 bit Bank input 1 1 K3TH K3TX 0 Others 0 d7 bit Bank input 2 1 K3TH K3TX 0 Others 0 380 K3T _ Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Offset Contents data format Status Same as above Read Holding Data PH Continuous Units Sequence No 333 Hex 014D This sequenc
96. 04 to 07 Reserved 00 to 03 Executed Reception Case Number code 0 to 15 0 to F hex 00 to 15 Executed Reception Case Number Storage Flag 0 to 15 Correspond to bits 00 to 15 00 to 15 Executed Step Number Storage Flag 0 to 15 Correspond to bits 00 to 15 08 to 15 Repeat Counter Setting Value 0 to 255 00 to FF hex 00 to 07 Repeat Counter Present Value 0 to 255 00 to FF hex NT Links n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Words i Contents Board Unit CS Series only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2 08 to 15 PT Priority Registered Flag 00 to 07 PT Communications Flag 00 to 15 Reserved 68 I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 Loopback Tests n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Words i Contents Board Unit CS Series only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2 15 1 Error 0 Normal 1909 1919 09 to 14 status Reserved 08 1 DSR DR signal check error 0 Nor mal 07 1 CTS CS signal check error 0 Nor mal 06 Reserved 05 1 Timeout error 0 Normal 04 1 Parity error 0 Normal 03 1 Overrun error 0 Normal 02 1 Framing error 0 Normal 01 Reserved 00 1 Conveyor error 0 Normal CIO CIO n 10 n 20 00 to 15 Number of tests executed 1910 1920 CIO CIO n 11 n 21 00 to 15 Number of test errors 1911 1921 CIO CIO n
97. 0999 Dead band overlap band 4 digits BCD 4 Channel 2 0000 to 0999 Dead band overlap band 4 digits BCD 8 Channel 6 0000 to 0999 Dead band overlap band 4 digits BCD 9 Channel 7 0000 to 0999 Dead band overlap band 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Cooling Coefficient Sequence No 173 Hex 00AD Writes the cooling coefficients for the cooling proportional bands for heating cooling control Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words eae 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Cooling coefficient Channel 0 3 Cooling coefficient Channel 1 4 Cooling coefficient Channel 2 5 Cooling coefficient Channel 3 6 Cooling coefficient Channel 4 7 Cooling coefficient Channel 5 8 Cooling coefficient Channel 6 9 Cooling coefficient Channel 7 Contents data format Number of send data words 000A 0010 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 0000 to 0100 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 0100 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD Channel 2 0000 to 0100 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD Channel 6 0000 to 0100 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 0100 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD 306 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Receive Data Word Allocati
98. 1 1g SAM e asics 4 l E l A ee E I Note The mounting heights shown above are applicable when the attached con nectors connector covers and recommended cables are used The mounting height may differ when other connectors connector covers and cables are used Determine the mounting height taking into account the connectors connector covers and the minimum bending radius of the cables 3 3 6 Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring Observe the following precautions for external wiring e When multi conductor signal cable is being used avoid using I O wires and other control wires in the same cable e If wiring racks are running in parallel allow at least 300 mm between the racks 81 Wiring Section 3 3 Low current cables Communications cables 300 mm min PC power supply and general control circuit wiring 300 mm min Powerlines Q Ground to 100 Q or less e If the I O wiring and power cables must be placed in the same duct they must be shielded from each other using grounded steel sheet metal PC power supply and general control Communications Circuit wiring Power lines Steel sheet metal cables 200 mm min Ground to 100 Q or less 3 3 7 2 Wire and 4 Wire Connections The transmission circuits for 2 wire and 4 wire connections are different as shown in the following diagram Example of 4 Wire Example of 2 Wire Connections Connections g
99. 1 Host Link protocol macro NT Link or loopback test can be selected for each port Port 2 Number of CPU Unit One Board per Inner Board slot None mountable CPU Rack None A total of up to 16 Units including all Boards Units Expansion Rack None other CPU Bus Units No restrictions on the mounting location Data exchange Ordinary Allocated 25 words of the 100 words in Allocated 25 words of the 25 words in the with the CPU _ refreshing of the Inner Board CIO Area constant CPU Bus Unit CIO Area constant data Unit software data exchange with the CPU Unit exchange with the CPU Unit switches and status Transfer from the CPU Unit set by the system Of the 768 words in the Inner Board DM Area each serial port is allocated 10 words total 20 words Data is transferred from the CPU Unit at the following times e Startup or restart e Ladder instruction STUP 237 e Port Settings Changing Flag turns ON Auxiliary Area Of the CPU Bus Unit DM Area each serial port is allocated 10 words total 20 words Data is transferred from the CPU Unit at the following times e Startup or restart e Ladder instruction STUP 237 e Port Settings Changing Flag turns ON Auxiliary Area Supporting CPU Units CS1 CPU Units High speed CS1H CPU67 CPU66 CPU65 CPU64 CPU63 Standard CS1 H CPU Units CS1G CPU45 CPU44 CPU43 CPU42 High speed CS1H CPU67H CPU66H CPU65H CPU64H CPU63H Standard CS1G
100. 1 Settings D32010 to D32019 Port 2 Settings D32020 to D32767 Reserved for the system 61 I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 Serial Communications The Setup Area allocated in the DM Area is used to set the serial communica Units CS CJ Series tions mode communications specifications and other settings for the Serial Communications Units The words from D30000 to D31599 100 words per Unit x 16 Units are allocated according to the unit number settings The first 10 words are used for port 1 and the next 10 words are used for port 2 The other 80 words are reserved for the system m D30000 100 x unit number Unit No Words D30000 to D30099 m to m 9 Port 1 Settings D30100 to D30199 m 10 to m 19 Port 2 Settings D30200 to D30299 m 20 to m 99 Reserved for the system D30300 to D30399 D30400 to D30499 D30500 to D30599 D30600 to D30699 D30700 to D30799 D30800 to D30899 D30900 to D30999 D31000 to D31099 D31100 to D31199 D31200 to D31299 D31300 to D31399 D31400 to D31499 D31500 to D31599 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 sI A B C D LE iE Setting the Setup Areas The following methods can be used to set the Unit settings in the Setup Areas e Use a Programming Device such as a Programming Console see note a CX Protocol or CX Programmer e Use the STUP 237 instruction see note b in the ladder diagram pro gram If it is ne
101. 1 to 496 decimal Number of bytes of send data not including the FCS and the terminator Send data ASCII ASCII code Send data 496 characters max Receive Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Receive data 2 Receive data 3 Receive data 249 Receive data oriset contents Gatarerma ata Number of receive data words 0001 to OOFA 1 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Receive data ASCII ASCII code Receive data 498 characters max 385 Appendix J V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol The V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol is used to make various settings or control remotely the Bar Code Reader connected the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C cable Protocol Configuration The configuration of the V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol is shown below Sequence Communications Function Ladder interface No sequence name Send word Receive word allocation allocation 350 015E BCR read start Instructs the Reader to start a BCR read 351 015F BCR read stop Instructs the Reader to stop a BCR read 352 0160 Data read Data read by the Reader is received and saved in the receive words 353 0161 Complete data read Instructs the Reader to start a read After the data read by the Reader is received and saved to the receive words reading is stopped 354 0162 BCR function wri
102. 146 149 Executed Step No code 146 148 Executed Step No Flag 146 149 external dimensions connector cover 81 F F200 F300 F350 Visual Inspection Unit 124 ferrite cores Xix FINS commands 6 framing errors 144 H Hayes Modem AT Command 124 compatible modems 494 connections 494 protocols sequences 493 499 heat shrinking tubes 103 Host Link 3 6 Auxiliary Area allocations 112 CIO Area allocations 113 commands 6 communications timing 115 connection example 40 CPU Bus Unit Area allocations 113 error responses 120 errors 186 executing communications 43 host initiated communications 108 Inner Board CIO Area allocations 113 Inner Board error information 112 PC initiated communications 108 ports 79 connections 83 reception buffers 120 Setup Area allocations 110 Index system configuration 13 unit numbers 111 Host Link Units changes in communications specifications 122 T O memory allocations 61 1 O tables 41 indicators CPU Unit 50 error displays Serial Communications Boards 182 Serial Communications Units 184 loopback test 179 Serial Communications Boards 50 Serial Communications Units 54 56 Inner Board CIO Area allocations 173 1 NNT Link 173 Host Link 113 protocol macro 138 Inner Board DM Area 22 Inner Board Restart Bit 43 Inner Boards 6 error information 70 1 NNT Link 172 Host Link 112 protocol macro 137 Inner Bus Error Flag 138 inspect
103. 1925 to CIO 1999 Reserved for the system Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 5 3 Serial Communications Words CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 of the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area are Units CS CJ Series allocated according to the unit number setting Each unit number is allocated 25 words With the protocol macro mode the words shown in the following table are used for the Software Switches and Status Area CPU Bus Unit Area CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Unit No Words CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 n Software switches port 1 Port 2 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 n 1ton 4 Unit status ClO 1575 to CIO 1599 n 5 ton 14 Port 1 status CIO 1600 to ClO 1624 n 15ton 24 Port 2 status CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1675 to CIO 1694 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 CIO 1775 to CIO 1799 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 5 3 3 Software Switches The Software Switches are used from the CPU Unit to control the Serial Com munications Board and Serial Communications Unit Software Switches are used to output control signals from the CPU Unit to the Serial Communications Board or Unit n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Words i Contents Boards Unit CS Series CS CJ Only Series Reserved Used for loopback tests R
104. 2 3 1 Connect Programming Console or CX Protocol to the PC to which the re placement Serial Communications Board or Unit is mounted and switch to PROGRAM mode 2 Save the protocol macro data using the CX Protocol Refer to the CX Pro tocol Operation Manual W344 for details 3 Turn OFF the power to the PC to which the Serial Communications Board or Unit to be replaced is mounted and to all serially connected external de vices 4 Disconnect the communications cables connected to the Serial Communi cations Board or Unit to be replaced and also remove the Board or Unit 5 Set the hardware switches of the replacement Board or Unit to the same settings of the Board or Unit being replaced before mounting as follows e CS1W SCB21 V1 No setting switches e CS1W SCB41 V1 Terminating resistance switch and 2 4 wire switch e CS1W SCU21 V1 Unit number switch e CJ1W SCU21 Unit number switch e CJ1W SCU41 Unit number switch terminating resistance switch and 2 4 wire switch 6 Turn ON the power of the PC to which the replacement Serial Communi cations Board or Unit is mounted and to all serially connected external de vices and start operating the system 7 Switch the CPU Unit to PROGRAM mode and using the CX Protocol transfer the protocol macro data to the Board or Unit Refer to the CX Pro tocol Operation Manual W344 for details 8 Switch the CPU Unit to MONITOR mode and start operating the system 9 Check from the indi
105. 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 503 Read ASCII 8 However the leading address No and number of read bytes are not used and will be the value specified for sequence 510 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 503 Read ASCII 8 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 510 before executing Sequence No 513 2 Data from Data Carriers designated for ASCII is stored beginning with the smallest offset from the receive data words 3 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence 473 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Polling Auto read Hex Sequence No 514 Hex 0202 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is from 1 to 8 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of Heads 42 Undefined UnitNo 3 Undefined Head CH No 4 Leading address No CRI 5 Undefined Readbytes 4 N 1 2 Undefined Unit No 7 4 N 1 3 Undefined Head CH No 4 N 1 4 Leading address No SN anbe of Heads 4 N 1 5 Undefined Read bytes Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0006 to 0022 6 to 34 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Number of Heads 0001 to 0008 4 digits BCD 4 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BC
106. 3 4 s ries P CJ series PC f Poser Serial Communications Board Unit Serial Communications Unit Power Supply Unit Power Supply Unit PRES rown 4 ti GRO GR el H x o ORTZ y rE i A Bl o i Z o wa Hood and GR are Hood and GR are i Ground to internally internally connected Ground to 100 Q or less Ground to internally p Grounding the GR Grounding the GR terminal terminal grounds grounds the Hood FG the Hood FG 4 Be sure to turn ON the terminating resistance at the last Unit at the end of the RS 422A 485 cable 3 4 3 Wiring Connectors Use the following steps to wire connectors Cable Preparation See the following diagrams for the length of the cable portion to be cut in each step Shield Connected to Hood FG 1 2 3 1 Cut the cable to the required length 2 Remove the specified length of the sheath from the cable using a knife Be careful not to scratch the braided shield Sian EEN eegee seoses aaRS xx XO Xx 25 mm RS 422A 40 mm RS 232C 3 Trim off the braided shield using scissors so that the remaining shield length is 10 mm 10 mm 4 Remove the insulation from each conductor using a stripper so
107. 3 9 Connections for Host Link Communications 83 3 3 10 Connections for Protocol Macros 0000s eee eens 90 3 3 11 1 N NT Link Connections with Programmable Terminals 97 3 3 12 Connections in Loopback Test 00 0c eee eee eee 98 3 4 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring 0 2 eee 98 3 4 1 Recommended RS 232C Wiring Examples 98 3 4 2 Recommended RS 422A 485 Wiring Examples 100 3 4 3 Wiring Connectors enrere ni erne eee tenes 102 JAA Soldering ys vet iec ved toe tanta aay ast ots ug ees Os 103 3 4 5 Assembling Connector Hood 2 0 00 cece ee eee 104 3 4 6 iConnecting to Unit s seer va eM RRa soe EOE ER ORE 105 73 Installing a Serial Communications Board Section 3 1 3 1 Installing a Serial Communications Board Installation Procedure This section describes how to install a Serial Communications Board in the option slot of a CPU Unit Only one Serial Communications Board can be installed in each CPU Unit Note 1 Always turn OFF the power before installing or removing the Serial Com munications Board Installing or removing the Serial Communications Board with the power ON can cause the CPU Unit to malfunction damage internal components or cause communications errors 2 Before handling the Serial Communications Board touch a grounded me tallic object in order to discharge any static build up from your body 1 2 3 1 Press the catch
108. 352 353 358 Negative sign information changed May 2001 CJ1W SCU41 Serial Communications Unit added CS1 changed to CS or CS CJ according to context and CS Series only added to distinguish func tions for Serial Communications Boards Page xiv Added terminal block precaution section name changed to this man ual change precaution on locking devices and precaution added on terminal blocks Pages 105 and 114 Note added on retry processing Pages 171 and 181 Information added on retry processing April 2002 CJ1W SCU21 Serial Communications Unit and information on the Simple Backup Function added The CS1W SCB21 V1 CS1W SCB41 V1 CS1W CU21 V1 and CJ1W SCB21 41 support this function Page xix EMC changed to EMS Page 5 Overview of the V1 upgrades Pages 21 and 22 Added CS1 H CPU Units CJ1 H CPU Units and Simple Backup Function to Specifications Page 32 Simple Backup Function added to table Page 149 Modified the Error Flag s ON conditions Pages 158 to 161 Simple Backup Function description added Pages 177 and 179 Added Indicator Displays related to the protocol data restore operation Pages 205 to 207 Added Board Unit replacement procedure that uses the Sim ple Backup Function to restore protocol data in the new Board Unit 05 June 2003 Front cover 21 inserted in model number Page 142 Minor changes made to first table Page 144 Changes made to
109. 3999 Constant D 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 292 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Write Control Period Sequence No 153 Hex 0099 Writes the control periods and cooling control periods Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 Number of send data words 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Control period 3 Cooling control period 4 Control period 5 Cooling control period 1 f 16 Control period 17 Cooling control period Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Channel 0 Channel 1 Channel 7 0012 0018 decimal fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 Control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 Channel 0 Cooling control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 Channel 1 Control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 Channel 1 Cooling control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 Channel 7 Control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 Channel 7 Cooling control period 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0001 to 0099 293 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Write Output Mode Sequence No 154 Hex 009A Writes the output mode normal r
110. 4 digits BCD 0000 Minutes 0001 Hours 3 SP ramp set value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write LBA Detection Time Sequence No 059 Hex 003B Writes the LBA detection time Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 LBA detection time Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 LBA detection time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 255 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Write MV at Stop Time and at PV Error Sequence No 060 Hex 003C Writes the MV at stop time and the MV at PV error Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No MV at stop time MV at PV error Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0004 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 MV at stop time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1050 MV at PV error 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 to 1050 Write MV Limits Sequence No 061 Hex 003D Writes the MV upper lim
111. 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Read Alarm Hysteresis Sequence No 016 Hex 0010 Reads the alarm 1 hysteresis and alarm 2 hysteresis and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Alarm 1 hysteresis 2 Alarm 2 hysteresis Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex Alarm 1 hysteresis 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD Alarm 2 hysteresis 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD 241 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Read Input Shift Limits Sequence No 017 Hex 0011 Reads the input shift upper limit and input shift lower limit and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data Undefined Unit No Orset Contents aata torma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of rece
112. 435 453 Visual Inspection Units 124 W weight 23 wiring connectors 102 514 precautions 79 RS 232C ports 98 RS 422A 485 ports 100 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual Cat No W336 E1 05 Revision code The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision Page numbers refer to the previous version Revision code Revised content February 1999 Original production April 2000 Changes were made on the following pages Page 4 Boards corrected to Unit in Connectable Devices Pages 23 24 Information on 1 N NT link added Page 29 1694 corrected to 1699 in Unit No 7 row of table on right Page 31 RS 422 changed to RS 422A in Connections Page 33 Information on NT link changed Pages 41 42 Information about high speed NT link added Page 50 Information on NT link removed from Note 4 Page 97 1694 corrected to 1699 in Unit No 7 row Page 118 Note 3 removed from bottom right box in table Information on RS CS flow added Page 138 Note added Page 151 Information on D32001 added Information on high speed NT link added Page 154 Information on baud rate and note added Page 163 Execution error changed to syntax error in table Page 171 Information added to cause column Page 347 348 349 350
113. 485 interface supply Link Adapter lt Resistance ON Connection of a Serial Communications Unit to a device with an CS1W SCU21 Port 1 or 2 RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port V1 F Note 1 DRS 2326 7 RS 232C LH QRS 2320 RS 232C CJ1W SCU21 Port 1 or 2 interface Note RS 2326 NT AL001 E NT AL001 E H RS 2320 Resistance ON RS 232C RS 422A 485 5 V power Resistance ON RS 2990 CJ1W SCU41 Port 2 interface Note 3 RS 422A NT ALO01 E 485 RS 232C RS 232C RS 422A 485 Resistance ON RS 422A 485 interface NT ALO01 E Converts between on nee Converting Link RS 232C and Adapter RS 422A 485 5 V power For NT ALO01 E supply Link Adapter 18 System Configurations PC External device 1 1 Port RS 422A 485 Connection configuration Connection of a Serial Communications Board to a device with an RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port Note 2 ve RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 Resistance ON Resistance ON Note 2 Note 3 gt E gt NT AL001 E RS 2320 RS 232C interface RS 422A 485 Resistance ON Resist ON esistance 5 V power Required devices CS1W SCB41 V1 Section 1 5 Connected serial communica tions port Remarks Port 2 H rs 2326
114. 5 Sign Undefined E 6 Decimal portion i 7 Undefined Integer portion Detection upper limit 8 Sign Undefined Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0009 fixed 4 digits Hex Number of measurements 001 to 999 3 digits BCD Invalid time 4 digits BCD 0001 to 9999 Detection lower limit deci 0000 to 9999 Example 123 4567 mal portion 4 digits BCD 3 4567 Detection lower limit integer 000 to 999 44 0123 portion 3 digits BCD 5 2D00 Detection lower limit Sign If 20 ASCII 1 character If 2D Detection upper limit Same as detection lower limit Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 This sequence cannot be used when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON 2 The detection lower and upper limit must be set with 3 digits for the integer portion and 4 digits for the decimal portion Automatic Detection Release 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 428 Hex 01AC This sequence releases the setting of work automatic detection function Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 423 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Note This sequence cannot be used when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON Automatic Detection List Reque
115. 6 to 126 decimal Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 001F 1 to 31 decimal Relevant unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 99 Operand ASCII 2 characters 4848 HH 4C4C LL 4820 H 4C 20 L Set value 5 digits BCD 00000 to 99999 Negative sign F 5th digit in BCD Example 12345 Example 1234 Set value 5 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Same as above Write Set Value HH Continuous Units Sequence No 303 Hex 012F This sequence writes set value HH for continuous units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Set value 43 Undefined Ty Set value 64 Set value 65 Undefined Set value 371 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0004 to 0042 4 to 66 decimal 4 digits Hex Number of units 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 4 digits Hex Set value 00000 to 99999 5 digits BCD Negative sign F 5th digit in BCD Example 12345 Example 1234 Set value Same as above 5 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Set Value H Continuous Units Sequence No 304 Hex 0130 This sequence writes set value H for continuous units
116. 8 to 9 PID No 5 MV lower limit 8 digits BCD 10 to 11 PID No 5 MV upper limit 8 digits BCD 12 to 13 PID No 5 PV bias value 8 digits BCD 14 to 15 PID No 5 Automatic selection range upper limit 8 digits BCD 44 to 45 PID No 8 P 8 digits BCD 46 to 47 PID No 8 8 digits BCD 48 to 49 PID No 8 D 8 digits BCD 50 to 51 PID No 8 MV lower limit 8 digits BCD 52 to 53 PID No 8 MV upper limit 8 digits BCD 54 to 55 PID No 8 PV bias value 8 digits BCD 56 to 57 PID No 8 Automatic selection range upper limit 8 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Read Local SP Sequence No 264 Hex 0108 Reads the local SP in the program parameter area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1 3 Pattern No Step No 1st unit 4 Undefined Unit No 7 45 Pattern No Step No 2nd unit Undefined Unit No t94 ues ine 32nd unit 65 Pattern No Step No 347 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol 0 Offset Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex Contents data format Appendix H Data Number of units x 2 2 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit
117. A 3 RD 4 RTS O Hele legs VIA wO A pio ST2 20 DTR 22 CI N n ig Compatible Modems Although most of the sequences in this protocol can be used regardless of modem the sequences Initialize Modem specialized and Dial sequences can be used only for the following Modems e MD24FB10V OMRON Modem e MD144FB5V OMRON Intelligent Modem e ME1414BIII ME2814BII OMRON FAX DATA Modem For other modems create a modem initialization sequence using the general purpose Initialize Modem sequence and dial using the Data Send Receive sequence Sequence No 553 494 Appendix N Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol Modem Settings When this protocol is used it is required that the modem connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board be initialized to the following conditions Command echo No Result code display format Numeric format Speed display busy dialling tone detection at connec tion Baud rate display enabled busy and dialling tone detection enabled Error correction data compression display Error correction data compression display enabled MNP setting Error correction provided auto reliable mode MNP class setting MNP class 4 V 42 compression Error correction Not enabled Flow control between terminal modems Not enabled ER signal control Always ON Escape c
118. ALM indicator will continue to flash even after the cause of a non fatal error has been removed for the Serial Communications Board The indi cator can be stopped by clearing the error from a Programming Console or other Programming Device for errors for bits 05 07 08 09 and 10 Press the 183 Indicator Error Displays Section 8 1 FUN Key and then the MONITOR Key from the Programming Console Refer to the CX Programmer Operation Manual for the CX Programmer procedure 8 1 2 Serial Communications Units CS CJ Series Indicators Possible cause ERC Lit Not lit Not lit Lit The Serial Communications Unit has started _ normally Not lit Lit The Serial Communications Unit is found to If the ERC indicator lights up when the be faulty by the hardware self diagnostic Serial Communications Unit is mounted function to another CPU Unit replace the Unit Not lit Not lit Lit There is more than one identical unit number Assign a unique unit number to each within the same CPU Unit Serial Communications Unit on the CPU Rack and Expansion Racks An initial recognition error has occurred the If the ERH indicator lights up when the Serial Communications Unit was not correctly Serial Communications Unit is mounted recognized by the CPU Unit to another CPU Unit replace the Unit Not lit Lit Lit An initial recognition error has occurred the If the ERC and ERH
119. ASCII 2 472 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Note 1 Execute Sequence No 510 before executing Sequence No 511 2 Data from Data Carriers designated for ASCII is stored beginning with the smallest offset from the receive data words 3 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto read Sub command ASCII 4 Sequence No 512 Hex 0200 This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 4 Up to 48 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 502 Read ASCII 4 However the leading address No and number of read bytes are not used and will be the value specified for sequence 510 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 502 Read ASCII 4 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 510 before executing Sequence No 512 2 Data from Data Carriers designated for ASCII is stored beginning with the smallest offset from the receive data words 3 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto read Sub command ASCII 8 Sequence No 513 Hex 0201 This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 8 Up to 20 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR
120. Alarm 1 set value leftmost 1 digit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0009 F indicates a negative number Channel 7 Alarm 2 set value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 F indicates a negative number 278 Channel 07 Alarm 2 set value leftmost 1 digit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0009 F indicates a negative number ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Read Hysteresis Sequence No 109 Hex 006D Reads the hysteresis and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No on Comensa oma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words _ storage words 4 Hysteresis 2 Cooling hysteresis Channel 0 3 Hysteresis h ia 4 Cooling hysteresis pee 15 Hysteresis J Channel 7 16 Cooling hysteresis Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0011 0017 decimal 4 digits Hex Channel 0 0000 to 0999 Hysteresis 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 0999 Cooling hysteresis 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 0999 Hysteresis 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 0999 Cooling hysteresis 4 digits BCD Read Operation Status Sequence No 110
121. Alarm value 2 LSE UNL 6 Heater burnout alarm value 122 Undefined Unit No 123 Set point 124 Alarm value 1 25th unit max 125 Alarm value 2 126 Heater burnout alarm value 314 E5LIJ Temperature Controller Protocol Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Appendix G Number of units x 5 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0019 1 to 25 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit Set point 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 1st unit Alarm value 1 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 1st unit Alarm value 2 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 1st unit Heater burnout alarm value 2 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 25th unit Heater burnout alarm value 2 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 to 9999 Write Parameters 2 Sequence No 206 Hex 00CE Writes the proportional bands integral times and derivative times to multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 122 123 124 125 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No i Proportional band Integral time Derivative time T 1 Undefined Unit No Proportional band Integral time Derivative time
122. Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 7 7 1 Undefined Unit No C Gaaerma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words ad Constant P 2 Constant Channel 0 3 Constant D 7 22 Constant P 23 Constant Channel 7 24 Constant D B 275 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Offset 0 Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Channel 0 Constant P 4 digits BCD Contents data format Appendix E Data 0019 0025 decimal 0000 to 9999 Channel 0 Constant 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 Channel 0 Constant D 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 Channel 7 Constant P 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Channel 7 Constant 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 Channel 7 Constant D 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 Read Control Period Sequence No 105 Hex 0069 Reads the control periods and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 0 1 First word of send data Number of send data words Undefined Unit No C ae a Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive
123. Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data z 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Pattern No Step No 4 Local SP rightmost 4 digits tst unit 5 Local SP leftmost 4 digits 6 Undefined Unit No 7 Pattern No Step No 2nd unit 8 Local SP rightmost 4 digits 9 Local SP leftmost 4 digits 122 Undefined Unit No 123 Pattern No Step No i sE 31st unit 124 Local SP rightmost 4 digits 125 Local SP leftmost 4 digits Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units x 4 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 001F 1 to 31 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit Pattern No 2 digits BCD Step No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 00 to 63 1st unit Local SP rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 1st unit Local SP leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 31st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 31st unit Pattern No 2 digits BCD Step No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 00 to 63 31st unit Local SP rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 31st unit Local SP leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 349 ES100 _ Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Read Program Parameters Sequence No 266 Hex 010A Reads the local SP
124. BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0001 to 0063 Change Bank No Sequence No 278 Hex 0116 Changes the bank number Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 7 3 Bank No 64 Undefined Unit No 65 Bank No al 360 1st unit 32nd unit max ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex Appendix H Data Number of units x 2 2 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 tst unit Bank No 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0007 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Bank No 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 to 0007 Read Controller Status Sequence No 279 Hex 0117 Reads the Controller status Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data f 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 26 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 25th unit max Number of units 2 N
125. BCD Set 1 PR PRT Don t set 0 Yes No for latch timer setting 1 digit BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Set 1 RLT Don t set 0 The following settings must be made together with this sequence they cannot be set separately Lower limit upper limit Reference value data output timer Data output conditions scheduled print timer 2 The limit value and reference value can be set to 3 digits for the integer portion and to 4 digits for the decimal portion 426 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Measurement Condition Release 4000 series Sequence No 432 Hex 01B0 This sequence clears the measurement conditions that have been set Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 431 Measurement Condition Setting How ever only the setting Yes No flags at 19 to 24 from the send data leading word can be used Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 The following conditions are used when the measurement conditions are released Segment be comes 1 and the measurement interval becomes 1 2 The following settings cannot be cleared separately using this sequence They all must be cleared at the same time Lower limit Upper limit Data output conditions Scheduled print timer The scale SCL and data output timer PRT cannot be cleared 3 This
126. Bits see note 2 Restart Bits Error Information Error information Note 1 Set the Serial Communications Board mode and the communications set tings System Setup in the words allocated in the DM Area Use a Pro gramming Device such as a Programming Console or the CX Programmer to make these settings The System Setup is transferred to the Serial Communications Board at the following times e When the power to the CPU Unit is turned ON when the Serial Com munications Board is restarted A60800 is turned ON or when the STUP 237 instruction is executed e When the Port 1 Port Settings Change Bit A63601 or Port 2 Port Set tings Change Bit A63602 is turned ON When STUP 237 is executed the CPU Unit automatically turns ON the Port 1 or Port 2 Port Settings Change Bit and updates the System Setup For details on the STUP 237 instruction see Appendix O Changing Com munications Port Settings Using STUP 237 59 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Section 2 2 2 2 2 Serial Communications Units CS CJ Series 60 CPU Unit Serial Communications Unit Unit No 0 Unit No 1 Unit No 15 Unit No Unit No Unit No Unit No Unit No Unit No 0 CPU Bus Unit Area in CIO Area ClO 1500 CIO 1501 lt CIO 1524 CIO 1525 CIO 1526 i CIO 1549 ClO 1875 LUCIO 189
127. CPU45H CPU44H CPU43H CPU42H Simple Backup Function 22 The CPU Unit s Simple Backup Function can be used to backup the Protocol Macro data in the Serial Communications Board Unit to the CPU Unit s Memory Card The backed up data can be restored or compared The Simple Backup Function can be used only with a V1 model of Serial Com munications Board Unit in combination with a CS1 H CPU Unit Specifications Section 1 6 Device name Serial Communications Boards Serial Communications Unit Applicable Backplanes CPU Backplanes CS1W BC103 BC083 BC053 BC033 BC023 CS Expansion Backplanes CS1W BI103 B1083 B1053 Bl033 Current consumption see note 280 mA x 360 mA x 290 mA x Weight 100 g max 110 g max 200 g max Note The current consumption is for one Serial Communications Board or Unit When an NT AL001 E Link Adapter is connected to the Serial Communica tions Board or Unit power is supplied to the Link Adapter from the Board or Unit A current consumption of 150 mA must be added for each Link Adapter that is connected In the above specifications x indicates that 150 mA must be added for each port to which an NT ALO01 E Link Adapter is connected to provide the required 5 V power supply CJ Series Device name Serial Communications Unit Classification CPU Bus Unit Model number CJ1W SCU21 CJ1W SCU41 Serial communi Port 1 RS 232C RS 422A 485 cations ports Port 2 RS 232C RS 2
128. CS DSR DR and DTR ER signals can be monitored in the words allocated in the CIO Area For details refer to 2 3 I O Memory Allocations 3 Pin 6 5 V is required when the NT AL001 E Link Adapter is connected For details on connection methods refer to 3 3 Wiring 51 Component Names and Functions RS 422A 485 Port 52 Section 2 1 4 The DSR signal is used to monitor the signal cable It can also be used as a CD carrier detect signal The DSR signal does not affect system oper ation and is available for use by the user A Caution Do not connect the 5 V power supply of Pin 6 to any external device other Note than an NT ALOO1 E Link Adapter Otherwise the external device and the Serial Communications Board or Unit may be damaged The following cables are provided for connection to NT ALO01 E Link Adapt ers We recommend that these cables be used NT AL001 E connecting cables XW2Z 070T 1 0 7 m XW2Z 200T 1 2 m Applicable Connectors Plug XM2A 0901 manufactured by OMRON or equivalent Hood XM2S 0911 E manufactured by OMRON or equivalent One plug and one hood are provided for each port Recommended Cables UL2426 AWG28 x 5P IFS RVV SB UL approved Fujikura Ltd AWG28 x 5P IFVV SB not UL approved Fujikura Ltd UL2426 SB MA 5P x 28AWG 7 0 127 UL approved Hitachi Cable Ltd CO MA VV SB 5P x 28AWG 7 0 127 not UL approved Hitachi Cable Ltd Cable length 15 m max Port 2 of t
129. CS Series Only Area Only the words shown in the following table are used for the Status Area with 1 N NT Links Inner Board CIO Area CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 CIO 1901 to CIO 1904 Board status CIO 1905 to CIO 1914 Port 1 status CIO 1915 to CIO 1924 Port 2 status CIO 1925 to CIO 1999 Reserved Serial Communications Words CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area are Units CS CJ Series allocated according to the unit number setting Each Unit is allocated 25 words Only the words shown in the following table are used for the Status Area with 1 N NT Links CPU Bus Unit Area CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Unit No Words CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 CIO 1575 to ClO 1599 n 1ton 4 Unit status n 5ton 14 Port 1 status n 15 ton 24 Port 2 status CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1675 to CIO 1694 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 CIO 1725 to ClO 1749 CIO 1750 to ClO 1774 CIO 1775 to ClO 1799 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 CIO 1825 to ClO 1849 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 173 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 6 3 6 3 3 Status Area Contents The Status Area is used to input status information from Serial Communica tions Board or Unit to the CPU Unit The Status Area is where the Serial Com munications Board or Unit set commu
130. CS series Serial Communications Boards Units without the V1 suffix do not support this Simple Backup Function but the CJ1W SCU21 41 does support this function even though the model number lacks the V1 suffix e Simple Backup Function The CPU Units Simple Backup Function can be used to automatically backup restore and compare the Protocol Macro data both standard sys tem protocol and user set protocol data in the Serial Communication Board or Unit s flash memory with the data in the CPU Unit s Memory Card The Protocol Macro data is backed up restored or compared along with all of the data in the CPU Unit The Simple Backup Function can be used with CS1 H and CJ1 H CPU Units only Protocol Overview Section 1 3 1 3 Protocol Overview A Serial Communications Board is an Inner Board for CS series CPU Units that provides RS 232C and or RS 422A 485 serial communications ports An Inner Board is an option and is installed in the CPU Unit A Serial Communications Unit is a CPU Bus Unit that provides two RS 232C serial communications ports or one RS 232C and one RS 422A 485 port The following four serial communications modes can be used as required for each serial communications port e Host Link For connections between host computers and PCs e Protocol macro For communications between PCs and general purpose external devices For communications between PCs and Programmable Terminals PTs e Loopback test For tes
131. Converting Link Adapters NT AL001 E Link Adapter connector male Serial Communications Board or Unit ori RS 232C Signal rs232c Pin Signal Signal Pin Rsg 4224 Pin Signal Signal Pin Pin Signal FG H Lai NC GRD 1 i GRD NC 1 1 Fo s H SD SG 2 2 SG sD 2 2 SD RD 3 RD SDB 3 3 SD8 RD 3 3 RD RS 232C RTS 4 RTS SDA 4 4 ISDA RTS 4 4 RTS RS 232C Interface cts N 5 CTS RoB 5 5 RDB crs 5 f 5 CTs Interface 6 SV RDA 6 6 RDA sv 6 H 6 5V DSR osn Poss 7 csp DSR 7 i Deke DTR 8 DTR CSA 8 8 CSA DR 8 8 DIR SG y 9 SG SG 9 Y 9 sG RS 232 RS 422 RS 422 RS 232 i D sub 9 pin Terminal block D sub 9 pin rero male connector male D sub 9 pin connector male 5 V power R connector male DIP Switch Settings DIP Switch Settings Pint ON 9 Pin 1 ON Pin 2 ON Pin2 ON terminating resistance terminating resistance Pin 3 OFF Bin 3 OFF Pin 4 OFF Pin 4 OFF Pin 5 OFF Fina OFF Pin 6 OFF Pin 6 ON Note We recommend using the following NT ALOO1 E Link Adapter Connecting 84 Cables to connect to NT AL001 E Link Adapters XW2Z 070T 1 0 7 m XW2Z 200T 1 2 m Wiring Section 3 3 A Caution Do not use the 5 V power from pin 6 of the RS 232C port for anything but the NT ALOO1
132. Data Word Allocation Receive data 0 storage words 1 2 3 15 16 276 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Number of receive data words Control period Cooling control period Control period Cooling control period 1 Control period Cooling control period Offset Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Contents data format Channel 0 Channel 1 Channel 7 0011 0017 decimal Channel 0 Control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 Channel 0 Cooling control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 Channel 7 Control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 Channel 7 Cooling control period 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0099 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Read Output Mode Sequence No 106 Hex 006A Reads the output modes normal reverse and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 Number of send data words 1 Undefined Unit No Orr Comens atoma ata 0002 fixed Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data storage words 0 Number of receive data words t Undefined Set code 00 to OF C Gaaerma ata Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0002
133. Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 401 Memory Switch Setting Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note Memory switch settings will be ignored for this sequence for 5000 series and 6000 series Laser Micrometers 424 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Measurement Condition Set 4000 series Sequence No 431 Hex 01AF This sequence sets measurement conditions Conditions to be set can be selected by setting Yes No flags Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 Number of send data words Undefined Undefined 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Decimal portion Undefined Sign Integer portion Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign _ Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Sign Integer portion Undefined Undefined Unused Unused Unused Undefined Undefined Undefined OsJO JO O O oO Segment number SG Measurement interval number M Lower limit value LL Upper limit value LH Reference value REF Analog output scale number SCL Data output conditions PR Data output timer BCD 3 digits PRT Number of seconds for latch
134. E Link Adapter Using this power supply for any other external device may damage the Serial Communications Board Unit or the external device 1 N Connections Using RS 232C Ports Serial Communications Computer NT AL001 E Link Adapter NT ALO01 E Link Adapter Board Unit Isignat Shield pin gi o ooral Signal iq PS2 Ta Signal RS 2320 Pin Signal Signal Pin RS 422A Pin Signal ignali Pin See note Pin Signal FG T 1 NC GRD 1 1 GRD NC 1 1 FG sD 2 SD SG 2 i se SD 2 2 SD i RD 3 RD sB 3 3_ SDB RD 3 3 RD _Rg 232C fiero RTS 4 RTS SDA 4 4 SDA RTS 4 j 4 RTS Interface CTS 5 ICTS RB 5 5 RDB CTS 5 5 CTS 6 5V RDA 6 6 RDA 5V 6 6 5V DSR 7 DSR CB 7 7 CSB DSR 7 7 DSR DTR 8 DTR CSA 8 8 CSA DTR 8 8 DTR RE di 9 SG 5G 9 E 9 SG RS 232 RS 422 RS 422 RS 232 i D sub 9 pin D sub 9 pin Terminal block DIP Switch Settings connector male 5 V connector male Pin 1 ON Pin 2 OFF power Pin 3 OFF Pin 4 OFF DIP Switch Settings Pin 5 OFF Pin 1 ON Pin 6 ON Pin 2 ON ae terminating resistance Serial Communications
135. General purpose Command 385 Model Data Read by Unit Number 383 Model Data Read Continuous Units 384 Read Display Value PV by Unit Number 381 Read Display Value PV Continuous Units 383 Read Holding Data 379 Read Holding Data BH Continuous Units 381 Read Holding Data PH Continuous Units 381 Read Set Value by Unit Number 375 Read Set Value H Continuous Units 376 Read Set Value H with Bank Continuous Units 378 Read Set Value HH Continuous Units 376 Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units 378 Read Set Value L Continuous Units 377 Read Set Value L with Bank Continuous Units 379 Read Set Value LL Continuous Units 377 Read Set Value LL with Bank Continuous Units 379 Read Set Value O1 with Bank Continuous Units 379 Read Set Value O2 with Bank Continuous Units 379 Read Set Value O3 with Bank Continuous Units 379 Read Set Value O4 with Bank Continuous Units 379 Read Set Value O5 with Bank Continuous Units 379 Read Set Value with Bank by Unit Number 377 Reset by Unit Number 370 Reset Control Continuous Units 370 Write Set Value by Unit Number 371 Write Set Value H Continuous Units 372 Write Set Value H with Bank Continuous Units 374 Write Set Value HH Continuous Units 371 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units 374 Write Set Value L Continuous Units 372 Write Set Value L with Bank Continuous Units 374 Write Set Value LL Continuous
136. Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 1st unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 1st unit A999 to 9999 Alarm value 1 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 1st unit A999 to 9999 Alarm value 2 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 1st unit A999 to 9999 Alarm value 3 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Proportional band 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0000 to 3999 Integral time 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0000 to 3999 Derivative time 4 digits BCD 8th unit 0000 to 3999 Derivative time 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 259 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Write Level 1 Parameter 2 Sequence No 067 Hex 0043 Writes parameters in level 1 cooling coefficient dead band manual reset value hysteresis heating hystere sis cooling control period heating and control period cooling to multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units E 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Cooling coefficient 4 Dead band 5 Manual reset value 1st unit 6 Hysteresis heating 7 Hysteresis cooling 8 Control period heating 9 Control period cooling 5 58 Undefined Unit
137. Hex 010B Writes the local SP step time PID set No wait code and events from 1 to 10 settings in the program parame ter area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 30 31 92 93 120 121 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No Pattern No Step No Local SP rightmost Local SP leftmost Step bank time rightmost Step bank time leftmost PID set No rightmost PID set No leftmost Wait code rightmost Wait code leftmost Event 1 setting rightmost Event 1 setting leftmost Event 10 setting rightmost Event 10 setting leftmost Undefined Unit No Pattern No Step No Event 10 setting rightmost Event 10 setting leftmost 1st unit 4th unit max 353 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of send data words Number of units x 30 2 4 digits Hex 1 Number of units 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0004 2 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 3 1st unit Pattern No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 Step No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 4 to 5 1st unit 00000000 to 09999000 Local SP 8 digits BCD 6 to 7 1st unit Step time 8 digits BCD 8 to 9 1st unit PID set No 8 digits BCD
138. Micrometer Protocol Sequence No 416 01A0 Communications sequence name Statistic processing execution 3000 series Function Lights the statistic processing LED and processes the statistics Appendix K Ladder interface Send word Receive allocation word allo cation 417 01A1 418 01A2 419 01A3 Statistic processing non exe cution 3000 series All statistic memory clear 3000 series Statistic memory clear 3000 series Turns OFF the statistic processing LED Statistics are not processed Clears statistic processing memories of all programs Clears statistic processing memories of program under display 420 01A4 Statistic result request 3000 series Requests statistic processing result 421 01A5 Memory switch set 1 3000 series Sets memory switches 422 01A6 Memory switch set 2 3000 series Sets memory switches 423 01A7 Simple AVG times set 3000 series Taking the simple average as the averaging method sets the averaging times per measurement interval 4 424 01A8 AVG move interval set 3000 series Taking the average move as the aver aging method sets the measure ment interval number 425 01A9 AVG move H times set 3000 series Taking the average move and high speed data output as the averaging method sets the averaging times per measurement interval 4 426 01AA AVG move L times s
139. No 32nd unit max Offset Contents data format Data Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 00 to 31 Execute A T Sequence No 275 Hex 0113 Executes A T Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 0 1 2 3 First word of send data 64 65 358 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No PID set No Undefined Unit No PID set No 1st unit 32nd unit max ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex Appendix H Data Number of units x 2 2 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit PID set No 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0008 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit PID set No 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Cancel A T Sequence No 276 Hex 0114 Cancels A T Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Fir
140. No S Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digit BCD S 1 Unit No 00 to 31 2 digit BCD Receive Word Allocation for Sequence No 000 Present Value Read Receive data R Number of receive data words Word Contents data format Data storage words R 1 Present value R Number of receive data words 0002 4 digit BCD R 1 Present value Scaling 4 digit BCD Lower limit to upper limit 156 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 Operand Settings for the PMCR 260 Instruction eam o eel ME DESEO j Reading the present value of E5LIK Unit No 03 and storing it in DM00201 C1 Control data 15 1211 87 43 0 cL_o 2 3 E i 1 j3 2 Port 2 Let Destination unit address Q Logical port 0 C2 Control data 15 1211 87 43 0 0000 Sequence No 000 S First send data word mh 5 0 S DM00100 lo olo 2 Number of send data words 2 S 1 DM00101 O O0 0 3 Unit No 03 R First receive data storage word 15 0 R DM00200 0 0 0 2 R 1 DM00201 Present value Number of receive data words 2 Present value is stored 4 digit BCD 157 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 Ladder Programming The following diagram shows an example in which sequence number 000 Example PRESENT VALUE READ of a Temperature Controller E5 IK Read System is executed using the PMCR 260 instruction If the sequence has
141. No i 59 Cooling coefficient 60 Dead band 1 6 Manual reset value 8th unit max 62 Hysteresis heating 63 Hysteresis cooling 64 Control period heating 65 Control period cooling Offset Contents data format Number of send data words Number of units x 8 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 1st unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0000 to 9999 Dead band 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0000 to 1000 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Hysteresis heating 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Hysteresis cooling 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 0099 Control period heating 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 0099 Control period cooling 4 digits BCD 8th unit 0001 to 0099 Control period cooling 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 260 E5 K Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Write Level 2 Parameters 1 Sequence No 068 Hex 0044 Writes parameters in level 2 SP ramp time unit SP ramp set value LBA detection time MV at stop time MV at PV error MV upper limit MV lower limit and MV change rate limit to multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 65 66 67 68
142. O memory Modifying Standard System Protocols 124 Sequence No specification The following three methods are available for using the protocol macro func tion When connecting OMRON devices data is sent and received between the CS CuJ series CPU Unit and these devices by specifying the sequence num ber of the standard system protocol provided in the Serial Communications Board Serial Communications Unit and CX Protocol and executing the sequence using the PROTOCOL MACRO instruction PMCR 260 Send receive messages are stored in the area one or more words after the send data address or the receive data address specified in the PMCR 260 instruction OMRON devices Serial Communications Board or Unit Standard system protocol Sequence No 001 Step 0 Step 1 Shared memory Messages I O refreshing Note The devices for which standard system protocols are provided are listed below For details refer to 5 4 Using Protocol Macros Digital Controllers E5UK ES1000 Temperature Controllers E5ZE E50J Intelligent Signal Processors K3TL Bar Code Readers V500 V520 Laser Micrometers 8Z4L Visual Inspection Units F200 F300 F350 ID Controllers V600 V620 Hayes Modem AT Command and de vices supporting the CompoWay F protocol When connecting OMRON devices if there is no standard system protocol or you wish to modify part of t
143. OK 1 NG Measurement value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Measurement value integer portion 7 digits BCD Measurement value sign 1 digit F is stored for negative values 439 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Note 1 Only one output No can be designated 2 Turn ON the Abort Switch to end this sequences Abort Switches for port 1 are CIO 190003 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number bit 03 for Serial Communications Units Abort Switches for port 2 are CIO 190011 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number bit 11 for Serial Communications Units 3 The ranges of measurement values are as follows For calibration OFF setting 2147483 648 to 2147483 647 For calibration ON setting 9999999 999 to 9999999 999 4 Ifa measurement value exceeds the range of measurement values when calibration is turned off un defined data is stored in the specified words 5 Sequences No 452 and No 462 Continuous Measurement Execution with Interrupt are not sup ported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syn tax error will occur if an attempt is made to execute either sequence with a Serial Communications Unit Do not set an EM bank as the receive storage word for interrupt notification A protocol syntax error will occur if an EM banks is set Reference Object Registr
144. Operand ASCII 2 characters 4848 HH 4820 H 4C20 L 4C4C LL Operand ASCII 2 characters Same as above 377 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data storage words Appendix 0 Number of receive data words 1 Set value 2 Undefined Set value 63 Set value 64 Undefined Set value Offset Contents data format Data Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0003 to 0041 3 to 65 decimal Set value 5 digits BCD 00000 to 99999 Negative sign F 5th digit in BCD Example 1234 Example 12345 1 se o1 2 Set value 5 digits BCD Same as above Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 323 Hex 0143 This sequence reads set value HH of a bank not in use for continuous units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 Number of send data words 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Bank No 33 Undefined Bank No Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Contents data format 0003 to 0022 3 to 34 decimal Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal Bank No 2 digits BCD 01 to 04 Bank No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260
145. Operand of PMCR 260 None 294 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Write Alarm Temperature Setting Unit 1 Sequence No 156 Hex 009C Writes the alarm temperatures using a setting unit of 1 4 digits Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 4 5 30 31 32 33 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Alarm 1 set value Undefined Alarm 2 set value Undefined 1 Alarm 1 set value Undefined Alarm 2 set value Undefined Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Appendix F Channel 0 Channel 7 0022 0034 decimal fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 Alarm 1 set value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Not used Channel 0 Alarm 2 set value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Not used Channel 7 Alarm 2 set value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Not used Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 295 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Write Alarm Temperature Setting Unit 0 1 Sequence No 157 Hex 009D Writes the alarm temperatures using a setting unit of 0 1 5 digits Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sondidata 1 Undefined Unit No 2
146. PID No 4 PV bias value 8 digits BCD 55 to 56 PID No 4 Automatic selection range upper limit 8 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Read PID Control Parameters 2 Sequence No 261 Hex 0105 Reads PID parameters No 5 to 8 from the PID control parameters in the parameter area and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data A Unit No 1 Undefined on Comens ama oman ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words Storage words i PID No 5 P rightmost 4 digits 2 PID No 5 P leftmost 4 digits 3 PID No 51 rightmost 4 digits 4 PID No 5 leftmost 4 digits 5 PID No 5 D rightmost 4 digits 6 PID No 5 D leftmost 4 digits 7 PID No 5 MV lower limit rightmost 4 digits 8 PID No 5 MV lower limit leftmost 4 digits 9 PID No 5 MV upper limit rightmost 4 digits 10 PID No 5 MV upper limit leftmost 4 digits 11 PID No 5 PV bias value rightmost 4 digits 12 PID No 5 PV bias value leftmost 4 digits 13 PID No 5 Automatic selection range upper limit rightmost 4 digits 14 PID No 5 Automa
147. Programming Device such as a Program ming Console I O tables must be created when a Serial Communications Unit CPU Bus Unit is used with a CS CJ series PC This aspect of operation is different from using Communications Boards with the C200HX HG HE C200H or C200HS Set the Setup Area allocated in the DM Area Make settings using a Programming Device such as a Programming Con sole or the CX Protocol The following words are allocated as the Setup Area in the DM Area Board 20 words beginning at D32000 Unit 20 of the 100 words starting from D30000 100 x unit number Make the following settings e Serial communications mode Host Link protocol macro NT Link or loopback test e Baud rate e Transmission mode for protocol macros half duplex or full duplex the maximum length of send receive data etc Make the new settings in the Setup Area valid by performing one of the fol lowing e Turn the power OFF and then ON again e Restart the Board by turning ON the Inner Board Restart Bit A60800 or restart the Unit turning ON one of the CPU Bus Unit Restart Bits A50100 to A50115 where the bit number corresponds to the unit number Restart the port on the Serial Communications Board by turning ON one of the Communications Board Port Settings Change Bits A63601 for port 1 and A63602 for port 2 or restart the port on the Serial Com munications Unit by tuning ON one of the Communications Unit Port Settings Ch
148. SDB 3 3 SDB RD 3 RD RS 232C Interface PS4 4 RTS SDA _4 4 SDA RTS 4 ATS Interface cts 5 FE 5 CTS RDB 5 5 RDB crs 5 CTS _V_ 6 He sv__ RDA 6 6 RDA ev 6 DSR 7 7 DSR CSB 7 7 CSB DSR 7 DSR DTR 8 8 DTR CSA 8 8 CSA DR 8 DTR sa 9 HHH 9 sG mn ae Lo sa 9 sa Sub ochit See note __RS 232 _ RS 422 RS 422 RS 232 connector male D sub 9 pin Terminal block connector male 5 V DIP Switch Settings DIP Switch Settings power Pin 1 ON Pin 1 ON Pin 2 ON Pin 2 ON terminating resistance terminating resistance Pin 3 OFF 4 wire Pin 3 OFF 4 wire Pin 4 OFF Pin 4 OFF Pin 5 OFF Pin 5 OFF Pin 6 ON Pin 6 OFF 92 Wiring Section 3 3 Note We recommend using the following NT AL001 E Link Adapter Connecting Cables to connect to NT AL001 E Link Adapters XW2Z 070T 1 0 7 m XW2Z 200T 1 2 m Connections to a Modem Serial Communica tions Board or Unit Modem RS 232C port FG SD RD Haters TS o e e s ojojo 15 _ ST2 17_ RT 20 DTR 22 CI 24 ST1 93 Wiring Section 3 3 1 N Connections Using RS 232C Ports 94 Device supporting
149. Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series PC PS K3 RS 232C RS 232C port gt RS 232C Signal name Abbreviation Signal direction Protective ground or earth Signal ground or common return line Send data Receive data Request to send Clear to send Input Data set ready Input Data terminal ready Output o o o o o o o Serial Communica Intelligent Signal tions Unit Board Processor RS 232C D sub RS 232C 9 pin female Terminal block MAX232C or Signal Fin he Signal equivalent 0 FG 1 Shield mfG SG 9 7 SG sD 2 2 SD Ea lt RD 3 e gt 3 RD gt RTS 4 4 RTS CTS 5 ke 5 ICTS DSR 7 ke 6 IDSR DTR 8 20 DTR Note 1 The connection configuration is a one to one configuration and the maximum cable length is 15 m 2 Use shielded twisted pair cable 367 K3T _ Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix RS 422 485 Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series PC PS RS 422 485 port K3 E al RS 422 485 K3TO _ RS 422 485 Up to 32 units can be connected K3TO gt RS 422 485 RS 4
150. Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D 3 Sequences No 452 and No 462 Continuous Measurement Execution with Interrupt are not sup ported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syn tax error will occur if an attempt is made to execute either sequence with a Serial Communications Unit Do not set an EM bank as the receive storage word for interrupt notification A protocol syntax error will occur if an EM banks is set 436 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Connections The connections for using the Visual Inspection System Protocol are shown below RS 232C Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series F200 300 350 PC PS RS 232C RS 232C port RS 232C Unit Signal name Abbreviation 5 13 1 Protective ground or earth FG GND i 2 Send data SD TXD 3 Receive data RD RXD 4 Request to send RS RTS 5 Clear to send CS CTS 6 Data set ready DR DSR 14 4 7 Signal ground SG GND 8 Carrier detection Data word receive CD DCD 20 Data terminal ready ER DTR Serial Communications Unit F300 E Board D sub 9 pin fe
151. Time Unit and Set Value 255 sequences ESZE Temperature Controller Cancel Autotuning 298 Initialize Settings 303 Read Alarm Mode 277 Read Alarm Temperatures 278 Read Control Period 276 Read Cooling Coefficient 288 Read Dead Band Overlap Band 287 Read Error Status 280 Read HB Alarm and HS Alarm Valid Channels 285 Read Heater Burnout and SSR Failure Detection Cur rents 285 Read Heater Current and SSR Leakage Current 286 Read Hysteresis 279 Read Input Shift Value 281 Read Manual Reset Value 281 Read Operation Status 279 Read Output Mode 277 Read Output Value Change Rate Limit 284 Read Output Value Limit 283 Read Output Values 273 Read Present Set Point 283 Read Process Value 272 Read Proportional Band Integral Time and Derivative Time 275 Read Ramp Value 282 Read Set Point 272 Read Set Point Process Value and Output Value 274 Read Setting Unit 280 Save Settings 303 Start Autotuning 297 Start Control 307 Start Manual Operation 307 Stop Operation or Control 307 Write Alarm Mode 294 Write Alarm Temperature Setting Unit 0 1 296 Write Alarm Temperature Setting Unit 1 295 Write Control Period 293 Write Cooling Coefficient 306 Write Dead Band Overlap Band 305 Write HB and HS Alarm Valid Channels 304 Write Heater Burnout and SSR Failure Detection Current 304 Write Hysteresis 297 Write Input Shift Value 298 Write Manual Output Value 300 Write Manual
152. Use the PMCR 260 instruction to execute send receive sequences PMCR 260 Instruction Specifications Tt Control data 1 communications port No serial port No 1 destination unit address Control data 2 send receive sequence No First send word Oo n First receive data storage word Control Data 1 C1 15 12 11 08 07 00 Communications port No Serial port No Destination unit address The following items are specified in C1 Communications Port No Internal Logical Port Number Specify internal logical port 0 to 7 Hex for executing the PMCR 260 instruc tion Note A CS CJ series CPU Unit has eight internal logical ports for executing FINS commands Specify the logical port number to be used for execution These ports are also used by the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruc tions used for Host Link communications Refer to 4 4 1 Simultaneous Com mands and Communications Ports for details Serial Port No Physical Port Set the physical port number of the Serial Communications Board or Unit con nected to the remote device Port 1 1 Hex Port 2 2 Hex Destination Unit Address Specify the Unit address of the Serial Communications Board or Unit to exe cute the protocol macro Serial Communications Board E1 Hex Serial Communications Unit Unit number see note 10 Hex Setting range 10 to 1F Hex Note This is the unit number 0 to F for the CPU Bus Unit set on the rotary switch on the front
153. V620 is used sw4 SW5 sw6 Data STOP Parity type length bit bits bit Sw2 SW3 Baud rate 0 0 0 7 2 E bps 0 0 1 7 2 O pee eel ri ee 7 1 E o 1 4 800 0 1 1 7 1 O 1 o 9600 1 0 0 8 2 N 1 1 19 200 1 o 1 8 i N 1 1 0 8 1 E SW1 Display mode 1 1 1 8 1 O o Error display mode 1 I O display mode 459 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M DIP Switch 2 ON 1234567 8 Not used Always keep it OFF Communications protocol setting with host devices 1 1 to N protocol 0 1 to 1 protocol Note When selecting the 1 to N protocol setting is limited to N 1 In this case the FCS check code may be added e ID Controller Unit Number Setting Valid Only for 1 to N Protocol SW3 SW4 SW5 Unit No Q Q No 0 1 No 1 0 No 2 1 No 3 Q No 4 1 0 1 No 5 No 6 No 7 0 1 1 Q Q 1 1 Note 1 Be careful not to set to the same unit number twice 2 Set them to OFF for the 1 to 1 protocol S W1 swe Synchronous condition 0 0 OFF LL level 0 1 1 1 ON HL level 0 Trailing edge 1 Leading edge 460 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M V600 CAL A DIP Switches DIP Switch 1 Note Factory Setting All OFF e Baud Rate gt SW7 and SW8 Be sure to set to OFF
154. Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note This sequence cannot be used when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON AVG Move L Times Set 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 426 Hex 01AA This sequence uses the average move and low speed data output as the averaging method and sets the aver aging times per measurement interval 4 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of averaging times Orset Contents data format Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Number of averaging times 32 to 2048 4 digits BCD 422 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 This sequence cannot be used when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON 2 This sequence will be processed the same as sequence No 425 AVG move H times set for 5000 series Laser Micrometers Automatic Detection Set 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 427 Hex 01AB This sequence sets the work automatic detection function Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of send data words cd 1 Undefined The number of measuring times 2 Invalid time 3 Decimal portion Pel 4 Undefined Integer portion Detection lower limit
155. Write control period Writes the control period heating Yes No cooling 058 003A Write SP ramp time units Writes the SP ramp time unit and SP Yes No and set value ramp set value 059 003B Write LBA detection time Writes the LBA detection time Yes No 060 003C Write MV at stop time and Writes the MV at stop and the MV at PC Yes No PV error error 061 003D Write MV limits Writes the MV limits Yes No 062 003E Write input digital filter Writes the input digital filter Yes No 063 003F Write alarm hysteresis Writes alarm 1 2 hysteresis Yes No 064 0040 Write input shift values Writes the input shift values Yes No 065 0041 Write level 0 parameters Writes parameters in level 0 Yes No 066 0042 Write level 1 parameters 1 Writes parameters in level 1 Yes No 067 0043 Write level 1 parameters 2 Writes parameters in level 1 Yes No 068 0044 Write level 2 parameters 1 Writes parameters in level 2 Yes No 069 0045 Write level 2 parameters 2 Writes parameters in level 2 Yes No 070 0046 General purpose write Writes the value of the specified Yes No parameter 071 0047 Switch to level 0 Switches the setting level to level 0 Yes No software reset 072 0048 Run stop Initiates Run or Stop Yes No 073 0049 Remote local Switches the mode to remote or local Yes No 074 004A Execute cancel AT Executes or cancels AT Yes No 075 004B Switch to level 1 Switches the setting level to leve
156. allocated in the ClO Area n 8 n 18 is set to ON There is an error in bits O to 14 The wiring is faulty The RS 422A 485 port terminating resistance setting is incorrect Adapters such as the NT ALO01 E are incorrectly wired or the terminating resistance setting is incorrect Section 8 3 Check the wiring Turn ON the terminating resistance of the Board and the last node by using the terminating resistance switch Turn OFF the terminating resistance of other nodes A communications error frequently occurs due to noise and so on Use shielded twisted pair cables House the communica tions cables in a different duct from those for power lines and so on Review the operating environment to prevent noise problems Programming retry pro cessing for communica tions if necessary The RDY and ERC indicators are flash ing ERR ALM Bit 00 Protocol Data Error of the words allocated in the ClO Area n 1 is set to ON The protocol macro data SUM value is abnormal Use CX Protocol to trans fer the correct protocol data The RDY indicator is lit and the ERC indica tor is flash ing ERR ALM Bits 00 to 03 Port Status Error Code of the words allo cated in the ClO Area n 9 n 19 are set to a value other than O Hex An error has occurred An error has been detected in the protocol macros making the oper ation impossible See page 200
157. and the CPU Units ERR ARM LED will both flash and the Protocol Data Error Flag bit A42409 will turn ON with the restore operation The Serial Communications Board will also automatically delete the backup file BACKUPE1 PRM 212 Appendix A Introduction Appendices B the N provide information on the standard system protocols provided with the CX Protocol the Serial Communications Boards and the Serial Communications Units Refer to 5 4 Using Protocol Macros for details on using PMCR 260 Using Standard System Protocols Standard system protocols can be executed merely by specifying the sequences number to be executed in the second operand of PMCR 260 and settings the data described in the appendices in the proper format starting at the word specified with the third operand of PMCR 260 The data received as a response to executing the sequence will be automatically stored starting at the word specified with the fourth operand of PMCR 260 Procedure 1 2 3 1 Set the sequence number as a hexadecimal value in the second operand of PMCR 260 2 Specify the address of the first word containing the data required for the sequence as the third operand S First word of send data of PMCR 260 3 Specify the address of the first word where respond data is to be stored as the fourth operand D First receive data storage word of PMCR 260 Unless there is a reason to specify other wise set 0000 Hex in D at the initial value Examp
158. been com pleted normally the present value that has been read is transferred to another word Communications Port Protocol Macro No 0 Enabled Flag Executing Flag Input condition 000000 A20200 191915 a PMCR 02E1 0000 If input condition CIO 000000 is ON Communications Port No 0 Enabled Flag A20200 is ON and Protocol Macro Executing Flag CIO 191915 is OFF then se quence No 000 is executed for Serial Communications Board port 2 and the present value is stored in DM00201 D00100 D00200 If Protocol Macro Executing Flag CIO 191915 turns OFF CIO 000100 turns ON and remains ON for one cycle Protocol Macro Executing Flag 191915 Protocol Macro Step Error Executing Flag Processing Flag 000100 191915 191914 If Protocol Macro Executing Flag ClO 191915 is OFF and Step Error Processing Flag ClO 191914 is OFF when CIO 000100 turns ON then the received present value in DM00201 is moved to DM00300 FAL 06 00 If CIO 000100 is ON sequence end and Step Error Processing Flag CIO 191914 is ON the sequence ends c iati abnormally and a FAL 06 instruction Non Fatal Diag Port No 0 Error Flag nostic Instruction is executed A21900 Step Error Processing Flag 191914 FAL 06 01 If the Communications Port Error Flag for port 0 turns ON a FAL 06 instruction Non Fatal Diagnostic Instruc tion is executed Protocol Macro 1 Executing Flag CIO 191915 0
159. bit 02 4 4 Communications Timing This section describes the timing of sending commands and controlling com munications in the Host Link mode 4 4 1 Simultaneous Commands and Communications Ports The CS CJ series CPU Units provide eight logical ports that can be used when executing SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 Therefore up to eight commands can be executed for one physical port during any one cycle The maximum number of messages however that can be sent or received in one CPU Bus Unit service time is two messages from the CPU Unit to the Board or Unit and two messages from the Board or Unit to the CPU Unit 115 Communications Timing Note Section 4 4 Board or Unit Logical port CPU Unit Instruction 1 4 Instruction 2 4 Instruction 3 4 Instruction 4 Instruction 5 4 Instruction 6 4 Instruction 7 4 Instruction 8 4 ca One port must be specified for each instruction 1 If more than eight communications instructions are being used then exclu sive control must be performed to make sure that not more than eight are executed at the same time Refer to descriptions of network communica tions instructions in the CS CJ series Communications Commands Refer ence Manual W342 2 The same communications port
160. bit 14 of word n The test data is reflected in the Allocation DM Area n 9 n 19 If an error occurs during the test replace the Board or Unit The SDL RDLI and COMO indi cators are flashing but the Unit or Board can not perform communi cations 196 Bit 10 Sequence Abort End Flag of the Protocol words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 is set to ON The sequence is aborted the step is interrupted Bit 15 Protocol Macro Execut ing Flag of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 remains ON when the PMCR 260 instruction is executed with out setting the monitoring time in sequence units The sequence is run ning and does not end the words allo cated in the CIO Area is in receive status Protocol macro data is not set correctly The Setup Area settings such as the baud rate and frame format differ from those of the remote node Use CX Protocol trans mission line trace to check whether the proto col data and Setup Area settings are correct Troubleshooting Indicator display Serial communi cations mode Serial com munica tions mode is set to protocol macro indicators are flash ing but the Unit or Board can not perform communi cations Status information etc Send data has already been transmitted but there is no response from the rem
161. by performing the send receive operation once only Communications Protocol Macro Always ON Flag Port Enabled Flag Executing Flag PMCR 260 Value is stored when reception fails Y gt R m words Not holding the receive area J sequence Reception At l puter tear Flea EEEE Stores cleared Receive area Send receive R 1 onwards valuas Holding the receive area Send receive m_m sequence Set Reception Abs ar i buffer Clear i Failed Receive area oe Stores set values R 1 onwards Receive Data Storage Area Function The receive data storage area is used according to the following procedure 1 2 3 1 When the PMCR 260 instruction is executed 250 words of the reception buffer in the Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit are cleared 2 Before executing the send receive sequence the contents of one less than the number of words specified in R starting from word R 1 are used to overwrite the contents of the reception buffer excluding the first word This becomes the initial value of the reception buffer and the results of the RECV command execution are waited for If the contents of the reception buffer exceeds the contents of the number of words specified in R or the 159 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 CPU Unit rrr rr nnn nnnnn Overwrites Serial Communications Board or Unit Reception buffer p
162. bytes 44 Send data Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0005 to OOFA Hex 5 to 250 decimal Undefined Node No 2 digits BCD 00 to 99 MRC 2 digits Hex SRC 2 digits Hex Set the command code for the required ser vice Number of send bytes 4 digits Hex Number of data bytes from the next byte after the command code until the byte just before the ETX 0000 to 03D8 Hex 0 to 984 decimal Note 1 data is converted to ASCII Send data 4 digit Hex data before being sent The data specified in hexadecimal here will be converted to ASCII and the number of bytes specified in S 3 will be sent Set the number of send bytes to twice the number of bytes in memory This is necessary because the When hexadecimal data is converted to ASCII data data is sent starting from the send data word with the largest offset This is done because ladder programming handles data in 4 byte units Send data words gt Send frame ow ser 7a 12 30 5 6 7 8 Operand of PMCR 260 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Receive data storage words Offset Response code 0 Number of receive data words 1 42 Receive data Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0003 to OOFA Hex 3 to 250 decimal Response code 4 digits Hex The response code will be stored i
163. code leftmost Event 1 setting rightmost Event 1 setting leftmost Event 10 setting rightmost Event 10 setting leftmost Local SP rightmost Local SP leftmost Step bank time rightmost Step bank time leftmost PID set No rightmost PID set No leftmost Wait code rightmost Wait code leftmost Event 1 setting rightmost Event 1 setting leftmost Event 10 setting rightmost Event 10 setting leftmost 1st unit 4th unit max 351 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol 352 Offset 0 1to2 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit Local SP 8 digits BCD 3 to 4 1st unit Step time 8 digits BCD 5 to 6 1st unit PID set No 8 digits BCD 7 to 8 1st unit Wait code 8 digits BCD 9 to 10 1st unit Event 1 setting 8 digits BCD 11 to 12 1st unit Event 2 setting 8 digits BCD 27 to 28 1st unit Event 10 setting 8 digits BCD 29 to 30 1st unit Local SP 8 digits BCD 109 to 110 4th unit Event 9 setting 8 digits BCD 111 to 112 max 4th unit Event 10 setting 8 digits BCD Appendix H Data Number of units x 28 1 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number ES100L Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Write Program Parameters Sequence No 267
164. data from just after the STX to the ETX Note The end codes are described in the following table Meaning 90 Normal end The command frame was processed normally without any of the following errors OF Command error The specified command could not be executed Refer to the response code for more information 10 Parity error A parity error was detected for one of the characters that was received 44 Framing error A framing error was detected for one of the characters that was received qo Overrun error A overrun error was detected for one of the characters that was received 43 BCC error The BCC for the receive frame was incorrect qg Format error An illegal command or illegal character was received in the command and text characters other than ASCII 0 to 9 or A to F 16 Subaddress error The receive frame contained an illegal subaddress 1g Frame length error The receive frame was too long 217 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B Example The command and response frames for a K3NL1 series Intelligent Signal Processor are shown below Command Frame Command Data contents code Command Command Data contents code VARIABLE AREA READ 01 01 Variable type Address 00 No of ele ments VARIABLE AREA WRITE 01 02 Variabl
165. digits 2 SP data leftmost 4 digits 1st unit 3 SP data rightmost 4 digits a 2nd unit 4 SP data leftmost 4 digits 63 SP data rightmost 4 digit rightmos igits 32nd unit 64 SP data leftmost 4 digits Offset Contents data format Data Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Number of units x 2 1 1st unit SP data rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 1st unit SP data leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 2nd unit SP data rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 2nd unit SP data leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 32nd unit SP data rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 334 32nd unit SP data leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Read MV Data Sequence No 256 Hex 0100 Reads the MV for the variable type analog data in the variable area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 33 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No 1st unit Undefined Unit No 2nd unit Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 32nd unit max Data Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex
166. digits BCD 0000 to 999 Alarm value 2 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Receive Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None 252 E5 K Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Write Proportional Band Integral Time and Derivative Time Sequence No 052 Hex 0034 Writes the proportional band integral time and derivative time Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 data 2 3 4 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Proportional band Integral time Derivative time Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0005 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Proportional band 4 digits BCD Integral time 4 digits BCD 0001 to 9999 0000 to 3999 Derivative time 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 to 3999 Write Cooling Coefficient Sequence No 053 Hex 0035 Writes the cooling coefficient Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Cooling coefficient Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0003 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 26
167. for the SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 or another PMCR 260 instruction As PMCR 260 instruction execution conditions the Net work Communica tions Instruction Execution Enabled Flag A20200 to A20207 is set as a NC execution condi tion The program is incorrect As PMCR 260 instruc tion execution conditions set the Network Commu nications Instruction Exe cution Enabled Flag A20200 to A20207 to a NO execution condition Bit 00 Port Active of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 6 n 16 remains 0 Port Inactive Protocol data is being transferred or a SUM value error has occurred Wait for the transfer of protocol data to finish or use CX Protocol to trans fer the protocol data Bit 15 Protocol Macro Execut ing Flag of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 is turned ON when the PMCR 260 instruction is executed but data cannot be sent or received properly Send processing is not executed The send wait time speci fied in send receive sequence step units is too long Use CX Protocol to check whether the send wait time is correctly set Bit 10 Remote Node Receive Busy of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 7 n 17 is set to ON Remote Node Busy The CS signal from the remote node cannot turn ON the remote node remains in busy status because the transmission control parameter RS CS Flow Control is set to Yes Release
168. holding data BH continuous units Reads the bottom data minimum 335 014F Read display value PV by unit number Reads the display value PV 336 0150 Read display value PV continuous units Reads the display value PV 337 0151 Read model by unit number Reads the model data 338 0152 Read model continuous units Reads the model data 339 0153 General purpose com mand are for the K3TC Send specified data or receives specified data and writes it to the receive data words Not available for the K3TC Special specifications are required to use communications comparison output 2 Special specifications are required to use communications comparison output for the K3TR and K3TC The operands HH H L and LL are for the K3TR and the operands O5 04 O3 O2 and O1 4 The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 366 K3T _ Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix 5 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd and 4th operands of PMCR 260 NO Send word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D Connections The connections used for the K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol are shown below RS 232C Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only
169. in the CPU Rack or Expansion Rack No more than 10 optional Units can be connected in each Rack Up to 16 Serial Communications Units can be connected in each PC as long as no other CPU Bus Units are mounted 75 Installing Serial Communications Units Section 3 2 3 2 2 CS series Serial Communications Unit Use the following steps to mount or remove Serial Communications Units 1 2 3 1 Mount the Unit to the Backplane by hooking the top of the Unit into the slot on the Backplane and rotating the Unit downwards Hook Backplane 2 Make sure that the connector on the back of the Unit is properly inserted into the connector in the Backplane 3 Use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the screw on the bottom of the Unit The screwdriver must be held at a slight angle so be sure to leave enough space below the Rack Backplane Phillips screwdriver Note Tighten the screw to a torque of 0 4 N m To remove the Unit loosen the screw with a Phillips screwdriver rotate the Unit upwards and then remove it 76 Installing Serial Communications Units Section 3 2 3 2 3 CJ series Serial Communications Unit 1 2 3 1 Align the connectors properly and then press in on
170. indicators light Serial Communications Unit was not correctly when the Serial Communications Unit is recognized by the CPU Unit mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Unit Not lit Not lit Not lit Not lit The CPU Unit is not receiving normal power Check the power supply voltage and supply supply the correct electric power to the The Serial Communications Unit is not cor Unit rectly secured to the Backplane CS series Firmly secure the Unit only or not correctly secured to the next Unit CJ series only Mount the Unit in an appropriate slot The Serial Communications Unit is not mounted in an appropriate slot If all the indicators are not lit when the The Serial Communications Unit is faulty Serial Communications Unit is mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Unit Lit Flash A system setting error has occurred Correct the Setup Area settings cycle ing the power supply restart the Unit Board or restart the port or execute STUP 237 Lit Lit The error log EEPROM is faulty If the problem persists even if the power supply is cycled replace the Unit Lit Lit The routing tables are not set correctly When the routing tables are used set them correctly When the routing tables are not used delete the Unit settings from the table An error such as a CPU Unit WDT error has Eliminate the cause of the error If the occurred in the CPU Unit error persists replace the CPU Unit A CPU Un
171. instruc tions Program is incor rect Set the Communications Port Enabled Flag as an NC execution condition for SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruc tions Bit 15 of DM Area words m 3 m 13 CTS control is turned ON and bit 04 of CIO Area words n 7 n 17 CTS signal is turned OFF The Board or Unit is set for CTS control but the RTS signal from the host is not input into the CTS signal of the local Unit Perform one of the follow ing error processing meth ods Loopback the RTS and CTS signals on the local Unit Set to no CTS control Input the RTS signal from the remote Unit into the CTS signal of the local Unit for CTS control Section 8 3 Troubleshooting Serial commu nications mode Host Link slave initiated communica tions Indicator status and indica tors are flash ing but there is no response from the host Status information etc A transmis sion error has not been detected at the host CIO Area There is a hard ware error in the reception circuit Conduct a loopback test in serial communications mode to check the trans mission lines If an error occurs during the test replace the Board or Unit Cables are incor rectly wired Check the wiring and cor rect There is a hard ware error in the reception circuit Adapters such as the NT ALO01 E are incorrectly wired or set
172. is refreshed When sequence starts executed according to the set number of times If the Repeat Counter Setting Value is set to read word R and 0 is read then 0 will be stored and this step will be skipped the next process setting will be ignored and the sequence will move to the next step 1 For details refer to the CX Protocol Opera tion Manual W344 Note The flags will also be initialized at the following times When the operating mode is changed between PROGRAM and RUN or MONITOR modes and when the Board or Unit is restarted If an error flag turns ON remove the cause of the error and then reset the error indication from the Programming Console or other Programming Device Error Codes The contents of the error codes are shown in the following table Protocol macro execution Executed Not executed Error contents No error Sequence No Error The sequence number specified by the PMCR 260 instruction does not exist in the Board or Unit Data Read Write Area Exceeded Error When data is written or read to the CPU Unit the specified area range was exceeded Protocol Data Syntax Error A code that cannot be executed occurs while the protocol macro was executed Example A header occurs after a terminator Execution stops after the error occurs 150 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 5 4 Using Protocol Macros 5 4 1 Executing Send Receive Sequences
173. is accessed The setting 1 0 0 1 No 9 of SW7 does not work with the SRAM type battery 1 0 1 0 No 10 type DC 1 0 1 1 No 11 1 1 0 0 No 12 e SW6 Setting 1 1 0 1 When selecting the 1 to N protocol for the J J J 0 Ne 1 V600 CA1A RS 232C interface the setting is limited T 7 7 J to N 1 In this case the FCS check code may be add No 15 ed Note 1 Be careful not to set to the same unit number twice 2 Set them to OFF for the 1 to 1 protocol 461 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Read ASCII 1 Sequence No 500 Hex 01F4 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Undefined Head CH No 3 Leading address No 4 Undefined Read bytes Contents data format Number of send data words 0005 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 CD1D 00 to 15 CADA R W Head channel R W Head CH 1 designation 1 CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be setto 1 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex Read bytes 01 to F4 1 to 244 bytes 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Read data 42 Read data 122 Read data
174. is executed While both the SEND amp RECV commands are being executed data is input into the reception buffer and is used as the macro data Time reception buffer cleared Immediately before send receive sequence execution and immediately following SEND completion by the SEND or SEND amp RECV command Data reception From SEND completion to RECV completion or following SEND completion to immediately before SEND execution Character trace All during trace execution Timing chart example Send receive sequence Reception buffer cleared Data reception Character trace m EA l recy senp RECV A I Il Al I I note z i Full duplex See note 1 Immediately before send receive sequence execution All during send receive sequence All during trace execution Send receive sequence Reception buffer pS Fal Fal zl A l lI Al L See note 2 Note Maximum Number of Send Receive Data Bytes 134 Note execution cleared E Data reception Character trace 1 With full duplex RS 232C or RS 422A 485 1 1 and 4 wire connections can be used RS 422A 485 1 N or 2 wire transmissions cannot be used 2 The FLUSH command is used to clear the reception buffer and can be used at any time 3 Although the received data is discarded until completion of SEND execu tion it is reflected in the character trace From 200 bytes
175. is stored only when the reception matrix is set using the RECV or SEND amp RECV command If a reception matrix is not set the case number will be set to 0 cleared when another com mand is executed Reception matrix case numbers 0 to 15 for which reception has been completed corre spond to individual bits 00 to 15 and are turned ON to indicate execution The num bers are cleared when the sequence execu tion starts when the STUP 237 instruction is executed at restarts and when the execu tion of each step starts The reception matrix case number can be checked from the ladder program when the WAIT command is executed or when the sequence is ended after the reception matrix RECV command is executed The Executed Reception Case No Flag in the bit corresponding to the stored case number will be turned ON only when the reception matrix is set for the RECV or SEND amp RECV command If a reception matrix is not set the case number will be set to 0 cleared when another command is executed Initialize Startup See note Startup See note Section 5 3 When matrix is received When matrix is received When sequence starts When sequence starts Executed Step No Flags Board CIO 1913 bits 00 to 15 port 1 CIO 1923 bits 00 to 15 port 2 Unit n 13 bits 00 to 15 port 1 n 23 bits 00 to 15 port 2 Case numbers 0 to 15 for the steps for which execution has been comp
176. is turned ON E Unit Set Sequence No 403 Hex 0193 This sequence sets the display unit to E Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None 407 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note This sequence can be used for the 3Z4L 4000 Series only when pin 8 on DIP switch SW2 is turned ON Calibration Set Sequence No 404 Hex 0194 This sequence calibrates the Laser Micrometer Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data F 1 Decimal portion 2 Undefined Decimal integer portion High calibration A gauge dimension 3 Sign Undefined 4 Decimal portion im 5 Undefined Decimal integer portion Low calibration gauge dimension 6 Sign Undefined igg Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0007 fixed 4 digits Hex HC gauge dimension Deci 0000 to 9999 Example 123 4567 mal portion 4 digits BCD HC gauge dimension inte 000 to 999 Example 123 4567 ger portion 3 digits BCD 1 HC gauge dimension Sign if 20 2 ASCII 1 character if 2D 3 LC gauge dimensions Same as HC gauge dimensions Note 1 Use sequences No 446 High calibration set and No 447 Low calibration set to calibrate the Laser Micrometer If this sequence No 404 i
177. length is limited to 2 m when an NT ALOO1 E Link Adapter is connected 4 Branch lines must be a maximum of 10 m long 91 Wiring Section 3 3 Connection Examples The connection examples in the remainder of this section show only the basic connection diagrams We recommend that appropriate noise countermea sures be taken in actual applications including the use of shielded twisted pair cables Refer to 3 4 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring for actual wiring methods Connecting RS 232C Ports 1 1 Connections to E5CK Controller Serial Communications Unit or Board OMRON E5CK Controller Signal _ Pin Sieg RS 232C Terminal Block FG 1 Terminal Signal SD 2 13 SD RD 3 14 RD 1 SG SG 9 D sub 9 pin connector male Connections to a Personal Computer with RTS CTS Flow Control Serial Communications Board or Unit Computer RS 232C port Connecting a Host Computer with NT AL001 E Converting Link Adapters Serial Communications Board or Unit RS 232C NT AL001 E Link Adapter NT AL001 E Link Adapter Computer T F Signal Pin shieig Pin Signal Signal Pin Pin Signal Signal Pin Ps edeg Signal E 1 NC GAD q RS422A 7 GRD No 4 FG SD 2 2 SD SG 2 2 SG SD 2 SD RS 2320 EP43 La
178. links Supported Not supported supported by Controller Link Units or PC Link Units Loopback tests 30 Not supported Supported Comparison to Previous Products Serial com muni cations modes Host Link communi cations C200HX HG HE Supported Supported Section 1 7 Supported Protocol macros Not supported Supported Supported NT Link communi cations Not supported Supported unified with 1 N NT Links Supported unified with 1 N NT Links No proto col commu nications Not supported Not supported included with protocol macros Not supported included with protocol macros 1 1 links Not supported Not supported supported by Controller Link Units or PC Link Units Not supported Supported by Controller Link Units or PC Link Units Loopback tests Not supported Supported Supported Baud rate Host Link communi cations 19 200 bps max 115 200 bps max 115 200 bps max Protocol macros 19 200 bps max 38 400 bps max 38 400 bps max NT link 1 N mode Standard NT link Standard NT link high speed NT link see note 2 Standard NT link high speed NT link see note 2 Host Link com munications C mode commands Supported Supported Supported FINS com mands Not supported Supported Supported Slave initi ate
179. mode settings can be confirmed in bits 12 to 15 of the following words in the CIO Area Serial Communications Board port 1 1905 port 2 1915 Serial Communications Unit port 1 n 5 port 2 n 15 The setting for protocol macro is 6 Hex For details of DM Area allocations refer to 2 3 1 DM Area 155 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 5 4 3 Ladder Program Example The following diagram shows an example in which sequence number 000 Present Value Read of a Temperature Controller E5LIK Read Protocol is executed using the protocol for an OMRON Temperature Controller connected to port 2 RS 422A 485 of a Serial Communications Board Connections Serial Communications Board Port 2 Baal Specifies the Temperature Controller Unit No sends the PRESENT VALUE READ command send data and receives the present value set in the response in the specified word Send data Receive data Temperature Temperature Temperature Controller E50K Controller E50K Controller E50K Unit No 00 Unit No 01 Unit No 31 32 Units max Send Word Allocation for Sequence No 000 Present Value Read First word of S Number of send data words Word Contents data format Data send data S 1 Undefined Unit
180. modem bytes Code length of PMCR 260 when it is used words 497 Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol Appendix N Password Verification Operation The number of retries is 3 for password verification PC Personal computer remote exchange Password verification starting 552 Dispatching Password character string for Retry up to 3 times Receiving password l Verifying password Receiving character string Issuing password When Protocol Macro Execution Flag turns ON Verification result Port 1 CIO 190915 for the Serial Communica tions Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number OK 9 bit 15 for Serial Communications Units Terminating process Data Send Receive Sequence No 553 Hex 0229 Data Send Receive can be executed using sequence No 553 The send data sent to another exchange is set in the words specified by the 3rd operand of PMCR 260 Data received by the PC is stored in the words spec ified by the 4th operand of PMCR 260 Port 2 CIO 191915 for the Serial Communica tions Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number 19 bit 15 for Serial Communications Units Operand and Send Receive Data Word Settings of PMCR 260 0229 First address C1 of the words where send data is set First address C2 of the words where receive data is stored Send Data Words Number of words from address set for operand 2 to end of data
181. monitoring Monitoring time Unit 1 ms Other CPU Unit errors Bit 11 The unit number is not included in the registered I O tables Other bits not used error CPU Unit initial processing Always 00 Hex Always 00 Hex error CPU Unit initial processing Not fixed Not fixed 202 CPU Unit memory error 01 Hex Read error 02 Hex Write error 03 Hex Routing tables 05 Hex CPU Bus Unit Inner Board DM Area Error Logs Error code 0014 Hex Error contents Inner bus error Details Section 8 4 Stored in First byte Always 00 Hex Second byte Always 00 Hex EEPROM 0108 Hex 010B Hex Send not possible because Unit is not detected Send not possible due to CPU Unit error 010D Hex Send not possible due to remote address setting error 010E Hex Send not possible because routing tables are not set properly 0112 Hex Send not possible due to header setting error 0117 Hex Internal reception buffer full 0118 Hex Illegal packet discarded Event Send Receive Errors Commands Send source network address lt 80 Bit 15 OFF Bits 08 to 14 Send source network address Bits 00 to 07 Send source node address Send source network address gt 80 Bit 15 OFF Bits 08 to 14 00 Bits 00 to 07 Send source network address Responses Send destination network address lt 80 Bit 15 ON Bits 08 to 14 Send destinat
182. not performed for this sequence Data Check Sequence No 540 Hex 021C This sequence writes and verifies the CRC code for check blocks designated by the user Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Undefined Head CH No 3 Processing designation Undefined 4 Leading address of check object 45 Undefined Number gux block 487 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD Appendix M 0006 fixed 00 to 07 CD1D 00 to 15 CA2A R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 Processing designation 2 digits Hex Verification 43 C Calculation 4B K Management of number of write times 4C L Leading address of check object 4 digits Hex 0000 to FFFF If management of number of write times is desig nated H 0 to H 5 or H 8 to H D Number of check block bytes 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 If verification calculation is designated 03 to FF set 00 for 256 bytes If management of number of write times is designated 00 to FF Receive dat
183. of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Undefined Unit No 2nd unit 33 Undefined Unit No 32nd unit max Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex 1 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 2 1st unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 3 2nd unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD e e e 33 32nd unit 00 to 31 max Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th None Operand of PMCR 260 External Setting Mode Sequence No 270 Hex 010E Switches the setting mode to the external setting mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 33 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 2nd unit 32nd unit max 355 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex Appendix H Data Number of units 2 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 2
184. operate in Host Link mode with unit number 00 If user settings are specified for the port settings the number of start bits data length number of stop bits parity and baud rate must be set The start bits setting however will be ignored and 1 start bit will always be used Do not set the baud rate setting to between B and F A setup error will occur if these settings are used and the default setting of 9 600 bps will be used Do not use setting 1 and 2 which are reserved for the system Setup Area Allocations Section 4 2 Send Delay If response frames cannot be completely received regardless of the communi cations processing used at the host computer a send delay can be set for the response Any setting higher than 7530 Hex will be treated as 7530 Hex Case 1 Serial Communications Board or Unit Host computer Command sent Case 2 Serial Communications Board or Unit First command frame Host computer Case 3 icati i SEND 090 Serial Communications Board or Unit RECV 098 or CMND 490 Host computer Send delay CTS Control p i Second command frame a o Delimiter Send delay V ao Response sent Send delay Response sent If CTS control is enabled the RTS signal is turned ON before starting to trans fer and then the send is started after confirming that the CTS signal is ON If CTS control is not enabled the RTS signal is turned ON before st
185. panel of the Unit Control Data 2 C2 C2 specifies the send receive sequence number in hexadecimal 000 to 999 Setting range 0000 to 03E7 Hex First Send Data Word S S specifies the first word of the area in which the data required for sending is stored Word 15 12 11 08 07 00 S 0 0 Number of send words Total number of words including S S 1 Send data S n 151 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 Note First Receive Data Storage Word R Word 15 The number of send words in S 1 and the following words is stored in the rightmost 8 bits of S The setting range is 01 to FA Hex 250 words or less S is also included in the number of words The data to be sent is stored in S 1 and the following words When there is no send data set S to 0000 R specifies the first word of the area used to initialize the reception buffer or the first word of the area used to store the receive data 12 11 08 07 00 0 Number of receive words Number of words including R R 1 Receive data PMCR 260 Operation 152 Note Before Execution of PMCR 260 The contents of R 1 and following words are set in the reception buffer The number of words of data from R through the end of the receive data is speci fied in the rightmost 8 bits of R The range that can be set is 02 to FA Hex 2 to 250 words If 00 Hex or 01 Hex is set the reception buffer will remain cleared after PMCR 26
186. receive code See the settings in the following diagram ol ON 1234 5 6 Turn OFF Turn OFF to use a general purpose interface Turn ON to use a general purpose interface Handshaking ON Control recognize DRT input OFF 3 wire method non protocol Baud Rate Baud rate 1200 2400 4800 9600 Pin Pin 1 OFF ON OFF ON Pin 2 OFF OFF ON ON The High speed 3Z4L 3000 series Meters must have the delimiter control codes set using the memory switches Set both the send and receive codes to CR LF Protocol Configuration The configuration of the 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol for the 5000 and 6000 Series is shown below Sequence Communications sequence name Operation No 5000 Series 6000 Series 400 0190 3Z4L clear 401 0191 Memory switch set 402 0192 mm unit set 403 0193 E unit set 404 0194 Calibration set 405 0195 Calibration release 406 0196 Program number set 3000 series 407 0197 Measurement condition set 3000 series 408 0198 Measurement condition release 3000 series 409 0199 Measurement condition list request 3000 series 410 019A Single run measurement start 3000 series 411 019B Zero run measurement start 3000 series 412 019C Continuous measurement start scan 3000 series 413 019D Continuous measurement start interrupt 8000 series 414 019E Measurement termination 3000
187. s operating modes The host computer can be a per sonal computer or a Programmable Terminal The FINS commands are sent with other data such a Host Link header and terminator In Host Link mode SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions can be used to send FINS commands from PC to the host computer to read data write data or perform other operations This is called slave initiated communi 1 3 1 Protocol Overview Section 1 3 cations or unsolicited communications The FINS commands are sent with other data such a Host Link header and terminator Note 1 FINS commands can be sent across up to three different networks count ing the local network to a PC on a remote network or to a host computer connected to a PC on a remote network 2 Programming Devices can also be connected in Host Link mode Sending C mode Commands plan i Host Link C mode Host Link p command Sending FINS Commands FINS commands can also be sent to PCs on remote networks are y FINS command Host Link S Host Link F FINS p ARERR iE f FINS ad Host Link Host Link terminator terminator Remote network Controller Link or Host Link Host Link Ethernet header header Slave initiated Communications i SEND 090 SEND 090 Sends data to host computer RECV 0
188. sequence can be used for the 3Z4L 4000 Series only when pin 8 on DIP switch SW2 is turned ON Measurement Condition List Request 4000 series Sequence No 433 Hex 01B1 This sequence requests the measurement condition settings that have been set and other settings Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words Storage moms 1 Undefined Segment number SG 2 Undefined Measurement interval number M 3 Decimal portion J 4 Undefined Integer portion Lower limit value LL 5 Sign Undefined i 6 Decimal portion J 7 Undefined Integer portion Upper limit value LH 8 Sign Undefined a 9 Decimal portion J 10 Undefined Integer portion Reference value REF 11 Sign Undefined i 12 Undefined Analog output scale number SCL 13 14 Forced zero number ZERO 15 Undefined 16 Undefined Data output condition PR 17 Undefined Data output timer BCD 3 digits PRT 18 Undefined Number of seconds for latch timer RLT 427 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Segment number 1 digit BCD Appendix K Data 0013 0019 decimal fixed 1to5 Measurement interval num ber
189. serial communications mode in the Setup Area to Loopback Test F Hex Refer to 7 2 Setup Area Allocations 3 Set the following communications settings for the loopback test in the Set up Area Baud rate stop bits parity and data length Refer to 7 2 Setup Area Allocations 4 Cycle the power restart the Unit or Board or restart the port Use the following bits to restart the Board or Unit Board A60800 Units A501 bits 00 to 15 bits correspond to unit numbers 0 to F Use the following bits to restart the port Board A636 bit 01 for port 1 and bit 02 for port 2 Units A620 unit number bit 01 for port 1 and bit 02 for port 2 178 Setup Area Allocations Section 7 2 5 Turn ON the Loopback Test Switch To end the test turn OFF the switch The Loopback Test Switches are as follows Board CIO 1900 bit 06 for port 1 and bit 14 for port 2 Unit n bit 06 for port 1 and bit 14 for port 2 n CIO 1500 25 x Unit No Refer to 7 3 CIO Area Allocations 6 Use the protocol status to check the results Refer to 7 3 CIO Area Allocations 7 1 4 Indicators Used for the Loopback Test When the test is being executed the indicators shown below will flash Use the protocol status to check whether or not the test has been executed nor mally Serial Communications Port 1 COMM1 indicator Boards CS Series Only Port 2 COMM2 indicator Serial Communications Port 1 SD1 RD1 indicator Units CS CJ Series Port 2 SD2 R
190. status CIO 1905 to CIO 1914 Port 1 status CIO 1915 to CIO 1924 Port 2 status CIO 1925 to CIO 1999 Reserved for the system Serial Communications Words are allocated in the ClO Area for Software Switches and Status Area Units CS CJ Series Words CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area are allocated according to the unit number setting Each Unit is allocated 25 words The first word is used for Software Switches and the remaining 24 words are used for the Status Area CPU Bus Unit Area CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Unit No Words CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 n Software switches Ports 1 and 2 CIO 1525 to ClO 1549 n 1 ton 4 Unit status CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 n 5 ton 14 Port 1 status CIO 1575 to CIO 1599 n 15 to n 24 Port 2 status CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 CIO 1775 to CIO 1799 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 64 I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 Software Switches Software Switches are used to output control signals from the CPU Unit to the Serial Communications Board or Unit The software switches are used for loopback tests and to abort release wait status and control other functions for protocol macros For details on the
191. status the transmission error status and the protocol status 65 I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Words Bit Contents Board Unit CS Series only CS CJ Series CIO 1901 02 to 15 Reserved 01 1 Error log EEPROM error 0 Error log EEPROM normal 00 1 Protocol data error 0 Protocol data normal CIO 1902 00 to 15 Reserved CIO 1903 00 to 15 Reserved CIO 1904 00 to 15 Reserved CIO CIO 12to 15 Port set Serial communications mode 1905 1915 08 to 11 W sta Baud rate 05 to 07 Reserved 04 Start bits Always 1 03 Data length 7 or 8 bits 02 Stop bits 1 or 2 bits 01 Parity Yes No 00 Parity Even Odd 15 Hard oj No o RS 232c 1 RS 4224 485 1 Reserved 14 ware set 0 1 0 7 tings See 1g note 2 0 Terminating resistance OFF 1 Terminating resistance ON 12 to 02 Reserved 01 1 System Setup error 0 System Setup normal 00 1 Port operating 0 Port stopped 15 to 11 Commu Reserved 10 nica 1 Remote Unit busy receiving Flow control tions 0 Remote Unit ready to receive status 09 Reserved 08 1 Local Unit busy receiving Flow control 0 Local Unit ready to receive 07 Trans DTR ER signal 06 MISSION DSR DR signal control 05 signal Reserved 04 status CTS CS signal 03 RTS RS signal 00 to 02 Reserved
192. step time PID set No wait code and events from 1 to 10 set values in the program param eter area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data z 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 7 3 Pattern No Step No 1st unit 4 Undefined Unit No g 5 Pattern No Step No E 2nd unit 6 Undefined Unit No 3rd unit 7 Pattern No Step No _ 8 Undefined Unit No Ath writ 9 Pattern No Step No N Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words Number of units x 2 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0004 1st unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 1st unit Pattern No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 Step No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 4th unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 4th unit Pattern No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 Step No 2 digits BCD 00 to 63 350 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data storage words 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 27 28 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 111 112 Number of receive data words Local SP rightmost Local SP leftmost Step bank time rightmost Step bank time leftmost PID set No rightmost PID set No leftmost Wait code rightmost Wait
193. stored for negative values Note 1 Only one output No can be stored 2 The ranges of measurement values are as follows For calibration OFF setting 2147483 648 to 2147483 647 For calibration ON setting 9999999 999 to 9999999 999 3 Ifa measurement value exceeds the range of measurement values when calibration is turned off un defined data is stored in the specified words Continuous Measurement Execution Scan F200 Sequence No 451 Hex 01C3 This sequence carries out continuously the setting of the F200 and stores measurement results in the specified words The scan notification method is used for the receive data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 44 Undefined Output No 2 Undefined Evaluation 3 Decimal portion 4 Integer portion Measurement value 5 Sign 0 z 438 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Offset Content data format Number of receive data words 0006 4 digits Hex Output No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 Evaluation result 1 digit BCD 0 OK 1 NG Measurement value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Measurement value integer portion 7 digits BCD Measurement value sign 1 digit F is stored for negative values Note 1 Only one
194. sub E5ZE i 9 pin female Ba earugeus equivalent Signal Pin 9 pin female Shield Pin Signal FG 1 No name SG 9 7 SG SD 2 2 SD Ea lt RD 3 3 RD RTS 4 4 RTS CTS 5 he 5 CTS e DSR 7 ke 6 DSR DTR 8 20 DTRI m V LT1181CS or lt TX RX 1 8 to 19 21 to 25 Note 1 The maximum communications cable length is 15 m Use a shielded twisted pair cable for the cable 2 Use a 25 pin D sub Plug OMRON XM2A 2501 3 Use XM2S 2511 Hood OMRON or an equivalent 268 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E RS422 485 Connections RS 485 2 wire Connections Signal name Abbreviation Signal direction Disabled Do not connect Disabled Do not connect Signal ground Terminal B side Terminal A side Turn off the communications switch to disconnect terminating resistance SN751177N or Terminating equivalent Serial Commu resistance 5v nications Board Unit 2409 sa roe E5ZE M toNch ana 9 pin female RS 485 Terminals M T E 1 4 7 KQ i gt RX Sma Ro AE pee i 51kQ FG Hood e 3 SG prs B 2 je 4 B 1 TX A 1 je 5 A all Eur i Shield be ae E5ZE it RS 485 Terminals 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch Shield i Terminating to the 2 wire setting A resistance
195. that the ex posed conductor length is 5 mm IOOCCOCCCCCEG SRR BESSON POOR 5mm 102 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring Section 3 4 5 Fold back the braided shield 6 Wrap aluminum foil tape around the folded shield Aluminum foil tape Shield Not Connected to Hood FG 1 2 3 1 Cut the cable to the required length 2 Remove the specified length of the sheath from the cable using a knife Be careful not to scratch the braided shield TAIREIL Nt esege o aa e ese a a aR 25 mm RS 422A 40 mm RS 232C 3 Trim off all the braided shield using scissors 4 Remove the insulation from each conductor using a stripper so that the ex posed conductor length is 5 mm 5mm 5 Wrap adhesive tape around the conductor from which the braided shield was removed Adhesive tape 3 4 4 Soldering 1 2 3 1 Thread a heat shrinking tube through each conductor 2 Temporarily solder each conductor to the corresponding connector termi nals 3 Completely solder each conductor 103 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring Section 3 4 AF Soldering iron Heat shrinking tube Inside diameter 1 5 mm l 10 4 Return the heat shrinking tube to the soldered portion then heat the tube to shrink it in place f Heat shrinking tube 3 4 5 Assembling Connector Hood Assemble the connector h
196. the Setup Area see 2 3 I O Memory Allocations or 4 2 5 2 6 2 and 7 2 Setup Area Allocations 15 00 S Serial port system setting S 1 10 words per port S 9 When the STUP 237 instruction is executed the CPU Unit changes the contents of the relevant DM Area in the Unit then automatically turns ON the Port Settings Change Bit words A620 to A635 in the Auxiliary Area A620 unit number Port 1 Port Settings Change Bit Bit 1 Port 2 Port Settings Change Bit Bit 2 501 Changing Communications Port Settings Using STUP 237 Appendix O When the cyclic service finishes changing the communications port settings in the Serial Communications Board or Unit the Board or Unit automatically restarts the port and turns OFF the Port Settings Change Bit Data Contents CIO Area 0000 to 6143 0000 to 6134 Work Area W000 to W511 W000 to W502 Holding Area H000 to H511 H000 to H502 Auxiliary Area A000 to A959 A000 to A950 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 T0000 to T4086 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 C0000 to C4086 Data Memory DM Area D00000 to D32767 D00000 to D32758 Extended Data Memory EM Area E00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32758 Extended Data Memory EM Area En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C En_00000 to En_32758 n 0 to C including bank specification Indirect DM EM address Binary D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 Indirect DM EM address BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 E
197. the E5ZE 4 digits BCD Channel 0 Set point leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Channel 7 Varies according to the temperature sensor Set point rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD Channel 7 Set point rightmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note When the setting unit for the set point is 1 4 digits use Write Set Point Setting Unit 1 Sequence No 150 291 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Write Proportional Band Integral Time and Derivative Time Sequence No 152 Hex 0098 Writes the proportional bands constant P integral times constant I and derivative times constant D Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sengidata 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Constant P 3 Constant Channel 0 4 Constant D H 23 Constant P f 24 Constant Channel 7 25 Constant D l Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 001A 0026 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 0000 to 9999 Constant P 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 3999 Constant 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 3999 Constant D 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 9999 Constant P 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 3999 Constant 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to
198. the Unit to connect it Connector P Pa omron ao om Tefo ii M oak I Doe fl i x 2 Slide the sliders on the top and bottom of the Unit until they lock the Units together Slider Z fom fes A Lock oe Release BS z u 3 o e Act00 La So a7 oot g 7 So a B9 PERIPHERAL lt BUN LTE TEI oh ott rO DC24V Te EE h F z Note If the sliders are not locked properly the Serial Communications Units may not function correctly To remove the Unit move the sliders to the release position and then pull the Units gently apart 77 Installing Serial Communications Units Section 3 2 3 2 4 Unit Handling Precautions e Always turn OFF the CPU Unit before mounting or removing a Serial Communications Unit or connecting or disconnecting cables to from the Serial Communications Unit e Place the port connecting cables in a different duct from those for high voltage lines or power lines to prevent the effects of electrical noise from these lines e Do not remove the protective label from the top of the Unit until wiring has been completed This label pre
199. the cause of the error Firmly secure the Board Refer to A42400 and A42401 Flashing The communications circuit is faulty A protocol data syntax error has occurred A system setting error has occurred The routing tables are not set correctly An error has occurred in the CPU Unit The error log EEPROM is faulty Conduct a loopback test If an error occurs replace the Board Correct the protocol data and transfer it to the Board Try executing a normal sequence for the serial port where the error is occurring or switch the CPU Unit to PROGRAM mode and remove the cause of the error Correct the Setup Area settings and cycle the power restart the Board restart the port or execute STUP 237 When the routing tables are used set them correctly When the routing tables are not used delete the Board settings from the table Eliminate the cause of the error If the error persists replace the CPU Unit Cycle the power supply If the error persists replace the CPU Unit Flashing 182 Not lit A Protocol Data File BACKUP being read restored from the CPU Unit s Memory Card to the Board _PRM is Indicator Error Displays Indicators Possible cause Section 8 1 RDY ERR ALM CPU Unit Lit Not lit A Protocol Data File BACKUPLJL PRM _ was read restored from the CPU Unit s Memory Card to the Board properly Flas
200. the remote node busy status to enable the local node CS signal to turn ON Bit 09 Sequence Wait of the words allocated in the ClO Area n 9 n 19 is set to ON Sequence Wait Status The WAIT command can not be released Review the program so that bits 00 and 08 Wait Release Switch of word n in the words allocated in the ClO Area can be switched from OFF to ON 195 Troubleshooting Indicator display Serial communi cations mode Serial com munica tions mode is set to protocol macro indi cators do not flash at all Com munica tions has not been electrically estab lished Status information etc Bit 15 Protocol Macro Execut ing Flag of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 momentarily turns ON when the PMCR 260 instruction is executed but it cannot remain ON Words allocated in the CIO Area Bits 03 and 11 Abort Switch of the words allocated in the ClO Area n are force set Abort Switch is force set Section 8 3 Release the forced or Abort Switch Send data has already been transmitted but there is no response from the remote node This is a hardware error Set bits 11 to 08 Serial Communications Mode of the Allocation DM Area to F Hex Loopback Test Serial Communications Mode connect the con nector wired for a loop back test then conduct a loopback test by turning ON
201. there was a rapid response from the remote device for example the data received between data sending and the completion of the send operation could not be accessed as receive data by the next receive operation Support for the full duplex transmissions enables all the data received in a sequence to be accessed Data can also be received from a remote device while sending Full duplex transmissions can be used with either RS 232C or RS 422A 485 as long as 1 1 4 wire connections are used Full duplex transmissions cannot be used with 1 N connections or 2 wire connections With full duplex mode the reception buffer is cleared only immediately before a send receive sequence is executed When a reception or other fault occurs the receive data can be cleared at any time using the reception buffer clear FLUSH command With a connection to a modem the ER signal is used to show the send receive enabled status of a Serial Communications Board or Unit Data Termi nal Equipment DTE In conventional operations the ER signal could be turned ON only while a send receive sequence was being executed Improving this function has enabled the ER signal to be turned ON or OFF at any time during a send receive sequence This enables modem connections and disconnections to be performed by a protocol macro The ER signal can also be kept ON even after a send receive sequence has been completed In this case the ER signal remains ON even after it ha
202. to 00 5 1 N NT Link maximum unit number Validate the New Settings 42 example Make the new settings in the Setup Area valid by performing one of the follow ing e Turn the power OFF and then ON again The Setup Area allocated in the DM Area will be read when the power is turned ON e Restart the Board by turning ON the Inner Board Restart Bit A60800 or restart the Unit turning ON one of the CPU Bus Unit Restart Bits A50100 to A50115 where the bit number corresponds to the unit number See following table e Restart the port on the Serial Communications Board by turning ON one of the Communications Board Port Settings Change Bits A63601 for port 1 and A63602 for port 2 or restart the port on the Serial Communications Unit by tuning ON one of the Communications Unit Port Settings Change Bits A620 to A635 The word will be A620 unit number and the bit will be bit 01 for port 1 and bit 02 for port 2 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 Inner Board Restart Bit and CPU Communications Board Unit Port Settings Bus Unit Restart Bits Change Bits Board A60800 Unit number Port 1 Port 2 Units A50100 Unit No 0 Board A63601 A63602 A50101 Unit No 1 Units Unit No 0 A62001 A62002 A50102 Unit No 2 Unit No 1 A62101 A62102 A50103 Unit No 3 Unit No 2 A62201 A62202 A50104 Unit
203. twisted pair cable 3 Connect terminating resistance to the devices only at both ends of the transmission path 4 The total terminating resistance at both ends must be at least 100 for RS 422A or 54 Q for RS 485 Select Remote Mode Sequence No 200 Hex 00C8 Switches the Controller to remote mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words offset Contents data forma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 312 E5LJ Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G Select Local Mode Sequence No 201 Hex 00C9 Switches the Controller to local mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Orset Contents aata ormaj Data 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Select Backup Mode Sequence No 202 Hex 00CA Switches from the set point write mode to backup mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data Undefined Unit No offset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed
204. until the byte just before the ETX 0000 to 03D8 Hex 0 to 984 decimal Send data 4 digit Hex The data specified in hexadecimal here will be converted to ASCII and the number of bytes specified in S 3 will be sent Note 1 Setthe number of send bytes to twice the number of bytes in memory This is necessary because the data is converted to ASCII data before being sent 2 When hexadecimal data is converted to ASCII data data is sent starting from the send data word with the largest offset This is done because ladder programming handles data in 4 byte units 224 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B Send data words gt Send frame 1 2 34 56 78 qo 34 5678 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Specify a dummy value for the operand such as 0000 Send with No Conversion and with Response Sequence No 602 Hex 025A This sequence sends the specified data beginning with the command code to the specified Unit The response is stored starting at the specified word No conversions are performed on the send and receive data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words 1 Undefined Node No 2 MRC 3 Number of send bytes i Send data Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words 0005 to OOFA Hex 5 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Undefined Node No 2 digits
205. up to a maximum of 1 000 bytes can be set in hexadecimal i e between 00C8 Hex and 03E8 Hex Any setting below 00C8 Hex will be treated as 00C8 Hex any setting above 03E8 Hex will be treated as 03E8 Hex Flow Control and Maximum Number of Send Receive Data Bytes There is a 2 5 Kbyte reception buffer for each serial port in a Serial Communi cations Board or Unit When using flow control initiate flow control after receiving about 2 Kbytes and then release control after processing all but 0 5 Kbytes of receive data Up to 1 000 bytes 500 words of data can be stored for each RECV command if 2 Kbytes of receive data is first stored in the buffer and 1 000 bytes 03E8 Hex is set as the maximum number of send receive data bytes Setup Area Allocations Section 5 2 RS CS Flow Control Half duplex Communications Command SD signal RD signal RS signal Full duplex Mode With CS CJ series half duplex protocol macro communications see note or with C200HX HG HE protocol macro communications flow control can be released by turning ON the RS signal CS signal at the communications part ner while the RECV command is being executed The timing of this operation is shown below Signal names used below are those at the Serial Communi cations Board f PMCR 260 PMCR 260 instruction instruction _ Receive Send Receive Receive Receive eerren TRS tuned OFF EEE gt Jafter 0 1 to 4 ms va R
206. use 1 N NT Links to Programmable Terminals 6 1 6 3 Overview of 1 N NT Links 6 2 Setup Area Allocations 6 2 1 6 2 2 Setup Area Words Setup Area Contents Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations 00 00 eee eee 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 Auxiliary Area Allocations 00 0 c cece eee eee eee CIO Area Allocations 0 0 0 0 cee cece eee Status Area Contents 168 170 170 171 171 172 173 174 167 Overview of 1 N NT Links Section 6 1 6 1 Overview of 1 N NT Links A PC can be connected to Programmable Terminals PTs using an RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port The I O memory of the PC is allocated as a Status Con trol Area and a Status Notification Area for the PT as well as to objects such as touch switches lamps and memory tables This enables the status of the I O memory in the PC to be controlled and monitored by operations from the PT without the use of ladder programming in the PC One PC can be con nected to up to eight PTs The user does not need to be aware of the 1 N NT Links commands All that is necessary is to allocate PC memory for the PTs This section explains the Setup Area and the Protocol Status Flags when a Serial Communications Board or Unit is used with 1 N NT Links For details on the operating PTs refer to the operation manual for the PT Serial Communications Board Serial Communications Board CS Series only CS Series only Serial
207. word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No on Gontenis eta oma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage wordS 4 Cooling coefficient Channel 0 2 Cooling coefficient Channel 1 8 Cooling coefficient Channel 7 Contents data format Number of receive data words 0009 4 digits Hex Channel 0 0000 to 0100 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 0100 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 0100 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD 288 Note 1 Appendix F E5ZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol The E5ZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol writes and controls various settings in remote mode for the Temperature Controller connected via a RS 232C or RS 422 485 cable from the PC via the Serial Communica tions Unit Board Negative values cannot be written All values must be set as unsigned BCD 2 All sequences in this appendix operate on memory bank 0 and cannot be used for other memory banks Structure of the Protocol The following table shows the structure of the E5ZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Se quence No Communications sequence name Write set point setting unit 1 Function Writes the set poin
208. 0 None 0001 to 9999 Write Dead Band Sequence No 054 Hex 0036 Writes the dead band Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Dead band Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0003 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Dead band 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 253 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Manual Reset Value Sequence No 055 Hex 0037 Writes the manual reset value Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send gala 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Manual reset value Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Hysteresis Sequence No 056 Hex 0038 Writes the hysteresis for heating and for cooling Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidata 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Hysteresis heating 3 Hysteresis cooling Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0004
209. 0 Receive data storage words 0 Number of receive data words 1 Input specifications 3 2 Input specifications Display specifications Output specifications 4 5 Input contents Operation mode 121 Input specifications 122 Input specifications Display specifications 123 Output specifications 124 Input contents 125 Operation mode Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0006 to 007E 6 to 126 decimal Input specifications ASCII 3 characters 544131 TA1 544231 TB1 K3TH 564432 VD2 K3TX 414432 AD2 K3TX K3TH 414132 AA2 K3TX 524231 RB1 K3TR K3TC Display specifications ASCII 1 character 41 A common 42 B K3TH K3TX 43 C K3TR K3TC 564132 aes K3TX Output specifications ASCII 2 characters 5331 S1 RS 232C 5332 S2 RS 485 5333 S3 RS 422 5335 S5 RS 485 comparison output 5336 S6 RS 422 comparison output Input contents ASCII 2 characters Leftmost digit 30 0 to 31 1 Rightmost digit 31 1 to 45 E Operation mode ASCII 2 characters 3030 00 K3TH K3TX 3031 00 to 3133 12 K3TR 5542 UB K3TC 5543 UC K3TC Operation
210. 0 Standard NT link or 9 600 19 200 9 600 19 200 high speed NT link 38 400 57 600 38 400 bps 115 200 bps Connections 1 1 1 N is possible using Link Adapters Transmission 15 m max see note 2 distance Interface Complies with EIA RS 232C Note 1 High speed NT link is only available with Serial Communications Boards Units manufactured on or after December 20th 1999 With earlier models only standard NT link is available 2 The maximum cable length for RS 232C is 15 m The RS 232C standard however does not cover baud rates above 19 2 Kbps Refer to the manual for the device being connected to confirm support Connector Pin Layout Pin No Abbreviation Signal name VO 9 9 1 see note 1 FG Shield 2 SD Send data Output RD Receive data Input oo 0 OO see note 2 RTS RS Request to send Output see note 2 CTS CS Clear to send Input see note 3 5V Power supply o gt pk see note 2 DSR DR Data set ready Input see note 2 DTR ER Data terminal ready See Output note 4 9 SG Signal ground Shell see note 1 FG Shield 3 4 5 6 7 8 Note 1 Pin No 1 and the shell are connected to the ground terminal GR of the Power Supply Unit inside of the Serial Communications Board Therefore the cable shield can be grounded by grounding the GR of the Power Sup ply Unit 2 The status of the RTS RS CTS
211. 0 260 72E1 0258 D00000 Communications port 7 and serial port 2 Destination unit address E1 Serial Communications Board Sequence No 600 First word of send data D00010 First storage word for receive data FAL 006 01 If the input condition turns ON when the Protocol Macro Executing Flag CIO 191915 for Port 2 is OFF and the Communications Port Enabled Flag A20207 Internal logic port communications port 7 is ON send re ceive sequence No 600 of the standard system protocol in the Serial Com munications Board is called and data is sent and received via port 2 of the Serial Communications Board Send Data 7 words from D00000 to D00006 K8N node No 00 CompoWay F command 0101 reads the K3N present value Number of send bytes CompoWay F command send data Variable type read start address 00 number of elements Receive Data 4 words from D00010 to D00013 Response code is stored Input condition 191915 A20207 S D00000 0007 D00001 0000 D00002 0101 D00003 000C D00004 C000 D00005 0000 D00006 0001 D D00010 0004 D00011 D00012 D00013 3 4 The read data in this case the present value of K3N is stored Executing the PMCR 260 Instruction For details on confirming operation see Section 12 Tracing and I O Mem ory Monitoring in the CX Protocol Operation Manual W344 e Transmission Line Tracing The data in the send re
212. 0 F indicates a negative number 1st unit PV data leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 1st unit MV rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 336 1st unit MV leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Offset Contents data format 21st unit 00000000 to 09999000 MV rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative number 21st unit MV leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD Read Adjustment Parameters Sequence No 258 Hex 0102 Reads the adjustment parameters in the parameter area and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words dat at 1 Undefined Unitno ak offset Contents data formaj baa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 337 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 338 Receive data storage words 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Number of receive data words Fixed SP rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Control ou
213. 0 execution and before executing the send receive sequence After Execution of PMCR 260 The number of words of receive data in R 1 and the following words is stored in the rightmost 8 bits of R The range is 01 to FA Hex 250 words or less R is also included in the number of words The receive data is stored in R 1 and the following words For details refer to Receive Data Storage Area Function on page 159 1 The function of the receive data storage words start from R for the number of words specified in R differs before and after execution of PMCR 260 a Before Execution of PMCR 260 The contents of the receive data storage words is used as initialization data for the reception buffer before the send receive sequence is exe cuted b After Execution of PMCR 260 Data received for the RECV command is stored in the receive data storage words if there is response data to be written 2 When there is no receive data set R to 0000 When PMCR 260 is executed the send receive sequence specified in C2 is executed for the communications port specified in bits 12 to 15 of C1 internal logical port 0 to 7 from the serial communications port specified in bits 08 to 11 physical port of C1 of the device with the unit address specified in bits 00 to 07 of C1 If an operand is specified as a variable in the send message data starting in S 1 for the number of words specified in S is used as the send data If an operand is specif
214. 0 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M 2 Data from Data Carrier designated for hexadecimal is stored beginning with the largest offset from the receive data words 3 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto read Sub command Hex 4 Sequence No 516 Hex 0204 This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 4 Up to 24 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 506 Read Hex 4 However the leading address No and number of read bytes are not used and will be the value specified for sequence 514 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 506 Read Hex 4 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 514 before executing Sequence No 516 2 Data from Data Carrier designated for hexadecimal is stored beginning with the largest offset from the receive data words Polling Auto read Sub command Hex 8 Sequence No 517 Hex 0205 This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 8 Up to 10 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 507 Read Hex 8 However the leading address No and number of read bytes are not
215. 00 to 99 BCD MRC SRC Set the command code for the required ser 2 digits Hex 2 digits Hex vice Number of send bytes 4 digits Hex Number of data bytes from the next byte after the command code until the byte just before the ETX 0000 to 01EC Hex 0 to 492 decimal Send data The data specified in hexadecimal here is 0 not converted and the number of bytes a specified in S 3 is sent 2 4 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words g Response code 2 Receive data Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 to OOFA Hex 3 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Response code 4 digits Hex The response code will be stored in hexa decimal form Receive data Hex The data from just after the response code 0 until just before the ETX is stored here with k out conversion 2 4 225 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B Broadcast with No Conversion and No Response Sequence No 603 Hex 025B This sequence broadcasts the specified data beginning with the command code No responses are received and no conversions are performed on the send data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendata Undefined 2 MRC SRC 3 Number of send bytes 1 Send data
216. 00 to 9999 1st unit Alarm 1 hysteresis 4 digits BCD 0001 to 9999 1st unit Alarm 2 hysteresis 4 digits BCD 0001 to 9999 1st unit Alarm 3 hysteresis 4 digits BCD 0001 to 9999 1st unit Input shift upper limit 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indi cates 1 1st unit Input shift lower limit 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indi cates 1 8th unit Input shift lower limit 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indi cates 1 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C General purpose Read Sequence No 023 Hex 0017 Reads the specified parameter and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 data 1 2 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Undefined Parameter No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Data 0003 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Parameter No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 storage words yi Number of receive data words Read data Refer to the manual for the E5 C Gaaerma ata Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0002 Read data 4 digits BCD A999 to 999
217. 00 to FF max Error group 14 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Error group 15 data 2 digits Hex Read Heater Burnout Data Sequence No 253 Hex OOFD Reads the heater burnout alarm in the variable area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Undefined Unit No 2nd unit 33 Undefined Unit No 32nd unit max Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex 1 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 2 1st unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 3 2nd unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 33 32nd unit 00 to 31 max Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words aden ji Undefined Heater burnout alarm 1st unit 2 Undefined Heater burnout alarm 2nd unit 3 Undefined Heater burnout alarm 3rd unit 4 Undefined _ Heater burnout alarm 4th unit 32 Undefined Heater burnout alarm 32nd unit max Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words Number of units 1 4 digits Hex 1st unit 00 to FF Heater burnout alarm 2 digits Hex 2nd unit 00 to FF Heater burnout alarm 2 digits Hex 3rd unit 00 to FF Heater burnout alarm 2 digits Hex
218. 000 to D32009 Port 1 Setup Area CIO 1900 Software switch D32010 to D32019 Port 2 Setup Area CIO 1901 to CIO 1904 Board status D32020 to D32767 Reserved for the system CIO 1905 to CIO 1914 Port 1 status CIO 1915 to CIO 1924 Port 2 status CIO 1925 to CIO 1999 Reserved for the system Installing the Board or it ont Serial Communications Board CS Series Only 1 2 3 1 Press in the lever on the Inner Board installation cover first on the top and then on the bottom and remove the cover Press in the lever on the top Press in the lever on the bottom 2 Install the Serial Communications Board T CS series Serial Communications Unit 1 2 3 1 Catch the hook on the top of the back of the Unit on the Backplane and then rotate the Unit downward to mount it Hook Backplane 38 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 2 Insert the Unit firmly into the Backplane connector 3 Tighten the screw at the bottom of the Unit with a Phillips screwdriver to a torque of 0 4 Nem For this operation the Phillips screwdriver must be placed at a slight angle Therefore leave sufficient space at the bottom of the Unit At least 20 mm CPU Unit 1 0 Power Supply Unit Backplane At least 20 mm Phillips screwdriver CJ series Serial Communications Unit
219. 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal tst unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive 0 data storage words 1 2 3 4 63 64 Number of receive data words MV rightmost 4 digits MV leftmost 4 digits MV rightmost 4 digits MV leftmost 4 digits 1 MV rightmost 4 digits MV leftmost 4 digits Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 00 to 31 1st unit 2nd unit 32nd unit Data Number of units x 2 1 1st unit MV rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 1st unit MV leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 2nd unit MV rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 2nd unit MV leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 32nd unit MV rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 32nd unit MV leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 335 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Read Control Monitor Data Sequence No 257 Hex 0101 Reads the control monitor data S Send Data Word Allocation 3rd P PV MV in the variable area Operand of PMCR 260 F
220. 002 4 digits Hex LBA detection time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 239 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Read MV at Stop Time and at PV Error Sequence No 013 Hex 000D Reads the MV at stop time and at PV error and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data Undefined Unit No om Comens aa oman ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 MV at stop time 2 MV at PV error Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex MV at stop time 4 digits BCD F050 to 1050 F indicates a negative value A050 to 1050 for heating cooling control A indicates a negative value MV at PV error 4 digits BCD F050 to 1050 F indicates a negative value Read MV Limits Sequence No 014 Hex O00E Reads the MV upper limit MV lower limit and MV change rate limit and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 3 7 1 Undefined Unit No Onset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data wor
221. 02E 0046 decimal fixed 1 Program number 1 digit BCD 0to9 2 to 4 Segment number ASCII 6 characters Combination of 31 1 to 36 6 20 5 Measurement interval num ber 1 digit BCD 1to4 6 Lower limit value Decimal portion 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Example 123 4567 6 4567 Lower limit value Integer portion 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 7 0123 8 F000 Lower limit value Sign BIN f 0 lf F Upper limit value Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L1 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L2 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L3 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L4 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L5 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L6 Same as lower limit values Reference value Same as lower limit values Analog output scale number 1 digit BCD 1to3 Offset classification ASCII 3 characters 4F4620 OF 4F4D20 OM Offset value Same as lower limit values Data output condition 1 digit BCD 0to6 Scheduled output timer 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 Sample measurement pulse 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 Sample measurement clas sification ASCII 3 characters
222. 03 framing error or bit 02 parity error is turned ON The baud rate is outside the allow able range and the stop bits do not match causing the bits to be out of alignment Review the System Setup Review the host s settings and program such as baud rate and frame for mat Terminating resis tance switch TERM ON OFF status Cables are incor rectly connected The RS 422A 485 port terminating resistance setting is incorrect Adapters such as the NT ALO01 E are incorrectly wired or the terminating resistance is incor rectly set Check the wiring Turn ON the terminating resistance of the Board and the last node by using the terminating resistance switch Turn OFF the ter minating resistance of other nodes CIO Area words n 8 n 18 transmis sion error status are not set to 0000 Hex Transmission errors are occurring that are caused by noise interference Use shielded twisted pair cables Lay power lines sepa rately using ducts Review the installation environment to reduce noise interference Programming retry pro cessing for communica tions if necessary 189 Troubleshooting Serial commu nications mode Indicator status Host Link with The SD RD and COM unsolicited communica tions 190 indicators are all flashing Status information etc SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490
223. 1 Hex 000B Reads the SP ramp time unit and SP ramp set value and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 3 7 1 Undefined Unit No Orset Contents aata torma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 SP ramp time unit 2 SP ramp set value Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex 1 SP ramp time unit 4 digits BCD 0000 s 0001 hr 2 SP ramp set value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Read LBA Detection Time Sequence No 012 Hex 000C Reads the LBA loop break alarm detection time and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data H Undefined Unit No Orset Contents aata ormaj Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 LBA detection time Orset Contents aata torma Daa 0 Number of receive data words 0
224. 1 0 memory After PMCR 260 o instruction is executed the internal rocessing buffer is cleared whole area if the number of words is specified as 00 then the initial value will be set to 0000 Hex The data that has been received as the result of executing the RECV com mand will be stored in the reception buffer except for the first word from the specified first word offset and will be verified against the expected re ceive messages If writing the response data is not specified the receive data will be saved in the reception buffer and will not be stored in the CPU Unit If writing the response data is specified the data in the reception buffer up to the most recent data except for the first word will be stored in from words R 1 onwards The data stored for the number of words including R up to the last word will be saved Whenever the number of data words stored exceeds the maximum the number of words in R will be updated Steps 3 and 4 are repeated until the protocol macro operation is complet ed A No of words specified here I O memory No of words is stored oo and updated initial value Write response specified Reception buffer y o wo Stores receive data ee Stored from the specified first word j RECV Overwrites receive data Note Processing When a Sequence Ends Abnormally As shown in the following examples if END is set when a sequence ends nor mally and ABO
225. 1 Host Link Unit CS1W SCU21 V1 Serial Communications Unit CJ1W SCU21 CJ1W SCU41 Serial Communications Unit Communica tions ports 2 RS 232C ports or 1 RS 232C and 1 RS422A 485 port or 1 CPU bus I F and 1 RS 232C port or 1 RS 232C port or 1 RS 422A 485 port 2 RS 232C ports or 1 RS 232C and 1 RS422A 485 port NA 1 RS 232C port or 1 RS 422A port or 1 optical fiber port 2 RS 232C ports CJ1W SCU21 2 RS 232C ports CJ1W SCU41 1 RS 232C and 1 RS422A 485 port Number mount Boards 1 Board 1 Board NA able per PC Units 2 Units CPU Rack or Expansion I O Rack but not two slots next to CPU Unit Up to 4 ports maximum 6 ports including those on CPU Unit 16 Units CPU Rack or CS Expansion Rack but total of all CPU Bus Units must be 16 or less Up to 32 ports maximum 34 ports including those on CPU Unit 16 Units CPU Rack or CS Expansion Rack but total of all CPU Bus Units must be 16 or less Up to 32 ports maximum 34 ports including those on CPU Unit Host Link communi cations Boards Supported See note 1 Supported See note 1 NA cations Protocol modes macros Supported except for COM02 and COM03 Supported NT Link communi cations Supported Supported unified with 1 N NT Links No proto col commu nications Supported Not supported included with protocol macros 1 1
226. 1 to 10 in the variable area 252 00FC Read error detection data Reads error groups 1 to 15 in the variable area 253 00FD Read heater burnout data Reads the heater burnout alarm 254 OOFE Read PV data Reads PV data in the variable area 255 00FF Read SP data Reads SP data in the variable area 256 0100 Read MV Reads the MV in the variable area 257 0101 Read control monitor data Reads control monitor data SP PV and MV in the variable area 258 0102 Read adjustment parameters Reads adjustment parameters in the parame ter area 259 0103 Write adjustment parameters Writes adjustment parameters in the parame ter area 260 0104 Read PID control parameters 1 Reads PID parameters No 1 to 4 from the PID control parameters in the parameter area 261 0105 Read PID control parameters 2 Reads PID parameters No 5 to 8 from the PID control parameters in the parameter area 262 0106 Write PID control parameters 1 Writes PID parameters No 1 to 4 from PID control parameters in the parameter area 263 0107 Write PID control parameters 2 Writes PID parameters No 5 to 8 from PID control parameters in the parameter area 264 0108 Read local SP Reads the local SP in the program parameter area 265 0109 Write local SP Writes local SP in the program parameter area 266
227. 122 007A Read dead band overlap band Reads the dead bands and over lap bands 123 007B Note 1 Read cooling coefficient 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd or 4th operands of PMCR Reads the cooling coefficients The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 267 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E NO Send word allocation Receive word allocation Connections Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D This section shows connections for using the E5ZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol RS 232C Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series RS 232C port PC PS RS 232C pin sirevi Signal name in No ation rar 2 op 14 NC Signal ground or common 3 RD 15 NC return line 16 NC 3 ors 17 NC Send data 6 DSR 18 NC Peca 7 SG 19 NC eceive data 8 NC 20 DTR A 7 9 NC 21 NC equest to sen INE le Clear to send NC 12 NC artes Data set ready 13 NC E5ZE gt RS 232C Abbrevi Signal direction ation Data terminal ready Disabled Do not connect Serial Communications Unit Board Unit RS 232C D
228. 1st unit 31th unit max 315 E5LIJ Temperature Controller Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex Appendix G Data Number of units x 4 2 0001 to 001F 1 to 31 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit Proportional band 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 1st unit Integral time 4 digits BCD 1st unit Derivative time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 0000 to 9999 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 31th unit Derivative time 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 to 9999 Write Input Shift Value Sequence No 207 Hex OOCF Writes the input shift value Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Data 0003 fixed 00 to 31 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidaia 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Input shift value Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 2 Input shift value 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 316 0000 to 9999 E5LIJ Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G Read Parameters 1 Sequence No 208 Hex 00D0 Reads the set points alarm values 1 alarm values 2 and heater burnout alarm values for multiple units and stores the resu
229. 2 Turn ON the terminat PAAA geara ing resistance switch zr Maa Note Terminal block pins 1 and 2 cannot be connected If these blocks are used operation of the E5ZE may fail 269 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E RS 422 4 wire Connections Pin No Signal name Abbreviation Signal direction 2 Receive data A RDA Input 3 Signal ground SG 4 Send data B SDB Output 5 Send data A SDA Output Turn off the communications switch Serial Commu to disconnect terminating resistance nications Board Unit RS 422 D sub SN751177N or 9 pin female E5ZE RS 422 ere equivalent Signal Pin Terminals Terminating 5V name No resistance ee ill igs 240 Q r S FG Hood A minal name IMN ana LU SDB 2 gt ROB azko RX one 1 2 RDA 6 WS f i 1 51 kQ 4 SDB 1 I RDB 8 je P l iel 7 1 oe roa 6 eHh 5 SDA i lg y Paar T nain WANE D Shield Terminating i 6 8v ZN resistance uw le 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch ii i Termina o to the 4 wire setting itt Shield block Terminating 2 Turn ON the terminat aa oa ing resistance switch VW w ae s Terminating resistance 2409 270 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendi
230. 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words i Dead band orsst Contents taam ata Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex Dead band 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 Read Manual Reset Value Sequence No 008 Hex 0008 Reads the manual reset value and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words aala 1 Undefined Unit No offset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 44 Manual reset value Otse Contents data torma oaa 0 Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex 1 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 237 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Read Hysteresis Sequence No 009 Hex 0009 Reads the hysteresis for heating and for cooling and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Orset Contents aata torma Daa 0 Nu
231. 22 4 wire Connections Signal name Abbreviation Signal direction Send data A Output Send data B Output Receive data A Output Receive data B Input Signal ground Protective ground Serial Communications Board Unit Intelligent Sig RS 422 D sub nal Processor SN751177N or 2 pin femal equivalent RS 422 q Signal Pin Terminal block s Name No Formi Signal 229 oTerminal block SW wo FG Hood gt nal Name AN i RDA 6 gt 9 SDA i il od RDB 8 5 SDB N J SDA 1 6 RDA AN tg SDB 2 1 RDB Me H i 3 sa AWS ky i pa 2202 Aeon 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch Shield i B touhe Awie sening Terminating resistance approx 220 Q is 2 Turn ON the terminat connected via the terminal block switch ing resistance switch 368 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix RS 485 2 wire Connections Signal name Abbreviation Signal direction Inverting output I ss Input or output Non inverting output Input or output Serial Communications Intelligent Signal Processor Board Unit Turn ON the terminal block switch for Saal a or RS 485 D sub terminators only 5y equivalen 9 pin female Has RS 485 i Signal rin Terminal block pe minal i lt TX Termi Signal 2209 S FG aca nal Name NWS 3
232. 25 x unit number Words i Setting contents Boards Unit CS Series Only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2 15 Port Protocol Macro Executing Flag 14 Aa Step Error Processing Flag 13 Status Abort Flag 12 Tracing Flag 11 Sequence End Completion Flag 10 Sequence Abort Completion Flag 09 Sequence Wait Flag 08 to 04 Reserved 03 to 00 Error codes 15 to 12 Reserved 11 to 00 Send Receive Sequence No 000 to 999 000 to 3E7 hex 145 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 5 3 Words i Setting contents Boards Unit CS Series Only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2 15to12 Reserved 11 to 08 Executed Step No code 0 to 15 0 to F hex 07 to 04 Reserved 03 to 00 Executed Reception Case No code 0 to 15 0 to F hex 15 to 00 Executed Reception Case No Flag No 0 to 15 Correspond to bits 00 to 15 15 to 00 Executed Step No Flag No 0 to 15 Correspond to bits 00 to 15 15 to 08 Repeat Counter Setting Value 1 to 255 01 to FF hex See note 07 to 00 Repeat Counter Present Value 1 to 255 01 to FF hex See note Note When the repeat counter is used to read words and 0 is read 0 will be stored and the step will be skipped Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 CIO 1909 port 1 or 0 0 0 0 0 CIO 1919 port 2 EA A A kg
233. 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations This section describes the bits and words used by the Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units in the Auxiliary Area and the Status Area allocated in the CIO Area The Software Switches allocated in the ClO Area are not used for 1 N NT Links 171 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 6 3 6 3 1 Auxiliary Area Allocations Port 1 and Port 2 Port These bits can be turned ON from the program using the OUT or other Settings Change Bits instructions to change communications settings and restart the Serial Com munications Board ports When changing the settings and restarting the port have been completed the bit will automatically be turned OFF Note These bits are used both to change the port settings and to restart the port at the same time One of these bits can be turned ON to restart a port without changing the port settings in the Setup Area allocated in the DM Area The STUP 237 instruction can also be used to just restart a communications port by executing STUP 237 with the same port settings as the ones already being used Serial Communications Boards CS Series Only Contents 03 to 15 Reserved 02 1 Port 2 Settings Change Bit 01 1 Port 1 Settings Change Bit 00 Reserved Serial Communications Units CS CJ Series n A620 unit number Words Bit Contents 03 to 15 Reserved 02 1 Port 2 Settings Change Bit 01 1 Port 1 Settings
234. 3 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 308 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Write Set Value O2 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 315 Hex 013B This sequence writes set value O2 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 308 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Write Set Value O1 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 316 Hex 013C This sequence writes set value O1 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 308 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Read Set Value by Unit Number Sequence No 317 Hex 013D Reads set value HH H L or LL Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data A 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Relevant unit No 3 Operand T 1 64 Undefined Relevant unit No 65 Operand Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of send data words 0004 to 0042 4 to 66 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Number of units 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 4 digits Hex 2 Relevant unit No 00 to 99 2 digits BCD 3 Operand 4848 HH 4C4C LL 4F31 01 ASCII 2 characters 4820 H 4C20 L 4F35 05 375 K3T _ Intelligent
235. 322 0142 Read set value with bank by unit number Reads set value of a bank which is not in use K3TR HH to LL K8TC O1 to O5 323 0143 Read set value HH with bank continuous units Reads the set value HH of a bank which is not in use 324 0144 Read set value H with bank continuous units Reads the set value H of a bank which is not in use 325 0145 Read set value L with bank continuous units Reads the set value L of a bank which is not in use 326 0146 Read set value LL with bank continuous units Reads the set value LL of a bank which is not in use 327 0147 Read set value O5 with bank continuous units Reads the set value O5 of a bank which is not in use 328 0148 Read set value O4 with bank continuous units Reads the set value O4 of a bank which is not in use 329 0149 Read set value O3 with bank continuous units Reads the set value O3 of a bank which is not in use 330 014A Read set value O2 with bank continuous units Reads the set value O2 of a bank which is not in use 331 014B Read set value O1 with bank continuous units Reads the set value O1 of a bank which is not in use 332 014C Read holding data by unit number Reads the peak bottom data max imum minimum 333 014D Read holding data PH continuous units Reads the peak data maximum 334 014E Read
236. 32C Protocol Port 1 Host Link protocol macro NT Link or loopback test can be selected for Port 2 each port Number of mount CPU Unit None able Units CPU Rack A total of up to 16 Units including all other CPU Bus Units No restrictions Expansion Rack on the mounting location Data exchange Ordinary Allocated 25 words of the 25 words in the CPU Bus Unit CIO Area con with the CPU Unit refreshing of software stant data exchange with the CPU Unit switches and status Transfer from the CPU Of the CPU Bus Unit DM Area each serial port is allocated 10 words Unit set by the system total 20 words Data is transferred from the CPU Unit at the following times e Startup or restart e Ladder instruction STUP 237 e Port Settings Changing Flag turns ON Auxiliary Area Supporting CPU Units CJ1 CPU Units CJ1G CPU45 CPU44 CS1 H CPU Units High speed CJ1H CPU66H CPU65H Standard CJ1G CPU45H CPU44H CPU43H CPU42H Simple Backup Function The CPU Unit s Simple Backup Function can be used to backup the Pro tocol Macro data in the Serial Communications Board Unit to the CPU Unit s Memory Card The backed up data can be restored or compared The Simple Backup Function can be used only with a CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Unit in combination with a CJ1 H CPU Unit Current consumption see note 280 mA x 380 mA x Weight 110 g max 110 g max Note The current co
237. 4 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex 4 N 1 5 Read bytes 01 to OA 1 to 10 bytes 2 digits Hex N Number of Heads 470 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 44 Read data CH1 5 Read data 6 Not used 10 Not used 11 Read data z me CH2 15 Read data z 71 Read data a cH8 75 Read data Offset 0 Number of receive data 0002 to 004C 2 to 76 decimal words 4 digits Hex 10 N 1 1 to Read data CH 1 Hex Number of read bytes stored in hexadecimal 10 N 1 5 data N Number of Heads Note Data for Data Carriers designated for hexadecimal is sent beginning with the largest offset from the receive data words Auto read ASCII 1 Sequence No 508 Hex 01FC This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 500 Read ASCII 1 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 500 Read ASCII 1 Note For auto read AR a response is not returned if the number of Heads is not read by the Carrier the Abort Bit must be turned OFF to terminate th
238. 4 Output format 05 Reference value of output format 06 X displacement 07 Y displacement 08 Angle displacement 09 X reference position 10 Y reference position 11 Angle reference position Data 2 2 digits BCD When 00 to 03 is set to data 1 Window No 00 to 07 When 04 to 05 is set to data 1 Output No 00 to 07 When 06 to 11 is set to data 1 Camera No 00 to 01 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Note 1 442 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words Storage words 4 Undefined Decimal portion 2 Integer portion Measurement value 3 Sign 0 z Offset Content data format 0 Number of receive data words 0004 4 digits BCD 1 to 3 Measurement value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Measurement value integer portion 7 digits BCD Measurement value sign 1 digit F is stored for negative values Only one output No can be designated Measurement is not performed with this command The measurement results of the last measure ment will be stored in the specified words This command can acquire only the measurement value of the window No set by output format For data 1 and 2 the receive data is compared with the send data If the receive data is not the same as the send data the following flags will be turned ON The flags for port 1 are CIO 190914 for the Serial Communicati
239. 4 7kQ 1 H AM M SDA 1 7 19 7 B A ax S S z SDB 2 lt sig j HH l i gt 47k T PET Shield Intelligent Signal Processor it designated as t inator 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch Vni designated as terminator to the 2 wire setting RS 485 Terminal block 2 Turn ON the terminat ing resistance switch E 220 Q Terminal block SW ON ws The terminal block switch is turned ON Shield Note 1 The connection configuration is a one to one or a 1 to N configuration For 1 to N connections up to 32 units including the Serial Communications Boards Units can be connected The maximum cable length is 500 m Use shielded twisted pair cables AWG28i or greater Connect terminating resistance at both ends of the transmission path Turn the terminal block switch ON at the terminators Turn the terminal block switches OFF for units that are not terminators OF ON 369 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Reset by Unit Number Sequence No 300 Hex 012C This sequence performs the same processing as when an input is received on the reset terminal Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Relevant unit No 33 Undefined Relevant unit No
240. 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal tst unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 2nd unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 32nd unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Auto Mode Sequence No 273 Hex 0111 Switches the control mode to the auto mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Undefined Unit No 2nd unit 33 Undefined Unit No 32nd unit max Offset Contents data format Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal tst unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 2nd unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 32nd unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 357 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Manual Mode Sequence No 274 Hex 0112 Switches the control mode to the manual mode Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 33 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Appendix H Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No 1st unit Undefined Unit No 2nd unit Undefined Unit
241. 4 digits Hex Number of bytes of send data 4 digits Hex Send data dialling operation ASCII Fill data to left for odd numbers of bytes e Receive Data Storage Words Number of bytes of receive data 4 digits Hex Receive data dialling operation ASCII Fill data to left for odd numbers of bytes 498 Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol Appendix N Setting Example When send data is THIS IS SAMPLE 0009 OOOE 5448 4953 2049 5320 5341 4D50 4C45 t TH IS l S SA MP LE L Character string length of send data sent to modem bytes Code length of PMCR 260 when it is used words A maximum of 200 bytes including the CR can be received When the received data is RETURN OK the con tent stored in the receive words is as follows 0006 5245 5455 524E 204F 4B00 t RE TU RN O K Length of received character string words Note An error will occur is the reception data is not received within 90 seconds after the data is sent Escape Mode Sequence No 554 Hex 022A Shifting to the escape mode can be made using sequence No 554 No setting is necessary for this sequence Note The character string to shift the online mode to the escape mode i e the escape code is for modem settings Hang Up Command Sequence No 555 Hex 022B The hang up command to disconnect the line can be executed using sequence No 555 No setti
242. 4 wire Set both pins to OFF Transmission mode see note Constant transmission Set both pins to OFF Transmission performed when CTS signal in RS 232C interface is at high level Set pin 5 to OFF and pin 6 to ON Transmission performed when CTS signal in RS 232C interface is at low level Set pin 5 to ON and pin 6 to OFF Note When connecting to a CS CJ series CPU Unit turn OFF pin 5 and turn ON pin 6 3 3 9 Connections for Host Link Communications Port connections for Host Link communications are shown in the following table Up to 32 Units and Boards can be connected for 1 N connections Config Schematic diagram RS 232C ports Schematic diagram RS 422A 485 ports uration RS 232C Computer to PC C mode or FINS commands RS 232C a Rs 232C NTALOOT E RS 422A 485 PC to computer Resistance ON FINS commands my ee Resistance ON NT ALO01 E RS 422A 485 NT ALOO1 E RS 232C Resistance ON Resistance ON iad RS 232C RS 422A 485 TE RS 422A 485 B500 AL001 Computer to PC 2 RS 232C ie C mode or FINS NT AL001 E NT ALO01 E commands Resistance ON aA Resistance ON 5 V power RS 232C RS 232C RS 232C 5 V power Resistance ON Note 1 Four wire connections must be used for RS 422A 485 connections with Host Link communications 2 Resistance ON i
243. 406 0196 Program number set 3000 series Switches the program number to a specified number 407 0197 Measurement condition set 3000 series Sets measurement conditions 408 0198 Measurement condition release 3000 series Releases measurement conditions that have been set 409 0199 Measurement condition list request 3000 series Requests the measurement condi tions that have been set and other settings 410 019A Single run measurement start 3000 series When the sample measurement con dition is from 1 to 999 performs a sin gle run measurement and requests the measurement results 411 019B Zero run measurement start 3000 series If the sample measurement condition is zero starts a zero run measure ment 412 019C Continuous measurement start scan 3000 series Starts a continuous measurement The scan notification method is used for receive data 413 019D Continuous measurement start interrupt 3000 series Starts a continuous measurement The interrupt notification method is used for receive data Measurement termination 3000 series 414 019E Measurement termination 3000 series Terminates a continuous measure ment 415 019F Data request 3000 series Requests display data in the idle measurement status or the latch data generated by the measurement com mand 399 3Z4L Laser
244. 4th unit 00 to FF Heater burnout alarm 2 digits Hex 32nd unit 00 to FF Heater burnout alarm 2 digits Hex 332 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Read PV Data Sequence No 254 Hex OOFE Reads the PV data for the variable type analog data in the variable area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data z 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Undefined Unit No 2nd unit 33 Undefined Unit No 32nd unit max Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal tst unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 00 to 31 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words E storage words 4i PV data rightmost 4 digits 2 PV data leftmost 4 digits 1st unit 3 PV data rightmost 4 digits 2nd unit 4 PV data leftmost 4 digits PV data rightmost 4 digit j 63 ata rightmos igits sane 64 PV data leftmost 4 digits Offset Contents data format Data Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Number of units x 2 1 1st unit PV data rightmost 4 dig
245. 520 Write ASCII 4 Note Execute Sequence No 545 Polling Auto write Command Processing Cancel to cancel the polling auto write Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 4 Sequence No 531 Hex 0213 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 Up to 48 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 520 Write ASCII 4 However the leading address No number of write and write data are not used and become undefined Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Execute Sequence No 530 before executing Sequence No 531 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write ASCII 8 Sequence No 532 Hex 0214 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 521 Write ASCII 8 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 521 Write ASCII 8 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 545 Polling Auto write Command Processing Cancel to cancel the polling auto write 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 8 Sequence No 533 Hex 0215
246. 6 Process value rightmost 4 digits Process value leftmost 1 digit Channel 7 Offset Contents data format 0 Number of receive data words 0011 0017 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Channel 0 Varies according to the temperature sensor Process value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE F indicates a negative value 2 Channel 0 Process value leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD e e e 15 Channel 7 Varies according to the temperature sensor Process value rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 16 Channel 7 Process value leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE F indicates a negative value Read Output Values Sequence No 102 Hex 0066 Reads the output values of the control outputs and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Orr Comens aoma ata Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 storage words a4 2 3 4 1 15 Output value i 16 Number of receive data words Output value Cooling output value Output value Cooling output value Cooling output value
247. 60 None 00 to 31 Run Command Sequence No 271 Hex 010F Starts control Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Pattern No Bank No 1 1 64 Undefined Unit No 65 Pattern No Bank No Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 32nd unit max Number of units x 2 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit Pattern No Bank No 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0063 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Pattern No Bank No 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 356 0000 to 0063 ES100 _ Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Reset Stop Sequence No 272 Hex 0110 Stops control Send Data Word Allocation 2nd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Undefined Unit No 2nd unit 33 Undefined Unit No 32nd unit max Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex Number of units
248. 60 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 544 Polling Auto read Command Process ing Cancel General purpose Command Sequence No 546 Hex 0222 This sequence transmits arbitrary data and stores receive data to the receive data words The characters FCS terminator are not required in the send data words and receive data words These characters will be automatically added for transmission and automatically removed before saving data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sond data 1 Send data byte length 2 Send data Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Send data byte length 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal 4 digits Hex The number of bytes in the send data except for the FCS and the terminator Send data ASCII Input send data up to 496 characters max in ASCII Receive Data Storage Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words Receive data 249 Receive data oe Contents data format Number of receive data words 0002 to OOFA 2 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Receive data Receive data is stored in ASCII ASCII Up to 498 characters max 491 Appendix N Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol The Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol
249. 7 MV lower limit 8 MV change rate limit 1 57 SP ramp time unit 58 SP ramp set value 59 LBA detection time 60 MV at stop 61 MV at PV error SHV ane Ne 62 MV upper limit 63 MV lower limit 64 MV change rate limit 246 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Appendix C Number of units x 8 1 1st unit SP ramp time unit 4 digits BCD 0000 s 0001 hr 1st unit SP ramp set value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 1st unit LBA detection time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 1st unit MV at stop 4 digits BCD F050 to 1050 F indicates a negative value A050 to 1050 for heating cooling control A indicates a negative value 1st unit MV at PV error 4 digits BCD F050 to 1050 F indicates a negative value A050 to 1050 for heating cooling control A indicates a negative value 1st unit MV upper limit 4 digits BCD MV lower limit 1 to 1050 0000 to 1050 for heating cooling control 1st unit MV lower limit 4 digits BCD F050 to MV upper limit 1 F indicates a negative value A050 to 1050 for heating cooling control A indicates a negative value 1st unit MV change rate limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 8th unit MV change rate limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 Read Level 2 Parameters 2 Sequence No 022 Hex 0016 Reads parameters in level 2 input digita
250. 7 iai a Integer portion Lower limit value 9 Sign Undefined Offset Content data format Number of send data words 000A 0010 decimal 4 digits Hex Output No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 Upper limit value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Upper limit value integer portion 7 digits BCD Upper limit value sign ASCII 2 digits Lower limit value decimal portion Same as upper limit 3 digits BCD Lower limit value integer portion 7 digits BCD Lower limit value sign ASCII 2 digits Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Only one output No can be designated 2 Enter values so that upper limit gt lower limit 3 Enter upper limit and lower limit values within the range 2147483 648 to 2147483 648 Arbitrary Measurement Value Acquisition F200 Sequence No 457 Hex 01C9 This sequence stores measurement values of arbitrary measurement items regardless of output format in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words eendidala 1 Undefined Data 1 2 Undefined Data 2 441 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Offset Content data format 0 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Data 1 2 digits BCD 00 Area 01 Center of gravity x 02 Center of gravity y 03 Main axis angle 0
251. 72 CIO Area allocations 173 commands 168 connecting Programmable Terminals 97 connection example 41 CPU Bus Unit Area allocations 173 errors 192 executing communications 47 Inner Board CIO Area allocations 173 Inner Board error information 172 overview 168 Setup Area allocations 171 Status Area allocations 174 2 wire and 4 wire connections transmission circuits 82 2 wire or 4 wire switch 53 3ZA4L Laser Micrometer 124 connections 402 protocols sequences 399 433 A Abort Flag 145 147 Abort Switch 162 Access Error Flag 153 Auxiliary Area allocations 1 NNT Link 172 Host Link 112 protocol macro 136 bits 69 B B500 AL001 E Link Adapter 100 Backplanes applicable Backplanes 23 Bar Code Readers 8 baud rate Host Link 24 protocol macro 25 Board Unit Watchdog Timer Error Flags 138 Index C C200H Communications Boards 30 122 C200H Host Link Units 30 C200HX HG HE Communications Board changes in communications specifications 122 cables preparation 102 CIO Area 64 allocations 37 1 NNT Link 173 Host Link 113 loopback test 180 protocol macro 138 Serial Communications Boards 64 Serial Communications Units 64 CPU Bus Unit Area allocations 1 NNT Link 173 Host Link 113 protocol macro 139 Inner Board Area allocations 1 NNT Link 173 Host Link 113 protocol macro 138 Status Area allocations 1 NNT Link 174 Host Link 113 protocol macro 141 cleaning 207 CMND 490 i
252. 75 wiring xvi 79 previous products comparison 30 122 Programmable Terminals 4 1 NNT Link connections 97 RS 232C port connections 88 Programming Console 4 Programming Devices 4 CX Programmer 41 Programming Console 41 protocol macro 3 6 8 applications 151 Auxiliary Area allocations 136 CIO Area allocations 138 connection example 41 connections 90 CPU Bus Unit Area allocations 139 errors 194 executing communications 44 functions 124 Inner Board CIO Area allocations 138 Inner Board error information 137 ladder programs 155 ports 79 protocol status 68 Setup Area allocations 132 Software Switches 139 specifications 25 standard system protocols 124 Status Area allocations 141 system configuration 18 time lag 133 Protocol Macro Error Code 148 Protocol Macro Executing Flag 145 147 Protocol Macro Execution Error Flag 138 protocol specifications 24 protocol status loopback test 69 NT Link 68 protocol macro 68 145 protocols 214 3Z4L Laser Micrometer sequences 399 433 CompoWay F sequences 215 creating 125 E5_J Temperature Controller sequences 309 323 E5_K Digital Controller read sequences 231 249 251 266 ESZE Temperature Controller read sequences 267 288 ESZE Temperature Controller write sequences 289 307 ES100_ Digital Controller sequences 325 363 Hayes Modem AT Command sequences 493 499 K3T_ Intelligent Signal Processor sequences 365 Protocol Suppor
253. 9 A CPU Bus Unit Area in DM Area D30000 D30001 s D30099 w D30100 D30101 Ls D30199 D31500 D31599 Auxiliary Area 21 A620 ey A621 A635 15 A501 H LE Unit 15 Unit 0 gt 25 words 25 words gt 25 words gt 100 words 7 100 words Software switches Status System Setup see note 1 0 1 100 words Port Settings Change Bits see note 2 Restart Bits Note 1 Unit No 0 Local memory 25 words Local memory System Setup 20 words Set the Serial Communications Unit mode and the communications set tings System Setup in the words allocated in the DM Area Use a Pro gramming Device such as a Programming Console or the CX Programmer to make these settings The System Setup is transferred to the Serial Communications Unit at the following times e When the power to the CPU Unit is turned ON when the Serial Com munications Unit is restarted a bit between A50100 to A50115 is turned ON or when the STUP 237 instruction is executed I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 e When the Port 1 Port Settings Change Bit a bit between A62001 to A63501 see note a or Port 2 Port Settings Change Bit a bit between A62002 to A63502 see note b is turned ON Note a Bits are allocated
254. 9 F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 Note To read parameters in the setup mode or extended mode execute Switch to Level 1 Sequence No 075 in advance 249 Appendix D E5 _ K Digital Controller Write Protocol The E5 ler connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C or RS 485 cable Note Negative values cannot be written All values must be set as unsigned BCD Structure of the Protocol The following table shows the structure of the E5 Sequence Communications No sequence name Function K Digital Controller Write Protocol K Digital Controller Write Protocol writes and controls various settings in remote mode for the Control Ladder interface Send word allocation Receive word allocation 050 0032 Write set point Writes the set point Yes No 051 0033 Write alarm value Writes alarm value 1 2 Yes No 052 0034 Write proportional band Writes the proportional band integral Yes No integral time and derivative time and derivative time time 053 0035 Write cooling coefficient Writes the cooling coefficient Yes No 054 0036 Write dead band Writes the dead band Yes No 055 0037 Write manual reset value Writes the manual reset value Yes No 056 0038 Write hysteresis Writes the hysteresis heating cooling Yes No 057 0039
255. 98 Reads data from host computer aa CMND 490 Executes any FINS command Host Link a i PNS ad aa L l Host Link terminator Host Link header Slave initiated FINS commands can also be sent from PCs on remote networks SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 Remote network Controller Link A or Ethernet Pi command Host Link FINS d terminator Host Link header Protocol Overview Section 1 3 1 3 2 Protocol Macros Data transfer procedures protocols with general purpose external devices are created using the CX Protocol to match the communications specifica tions half duplex or full duplex and start stop synchronization of the external device These protocols are stored in the Serial Communications Boards or the Serial Communications Unit and enable data to be exchanged with general pur pose external devices simply by executing the PMCR 260 instruction in the CPU Unit Standard system protocols for exchanging data with OMRON devices such as Temperature Controllers Intelligent Signal Processors Bar Code Readers and Modems are provided as a standard feature in the Serial Communica tions Boards the Serial Communications Unit and the CX Protocol The CX Protocol can also be used to change the standard system protocols according to user requirements PMCR 260 Serial Communications Unit Send receive sequence
256. AR B kK 2 of 5 5BAR Number of digits 2 digits BCD 00 to 32 00 a number of digits allowed Modulus check ASCII 1 character No check Modulus 10 all bar codes Modulus 11 except JAN Modulus 16 NW7 only Modulus 43 CODE39 only Modulus 47 CODE93 only Modulus 103 CODE128 only Number of matches 1 digit BCD Multistep labels 1 digit BCD Buzzer ASCII 1 character ON for normal read ON for no read OFF Horizontal control mode ASCII 1 character Normal continuous rotating In zone startup Note Selecting the values marked with asterisks is required for this protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 391 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J BCR Function Read V500 Sequence No 355 Hex 0163 This sequence reads the settings of functions in the Bar Code Reader Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words A 1 Operation mode In zone control 2 Types of bar code Undefined 3 Undefined Number of digits 4 Modulus check Undefined 5 Undefined fieree labels 6 Buzzer Horizontal control Offset Contents data format Number of receive data 0007 fixed words 4 digits Hex Operation mode
257. Abort can be selected Send message Data sent to the Consists of a header 1 address 2 length specified address data 2 error check code 3 and terminator when the command 1 is SEND or For an explanation of 1 2 and 3 see the next SEND amp RECV page Receive message Data sent from the specified address when the command is RECV or SEND amp RECV Reception matrix When the command Specifies the receive messages and the next pro is RECV or cessing for each of cases No 00 to No 15 Of the SEND amp RECV sets maximum 16 cases one case must be set as the expected Other in the receive messages in addition to the receive messages set receive messages 15 max and switches to the next processing accord ing to the message received Note 1 The baud rate and the communications distance sometimes depend on the remote device 2 A macro syntax error will occur if the interrupt notification method is exe cuted for a Serial Communications Unit 27 Specifications Section 1 6 Message unit contents 28 Item 1 Header and terminator data attributes Description ASCII data hexadecimal data or control code 2 Data attributes of addresses and data in send receive messages ASCII data hexadecimal data or control code with an address no control code is possible No conversion conversion to ASCII data or conversion to
258. Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 523 Write Hex 2 However the leading address No number of write digits and write data are not used and become undefined Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Execute Sequence No 534 before executing Sequence No 535 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write Hex 4 Sequence No 536 Hex 0218 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 524 Write Hex 4 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 524 Write Hex 4 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 545 Polling Auto write Command Processing Cancel to cancel the polling auto write 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write Subcommand Hex 4 Sequence No 537 Hex 0219 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 Up to 24 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 524 Write Hex 4 However the leading address No number of write and write data are not used and become u
259. C Host CompoWay F response RS 232C OMRON CompoWay F component Slave CompoWay F command RS 422A 486 Connections CS CJ series PC Host CompoWay F response RS 422A 485 CompoWay F command OMRON CompoWay F components Slaves 215 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B Communications Specifications Transmission path Multipoint connections Communications RS 232C RS 422A 485 4 wire half duplex 2 wire half duplex Synchronization Start stop Baud rate 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 bps Default 9 600 bps Transmitted code ASCII Data length 7 bits or 8 bits Default 7 bits Note A 7 bit code is used with 0 added to the beginning Stop bits 1 bit or 2 bits Default 2 bits Error detection Horizontal parity none even or odd Default Even BCC block check character 1 Start stop Sync Data Configuration for Protocol Macros LRC 1 byte equivalent to binary Transmission Procedure The PC or host computer serving as the master sends a command and the component serving as the slave returns a response for the command message contained in the command One response message is returned for each command message The movement of command and response messages is shown below Command message Master PC or host computer weeeeeeteeccceeeeee ns se eevee ee Slave component Response message Command and Response Formats Note In the following diagrams Hex
260. C SD1 RD1 Scud ERC SDi RDI TERI P ae 3S Indicators 3s 8 2 8 Indicators RDY ERH SD2 RD2 RDY ERH SD2 RD2 Terminating resistance switch GB UNIT ED EB UNIT g SL NO 3 SOL NO A Neos Unit number switch Wine ose Unit number switch 2 wire 4 wire switch O Port 1 RS 232C Port 1 RS 422A 485 0000 OO0000 O O Port 2 RS 232C Port 2 RS 232C 0000 OO0000 Indicators Indicator Status Meaning RUN Lit Operating normally Not lit Unit hardware error RDY Lit Protocol macro preparations have been com pleted Flashing Protocol macros are being prepared See Note 1 Not lit Hardware error in Serial Communications Unit Lit CPU Unit error or this Unit has not been regis tered in the I O table Routing tables incor rectly registered in the Unit Flashing System Setup error See note 2 Not lit CPU Unit is operating normally and the Setup Area settings are normal Lit Unit hardware error Flashing Protocol data syntax error or protocol data error SUM error Not lit Unit is operating normally SD1 Yellow Lit Port 1 is being used for sending Not lit Port 1 is not being used for sending RD1 Yellow Lit Port 1 is being used for receiving Not lit Port 1 is not being used for receiving TER1 Yellow Lit Terminating resistance is connected internally See note for port 1 3 Not lit Terminating resistance is no
261. CH No Cn 4 Leading address No 5 Undefined Read bytes gt 6 Undefined Unit No 7 Undefined Head CH No 8 Leading address No Cha 9 Undefined Read bytes 14 Undefined UnitNo nS Undefined Head CH No 16 Leading address No CH4 17 Undefined Read bytes 468 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Offset 0 1 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of Heads 4 digits BCD Appendix M Data 0006 to 0012 6 to 18 decimal 0001 to 0004 4 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 4 N 1 3 R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 4 N 1 4 Leading address No 4 digits Hex 0000 to FFFF 4 N 1 5 Read bytes 2 digits Hex N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 01 to 18 1 to 24 bytes Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words Read data CH1 12 Read data 13 Not used 24 Not used 25 Read data CH2 36 Read data 7 73 Read data Al CH4 84 Read data 7 offset Contents datatorma Daa 0 Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0002 to 0055 2 to 85 decimal
262. CIO 1775 to ClO 1799 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 CIO 1875 to ClO 1899 n 1ton 4 Unit status n 5ton 8 Port 1 status n 15 to n 18 Port 2 status Status Area The Status Area is used for status information input from Serial Communica tions Board or Unit to the CPU Unit The Status Area is where the Serial Com munications Board or Unit set communications status the transmission control signal status and the transmission error status 113 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Words Bit Contents Boards Units CS Series only CS CJ Series CIO 1901 02 to 15 Reserved 01 1 Error log EEPROM error 0 Error log EEPROM normal 00 1 Protocol data error 0 Protocol data normal CIO 1902 00 to 15 Reserved CIO 1903 00 to 15 Reserved CIO 1904 00 to 15 Reserved CIO CIO 12to 15 Port Setup Serial communications mode Note 1 1905 1915 08 to 11 Setting settings Baud rate Note 1 status 05 to 07 Reserved 04 Start bits Always 1 03 Data length 7 or 8 bits Note 1 02 Stop bits 1 or 2 bits Note 1 01 Parity Yes No Note 1 00 Parity Even Odd Note 1 15 Hard 0 No 0 RS 232C 1 RS 422A 485 1 Reserved 14 wale 0 1 0 1 Reserved settings 13 0 Terminating resistance OFF 1 Terminating resistance ON 02 to 12 Reserved 01 1 Setup error 0 Setup normal 00 1 Port ope
263. Cat No W336 E1 05 SYSMAC CS CJ Series CS1W SCB21 V1 SCB41 V1 Serial Communications Boards CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units OPERATION MANUAL OMRON SYSMAC CS CJ Series Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communications Units Operation Manual Revised June 2003 Notice OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual Always heed the information provided with them Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or dam age to property N DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Z N WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury N Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage OMRON Product References All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual The word Unit is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product The abbreviation Ch which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products often means word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation i
264. Change Bit 00 Reserved Inner Board Error A424 contains error information for the Serial Communications Board Information CS series Serial Communications Board Only Contents 12 to 15 Non fatal Reserved 11 Note 1 1 Error log EEPROM error 0 Normal 10 1 Protocol macro execution error 0 Normal This bit will be turned ON when code 3 4 or 5 is stored in the error code for bits 00 to 03 of CIO 1909 or CIO 1919 in the CIO Area 1 Protocol data error SUM error 0 Normal 1 Setup error 0 Normal 1 Routing table error 0 Normal Reserved 1 Cyclic monitoring error 0 Normal Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Inner Bus error 0 Normal 1 Inner Board watchdog timer error 0 Normal Note 1 When any one of bits 05 to 11 is ON A40208 Inner Board Error Flag non fatal error will be ON 2 When bit 00 or 01 is ON A401 12 Inner Board Fatal Error Flag will be ON For details on errors refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 172 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 6 3 6 3 2 CIO Area Allocations Words in the CIO Area are allocated for a Status Area which contains status and error information for the Serial Communications Board or Unit These allocations are described in this section Serial Communications Words CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 in the Inner Board Area are used for a Status Boards
265. Channel 7 sz Undefined 290 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Contents data format Number of send data words 0012 0018 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 Varies according to the temperature sensor Set point type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD Channel 7 Varies according to the temperature sensor Set point type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD Not used Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note When the setting unit for the set point is 0 1 5 digits use Write Set Point Setting Unit 0 1 Sequence No 151 Write Set Point Setting Unit 0 1 Sequence No 151 Hex 0097 Writes the set points using a setting unit of 0 1 5 digits Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Set point rightmost 4 digits i 3 Set point leftmost 1 digit 7 Channel 0 4 Set point rightmost 4 digits 5 Set point leftmost 1 digit Channel 16 Set point rightmost 4 digits i Channel 7 17 Set point leftmost 1 digit Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0012 0018 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 Varies according to the temperature sensor Set point rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for
266. Communications Unit Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series CS CJ Series NT Link 1 N NT Link Set to 1 N E PT PT Note 1 Set the serial port on the PT to a 1 N NT Link The Serial Communications Board or Unit will not be able to communicate if the PT port is set for a 1 1 NT Link Connection is not possible to PTs that do not support 1 N NT Links 2 The number of PTs that can be connected to one port is limited by the CPU Unit s cycle time when a Serial Communications Board or Unit is used in a 1 N NT Link as shown in the following diagrams Although some commu nications will be possible even if these restrictions are exceeded commu nications errors will occur depending on the PT operating conditions and communications load Always abide by these restrictions 3 The Programming Console functions of the PT Expansion Mode cannot be used when connected to Serial Communications Board or Unit ports They can be used only by connecting to the peripheral port or RS 232C port on the CPU Unit 4 Seta unique unit number for each PT connected to the same PC If the same unit number is set for more than one PT malfunctions will occur 168 Overview of 1 N NT Links Section 6 1 5 NT Link serial communications are unique and are not compatible with oth er serial communications modes Example for NT31 NT631 C PTs Priority Registered PTs per por
267. Controller Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Fixed SP 8 digits BCD Control output 1 pulse cycle 8 digits BCD Control output 2 pulse cycle 8 digits BCD 9 to 10 Fuzzy strength 8 digits BCD Cooling coefficient 8 digits BCD 11 to 12 Heater burnout alarm setting 8 digits BCD 13 to 14 15 to 16 Position proportional dead band 8 digits BCD Switching output hysteresis 8 digits BCD 17 to 18 ON OFF count alarm setting 8 digits BCD 19 to 20 ON OFF control hysteresis 8 digits BCD 21 to 22 Manual reset 8 digits BCD 23 to 24 SP setting lower limit 8 digits BCD 25 to 26 SP setting upper limit 8 digits BCD 27 to 28 SP rise rate limit 8 digits BCD 29 to 30 SP fall rate limit 8 digits BCD 31 to 32 MV rate of change limit 8 digits BCD 33 to 34 Secondary loop fixed SP 8 digits BCD 35 to 36 Secondary loop P 8 digits BCD 37 to 38 Secondary loop 8 digits BCD 39 to 40 Secondary loop D 8 digits BCD 41 to 42 Secondary loop manual reset 8 digits BCD Appendix H Data 002B 0043 decimal 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 339 ES100 _ Digital Controller Protocol Write Adjustment Parameters Sequence No 259 Hex 0103 Writes the adjust parameters in the parame
268. D Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 4 N 1 3 R W Head CH No R W Head CH 1 designation 1 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 2 designation 2 4 N 1 4 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex Read bytes If number of Heads is 2 or less 2 digits Hex 01 to 3C 1 to 60 bytes If number of Heads is 4 or less 01 to 18 1 to 24 bytes If number of Heads is 8 or less 01 to OA 1 to 10 bytes N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Execute Sequence No 514 before executing Sequence No 515 516 517 2 Execute Sequence No 544 Polling Auto read Command Processing Cancel to cancel the polling auto read Polling Auto read Sub command Hex 2 Sequence No 515 Hex 0203 This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 2 Up to 60 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 505 Read Hex 2 However the leading address No and number of read bytes are not used and will be the value specified for sequence 514 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 505 Read Hex 2 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 514 before executing Sequence No 515 474 V60
269. D2 indicator 7 2 Setup Area Allocations This section describes the Setup Area allocated to the Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units in the DM Area when loopback tests are performed The loopback test is performed using the Host Link mode protocol The Setup is basically the same as for the Host Link mode m D30000 100 x unit number DM Area i Settings Board Unit CS Series only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2 D32010 15 Port settings 0 Defaults 1 User settings 14to 12 Reserved 11 to 08 Serial communications mode Always F Hex Loopback test 07 to 05 Reserved 04 Start bits 0 1 bit 1 1 bit 1 start bit is always used regardless of this setting 03 Data length 0 7 bits 1 8 bits 02 Start bits 0 2 bits 1 1 bit 01 Parity 0 Yes 1 No 00 Parity 0 Even 1 Odd D32011 15 to 04 Reserved 03 to 00 Baud rate bps 0 Default 9 600 3 1 200 4 2 400 5 4 800 6 9 600 7 19 200 8 38 400 9 57 600 A 115 200 Serial Communications Set the serial communications mode to F Hex to perform a loopback test Mode For the other settings refer to 4 2 Setup Area Allocations 179 CIO Area Allocations Section 7 3 7 3 CIO Area Allocations The loopback test execution results can be read form the protocol status area allocated in the CIO Area Protocol Status The information shown in the following table is input
270. Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note This sequence cannot be used when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON 421 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K AVG Move Interval Set 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 424 Hex 01A8 This sequence uses the average move as the averaging method and sets the measurement interval number Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 7 1 Undefined Measurement interval number om Comensa oman ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Measurement interval number 1to4 1 digit BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note This sequence cannot be used when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON AVG Move H Times Set 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 425 Hex 01A9 This sequence uses the average move and high speed data output as the averaging method and sets the aver aging times per measurement interval 4 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of averaging times Orr Comens atoma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Number of averaging times 16 to 2048 4 digits BCD 32 to 2048 for 5000 6000 Series Receive Data
271. F This sequence reads set value H for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 318 Read Set Value HH Continuous Units 376 K3T Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Read Set Value L Continuous Units Sequence No 320 Hex 0140 This sequence reads set value L for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 318 Read Set Value HH Continuous Units Read Set Value LL Continuous Units Sequence No 321 Hex 0141 This sequence reads set value LL for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 318 Read Set Value HH Continuous Units Read Set Value with Bank by Unit Number Sequence No 322 Hex 0142 Reads the set value of a bank which is not in use K8TR HH to LL K3TC 01 to 05 and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Number of units 2 Undefined Relevant unit No 3 Undefined Bank No 4 Operand 1 95 Undefined Relevant unit No 96 Undefined Bank No 97 Operand Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0005 to 0062 5 to 98 decimal 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal Relevant unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 99 Bank No 2 digits BCD 01 to 04
272. F or OM ting 1 digit BCD Don t set 0 Yes No for data output condi Set 1 PR PRT tion setting Don t set 0 1 digit BCD Yes No for sample measure Set 1 SMP MAX or MIN or RNG or AVG ment pulse setting Don t set 0 1 digit BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 This sequence cannot be used to set the error lower limit EL error upper limit EH error exclusion counter CNT of the error data exclusion function centerless grinder function 2 The following settings must be made together with this sequence they cannot be set separately Lower limit upper limit Multistep selection limit Reference value analog output scale number Data output conditions scheduled print timer 3 The limit value reference value and offset value can be set to 3 digits for the integer portion and to 4 digits for the decimal portion 412 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Measurement Condition Release 3000 series Sequence No 408 Hex 0198 This sequence releases the measurement conditions that have been set Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Send data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 407 Measurement Condition Set However only the setting Yes No flags at 46 to 53 from the send data leading word can be used Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 The following conditions are used when
273. FF 64 N 1 5 Number of write digits 4 digits Hex 0002 to 0038 2 to 56 decimal 64 N 1 6 to Write data Hex 64 N 1 19 N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 words 2 Always set an even number of digits for the write data Input in hexadecimal Up to 56 digits max can be set Write data designated for hexadecimal is sent beginning with the largest offset from the send data 481 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Write Hex 4 Sequence No 524 Hex 020C This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 Up to 24 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined UnitNo 3 Undefined Head CH No 4 Leading address No 5 Number of write digits CH1 6 Write data 11 Write data 12 Not used 29 Not used 30 Undefined UnitNo 31 Undefined Head CH No 32 Leading address No 33 Number of write digits CH2 34 Write data 39 Write data 86 Undefined UnitNo 87 Undefined Head CH No 88 Leading address No 89 Number of write digits CH 4 90 Write data 95 Write data Offset Contents data forma
274. FF at execution and turn ON when the port enters an enabled status Contents 08 to 15 Reserved 07 Communications Port No 7 Enabled Flag 06 Communications Port No 6 Enabled Flag 05 Communications Port No 5 Enabled Flag 04 Communications Port No 4 Enabled Flag 03 Communications Port No 3 Enabled Flag 02 Communications Port No 2 Enabled Flag 01 Communications Port No 1 Enabled Flag 00 Communications Port No 0 Enabled Flag These flags turn ON in the following cases e When an error occurs while the PMCR 260 instruction is being executed e When an error response corresponding to each communications port occurs or a resend error occurs When operations start or when the PMCR 260 instruction is executed if the Communications Port Enabled Flag turns OFF then the corresponding Error Flag also turns OFF Word Bit Contents 08 to 15 Reserved 07 Communications Port No 7 Error Flag 06 Communications Port No 6 Error Flag 05 Communications Port No 5 Error Flag 04 Communications Port No 4 Error Flag 03 Communications Port No 3 Error Flag 02 Communications Port No 2 Error Flag 01 Communications Port No 1 Error Flag 00 Communications Port No 0 Error Flag The response codes FINS completion codes are set when the PMCR 260 instruction is executed The contents of these words are also cleared when the Communications Port Enabled Flag turns OFF at the start of operations or
275. G H CPULILIH CS1G W340 Describes the ladder diagram programming instruc H CPULILI EV1 CJ1G H CPULIVIH CJ1G CPULI tions supported by CS series and CJ series PCs CJ1M CPU Programmable Controllers Instructions Reference Manual SYSMAC CS Cu series W342 Describes the Host Link and FINS communications CS1G H CPULIUH CS1G H CPULIL E CS1W commands used with CS series and CJ series PCs SCB21 V1 41 V1 CS1W SCU21 V1 CJ1G H CPUOOH CJ1G CPULIU CJ1W CPULIL CJ1W SCU21 41 Communications Commands Reference Manual SYSMAC WS02 CXPC1 EV3 W414 Provides information on how to use the CX Program CX Programmer Operation Manual mer a programming device that supports the CS series and CJ series PCs SYSMAC WS02 PSTC1 E W344 Describes the use of the CX Protocol to create proto CX Protocol Operation Manual col macros as communications sequences to com municate with external devices SYSMAC CS Cu series W343 Describes the installation and operation of CS1W ETNO1 CS1W ETN11 and CJU1W ETN11 Ethernet Unit xi This manual contains the following sections Section 1 introduces the hardware and software functions of the Serial Communications Boards and the Serial Communications Units including the communications modes system configurations and specifications Section 2 describes the components of the Serial Communications Boards and the Serial Communi cations Units the settings required for operation and the memory all
276. Hex 006E Reads the operation status of the E5ZE and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 3 Unit No 1 Undefined on Comensa oma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 279 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Status code Channel 0 2 Status code Channel 1 8 Status code Channel 7 Contents data format Number of receive data words 0009 4 digits Hex Channel 0 0000 to FFFF Status code 4 digits Hex Channel 1 0000 to FFFF Status code 4 digits Hex Channel 7 0000 to FFFF Status code 4 digits Hex Read Error Status Sequence No 111 Hex 006F Reads the contents of errors if they have occurred and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words seng data Undefined Unit No one Comensa oman ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words s
277. Host Link networks but also other interconnected remote networks up to three networks away counting the local network Various types of networks can exist between the source of the command and the destination of the command E H H Host Link Ethernet Network Controller Link Network Controller Link Network ateway A FINS command contained within a Host Link header and terminator can be sent using Host Link communications to a host computer connected to a PC on a remote network up to three networks away counting the local network but not counting the final Host Link connection Various types of networks can exist between the PC sending the command and the destination of the command Features Section 1 4 SEND 090 Ethernet Network RECV 030 CMND 490 Controller Link Network Protocol Macros Wide Range of Communications Protocols Send Frames and Receive Frames Matching Specifications Communications related Functions Send Receive Monitoring Retry Processing PC Read Write Variables in Send Frames and Receive Frames Switch 1 N Communications or the Data Write Destinations Using Repeat Processing PC Interrupts During Data Reception Next Process Switching According to Receive Data New Error Check Codes Step Queuing for Sync Signal from the PC Half duplex or Full duplex Transmissions
278. Host Link Communications D32014 to D32019 D32020 to D32767 Reserved for the system Serial Communications Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area D30000 to D31599 Units CS CJ Series First Word in Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area m D30000 100 x unit number Unit No Words Unit No D30000 to D30099 m to m 3 Port 1 Settings Unit No D30100 to D30199 m 10 to m 13 Port 2 Settings Unit No D30200 to D30299 m 14tom 9andm 14tom 19 Not used in Host Link communications Unit No D30300 to D30399 m 20 to m 99 Reserved for the system Unit No D30400 to D30499 Unit No D30500 to D30599 Unit No D30600 to D30699 Unit No D30700 to D30799 Unit No D30800 to D30899 Unit No D30900 to D30999 Unit No D31000 to D31099 Unit No D31100 to D31199 Unit No D31200 to D31299 Unit No D31300 to D31399 Unit No D31400 to D31499 Unit No F D31500 to D31599 109 Setup Area Allocations Section 4 2 4 2 2 Setup Area Contents Words m D30000 100 x Unit No Bit Setting contents Board CS Series only CS CJ Series Unit Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 D32010 Port 2 15 Port settings 0 Defaults 1 User settings 12 to 14 Reserved 08 to 11 Serial communications mode 0 Default Host Link 5 Host Link 05 to 07 Reserved 04 Start bits 0 1 bit 1 1 bit 1 start bit is always used regardless of this setting 03 Data length 0 7 bi
279. However there is a limit for the maximum Unit No depending on the model 64 N 1 3 R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 64 N 1 4 Leading address No 4 digits Hex 0000 to FFFF 64 N 1 5 Number of write bytes 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0076 1 to 118 decimal 64 N 1 6 to 64 N 1 64 N Number of Heads Write data ASCII Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Input in ASCII Up to 118 bytes max can be set Note Write data designated for ASCII is sent beginning with the smallest offset from the send data words 477 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Write ASCII 4 Sequence No 520 Hex 0208 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 Up to 48 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 data 1 2 3 4 5 6 i 29 30 31 32 33 34 1 57 i 86 87 88 89 90 1 113 Number of send data words Number of Heads Undefined UnitNo Undefined Head CH No Leading address No Number of write bytes Write data Write data Undefined UnitNo Undefined Head CH No Leading address No Write data
280. ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words Output status after operation 1 Current input status Offset Contents data format 0 Number of receive data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Current input status 1 ON status Leftmost 1 Leftmost 4 bits IN1 operation 0 OFF status byte Rightmost 4 bits IN2 operation Output status after operation 1 ON status Leftmost 4 bits OUT1 operation 0 OFF status Rightmost 4 bits OUT2 operation Note 1 The V600 620 CALIJA does not support this command 2 This sequence executes the equivalent of the CONTROL command Error Information Read Sequence No 542 Hex 021E This sequence reads information from the latest error log Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 CD1D Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words g 1 Error log T 1 75 Error log ontset Contents data torma Daa Number of receive data words 0004 to 004C 4 to 76 decimal 4 digits Hex Error log ASCII One item
281. Input Signal ground Serial Commu nications Board Unit RS 422A D sub 9 pin female sry Terminating Terminal Block resistance er S minal ni SN751177N or equivalent ignal ame Terminating re Shield sistance 240 Q E5AJ 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch RS 422A to the 4 wire setting rit 2 Turn ON the terminat ing resistance switch Terminal Block Shield minal name 26 Terminating resist ance 240 Q is connected via the oe terminator switch Terminator switch 311 E5LJ Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G RS 485 2 wire Connections Signal direction _PinNo _ 26 28 I O Serial Commu ee nications Board Unit a5 or equivalen RS 485 D sub Ls 9 pin female E5AJ RS 485 Terminating Terminal Block resistance er Signal minaljname 25 8 d la 29 B Shield Terminating resist ance 240 Q is OFF ON connected via the terminator switch E5AJ Terminator switch 1 Set the 2 4 wire switch to the 2 wire setting 2 Turn ON the terminat ing resistance switch RS 485 Terminal Block Note 1 The connection configuration is a one to one or a one to N configuration Using a one to N configu ration up to 32 units can be connected including the Serial Communications Boards Unit 2 The maximum cable length is 500 m Use shielded
282. Input in ASCII Up to 248 bytes max can be set Note Write data designated for ASCII is sent beginning with the smallest offset from the send data words as shown in the following diagram Receive data storage words Data Carrier nn Example for 5 bytes E epi 1 B ABCDE ue 4142434445 2 S 3 D 4 Each byte address in the Data Carrier contains the code for one ASCII character Write ASCII 2 Sequence No 519 Hex 0207 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 Up to 118 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head 476 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 data 1 2 3 4 5 6 i 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 128 Number of send data words Number of Heads Undefined Unit no 3 Undefined Head CH No Leading address No Number of write bytes Write data Write data S Not used Unit No Head CH No Undefined Undefined Leading address No Number of write bytes Write data Write data Offset Contents data format CH 1 CH2 0 Number of send data words 0007 to 0081 7 to 129 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Number of Heads 0001 to 0002 4 digits BCD 64 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary
283. Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Read Display Value PV Continuous Units Sequence No 336 Hex 0150 This sequence reads display value PV for continuous units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units onee Gontenis eta oman ata Number of send data words 0002 4 digits Hex Number of units 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 4 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 This sequence is similar to sequence No 335 Read Display Value PV Continuous Units Model Data Read by Unit Number Sequence No 337 Hex 0151 Reads model data and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Relevant unit No 26 Undefined Relevant unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 to 001B 3 to 27 decimal 4 digits Hex Number of units 0001 to 0019 1 to 25 decimal 4 digits Hex Relevant unit No 00 to 99 2 digits BCD Relevant unit No Same as above 2 digits BCD Note The number of Units can be up to 25 maximum 383 K3T _ Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 26
284. No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 303 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Write HB and HS Alarm Valid Channels Sequence No 170 Hex 00AA Writes the valid or invalid channels of HB alarm and HS alarm Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words senelidata 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Undefined Write code Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Write code 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Heater Burnout and SSR Failure Detection Current Sequence No 171 Hex 00AB Writes the currents for detecting heater burnouts and SSR failures Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words senadata 1 Undefined Unit No N 2 Heater burnout detection current 3 SSR failure detection current Channel 0 4 Heater burnout detection current 5 SSR failure detection current Channel 16 Heater burnout detection current g Channel 7 17 SSR failure detection current 304 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of send data words 0012 0018 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digi
285. No 4 Unit No 3 A62301 A62302 A50105 Unit No 5 Unit No 4 A62401 A62402 A50106 Unit No 6 Unit No 5 A62501 A62502 A50107 Unit No 7 Unit No 6 A62601 A62602 A50108 Unit No 8 Unit No 7 A62701 A62702 A50109 Unit No 9 Unit No 8 A62801 A62802 A50110 Unit No A Unit No 9 A62901 A62902 A50111 Unit No B Unit No A A63001 A63002 A501 12 Unit No C Unit No B A63101 A63102 A501 13 Unit No D Unit No C A63201 A63202 A50114 Unit No E Unit No D A63301 A63302 A501 15 Unit No F Unit No E A63401 A63402 Unit No F A63501 A63502 Executing Communications e Execute the STUP 237 instruction The Board or Unit Setup Area can be changed while the PC power supply is ON The STUP 237 instruction can be used for example when a send receive sequence for a modem connection is executed in Protocol Macro Mode to switch the operating mode to Host Link Mode when a certain condition is established This enables monitoring or programming of the CPU Unit to be carried out from a host computer See Appendix O Changing Port Settings Using STUP 237 The required data and ladder program are created to perform communica tions in the serial communications mode that has been set Host Link Communications Sending C mode and FINS Commands from Host Computers to PCs To send C mode commands or FINS commands programs must be created on the host computer to send commands to PCs and to receiv
286. Not lit Lit The Board is faulty hardware self diagnos tic function A bus error has occurred An initialization recognition error has occurred the Board is not correctly recog nized by the CPU Unit If the ERR and ALM indicators light when the Board is mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Board Firmly secure the Board to the CPU Unit If the ERR and ALM indicators light when the Board is mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Board Not lit Flashing An initialization recognition error has occurred the Serial Communications Unit was not recognized by the CPU Unit If the ERR and ALM indicators light when the Board is mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Board Not lit Not lit The CPU Unit is not receiving normal power supply The Board is not correctly secured to the CPU Unit The Board is faulty An error such as a CPU Unit WDT error has occurred in the CPU Unit Check the power supply voltage and supply the correct electric power to the Unit Firmly secure the Board If all the indicators are not lit when the Board is mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Board Eliminate the cause of the error If the error persists replace the CPU Unit The Board is faulty A bus error has occurred If all the indicators are not lit when the Serial Communications Unit is mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Unit Check the operating environment and elimi nate
287. Observe the following precautions when replacing the Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit e Always turn OFF the power to the PC before replacing the Board or Unit e Be sure to check that the Board or Unit replacing the faulty one is not defective e If the defective Board or Unit is to be dispatched to the manufacturer for repair be sure to include documentation stating the nature of the fault in as much detail as possible and send to your nearest OMRON branch or sales office listed at the back of this manual If the contacts are defective clean the contacts with a clean all cotton cloth moistened with industrial strength alcohol Remove any cloth particles before mounting the Board or Unit Turn OFF the power to all serial external devices when replacing the Board or Unit to prevent malfunctions 8 6 2 Settings after Replacing Board or Unit Note After replacing the Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit make sure that wiring and settings such as hardware switch settings the Unit Board Setup and protocol macro data are the same as the Board or Unit that was replaced 1 Ifthe CPU Unit is to be replaced transfer to the replacement CPU Unit the contents of the Holding Areas and DM Area required for operating the Unit before starting operation If the relationship between the DM Area and Holding Area and the program is not maintained unexpected malfunctions may result 2 The System S
288. P Switch Settings ar T Pin 1 ON T C2 SpB RS 422A Pin 2 ON f 485 Inter terminating resistance 6 RDA _lface Pin 3 OFF S 8 RDB are Hood FG Pin 5 OFF Pin 6 OFF Shield 4 wire Terminating resistance ON Serial Communications Board Unit Computer NT AL001 E Link Adapter f Shield RS 422A Pin Signal Signal RS 232C Pin Signal Signal Pin 1 SDA RS 422A FG 1 NC GRD 1 j 2 SDB 485 Inter SD 2 8D SG 2 6 RDA 0 RS 232C RD 3 RD spp 3 m 8 RDB Interface RTS 4 RTS SDA 4 4 Hood FG CTS 15 CTS RDB 5 4 wire _ L 6 5V RDA 6 Terminating resistance OFF DSR 7 DSR CSB C7 DT g DTR CSA 8 SG Y Eee l RS 232 RS 422 D Sub 9 pin Terminal block Serial Communications 5 V connector male Board Unit power r Pin Signal i i y 1 SDA_RS 422A DIP Swich Settings 2 SDB 485 Inter Pin 2 ON 6 RDA 209 terminating resistance 18 RDB Pin 3 OFF Hood FG Pin 4 OFF i Pin 5 OFF 4 wire Pin 6 OFF Terminating resistance ON 87 Wiring Section 3 3 Programmable Terminal PT Connections Direct Connections from RS 232C to RS 232C Ports Serial Communications Board or Unit PT Signal Pin Pin Signal Hood FG _ 1 a 2 sD 3__ RD_ rs 232c 4 RTS Interface 5 CTS 6 5V 7 as RS 232C Interface 8 9 i SG D sub 9 pin D sub 9 pin connector male connector ma
289. PCs In addition to C series Host Link commands FINS commands are also sup ported FINS commands give you the power to control CS CJ series PC func tionality Both vertical and horizontal FCS parity checks are performed on communi cations data to achieve essentially error free communications Combining error checking and retry processing goes one step further to eliminate nearly all the effects of communications problems Each Serial Communications Board and Unit provides two serial communica tions ports that can be used simultaneously to connect to two different host computers A total of up to 16 CPU Bus Units including the Serial Communi cations Units can be mounted to one PC If all 16 CPU Bus Units are Serial Communications Units then up to 32 ports can be added Communications can be performed either by sending a command from a host computer and having the PC return a response or by sending a command from a PC and having the computer send a response Starting communica tions from a slave is called unsolicited communications and is made possible through the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions These can be used to send FINS commands to a host computer connected locally or to a host computer connected to a remote network up to three networks away counting the local network A FINS command contained within a Host Link header and terminator can be sent using Host Link communications to PCs connected not only on
290. R Initialize V500 Sequence No 362 Hex 016A This sequence clears the log data confirms BCR connection and sets the BCR functions Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 354 BCR Function Set Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 395 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J Data Continuous Read Scan V520 Sequence No 363 Hex 016B This sequence performs the following operations repeatedly instructs the Bar Code Reader to start reading and receives the data read by the Bar Code Reader The scan notification method is used for the receive data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 352 Data Read Note 1 Since this sequence repeats itself within the sequence once it is executed it remains in the execution state until cancelled 2 Even if execution is cancelled the bar code still keeps reading Execute sequence No 351 BCR Read Stop to end the sequence 3 The reception wait time is not set for this sequence Data Continuous Read Interrupt V520 Sequence No 364 Hex 016C This sequence performs the following operations repeatedly Instructs the Bar Code Reader to start reading and receives the data read by the Bar Code Reader The interrupt notificat
291. RS 422 cable Protocol Configuration The configuration of the V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol is shown below Sequence No 500 01F4 Communications sequence name Read ASCII 1 Function Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 1 Ladder interface Send word Receive word allocation allocation 501 01F5 Read ASCII 2 Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 2 502 01F6 Read ASCII 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 4 503 01F7 Read ASCII 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 8 504 01F8 Read Hex 1 Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 1 505 01F9 Read Hex 2 Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 2 506 01FA Read Hex 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 4 507 01FB Read Hex 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 8 508 01FC Auto read ASCII 1 Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 1 509 01FD Auto read Hex 1 Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 1 510 01FE Polling Auto read ASCII Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is from 1 to 8 511 01FF Polling Auto read Subcommand ASCII 2 Use
292. RT is set when a sequence ends abnormally it is possible to determine whether each sequence has ended normally or abnormally by using the Sequence End Completion Flag and the Sequence Abort Comple tion Flag 160 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 Example 1 Example 2 Sequence Sequence Step No 00 Step No 00 Error Error Sequence ended abnormally Abort Step No 01 Step No 01 Step No 02 t Sequence ended abnormally 1 _ Error Error Sequence ended abnormally Abort Abort Sequence ended Sequence ended Sequence ended normally normally normally End End End When the sequence ends normally When the sequence ends normally 1 a 1 Protocol Macro Protocol Macro Executing Flag 0 Executing Flag 0 t Sequence Sequence Sequence Sequence Sequence Sequence executed completed re executed executed completed re executed 1 l icici nee Sequence End Sequence End Completion Flag 0 Completion Flag i Error processing for step No 00 Step Error 1 Step Error 1 gt p Processing Processing Flag 0 Flag o L When the sequence ends abnormally When the sequence ends abnormally 1 mo 1 ie Protocol Macro Protocol Macro Executing Flag Executing Flag A t l 1 Sequen
293. Reset Value 299 Write Output Mode 294 Write Output Value Change Rate Limit 302 Write Output Value Limit 301 Write Proportional Band Integral Time and Derivative Time 292 Write Ramp Value 300 Write Set Point Setting Unit 0 1 291 Write Set Point Setting Unit 1 290 Write Setting Unit 298 sequences ES100_ Digital Controller Auto Mode 357 Cancel A T 359 Change Bank No 360 Change Pattern No 360 Execute A T 358 External Setting Mode 355 General purpose Command 362 Local Setting Mode 355 Manual Mode 358 Read Adjustment Parameters 337 Read Control Monitor Data 336 Read Controller Status 361 Read Error Detection Data 331 Read Event Data 328 Read Heater Burnout Data 332 Read Local SP 347 Read MV Data 335 Read PID Control Parameters 1 341 Read PID Control Parameters 2 343 Read Program Parameters 350 Read PV Data 333 Read SP Data 334 Read Time Signal 329 Remote Setting Mode 354 Reset Stop 357 Run Command 356 Write Adjustment Parameters 340 Write Local SP 349 Write PID Control Parameters 1 344 Write PID Control Parameters 2 346 511 512 Index Write Program Parameters 353 sequences Hayes Modem AT Command Data Send Receive General purpose 498 Dial 496 Escape 499 Escape to Hang Up 493 Hang Up 499 Initialize and Dial 493 Initialize Modem Specialized 495 Password 497 Set Modem General purpose 495 sequences K3T_ Intelligent Signal Processor
294. S signal ON Data received before Data received while the PMCR 260 while RECV SEND is completed is instruction is not being executed is command is discarded discarded controlled by turning executed OFF the RS signal 1 2 3 Note The OFF status of the RS signal is maintained after execution of the PMCR 260 instruction 1 With protocol communications in half duplex mode the RS signal is ON only while the RECV command is being executed 2 The receive data RD signal from the communications partner is initially stored in the reception buffer 3 The data in the reception buffer is analyzed and a search is performed for data matching an expected message registered with the RECV command 4 When matching data is found the RS signal is turned OFF The search starts after the final data has been received It takes between 100 us and 4 ms from starting the search until the RS signal turns OFF 5 While the SEND command is being executed and while the PMCR instruc tion is not being executed the RS signal stays OFF and receive data is dis carded RS CS flow control in half duplex mode is supported only by CS series Serial Communications Boards Units manufactured on or after December 20th 1999 With earlier models half duplex mode will operate in the same way as full duplex mode Lot No 20Z9 Manufactured on December 20th 1999 te The year is indicated with the last digit In this case 9 indicates 1999 Month of manufa
295. Section 5 2 5 2 2 Setup Area Allocations DM Area m D30000 100 x unit number Setting contents Boards Units CS Series only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 D32010 Port 2 15 Port settings 0 Defaults 1 User settings 12 to 14 Reserved 08 to 11 Serial communications mode 6 Protocol macro 05 to 07 Reserved 04 Start bits 0 1 bit 1 1 bit 1 start bit is always used regardless of this setting 03 Data length 0 7 bits 1 8 bits 02 Stop bits 0 2 bits 1 1 bit 01 Parity 0 Yes 1 No 00 Parity 0 Even 1 Odd D32011 04 to 15 Reserved 00 to 03 Baud rate Unit bps 0 Default 9 600 3 1 200 4 2 400 5 4 800 6 9 600 7 19 200 8 38 400 D32002 D32012 to to D32007 D32017 00 to 15 Not used D32008 D32018 15 Transmission method 0 Half duplex 1 Full duplex 00 to 14 Reserved D32009 D32019 Port Settings Serial Communications Mode Start Bits Data Length Stop Bits Parity and Baud Rate Transmission Method 132 00 to 15 Maximum number of bytes in send receive data 00C8 to 03E8 Hex The setting for the port settings determines if the default settings or user set tings will be used for port 1 and port 2 Be sure to use the same settings as the RS 232C port on the host computer connected via the Host Link System If the default port settings are specified then the settings
296. Send data byte length 4 digits Hex Appendix J Data 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal The byte length of the send data excluding STX and ETX Send data ASCII Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Inscribe send data up to 496 bytes max by ASCII General purpose Command 2 Sequence No 366 Hex 016E This general purpose command is used to send data with a specified data length and receive back ACK in addition to other receive data The frame format of the receive data however has to contain STX and ETX STX and ETX are automatically attached to the send data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Data 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal The byte length of the send data excluding STX and ETX Set send data up to 496 bytes max by ASCII First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Send data byte length 2 Send data 3 Send data ij r I 248 Send data 249 Send data Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1 Send data byte length 4 digits Hex 2 to Send data ASCII 128 Receive Data Storage Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words Receive data 2 Receive data I 126 Receive data
297. Series PC RS 232C port PS RS 232C Appendix G J Temperature Controller Protocol are shown below E50J Signal name Signal ground or common return line gt RS 232C Abbreviation Signal direction Send data Output Receive data Serial Communications Input Unit Board E5AJ RS 232C D sub RS 232C 9 pin female Terminal Block MAX232C or nae No frala equivalent Fe 1 m Shield 25 SG sG 9 27 8G j sp 2 26 sD o lt Tx RD 3 gt 28 RD RX RTS 4 i CTS 5 je DSR 7 eS DTR 8 2 Use shielded twisted pair cable 310 The connection configuration is a one to one configuration and the maximum cable length is 15 m E5LIJ Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G RS 422A 485 Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series PC PS RS 422A 485 port E50OJ RS 422A 4 wire connections Signal name Send data A RS 422A 485 E50J gt gt RS 422A 485 Up to 32 units can be connected E50OJ RS 422A 485 Abbreviation Signal direction Output Send data B Output Receive data A Input Receive data B
298. Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Read Set Value O3 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 329 Hex 0149 This sequence reads set value O3 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 323 Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Read Set Value O2 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 330 Hex 014A This sequence reads set value O2 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 323 Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Read Set Value O1 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 331 Hex 014B This sequence reads set value O1 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 323 Read Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Read Holding Data Sequence No 332 Hex 014C Reads the peak bottom data maximum minimum and stores the results in the specified words 379 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 7 1 Number of units 32 Undefined Relevant unit No 3 Operand 64 Undefined Relevant unit No 65 Operand Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Appendix 0004 to 0042 4 to 66 decimal Number of units 4 digits Hex
299. Signal Processor Protocol Offset Contents data format Appendix Operand ASCII 2 characters Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 storage words Number of receive data words 1 Undefined End code Same as above 2 Set value 3 Undefined 4 Set value 94 Undefined End code 95 Set value 96 Undefined Set value Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0004 to 0061 4 to 97 decimal 1 End code 2 digits Hex 00 to 22 2 to 3 Set value 5 digits BCD 00000 to 99999 Negative sign F 5th digit in BCD Example 12345 Example 1234 95 to 96 Set value 5 digits BCD Same as above Read Set Value HH Continuous Units Sequence No 318 Hex 013E This sequence reads set value HH for continuous units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units offset Contents Gata format baa 0 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 1 Number of units 4 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 This sequence is similar to sequence No 317 Read Set Value by Unit Number 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal Read Set Value H Continuous Units Sequence No 319 Hex 013
300. Troubleshooting Section 8 3 Note The following table shows the measures to correct the errors indicated by net work communications end codes A203 to A210 Network communi cations end code Bits Bits 08 to 15 00 to 07 Error details There is no Board or Unit correspond ing to the unit address Remedy Check whether a different Board Unit or serial port physi cal port is specified in the PMCR 260 instruction C1 oper and communications port number The specified ser vice is not sup ported Check whether a different Board Unit or serial port physi cal port is specified in the PMCR 260 instruction C1 oper and communications port number Check whether the serial communications mode of the serial port specified in the C1 operand is protocol macro If not set the serial communications mode to protocol macro The watchdog timer expires because no response is received from the remote node within the specified time Check whether the serial communications mode of the serial port specified in the C1 operand is protocol macro If not set the serial communications mode to protocol macro The specified send receive sequence number does not exist The send receive sequence number specified in the PMCR 260 instruction C2 operand is unregistered Use CX Protocol to register the send receive sequence number PMCR 260 instruc tion cannot be exe cuted because protocol macro
301. Units 0 0 0 eee cee teens 75 3 3 WAPI erri reci fans sede De ETATE ds Pepin ley E E de Ae oe Sea PRS Pee 79 3 4 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring 0 6 cence eee nee 98 SECTION 4 Using Host Link Communications 107 4 1 Host Link Communications 0 ec eeaeee 108 4 2 Setup Area Allocations 0 2 0 0 0 t eee t teen eens 108 4 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations 0000s eee e eee ene 112 4 4 Communications Timing 0 0 2 0 ccc teen eet eens 115 4 5 Changes from Previous Products 0 c cee cece cece nent nent e eens 120 Vii TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 5 Using Protocol Macros cc cece eee e cece eeeee 123 5 1 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions 0 00 ce eee eee eee eee ees 124 5 2 S tup Area Allocations yes 0 235 42nd pew ale pa vndiny a irwle tle eee ede ey pae s 131 5 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations 00 ccc cence eene 136 S A o Using Protocol Macros ssenari sis ee ya es EES EOE EE N 151 5 5 Simple Backup Function Backup of Protocol Macro Data 0 00000 e eee 162 SECTION 6 Using 1 N NT Links esssssssssssesessesossess o 167 6 1 Oyerview of ENNT LINKS pps yi sea vic eb ae ds gaa bees Oeled rer roae opr poa 168 6 2 Setup Area Allocations 0 etn tenet teen eens 170 6 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations 0 0 00 c cece cece 171 SECTION 7 Loopback Test 0 sevi
302. Units 372 Write Set Value LL with Bank Continuous Units 374 Write Set Value O1 with Bank Continuous Units 375 Write Set Value O2 with Bank Continuous Units 375 Write Set Value O3 with Bank Continuous Units 375 Write Set Value O4 with Bank Continuous Units 375 Write Set Value O5 with Bank Continuous Units 375 Write Set Value with Bank by Unit Number 372 sequences V500 V520 Bar Code Reader BCR Connection Confirmation V500 394 BCR Function Read V500 392 BCR Initialize V500 395 BCR Read Start 390 BCR Read Stop 390 Complete Data Read 390 Data Continuous Read Interrupt V500 395 Data Continuous Read Interrupt V520 396 Data Continuous Read Scan V500 395 Data Continuous Read Scan V520 396 Data Read 390 General purpose Command 1 396 General purpose Command 2 397 Log Data Clear V500 395 Log Data Output Request V500 393 Preset Data Set V500 394 System Setting 389 sequences V600 V620 ID Controller Auto read ASCII 1 471 Auto read Hexadecimal 1 471 Auto write ASCH 1 484 Auto write Hexadecimal 1 484 Command Processing Cancel 489 Control 488 Data Check 487 Error Information Read 489 General purpose Command 491 Polling Auto read ASCII 472 Polling Auto read ASCH 2 472 Polling Auto read ASCH 4 473 Polling Auto read Hexadecimal 474 Polling Auto read Hexadecimal 2 474 Polling Auto read Hexadecimal 4 475 Polling Auto r
303. a 300 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 16 17 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Output value Cooling output value Output value Cooling output value Output value Cooling output value Channel 0 Channel 1 Channel 7 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Contents data format Number of send data words 0012 0018 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Output value 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Cooling output value 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 1000 Output value 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 1000 Cooling output value 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Output value 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Cooling output value 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Output Value Limit Sequence No 166 Hex 00A6 Writes the output value limits that restrict the values of the control outputs Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data Undefined Unit No 2 Output value lower limit 3 Output value upper limit 4 Cooling output value lower limit cnannelg 5 Cooling output value upper limit 30 Output value lower limit i 31 Output value upper limit Channel 7 32 Cooling output value lower
304. a 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Undefined Completion code Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Completion code 2 digits Hex Verification calculation designation 00 Normal completion for calculation processing 75 Data in normal condition for verification process ing 76 Error Data alarm for verification processing If management of number of write times is desig nated 75 Number of write times is under those which is specified alarm for number of write times is over those which is specified 76 Note If L management of number of write times is designated by processing designation management of number of write times for Data Carrier of EEPROM is performed Control Sequence No 541 Hex 021D This sequence performs I O operations or I O reads Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data Undefined Unit No 2 Undefined OUT1 operation OUT2 operation 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0003 fixed 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 CD1D 2 488 OUT1 operation 1 digit BCD 0 No operation 1 turned ON 2 turned OFF OUT2 operation 1 digit BCD 0 No operation 1 turned ON 2 turned OFF V600 V620
305. a words storage words z 1 Input shift value Channel 0 2 Input shift value Channel 1 8 Input shift value Channel 7 Contents data format Number of receive data words 0009 4 digits Hex Channel 0 0000 to 0999 Input shift value 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative number Channel 1 0000 to 0999 Input shift value 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative number Channel 7 0000 to 0999 Input shift value 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative number Read Manual Reset Value Sequence No 114 Hex 0072 Reads the manual reset value and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No om GonteiseiaYormay ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 281 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Appendix E Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words Channel 0 2 Manual reset value Manual reset value 1 8 Manual reset value Channel 1 Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Contents data format Channel 7 0009 Channel 0 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD Channel 1 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 0000 to 1000 Chann
306. a words data 1 Undefined Unit No CO bata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 234 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words MV heating 2 MV cooling Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex MV heating 4 digits BCD F050 to 1050 0000 to 1050 for heating cool ing control F indicates a negative value MV cooling 4 digits BCD F050 to 1050 F indicates a negative value Read Set Point Sequence No 003 Hex 0003 Reads the set point and stores the results in the specified word Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No offset Contents data formaj baa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Set point Orset Contents aata ormaj Daa 0 Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex 1 Set point 4 digits BCD Set point lower limit to upper limit Read Alarm Value Sequence No 004 Hex 0004 Reads alarm value 1 and alarm value 2 and st
307. ables e Do not lay communications cables near power lines or high voltage lines e Always lay communications cables in ducts e Do not pull on the communications cables or bend the communications cables beyond their natural limit Doing either of these may break the cables e Do not place objects on top of the communications cables or other wir ing lines Doing so may break the cables e Before touching a Unit be sure to first touch a grounded metallic object in order to discharge any static built up Not doing so may result in malfunc tion or damage e Resume operation only after transferring to the new CPU Unit the con tents of the DM Area HR Area and other data required for resuming operation Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation e Do not touch circuit boards or the components mounted to them with your bare hands There are sharp leads and other parts on the boards that may cause injury if handled improperly e When transporting or storing Boards wrap them in material that will pro tect LSIs ICs and other components from static electricity and be sure that they remain within the storage temperature range 6 Conformance to EC Directives 6 1 Applicable Directives e EMC Directives e Low Voltage Directive 6 2 Concepts EMC Directives OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that they can be more easily built into other devices or the overall machine T
308. ables are incor rectly connected The RS 422A 485 port setting 2 wire or 4 wire is incor rect Adapters such as the NT ALO01 E are incorrectly wired or set Section 8 3 Check the wiring Reset the port to the cor rect wiring setting Wire all nodes using the 4 wire method Commands are not being set from the host Reset the serial communi cations port at the host and rewrite the program This is a hardware error Set bits 08 to 11 Serial Communications Mode of DM Area words m m 10 to F Hex Loopback Test Serial Communications Mode Then connect the connector wire for a loop back test and conduct a loopback test by turning ON bit 14 Loopback Test Switch of ClO Area word n The test data is reflected in CIO Area words n 9 n 19 If an error occurs during the test replace the Board or Unit The RDU and COMO indica tors are flash ing but the response has not been returned from the host For the Unit the SDU indicator does not flash at all Commu nications have been electri cally estab lished There is no transmission error CIO Area words n 8 n 18 transmis sion error status are set to 0000 Hex CIO Area words n 5 n 15 port set tings in the System Setup do not corre spond to the set tings of the remote device The System Setup in DM Area words m 2 and m 3 m 12 and m 13 of the Boar
309. ace restore operation failed when restoring pro the Unit tocol data from the CPU Unit s Memory Write backup the protocol data from Card to the Serial Communications Unit the Unit to the Memory Card again and then execute the restore opera tion again If the restore operation fails two times in succession use CX Protocol to transfer the protocol data to the Serial Communications Unit There is no protocol data A protocol data syntax error has occurred 8 2 Status Area Error Indications This section describes status area error information Status Area Error Information When an error occurs the corresponding flag is turned ON n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Flag name Possible cause Boards CS Series only ClO 1901 Units CS CJ Series Error Log data error The error log EEPROM is faulty If the problem persists even if the power supply is cycled replace the Board Unit Protocol data error A protocol data checksum error has occurred If the error persists when protocol data is retransmitted replace the Board or Unit System Setup error A System Setup error has occurred Correct the Setup Area settings cycle the power supply restart the Unit Board or restart the port or execute the STUP 237 instruction Remote node receive busy The remote node is in receive buffer busy status when flow control is set for the
310. addaia 2 Read data 61 Read data 466 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M offset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of receive data 0002 to 003E 6 to 62 decimal words 4 digits Hex Read data Hex Number of read bytes stored in hexadecimal data Note Data for Data Carriers designated for hexadecimal is stored beginning with the largest offset from the receive data words as shown in the following diagram Data Carrier Receive data storage words 0 Example for 6 bytes ve 3 45678 333435363738 Each byte address in the Data Carrier contains 2 digits Read Hex 2 Sequence No 505 Hex 01F9 This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 2 Up to 60 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 7 Number of Heads 2 Undefined UnitNo 3 i Head CH No Undefined ea o CH1 4 Leading address No 5 Undefined Read bytes 6 Undefined Unit No 7 7 Undefined Head CH no 8 Leading address No CH2 9 Undefined Read bytes Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0006 to 000A 6 to 10 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Number of Heads 0001 to 0002 4 digits BCD 4 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No dependin
311. allocated in DM Area First word allocated in the CIO Area m D30000 100 x unit number n CIO 1500 25 x unit number 20 words are used beginning from m all words are used beginning with n 10 words for each port Unit No Words Unit No Words Unit No 0 D30000 to D30099 Unit No 0 CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 Unit No 1 D30100 to D30199 Unit No 1 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 Unit No 2 D30200 to D30299 Unit No 2 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 Unit No 3 D30300 to D30399 Unit No 3 CIO 1575 to CIO 1599 Unit No 4 D30400 to D30499 Unit No 4 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 Unit No 5 D30500 to D30599 Unit No 5 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 Unit No 6 D30600 to D30699 Unit No 6 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 Unit No 7 D30700 to D30799 Unit No 7 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 Unit No 8 D30800 to D30899 Unit No 8 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 Unit No 9 D30900 to D30999 Unit No 9 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 Unit No A D31000 to D31099 Unit No A CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 Unit No B D31100 to D31199 Unit No B CIO 1775 to CIO 1799 Unit No C D31200 to D31299 Unit No C CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 Unit No D D31300 to D31399 Unit No D CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 Unit No E D31400 to D31499 Unit No E CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 Unit No F D31500 to D31599 Unit No F CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 37 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 With a Serial Communications Board the following words are always allo cated Setup Area in the DM Area Words allocated in the CIO Area D32000 to D32767 CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 D32
312. an 999999 9 2 The number of measurement items is up to 5 but only one window number can be read 446 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L 3 The ranges of measurement values are as follows For calibration OFF setting 2147483 648 to 2147483 648 For calibration ON setting 9999999 999 to 9999999 999 4 The priority of measurement items being output are as follows Area Center of gravity X Center of gravity Y Displacement in center of gravity X reserved displacement in center of gravity Y reserved Main axis angle Main axis angle displacement reserved Edge angle Edge angle reserved Center X center Y Center X displacement reserved center Y displacement reserved Inclination Inclination displacement reserved Intersecting point X intersecting point Y Intersecting point X displacement reserved intersecting point Y displacement reserved 5 Sequences No 452 and No 462 Continuous Measurement Execution with Interrupt are not sup ported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syn tax error will occur if an attempt is made to execute either sequence with a Serial Communications Unit Do not set an EM bank as the receive storage word for interrupt notification A protocol syntax error will occur if an EM banks is set Reference Object Registration Command 1 Execution F300 Sequence No 463 Hex 01CF This sequence performs a measurement for the input image and up
313. an be exe cuted for multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 7 2 Undefined Unit No l 1st unit 3 Command code S 4 Undefined i Uiit No 2nd unit 5 Command code h 16 Undefined UnitNo 16 Undefined Unit No 8th unit max 17 Command code A 264 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex Appendix D Data Number of units x 2 2 0001 to 0008 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit Command code 4 digits BCD 0000 Local 0001 Remote 8th unit Command code 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 Local 0001 Remote Execute Cancel AT Sequence No 074 Hex 004A Executes or cancels AT autotuning according to the command code This sequence can be executed for mul tiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units B 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Command code 7 4 Undefined Unit No F 2nd unit 5 Command code 7 16 Undefined i 17 Command code I Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex
314. and HS alarms are not enabled and for all chan nels for which control is stopped Read Dead Band Overlap Band Sequence No 122 Hex 007A Reads the dead bands overlap bands and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 1 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No orisst Contents Gaaerma ata Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data storage words 0 1 2 8 Number of receive data words Dead band overlap band Dead band overlap band 1 Dead band overlap band Offset Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Contents data format 00 to OF Channel 0 Channel 1 Channel 7 0009 Channel 0 Dead band overlap band 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0999 F indicates a number Channel 1 Dead band overlap band 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0999 F indicates a number Channel 7 Dead band overlap band 4 digits BCD 0000 to 0999 F indicates a number 287 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Read Cooling Coefficient Sequence No 123 Hex 007B Reads the cooling coefficients and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First
315. and codes and text for individual sequences ETX A code 03 Hex indicating the end of text BCC The block check character horizontal parity 1 byte The character is an exclusive OR of all data from just after the STX to the ETX Item Meaning STX A code 02 Hex indicating the beginning of a communications frame text This code must always be set as the first byte Node number The node number identifies the source of the command frame XX is specified to broadcast a transmission There will be no response made to a broadcast Subaddress 00 for most components Other values must be set for special com ponents SID 0 for most components Other values must be set for special com ponents End code See note The results of executing the command frame Note The response code MRES and SRES indicates the results for the command code the end code indicates the results for the command frame These are not the same Response and text The response and requested text are placed here Refer to the response and text for individual sequences MRES and SRES The response code specifies the results of processing the service requested by the command code Refer to the response codes and text for individual sequences A code 03 Hex indicating the end of text The block check character horizontal parity 1 byte The character is an exclusive OR of all
316. and the CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Unit support the Simple Backup Function when connected to a CS1 H or CJ1 H CPU Unit Note The CS series Serial Communications Boards Units without the V1 suffix do not support this Simple Backup Function but the CJ1W SCU21 41 does support this function even though the model number lacks the V1 suffix The CPU Unit s Simple Backup Function will automatically backup restore or compare the Protocol Macro data both standard system protocol and user set protocol data in the Serial Communications Board Unit s flash memory to the CPU Unit s Memory Card The Protocol Macro data is backed up restored or compared along with all of the data in the CPU Unit The Simple Backup Function can be used with CS1 H and CJ1 H CPU Units only When the Protocol Macro data in the Serial Communications Board Unit is written to the Memory Card by the Simple Backup Operation the data is saved as a Unit Board Backup File with the filename shown below Note A Unit Board Backup File for a Serial Communications Unit or Board is referred to as a Protocol Data File in this manual Filename BACKUPLILI PRM The value is the unit address A Serial Communica tions Unit s unit address is the Unit number 10 Hex A Serial Communications Board s unit address is E1 Hex The Protocol Data File is accessed from the Memory Card during read and compare operations
317. and written per frame i e the text lengths when using C mode commands is different for C series Host Link Units and CS CJ series Serial Communications Boards Units A host com puter program previously used for C series Host Link Units may not function correctly if used for CS CJ series PCs Check the host computer program before using it and make any corrections required to handle different frame text lengths Refer to the CS CJU series Communications Commands Refer ence Manual W342 for details 122 SECTION 5 Using Protocol Macros This section describes the procedure and other information required to use protocol macros 5 1 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions 0 0 eee eeee 124 5 1 1 Protocol Macro Functions 0 000 cece eee eee ee eens 124 5 1 2 Using the Protocol Macro Function 0 0005 124 5 1 3 Protocol Structure ciee eie Ae ween Be Sip Ce ES 126 5 2 Setup Area Allocations 0 0 00 131 5 2 1 Setup Area Words 0 0 ccc ce ent en eees 131 5 2 2 Setup Area Allocations 0 00 c cece eens 132 5 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations 000 cece eee 136 5 3 1 Auxiliary Area Allocations 0 0000 c eee eee eens 136 5 3 2 ClO Area Allocations 0 000 eee eens 138 5 3 3 Software Switches 0 ccc eee eens 139 5 3 4 Status Area 230 loci s eS eee iat eaten ds 141 5 4 Using Protocol Macros 0 00 cece cee nen tee
318. ange Bits A620 to A635 The word will be A620 unit number and the bit will be bit 01 for port 1 and bit 02 for port 2 Execute the STUP 237 instruction The STUP 237 instruction is ex ecuted in the ladder program to change the serial communications mode of a serial port See Appendix O Changing Port Settings Using STUP 237 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 9 Execute communications Use the software switches or the allocated flags and words allocated in the CIO Area in the ladder program to control communications The following words are allocated in the CIO Area Board 25 words from ClO1900 Unit 25 words from CIO 1500 25 x unit number 1 9 2 Explanation of Procedure Turning OFF the Power Setting the Unit Number for Serial Communications Units Check that the PC power has been turned OFF If the power is ON turn it OFF When a Serial Communications Unit is used set the unit number switch at the top of the front panel of the Unit to between 0 and F The number that is set will determine which words are allocated as the Setup Area in the DM Area and which words are allocated in the CIO Area CS series Units CJ series Units SCU21 V1 SCU41 RUN ERC SDI RDI TERI o Go O 0O S D o D A RDY ERH SD2 RD2 JO Unit number switch Unit number switch First word in Setup Area
319. anges in communications specifications 122 CTS control 111 current consumption 23 CVM1 Units changes in communications specifications 121 122 CV series Units changes in communications specifications 121 122 CX Protocol 8 41 D dimensions 506 Index Serial Communications Boards 54 Serial Communications Units 55 57 DM Area allocations 37 Serial Communications Boards 61 Serial Communications Units 62 E E5_J Temperature Controller 124 connections 310 protocols sequences 309 323 E5_K Digital Controller 124 connections read 232 write 232 read protocols sequences 231 249 251 266 ESZE Temperature Controller 124 connections read 268 write 268 read protocols sequences 267 288 write protocols sequences 289 307 EC Directives xvii xviii EMC Directives xvii EMI measures xviii xix error check codes Host Link 24 error codes 145 150 202 troubleshooting 204 Error Flag 153 error log specifications 201 table configuration 202 EEPROM 201 RAM 201 reading and clearing 205 ERROR LOG CLEAR 21 023 207 ERROR LOG READ 21 02 206 error responses 120 errors 1 NNT Link 192 framing error 144 Host Link 186 overrun error 144 parity error 144 protocol macro 194 troubleshooting 186 ES100 Digital Controller connections 326 ES100_ Digital Controller 124 protocols sequences 325 363 Executed Reception Case No code 146 149 Executed Reception Case No Flag
320. ard or Unit s indicators and status display and confirm that the system is operating normally Note 1 The protocol macro data for the Board or Unit is stored in the flash memory of the Board or Unit 2 When protocol macro data designed with the CX Protocol is used a back up of the protocol macro data created from the CX Protocol must be trans ferred to the Board or Unit after replacing 3 The System Setup of the Serial Communications Board or Unit is allocated to the DM Area saved in the battery backup of the CPU Unit and if the ex clusively designed macro data is not used the System Setup can be used as before simply by setting the hardware Precautions for Using the When using the Simple Backup Function in CS1H G CPULILIH products of Simple Backup Function Lot No 011101 or earlier combined with the Serial Communications Board CS1W SCBLIL V1 proper backup will not be possible if the backup file BACKUPE1 PRM remains in the Memory Card Reading lot numbers CS1H G CPUCOCH Lot No 01 1101 Produced November 1 2001 Production day in this example 1 ___Production month in this example 11 Production year in this example 2001 In order to use the Simple Backup Function in this combination delete the backup file BACKUPE1 PRM inside the Memory Card then execute the backup If backup is executed without deleting this backup file the RDY LED
321. ardless of this setting 03 Data length 0 7 bits 1 8 bits 02 Stop bits 0 2 bits 1 1 bit 01 Parity 0 Yes 1 No 00 Parity 0 Even 1 Odd D32011 04 to 15 Reserved 00 to 03 Baud rate Unit bps see note 4 0 Default 9 600 3 1 200 4 2 400 5 4 800 6 9 600 7 19 200 8 38 400 9 57 600 A 115 200 D32012 15 Host Send delay time 0 Default 0 ms 1 Setting in bits 00 to 14 00 to 14 LINK Send delay 0000 to 7530 hex Unit 10 ms D32013 15 CTS control see note 5 0 No 1 Yes 08 to 14 Reserved 00 to 07 Host Link unit number 00 to 1F hex D32014 00 to 15 Reserved D32015 00 to 15 Reserved D32016 03 to 15 Reserved 00 to 02 1 N NT Links maximum unit number 0 to 7 D32017 00 to 15 Reserved D32018 15 Protocol macro transmission method 0 Half duplex 1 Full duplex 00 to 14 Reserved D32019 Note 1 00 to 15 Maximum number of bytes in protocol macro send receive data 00C8 to 03E8 see note 6 The default settings used are as follows Baud rate 9 600 bps start bits 1 bit data length 7 bits parity even and stop bits 2 bits with the Host Link protocol macro and loopback test serial communications modes A System Setup error will occur if 1 3 4 or 7 to E is set and the Unit will operate with the default Host Link settings 9 600 bps unit number 00
322. arm value 2 and heater burnout alarm value 209 00D1 Read parameters 2 Reads the proportional band integral time and derivative time 210 00D2 Read input shift value Reads the input shift value and writes it in IOM 211 00D3 Read output value Reads the output value and stores it in IOM 212 00D4 Read process value Reads the process value and stores it in IOM 213 00D5 Read set point limit Reads the set point limits and stores them in IOM 214 00D6 Read heater current Reads the heater current and stores it in IOM 215 00D7 Read initial status Reads the initial status and stores it in IOM 216 00D8 General purpose write Writes the specified parameter by setting a header code 217 00D9 Note 1 General purpose read Reads the specified parameter by setting a header code 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd or 4th operands of PMCR NO Send word allocation The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D 309 E5LIJ Temperature Controller Protocol Connections The connections for using the E5 RS 232C Connections Note 1 Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ
323. arting to transfer and then the send is started without checking the status of the CTS signal t RTS ON Je s i H N One character sent All characters sent Y Send processing ended Host Link Unit Number RTS ON A One character sent v All characters sent Y Send processing ended Set the setting to 00 to 1F Hex to set Host Link unit numbers 0 to 31 111 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 4 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations This section describes the bits and words used by the Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units in the Auxiliary Area and the Status Area allocated in the CIO Area The Software Switches allocated in the ClO Area are not used for Host Link communications 4 3 1 Auxiliary Area Allocations Port 1 and Port 2 Port These bits can be turned ON from the program using the OUT or other Settings Change Bits instructions to change communications settings and restart the Serial Com munications Board ports When changing the settings and restarting the port have been completed the bit will automatically be turned OFF Note These bits are used both to change the port settings and to restart the port at the same time One of these bits can be turned ON to restart a port without changing the port settings in the Setup Area alloc
324. ase Switch from the ladder program to turn ON the switch If the Forced Set Key on Program ming Console is used the Wait Release Switch will remain ON and may stop the pro tocol macro function from being able to turn OFF the flag The list of error codes is provided at the end of this table on page 150 If a Serial Communications Board is used and either error code 3 data read write area exceeded error or 4 protocol data syntax error is stored A4241 protocol macro syn tax error will be turned ON the ERR ALM indicator on the CPU Unit will flash and a non fatal error will occur If a Serial Commu nications Unit is used the ERC indicator will flash Only error codes 0 2 3 and 4 are used When an error occurs the error code is held until the next sequence starts The error code is cleared when the STUP 237 instruction is executed when the Unit Board is restarted or when the next sequence execution starts When a Board is used clear the non fatal error resulting from error codes 3 and 4 by removing the cause of the error and then clear the error display by executing the next sequence or the STUP 237 instruction by restart or by switching the CPU Unit to PRO GRAM mode Initialize Startup See note Startup See note Section 5 3 When WAIT com mand is executing At error When Wait Release Switch is ON and when sequence starts When sequence starts Send Receive Sequ
325. ata 0 Number of send data words 000A 000A decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 0000 to 0999 Input shift value 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 0999 Input shift value 4 digits BCD Channel 2 0000 to 0999 Input shift value 4 digits BCD Channel 6 0000 to 0999 Input shift value 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 0999 Input shift value 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Manual Reset Value Sequence No 163 Hex 00A3 Writes the manual reset values Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words ee 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Manual reset value Channel 0 3 Manual reset value Channel 1 4 Manual reset value Channel 2 5 Manual reset value Channel 3 6 Manual reset value Channel 4 7 Manual reset value Channel 5 8 Manual reset value Channel 6 9 Manual reset value Channel 7 Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 000A 0010 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 1000 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD Channel 2 0000 to 1000 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD Channel 6 0000 to 1000 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Manual reset value 4
326. ated in the DM Area The STUP 237 instruction can also be used to just restart a communications port by executing STUP 237 with the same port settings as the ones already being used Serial Communications Boards CS Series only Contents 03 to 15 Reserved 02 1 Port 2 Settings Change Bit 01 1 Port 1 Settings Change Bit 00 Reserved Serial Communications Units CS CJ Series n A620 unit number Words Bit Contents 03 to 15 Reserved 02 1 Port 2 Settings Change Bit 01 1 Port 1 Settings Change Bit 00 Reserved Inner Board Error A424 contains error information for the Serial Communications Board Information CS series Serial Communications Board Only Contents 12to15 Non fatal Reserved 11 Note 1 1 Error log EEPROM error 0 Normal 10 1 Protocol macro execution error 0 Normal This bit will be turned ON when code 3 4 or 5 is stored in the error code for bits 00 to 03 of CIO 1909 or CIO 1919 in the CIO Area 1 Protocol data error SUM error 0 Normal 1 Setup error 0 Normal 1 Routing table error 0 Normal Reserved 1 Cyclic monitoring error 0 Normal Reserved Fatal Reserved Note 2 Reserved 1 Inner Bus error 0 Normal 1 Inner Board watchdog timer error 0 Normal Note 1 When any one of bits 05 to 11 is ON A40208 Inner Board Error Flag non fatal error will be ON 112 Aux
327. ation Group F200 Sequence No 453 Hex 01C5 This sequence performs reference position registration and criterion registration at the same time Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Reference Object Registration Reference Position F200 Sequence No 454 Hex 01C6 This sequence registers the reference position for measuring the amount of position displacement when a position displacement compensation is used Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Reference Object Registration Criterion F200 Sequence No 455 Hex 01C7 This sequence registers a reference value to discriminate the output format Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Evaluation Condition Change F200 Sequence No 456 Hex 01C8 This sequence changes the upper and lower limit values of evaluation condition of the designated output No 440 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words 1 Undefined Output No 2 Undefined Decimal portion a 3 aoe P TETIT Integer portion Upper limit value 5 Sign Undefined 6 Undefined Decimal portion
328. ation environment to reduce noise interference Troubleshooting Serial commu nications mode Serial commu nications mode is set to Host Link Indicator status The RD and COM indicators are flashing and an error response has returned to the host The RD and COM indicators are flashing but sometimes there is no response returned SD SD Status information etc There is no transmission error CIO Area CIO Area words n 8 n 18 transmis sion error status are set to 0000 Hex A command was sent from the host with incorrect parameters Section 8 3 Review the host s settings and program such as parameter settings based on the response contents There is a transmission error In CIO Area words n 8 n 18 bit 15 transmission error status is turned ON and bit 04 overrun error bit 03 framing error or bit 02 parity error is turned ON The communica tions conditions and baud rate do not match the settings at the host Review the System Setup the host s settings and pro gram such as commands and frame format based on the response contents and the transmission error codes in CIO Area words n 8 n 18 There isa transmission error some times In CIO Area words n 8 n 18 bit 15 transmission error status is turned ON and bit 04 overrun error bit
329. ber of send data words 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD Appendix H Data 003A 0058 decimal fixed 00 to 31 2to3 PID No 1 P 8 digits BCD 4to5 PID No 1 8 digits BCD 6 to 7 PID No 1 D 8 digits BCD 8 to 9 PID No 1 MV lower limit 8 digits BCD 10 to 11 PID No 1 MV upper limit 8 digits BCD 12 to 13 PID No 1 PV bias value 8 digits BCD 14 to 15 PID No 1 Automatic selection range upper limit 8 digits BCD 44 to 45 PID No 4 P 8 digits BCD 46 to 47 PID No 4 8 digits BCD 48 to 49 PID No 4 D 8 digits BCD 50 to 51 PID No 4 MV lower limit 8 digits BCD 52 to 53 PID No 4 MV upper limit 8 digits BCD 54 to 55 PID No 4 PV bias value 8 digits BCD 56 to 57 PID No 4 Automatic selection range upper limit 8 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 00000000 to 09999000 345 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Write PID Control Parameters 2 Sequence No 263 Hex 0107 Writes the PID parameters No 5 to 8 to the PID control parameters in the parameter area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 346 First word of send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 52 53 54 55 56 57 Number of send data words Undefined Uni
330. cator will also light If a Serial Communications Board is being used A42411 will turn ON and the ERR ALM indicator on the CPU Unit will flash indicating a non fatal error This bit will be turned ON if a checksum error is detected in the protocol data at startup The checksum is checked for all serial communications modes If a Serial Communications Unit is being used the ERC indicator will also flash If a Serial Communications Board is being used A42409 will turn ON the ERR ALM indicator on the CPU Unit will flash and the RDY indicator will flash at 1 second intervals indicating a non fatal error The operation of Host Link communications is not affected by a protocol data error The settings in the Setup Area for the following items will be stored Serial communications mode baud rate start bits data length stop bits parity ports terminating resistance setup error and port operating stopped status The port operating stopped status will always be 1 for Host Link mode The flow control and buffer status is stored These bits are cleared at startup or when a port is restarted using STUP 237 or a Port Settings Change Bit Auxiliary Area The status of the following transmission control signals is stored ER signal DTR signal CTS signal and RTS signal 1 High 0 Low The Transmission Error Flag bit 15 will turn ON if any of the following flags turn ON Overrun Error bit 04 Framing Error bit 03 or Parity Error
331. cators and status display that the system is operating normally Using the Simple Backup Function This function can be used with a CS1 H or CJ1 H CPU Unit only 1 2 3 1 Check the settings of pins 7 and 8 on the DIP switch on the front of the CPU Unit Turn ON pin 7 and turn OFF pin 8 to backup the protocol data from the Serial Communication Board Unit to the Memory Card 2 Turn ON the PC s power supply 3 Insert the Memory Card into the CPU Unit 4 Press and hold the Memory Card power supply switch for 3 seconds When the switch is pressed the MCPWR Indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash once and then remain lit while the data is being written The Indicator will go OFF after the data has been written properly 5 If necessary compare the data in the Memory Card with the protocol data in the Serial Communication Board Unit 210 Replacement Precautions Section 8 6 10 11 To compare the protocol data turn OFF pins 7 and 8 on the DIP switch on the front of the CPU Unit and press the Memory Card power supply switch for 3 seconds When the Memory Card power supply switch is pressed the MCPWR Indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash once and then re main lit while the data is being compared If the data matches the Indicator will go OFF after the data has been compared Turn OFF the power to the PC to which the Serial Communications Board or Unit to be replaced is mounted and to all serially co
332. ce RS 232C ON NT AL001 E RS 232C Resistance ON interface RS 422A 485 RS 422A 485 interface RS 232C 90 i RS 2 RS 2 NT AL001 E Resistance ON RS 232C NT ALO01 E 32C Resistance RS 422A ON 485 NT AL001 E 32C Resistance ON RS 422A 485 Resistance 5 V power B500 NT AL001 E RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 Resistance ON RS 422A 485 interface L l i J Resistance ON AL001 E RS 232C interface RS 232C RS 232C ON Wiring Section 3 3 Configu Schematic diagram ration RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 RS 232C s j interface NT AL001 E RS 232C RS 422A 485 Resistance ON 5 V power RS 422A RS 422A 485 485 interface RS 422A 485 Resistance ON 7 Resistance ON RS 422A 485 interface B500 AL001 E RS 422A 485 Resistance ON Resistance ON RS 232C interface NT ALO01 E RS 232C Resistance ON RS 2320 7 RS 232C Resistance ON 5 V power RS 422A 485 Note 1 The maximum cable length for RS 232C is 15 m The RS 232C standard however does not cover baud rates above 19 2 Kbps Refer to the manual for the device being connected to confirm support 2 The combined cable length for RS 422A 485 is 500 m including branch lines 3 The maximum cable
333. ce Sequence Sequence Sequence Sequence Sequence executed completed re executed executed completed re executed 1 i m o Sequence Abort 9 Sequence Abort Completion Flag i Completion Flag 0 t i Error processing for step No 00 1 Step Error 1 Step Error Processing Processing 0 Flag 0 Flag Note The Step Error Processing Flag is used to see whether error processing has been executed for an individual step in a sequence and not for the overall steps Therefore as shown in Example 2 above after executing error processing during a sequence step No 00 the flag will remain ON even if the next step ends normally Care is therefore required because it is not always possible to use this flag to determine whether the overall sequence has ended abnormally 161 Simple Backup Function Backup of Protocol Macro Data Section 5 5 Note Abort Switch Precaution The Abort Switch can be used to abort the sequence that is being executed The Abort Switch can be turned ON from a ladder diagram or from a Program ming Device It will be turned OFF automatically by the system when abort processing has been completed Do not attempt to force the Abort Switch to stay ON from a ladder diagram or from a Programming Device 5 5 Simple Backup Function Backup of Protocol Macro Data Overview 162 The V1 versions of the CS series Serial Communications Boards Unit CS1W SCB21 V1 CS1W SCB41 V1 and CS1W SCU21 V1
334. ceive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None All Statistic Memory Clear 3000 series Sequence No 418 Hex 01A2 This sequence clears statistic processing memories of all programs Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Statistic Processing Memory Clear 3000 series Sequence No 419 Hex 01A3 This sequence clears statistic processing memories of the program under display Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 418 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Statistic Result Request 3000 series Sequence No 420 Hex 01A4 This sequence requests the statistic processing results Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words SE Undefined f Program number P 2 o 43 Undefined Number of statistic data N 4 Decimal portion 5 Undefined Integer portion Average value AVG 6 Sign Undefined 7 Decimal portion T 8 Undefined Integer portion Maximum value MAX 9 Sign Undefined m 10 Decimal portion Er 11 Undefined Integer portion Minimum value MIN 12 Sign Undefined 13 Decimal portion rl 14 Undefined Integ
335. ceive messages flowing over the transmission line RS 232C or RS 422A 485 and the control codes are traced e I O Memory Monitoring Monitors send receive data and the status of the various flags 45 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 Executing User created Protocols CX Protocol Use the CX Protocol to create protocols Wae External device Section references in the following procedure refer to the CX Protocol Opera tion Manual W344 1 2 3 1 For details on designing protocols see Section 4 and Section 5 a Create a send receive sequence status transition chart b From the status transition chart divide the processing contents into sequence steps c Determine the send receive message contents 2 Use the CX Protocol to create and send a project protocol data See 1 10 for the outline flow a Creating a new project See 5 1 Creating a New Project or Protocol b Creating a new send receive sequence See 5 2 Creating a New Sequence or 7 1 Setting a Sequence c Creating steps See 5 2 Creating a New Sequence and 8 1 Setting a Step d Creating messages See 9 1 Setting a Message Note After creating messages steps can also be created by specifying message names e Transferring the created project to a Board or Unit See 11 1 Transferring and Reading Protocol Data between Personal Computers and Serial Communications Boards 3 Create the ladder program a Setting Send Data e Specifyin
336. cel Sequence No 544 Hex 0220 This sequence cancels polling auto read processing Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Not used 3 Undefined Head channel No Contents data format Number of send data words 0004 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the maximum Unit No depending on the model Not used R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Undefined Completion code ores Gontens ata oman ata Number of receive data 0002 fixed words 4 digits Hex Completion code 75 Cancelled before communications processing with 2 digits Hex Data Carrier 76 Cancelled after communications processing with Data Carrier 490 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Polling Auto write Command Processing Cancel Sequence No 545 Hex 0221 This sequence cancels polling auto write processing Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 544 Polling Auto read Command Processing Cancel Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 2
337. cessary to change the System Setup while the ladder dia gram program is being executed use this method to change the System Setup Note a If settings are changed from a Programming Device cycle the power to the CPU Unit use a Restart Bit to restart the Unit or Board or use the Port Settings Change Bits to restart the port Re fer to 2 2 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit for the specific ad dresses to use b For the procedure used to change the System Setup using the STUP 237 instruction refer to Appendix O Changing Communi cations Port Settings Using STUP 237 The usage of the System Setup differs according to the serial communica tions mode For details refer to the following sections Host Link communications Section 4 Using Host Link Communications Protocol macros Section 5 Using Protocol Macros 1 N NT Links Section 6 Using 1 N NT Links Loopback test Section 7 Loopback Test 62 I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 Setup Area Words m D30000 100 x unit number Setting contents Board Unit CS Series only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 D32010 Port 2 Port settings see note 1 0 Defaults 1 User settings 12 to 14 Reserved 08 to 11 Serial communications mode see note 2 0 Default Host Link 2 1 N NT Links see note 3 5 Host Link 6 Protocol macro F Loopback test 05 to 07 Reserved 04 Start bits 0 1 bit 1 1 bit 1 start bit is always used reg
338. cessing cancel 546 0222 General purpose Sends arbitrary data and stores receive data to command receive data words Note 1 The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd and 4th operands of PMCR 260 NO Send word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D 3 The Read Write Head is abbreviated as R W Head and the Data Carrier is abbreviated as simply Car rier in this appendix Connections Connections when using the V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol are shown below RS 232C Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series Pc ps Head Data Carrier RS 232C RS 232C port ID Controller FF poa RS 232C Serial Communications Unit Board ID Controller CD1D D sub 9 pin female D sub 9 pin female Signal Pin No Pin No Signal FG 1 1 GR SD 2 2 SD RD 3 3 RD RTS 4 m 4 RTS CTS 5 5 CTS SG 9 9 SG Shield 457 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M ID Controller CA1A Serial Communications Unit Board D sub 25 pin
339. ck connector male DIP Switch Settings Pin 1 ON Pin 2 ON terminating resistance Pin 3 OFF Pin 4 OFF Pin 5 OFF Pin 6 OFF Section 3 3 1 N Connections Using RS 422A 485 Ports Serial Communications B500 AL001 Link Adapter Board Unit Computer NT AL001 E Link Adapter I 4 Shield To T Pin Signal Signal Pin Pin Signal Signal Shield Pin Signal Signali Pin 9 SDA SDA 9 1 SDA RASAN FG 1 INC GRD 1 5 SDB RS 422A SDB 5 M 2 SDB__ 485 Inter SD x1so7 se 2 6 RDA S5 Inter RDA 6 j6 RDA fece RS 232C RD J4 3 RD SDB 3 1__ RDB IRDB 1 8 RDB Interface RTS 4 RTS SDA 4 3 SG SG 3 Hood FG as 5 cTs RDB 5 C7 FG FG 7 Aire os Ir 6 5v_ RDA 6 ru Signal SDA SOB RDA RDB SG FG Terminating resistance OFF DSRH 7 DSR CSB 7_ Pin 9 5 6 1 3 7 H 8 DIR CSA 8 D sub 9 pin 9 SG connector male _RS 232 RS 422 D sub 9 pin Terminal block o connector male Serial Communications Board Unit Pin Signal DI
340. ction Use the STUP 237 instruction to change the communications port settings For example the STUP 237 instruction can be used to switch the protocol to Host Link mode without leaving RUN mode and allow the user to monitor and program the CPU Unit from the host computer when the specified conditions are met while send receive sequences for modem and line connections are being executed in protocol macro mode STUP Instruction Specifications au P 237 Control data serial port number remote unit address eee First words of port settings Control Data C 15 12 11 08 07 00 Ooo o o Serial port number Remote unit address Set the following items Serial Port Number Set the serial port number physical port number of the Serial Communications Board or Unit to which the remote node is connected PORT1 1 hex PORT2 2 hex Remote Unit Address Specify the unit address of the Serial Communications Board Unit for which the serial port is to be changed Serial Communications Board E1 hex Serial Communications Unit Unit number 10 hex Setting 10 to 1F hex Note The CPU Bus Unit number 0 to F is set using the rotary switch on the front panel of the Unit First Word of Port Settings S Set the address of the first word containing the serial port settings The data is stored starting from word S in the say way as the port settings in the 10 word area allocated in the DM Area for each port For details on
341. ction list request 3000 series Yes Yes 430 01AE 3Z4L initialize 3000 series Yes 3 Yes 3 431 01AF Measurement condition set 4000 series No No 432 01B0 Measurement condition release 4000 series No No 433 01B1 Measurement condition list request 4000 series No No 434 01B2 Single run measurement start 4000 series Yes No 435 01B3 Deflection measurement start 4000 series Yes 4 No 436 01B4 Continuous measurement start scan 4000 series Yes No 437 01B5 Continuous measurement start interrupt 4000 series Yes No 438 01B6 Measurement termination 4000 series Yes No 439 01B7 Data request 4000 series Yes No 440 01B8 Forced positive zero 4000 series Yes Yes 441 01B9 Forced negative zero 4000 series Yes Yes 442 01BA Forced zero release 4000 series Yes Yes 443 01BB 3Z4L initialize 4000 series Yes 3 Yes 444 01BC General purpose command 1 Yes Yes 445 01BD General purpose command 2 Yes Yes 446 01BE High calibration set No No 447 01BF Low calibration set No No Note 1 Normal responses will be returned for these sequences for 5000 series and 6000 series Laser Mi 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol 3Z4L Clear Sequence No 400 Hex 0190 Appendix K This sequence resets errors data analog output and decision result and puts the Laser Micrometer into standby Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Op
342. ctions 4 5 1 RS 232C Ports Take the following differences into consideration when changing from an exist ing Host Link System to one using an RS 232C port on a CS CJ series CPU Unit Serial Communications Boards or Serial Communications Unit CS1H 120 Changes from Previous Products Section 4 5 Previous products C series Host Link Units G CPU RS 232C port CS1W SCU21 V1 ports CJ1W SCU21 41 port 2 CS1W SCB21 V1 ports or CS1W SCB41 V1 port 1 Model number 3G2A5 LK201 E C500 LK203 3G2A6 LK201 E Changes required for CS CJ series product Wiring The connector has been changed from a 25 pin to a 9 pin connector The CS CJ series products do not support the ST1 ST2 and RT signals and wiring them is not required Other The following changes are necessary for systems that sync with ST1 ST2 and RT Synchronized transfers will no longer be possi ble Full duplex transmissions will be possible with the CS CJ series product but the host com puter s communications program hardware or both will need to be altered The following changes are necessary for systems that did not sync with ST1 ST2 and RT It may be possible to use the host computer programs without alteration as long as the same communications settings e g baud rate are used It may be necessary however to change programs to allow for different text lengths in frames or different CS CJ command
343. cture October November and December are indicated with X Y and Z respectively In this case the month is December Day of manufacture In this example the day is 20 There is a 2 5 Kbyte reception buffer for each serial port in a CS CJ series Serial Communications Board or Unit When using flow control initiate flow control after receiving about 2 Kbytes and then release control after process ing all but 0 5 Kbytes of receive data Up to 1 000 bytes 500 words of data 135 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 5 3 can be stored for each RECV command if 2 Kbytes of receive data is first stored in the buffer and 1 000 bytes 03E8 Hex is set as the maximum num ber of send receive data bytes The timing of this operation is shown below Signal names used below are those at the Serial Communications Board PMCR 260 instruction PMCR 260 instruction GQ Command Receive Send Receive Send Receive lt RS turned ON when ren i only 0 5 Kbytes in buffer SD signal RD signal RS signal 4 RS signal turned OFF Data received from the end of the when 2 Kbytes of data last RECV command until the next accumulates in PMCR 260 execution is discarded reception buffer The RS signal does not operate 1 2 3 1 With full duplex protocol communications the RS signal is turned OFF when 2 Kbytes of data has been stored in the reception buffer i e with 0 5 Kbytes remaining 2 The receive da
344. d Note 1 Since this sequence repeats itself within the sequence once it is executed it remains in the execution state until cancelled 2 Even if execution is cancelled the Bar Code Reader still keeps reading Execute sequence No 351 BCR read stop to end the sequence Note The reception wait time is not set for this sequence Data Continuous Read Interrupt V500 Sequence No 361 Hex 0169 This sequence performs the following operations repeatedly Instruct the Bar Code Reader to start reading and receives the data read by the Bar Code Reader The interrupt notification method is used for the receive data and the interrupt No is 100 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation similar to that of sequence No 352 data read Note 1 Since this sequence repeats itself within the sequence once it is executed it remains in the execution state until cancelled 2 Even if execution is cancelled the Bar Code Reader keeps reading Execute sequence No 351 BCR read stop to end the sequence 3 The reception wait time is not set for this sequence 4 Sequences No 361 and No 364 Continuous Data Read with Interrupt are not supported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syntax error will occur if an attempt is made to execute either sequence with a Serial Communications Unit BC
345. d Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 307 The E5 Appendix G E5 _ J Temperature Controller Protocol J Temperature Controller Protocol performs various settings and controls in remote mode for the Tem perature Controller connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C or RS 422A 485 cable Note Negative values cannot be written All values must be set as unsigned BCD Structure of the Protocol The following table shows the structure of the E5 Sequence No 200 00C8 Communications sequence name Select remote mode Function Switches the Controller to remote mode J Temperature Controller Protocol Ladder interface Send word allocation Receive word allocation 201 00C9 Select local mode Switches the Controller to local mode 202 00CA Select backup mode Switches from set point write mode to backup mode 203 00CB Select RAM write mode Switches from set point write mode to RAM write mode 204 00CC Save set point Saves the set point 205 00CD Write parameters 1 Writes the set point alarm value 1 alarm value 2 and heater burnout alarm value 206 00CE Write parameters 2 Writes the proportional band integral time and derivative time 207 00CF Write input shift value Writes the input shift value 208 00D0 Read parameters 1 Reads the set point alarm value 1 al
346. d com munications Boards Data can be sent with TXD 236 instruction Units Not supported Boards and Unit FINS com mands can be sent using SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 Boards and Unit FINS com mands can be sent using SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 31 Comparison to Previous Products Section 1 7 Note 1 The number of words that can be read and written per frame i e the text lengths when using C mode commands is different for C series Host Link Units and CS CJ series Serial Communications Boards Units A host com puter program previously used for C series Host Link Units may not func tion correctly if used for CS CJ series PCs Check the host computer program before using it and make any corrections required to handle dif ferent frame text lengths Refer to the CS CJ series Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 for details 2 For CS series PCs a high speed NT link is available only with Serial Com munications Boards Units manufactured on or after December 20th 1999 With earlier models only standard NT link is available Lot No 20Z9 Manufactured on December 20th 1999 The year is indicated with the last digit In this case 9 indicates 1999 Month of manufacture October November and December are indicated with X Y and Z respectively In this case the month is December Day of manufacture In this example the day is 20 NT31 631 C V2 are the
347. d frame format differ from those of the remote node The baud rate is outside the allowable range or there are bit errors due to mismatched stop bits and so on Review the Setup Area settings Review the remote node settings and the program including the baud rate frame format and so on Data is received through CX Pro tocol transmis sion line trace but the protocol macros behave as if no data is received Because response from the remote node in half duplex mode is received too fast the data received from the time the data send processing was completed until the Send operation was completed is discarded Use full duplex mode The remote node sometimes returns no response to sent data Response may be received by performing retries The transmission timing is too fast for the remote node to receive data Set or increase the trans mission wait time time to await data transmission in step units 197 Troubleshooting Serial communi cations mode Serial com munica tions mode is set to protocol macro 198 Indicator display indi cators are flashing but the Unit or Board can not perform communi cations ora communi cations error some times occurs Status information etc A transmission error some times occurs Words allocated in the CIO Area Bit 15 Transmission Error of the words
348. d of the communications cable as possible as shown in the following illustration Serial Commu nications Unit Board 6 5 EMS Measures for Serial Communications Units The immunity testing conditions for the CJ1W SCU41 Serial Communications Unit are as follows A ferrite core is mounted on the test cable connected to the RS 422A 485 port Refer to 6 4 EMI Measures for Serial Communications Boards and Units for information on mounting the ferrite core xix SECTION 1 Introduction This section introduces the hardware and software functions of the Serial Communications Boards and the Serial Communications Units including the communications modes system configurations and specifications 1 1 Using this Manual 2 52 06 niece eae iad tke bake eae bate 2 12 OVERVICW oan 2 ra A rn eke an ete E Bee ent N E AO 3 1 2 1 Serial Communications Boards 0 00 eee eee eee 3 1 2 2 Serial Communications Units 0 00 c eee eee 4 1 3 Protocol Overview 0 eect ttt ent neae 6 1 3 1 Host Link Mode 0 eee eens 6 1 3 2 Protocol Mactos i4s 5 vs aque ne decay ss Ae Vag SA EEA Boe 8 1 3 3 VIN NT Links 2 0 00 e650 ch ete eine eddie aba dled bbe ed ei 8 1 3 4 Loopback Testzeere gucci asia eae et eee 9 NAS Feature S sched etl ot ob tile al Ala dA lth lawl a Blatt ERE TAa 9 1 4 1 Serial Communications Boards and Units 9 14 2 Protocols x4 case ele deieh
349. d or Unit Host Link Unit No Host Link send delay time etc does not corre spond to the set tings for the remote device The command for mat and data length of the data sent from the host are incorrect Reset the settings in DM Area words m 2 and m 3 m 12 and m 13 of the Board or Unit Host Link Unit No Host Link send delay time etc so that they correspond to the set tings at the host device Correct the command frame header Host Link Unit No terminator etc and the program Cables are incor rectly connected The RS 422A 485 port setting 2 wire or 4 wire is incor rect Adapters such as the NT AL001 E are incorrectly wired or set Check the wiring and switch settings and cor rect if necessary 187 Troubleshooting Serial commu nications mode Serial commu nications mode is set to Host Link 188 Indicator status and indica tors are flash ing but the response has not been returned from the host For the Unit the SDU indicator does not flash at all Commu nications have been electri cally estab lished Status information etc There is no transmission error CIO Area This is a transmis sion circuit hard ware error Section 8 3 Conduct a loopback test in serial communications mode to check the trans mission lines If an error occurs during the test replace th
350. d when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 2 512 0200 Polling Auto read Subcommand ASCII 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 4 513 0201 Polling Auto read Subcommand ASCII 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 8 514 0202 Polling Auto read Hex Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is from 1 to 8 515 0203 Polling Auto read Subcommand Hex 2 Used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 2 516 0204 Polling Auto read Subcommand Hex 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 4 517 0205 Polling Auto read Subcommand Hex 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 8 518 0206 Write ASCII 1 Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 1 455 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Sequence No 519 0207 Communications sequence name Write ASCII 2 Function Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 Appendix M Ladder interface Send word allocation 520 0208 Write ASCII 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 521 0209 Write ASCII 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 522 020A Write Hex 1
351. data read by the Bar Code Reader stores the data in the receive data storage words and then instructs the Reader to stop reading Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 It is similar to sequence No 352 Data read Note The reception wait time is not set for this sequence 390 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J BCR Function Write V500 Sequence No 345 Hex 0162 This sequence sets the operation mode and read functions in the Bar Code Reader Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Number of send data words Operation mode In zone control Types of bar code Undefined Undefined Number of digits Modulus check Undefined Undefined Number oif Multstp Buzzer Horizontal control Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0007 fixed Operation mode ASCII 1 character 41 A ONLINE 42 B ONLINE CONTROL In zone control ASCII 1 character B 541 A ON 42 B OFF Bar code type ASCII 1 character B 41 A JAN 42 B NW7 NORMAL 43 C NW7 SMALL 44 D NW7 HEX 45 E CODE39 NORMAL 46 F CODE39 ST SP OUTPUT 47 G 2 of 5 ITF 48 H CODE128 49 P CODE93 A J 2 0f 5 3B
352. dates reference object data of the full win dow Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Reference Object Registration Command 2 Execution F300 Sequence No 464 Hex 01D0 This sequence performs a measurement for the input image and updates the reference object data of a desig nated window Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words dee 1 Undefined Window No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Window No 1 digit BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 447 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Illumination Fluctuation Follow Execution F300 Sequence No 465 Hex 01D1 This sequence executes an illumination fluctuation follow Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Measurement Execution and Positioning F350 Sequence No 470 Hex 01D6 This sequence carries out one measurement and stores the measurement results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words er eee ee er een i 1 Decimal portion 2 Sign I
353. digits BCD 299 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Appendix F Write Ramp Value Sequence No 164 Hex 00A4 Writes the ramp values Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 16 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Undefined Ramp value Time unit Undefined _ Channel 0 Undefined Ramp value Time unit Undefined Channel Undefined Ramp value Channel 7 Time unit Undefined 17 Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0012 0018 decimal fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 Ramp value 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 Channel 0 Time unit one ASCII character S Seconds M Minutes H Hours Channel 1 Ramp value 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 Channel 1 Time unit one ASCII character S Second M Minute H Hour Channel 7 Ramp value 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 Channel 7 Time unit one ASCII character Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None S Seconds M Minutes H Hours Write Manual Output Value Sequence No 165 Hex 00A5 Writes the manual output values for control output in manual operation Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send dat
354. digits BCD 36 to 37 Secondary loop P 8 digits BCD 38 to 39 Secondary loop 8 digits BCD 40 to 41 Secondary loop D 8 digits BCD 42 to 43 Secondary loop manual reset 8 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 00000000 to 09999000 Read PID Control Parameters 1 Sequence No 260 Hex 0104 Reads PID parameters No 1 to 4 from PID control parameters in the parameter area and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 1 Number of send data words Undefined Unitno orset contents Gaaerma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 341 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 342 Receive data storage words 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 51 52 53 54 55 56 Number of receive data words PID No 1 P rightmost 4 digits PID No 1 P leftmost 4 digits PID No 1 rightmost 4 digits PID No 11 leftmost 4 digits PID No 1D rightmost 4 digits PID No 1 D leftmost 4 digits PID No 1 MV lower limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 1 MV lower limit leftmost 4 digits PID No 1 MV up
355. ds 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 MV upper limit 2 MV lower limit 3 MV change rate limit Contents data format 0 Number of receive data words 0004 4 digits Hex 1 MV upper limit 4 digits BCD MV lower limit 1 to 1050 0000 to 1050 for heating cooling control 240 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C oriset Comensa ome Data MV lower limit 4 digits BCD F050 to MV upper limit 1 F indicates a negative value values A050 to 1050 for heating cooling control A indicates a negative value 3 MV change rate limit 0000 to 1000 4 digits BCD Read Input Digital Filter Sequence No 015 Hex 000F Reads the input digital filter and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data F Unit No 1 Undefined COR ae Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Input digital filter Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex Input digital filter
356. ds yi 2 Appendix G Number of receive data words Undefined Status Undefined Alarm 1 type Alarm 2 type Input type Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0003 Status 2 digits Hex 00 to 99 Alarm 1 type 1 digit Hex Alarm 2 type 1 digit Hex Input type 1 digit BCD Oto9 O0to9 Oto9 General purpose Write Sequence No 216 Hex 00D8 Writes the parameter specified by setting a header code Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 data 2 3 4 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Header code ASC Undefined Data code Send data Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0005 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2 Header code two ASCII characters Header codes that can be set MB WS W WW WB WN WV 3 Data code 2 digits BCD 01 to 02 4 Write data 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None General purpose Read Sequence No 217 Hex 00D9 Reads the parameter specified by setting a header Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 322 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Header code ASC Undefined Data code Co
357. e error log and transfer protocol macro data If the error persists replace the Board Unit 204 Error Logs Section 8 4 8 4 6 Reading and Clearing Error Log Tables The error log table can be read or cleared by sending FINS commands to the Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit Refer to the CS CJ series Communications Command Reference Manual W342 for details on FINS commands Set the send destination unit address for the FINS commands to the unit num ber of the Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit as follows Serial Communications Board E1 hexadecimal Serial Communications Unit 10 hexadecimal unit number 8 4 7 CONTROLLER DATA READ 05 01 Reads the following data for the Serial Communications Board or Serial Com munications Unit e Serial Communications Board or Unit Model Serial Communications Board or Unit Version Command Format 05 01 7 Command code Response Format 05 01 20 bytes 20 bytes Command End code Board Unit Board Unit code Model Version Parameters Model Version Response The Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit model and version are specified in the response each as ASCII data up to 20 bytes max If the data is less than 20 bytes the remaining bytes will be expressed as 20 hexadecimal space
358. e rightmost 4 digits 39 Process value leftmost 1 digit 40 Output value J 274 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of receive data words 0029 0041 decimal 4 digits Hex Channel 0 Varies according to the temperature sensor Set point rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD Channel 0 Set point leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Channel 0 Varies according to the temperature sensor Process value rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD Channel 0 Process value leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Output value 4 digits BCD Channel 7 Varies according to the temperature sensor Set point rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD Channel 7 Set point leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Channel 7 Varies according to the temperature sensor Process value rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD Channel 7 Process value leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Output value 4 digits BCD Read Proportional Band Integral Time and Derivative Time Sequence No 104 Hex 0068 Reads the proportional bands constant P integral times constant I and derivative times Constant D and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word
359. e set to 3 Hex Data Read Write Range Error The data range of the specified area is exceeded when data is being written to or read from the I O memory of the CPU Unit Specify another area or reduce the size of the data to be sent or received Troubleshooting Indicator display Serial communi cations mode Serial com munica tions mode is set to protocol macro The SDL RDL and COMO indi cators do not flash at all Com munica tions have not been electrically estab lished Status information etc The PMCR 260 instruction is executed but bit 15 Protocol Macro Execut ing Flag of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 does not turn ON Words allocated in the CIO Area Bits 00 to 03 Error Code of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 are set to 4 Hex Proto col Data Syntax Error The protocol data in the Board or Unit is incorrect Section 8 3 Use CX Protocol to cor rect and transfer the pro tocol data The Network Com munications Instruc tion Execution Enabled Flag A20200 to A20207 is set to OFF Execu tion Disabled The SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 or another PMCR 260 instruction is currently being executed using the same communications port number Execute the PMCR 260 instruction using a com munications port number setin bits 12 to 15 of C1 other than that used
360. e Board or Unit The following set tings in the FA com mand frame are incorrect The ICF is set to have no response The value of the remote destination address DNA DA1 DA2 has not been properly set Reset the frame parame ters correctly The send delay time setting is too long Reset the parameters in the System Setup cor rectly CTS control is ON and bit 04 of ClO Area words n 7 n 17 CTS signal is OFF The CTS control is set but the RTS sig nal from the remote Unit has not entered in the CTS signal of the local Unit Perform one of the follow ing Wire the local Unit RTS signal to the CTS signal using loopback Disable the CTS control Enter the RTS signal of the remote Unit into the CTS signal of the local Unit and then use CTS control There isa transmission error In CIO Area words n 8 n 18 bit 15 transmission error status is turned ON and bit 04 overrun error bit 03 framing error or bit 02 parity error is turned ON The communica tions conditions and baud rate do not match the settings at the host Review the System Setup the host s settings and pro gram such as commands and frame format based on the response contents and the transmission error codes in CIO Area words n 8 n 18 There is noise inter ference Use shielded twisted pair cables Lay power lines sepa rately using ducts Review the install
361. e CPU Unit will flash once and then remain lit while the data is being written The Indicator will go OFF after the data has been written properly Protocol data E Restoring the Protocol Data from the Memory Card Follow these steps to restore the Protocol Data File i e read the protocol data from the Memory Card and set it in the Serial Communications Board Unit 1 Make the following settings to pins 7 and 8 in the DIP Switch on the front of the CPU Unit Pin Setting 8 OFF 2 Turn the PC s power supply from OFF to ON Serial Communications Board Unit CPU Unit All data Protocol data Memory Card This procedure reads the Serial Communications Board Unit s Protocol Data File from the Memory Card and sets that data in the Serial Communications Board Unit When the PC s power is turned ON the MCPWR Indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light and flash once The MCPWR Indicator will remain lit while the data is being read The Indicator will go OFF after the data has been read properly Serial Communications Board Operation The Serial Communications Board s RDY Indicator will flash during the restore operation and it will be lit wnen the restore operation is completed nor mally e Restore Simple Backup Function Backup of Protocol Macro Data Section 5 5 If the restore operation fails the RDY Indicator will continue to flash The CPU Unit s ERR ALM Indicator wi
362. e data received before and during SEND execution cannot be accessed as receive data by the next RECV command When using SEND with half duplex transmission there is a time lag t1 between data send processing completion and SEND completion Therefore if there is a rapid response from the remote device and a response is returned for SEND after data is sent communications or other command and before SEND is completed the response during that time cannot be received using half duplex transmissions If this problem occurs use the full duplex transmis sions Also if the external device is connected using 2 wire connections from an RS 422A 485 port send and receive data cannot both be on the same transmis sion line at the same time This will create an additional lag time t2 or 150 us If responses are being received quickly from the external device i e faster than t1 t2 create a send delay at the external device or take other measures to allow for the lag times SEND operation Data send processing tt t2 150 us See Time lags see following table Data Data cannot be received reception during this time A Reception buffer cleared Time Lag t1 Baud rate bps Time lag us 133 Setup Area Allocations Section 5 2 Transmission mode Half duplex With full duplex mode the reception buffer is cleared immediately before the sequence
363. e may be sent from the port The current serial communications mode can be checked in bits 12 to 15 Protocol Macro 6 Hex of the following words Boards CIO 1905 for port 1 and CIO 1915 for port 2 Units CIO n 5 for port 1 and ClO n 15 for port 2 Refer to 2 3 1 DM Area for DM Area allocations and settings 5 4 2 Ladder Program Structure Programming Example Note When creating a ladder program note the following points e To ensure that a PMCR 260 instruction is not executed while another PMCR 260 instruction is being executed use the Protocol Macro Execut ing Flag in an NC input condition e Use an OFF condition for the Protocol Macro Executing Flag and perform processing to read the results of sequence execution or perform process ing when a sequence ends in an error Communications Protocol Macro Input condition Port Enabled Flags Executing Flag Protocol Macro Executing Flag yp fo pr eee eee eee t a Reading of sequence execution results Processing of sequence errors Beep oi i SS te or ae see i i When executing the PMCR 260 instruction be sure to check that the serial communications mode for the port used for communications is set to protocol macro If the PMCR 260 instruction is executed with the serial communica tions mode set to Host Link SYSWAY messages that cannot be used for the application will be output from the serial communications port The serial com munications
364. e reads peak holding data for continuous units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units offset Contents data forma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 4 digits Hex 1 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The data allocation is similar to sequence No 332 Read Holding Data by Unit Number Read Holding Data BH Continuous Units Sequence No 334 Hex 014E This sequence reads bottom holding data for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 333 Read Holding Data PH Continuous Units Read Display Value PV by Unit Number Sequence No 335 Hex 014F Reads the display value PV and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Relevant unit No saal Undefined Relevant unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 to 0022 3 to 34 decimal 4 digits Hex Number of units 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 4 digits Hex Relevant unit No 00 to 99 2 digits BCD Relevant unit No 00 to 99 2 digits BCD 381 K3T _ Intelligent Signal Processor Protoc
365. e responses back from the PCs Refer to the CS CJU series Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 for details _ Programming to a send commands and receive responses Host computer Serial Communications Board Unit Command Sending FINS Commands from PCs to Host Computers SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 can be used to execute slave initi ated communications Also programming is required at the host computer to 43 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 received data and return responses An example is provided below for SEND 090 C FR return responses Host computer Serial Communications Board Unit va i SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 CPU Unit SEND 090 can be used to send data from the PC to a host computer If the input condition turns ON when the Communications Port Enabled Flag is ON 10 words of data from CIO 0100 to CIO 0109 will be sent to the host computer connected to port 1 on the Serial Communications Unit with network address 0 node address 0 and unit address 10 Hex Communications Port Enabled Flag for Port 0 Input condition A20200 m SEND 90 0100 0000 D00200 The control data for the above instruction is shown in the following table First send word CIO 0100 0000 used to send to a host computer First control data word D00200 Word Contents Meaning D00200 Number of send words 10 D00201 Bits 00 to 07 Dest
366. e sequence Auto read Hex 1 Sequence No 509 Hex 01FD This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 504 Read Hex 1 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 504 Read Hex 1 Note For auto read AR a response is not returned if the number of Heads is not read by the Carrier the Abort Bit must be turned OFF to terminate the sequence 471 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Polling Auto read ASCII Sequence No 510 Hex 01FE This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is from 1 to 8 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined UnitNo 3 Undefined Head CH No 4 Leading address No CRI 5 Undefined Readbytes 4 N 1 2 Undefined UnitNo l 4 N 1 3 Undefined Head CH No 4 N 1 4 Leading address No SN unbe of Heads 4 N 1 5 Undefined Readbytes Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0006 to 0022 6 to 34 decimal 4 digits Hex Number of Heads 0001 to 0008 4 digits BCD 4 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary How
367. e type Address 00 No of ele Write data ments PARAMETER AREA READ 02 01 Parameter Address No of elements Write data type PARAMETER AREA WRITE 02 02 Parameter Address No of elements type PROCESSOR STATUS READ 05 03 CONTROLLER STATUS READ 06 01 ECHOBACK TEST 08 01 Text data OPERATION COMMAND 30 05 Command code Response Format STX Node No ubaddres End code ETX BCC O2HEX X10 X10 00 Response Text Text O3HEX code code 218 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B Example VARIABLE AREA READ The following command and text are used to read the present value maximum value minimum value and sta tus of the Intelligent Signal Processor Command and Text Variable No of MRS SRC type First read address elements l o0 l 00 co 00 0001 l 2 bytes 2 bytes 2 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 1 Variable Type Variable type CO Present value maximum value minimum value status and comparison value 2 First Read Address Specify the address of the data to be read in 4 digits Hex 3 Number of Elements 4 Digits Hex Number of elements Process 0001 Read the data and end normally Note If 0000 is specified nothing will be read and a normal end will be returned A parameter error will occur for any set
368. ead Hexadecimal 8 475 Polling Auto read Command Processing Cancel 490 Polling Auto write ASCII 2 484 Polling Auto write ASCII 4 485 Polling Auto write ASCII 8 485 Polling Auto write Hexadecimal 2 486 Polling Auto write Hexadecimal 4 486 Polling Auto write Hexadecimal 8 487 Polling Auto write Command Processing Cancel 491 Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 2 484 Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 4 485 Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 8 485 Polling Auto write Subcommand Hexadecimal 2 486 Polling Auto write Subcommand Hexadecimal 4 486 Polling Auto write Subcommand Hexadecimal 8 487 Read ASCII 1 462 Index Read ASCII 2 463 Read ASCII 4 464 Read ASCII 8 465 Read Hexadecimal 1 466 Read Hexadecimal 2 467 Read Hexadecimal 4 468 Read Hexadecimal 8 470 Write ASCII 1 475 Write ASCII 2 476 Write ASCII 4 478 Write ASCII 8 479 Write Hexadecimal 1 480 Write Hexadecimal 2 481 Write Hexadecimal 4 482 Write Hexadecimal 8 483 sequences Visual Inspection System Arbitrary Measurement Value Acquisition F200 441 Binary Level Modification F200 300 451 Camera Change Decrease by 1 F200 300 450 Camera Change Increase by 1 F200 300 450 Camera Designation and Positioning F350 449 Character String Inspection and Character Inspection F350 450 Continuous Measurement Execution Interrupt F200 439 Continuous Measurement Execution
369. eaving the label attached may result in malfunction e Always check polarity before wiring RS 422A 485 connectors The polar ity for the SDA B and RDA B signals can be different for some external devices e Check to be sure that terminating resistors have been correctly installed for RS 422A 485 systems before starting operation e Disconnect the functional ground terminal before conducting voltage with stand tests e Never turn OFF the power supply while writing protocol macro data e Wire all connections correctly according to instructions in this manual e Check terminal blocks completely before mounting them e Double check all wiring and switch settings before turning ON the power supply Incorrect wiring may result in burning xvi Conformance to EC Directives 6 e Be sure that the Bus Connection Unit and other items with locking devices are properly locked into place Improper locking may result in malfunction e Check the user program for proper execution before actually running it on the Unit Not checking the program may result in an unexpected opera tion e Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before attempting any of the following Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation e Changing the operating mode of the PC e Force setting force resetting any bit in memory e Changing the present value of any word or any set value in memory e Observe the following precautions for communications c
370. ection ON OFF ON OFF e DIP Switch 2 No Setting Status Selection for measure ON OFF Set these settings according ment section ON OFF to the sensor connected ON OFF ON OFF Setting of minimum read ON OFF Set these settings for value ON OFF 4 digits in the decimal por tion Display unit ON OFF External command setting ON OFF 403 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Delimiter Control Code Setting 3Z4L 4000 Series Appendix K The delimiter control codes must be set on DIP switch SW1 for the 3Z4L 4000 Series Turn off pins 4 and 5 set the delimiter codes to CR LF and set the delimiter code control setting in the sequence to CR LF See the set ting for CR LF in the following diagram mall ON 123 45 67 8 Turn OFF Delimiter Setting Turn OFF to use a general purpose interface Turn ON to use a general purpose interface Delimiter CR4LF CR LF Pin Pin 4 OFF ON OFF Pin 5 OFF OFF ON Handshaking ON Control recognize DRT input OFF 3 wire method non protocol Baud Rate Baud rate Pi 1200 2400 4800 9600 in Pin 1 OFF ON OFF ON Pin 2 OFF OFF ON ON 404 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K 3Z4L 3000 Series The delimiter control code does not need to be set on the DIP switch for the 3Z4L 3000 Series Set the delim iter control codes in the sequence to CR LF for the send code and to CR or CR LF for the
371. ecuting Loopback Tests 2 0 0 178 Tele Overview siai ress raink he eid Woe ee ee ee eae 178 7 1 2 Connection Method 0 0 0 ccc cee 178 TL3 e Procedure Sas r 8 ceri alos an datas ean 178 7 1 4 Indicators Used for the Loopback Test 0205 179 7 2 Setup Area Allocations 2 0 00 0 00 ccc ttt 179 7 3 CIO Area Allocations 0 0 cnet 180 177 Executing Loopback Tests Section 7 1 7 1 Executing Loopback Tests 7 1 1 Overview Executing a loopback test will allow you to test a port communications circuit by connecting a loopback wire connector to the port of a Serial Communica tions Board or Unit looping back the transmitted data to make it the received data for the Unit or Board and then comparing and checking the data Loopback test switch be The loopback test results are stored Loopback test T 7 1 2 Connection Method Make the connections according to the type of port as shown in the following diagrams RS 232C Port Pin Signal 2 SD a 3 RD k 4 RTS 5 CTS _ 7 o O 8 7 FG DTR DSR __ RS 422A 485 Port Pin Signal 1 SDA 2 SDB 6 RDA ke 8 RDB he 7 1 3 Procedure The loopback test is performed using the procedure shown below 1 2 3 1 Connect the connector of the port to be used to execute the loopback test See 7 1 2 Connection Method for details 2 Set the
372. ed 10 nica 1 Remote Unit busy receiving Flow control tions 0 Remote Unit ready to receive status 09 Reserved 08 1 Local Unit busy receiving Flow control 0 Local Unit ready to receive 07 Trans DTR ER signal 1 High 0 Low 06 MISSION DSR DR signal 1 High 0 Low control 05 signal Reserved 04 status CTS CS signal 1 High 0 Low 03 RTS RS signal 1 High 0 Low 141 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 5 3 Contents Units CS CJ Series Boards CS Series Only Transmission error No transmission error Tfs send finished monitoring time exceeded Normal Tfr receive finished monitoring time exceeded Normal Tr receive wait monitoring time exceeded Normal Number of retries 0 to 9 0 to 9 hex Trans mission error status 12 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 08 to 11 Number of retries Trans mission error status 07 06 05 04 03 02 00 01 00 to 15 FCS check error 0 FCS check normal Command error 0 No command error Timeout Tfs Tfr or Tr error 0 Normal Overrun error 0 Normal Framing error 0 Normal Parity error 0 Normal Reserved Protocol status See Protocol Status on page 67 Note 1 The settings in the Setup Area are reflected here The default settings
373. ed Intersecting point X intersecting point Y Intersecting point X aberration reserved intersecting point Y aberration reserved Continuous Measurement Execution Scan F300 Sequence No 461 Hex 01CD This sequence carries out continuously the settings of F300 and stores measurement results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 444 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 4 Undefined Window No 2 Undefined Bia 43 Decimal portion 4 E Integer portion Data 1 5 Sign 0 7 i Integer portion Data 2 8 Sign 0 j 9 Decimal portion 10 g Integer portion Data 3 11 0 5 12 Decimal portion 13 j Integer portion Data 4 14 Sign 0 z 15 Decimal portion 7 16 E Integer portion Data 5 17 Sign 0 A Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Note 1 Offset Content data format Number of receive data words 0006 1 measurement item 4 digits Hex 0009 2 measurement items 000C 3 measurement items OOOF 4 measurement items 0012 5 measurement items 1 Window No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 2 Evaluation result 1 digit BCD 0 OK 1 NG 3 to 5 Measurement value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Measurement value integer portion 7 digits BCD Measurement value sign 1 digit
374. ed Fatal Reserved errors Reserved Note 2 1 Inner Bus error 0 Normal 1 Inner Board watchdog timer error 0 Normal Note 1 When any one of bits 05 to 11 is ON A40208 Inner Board Error Flag non fatal error will be ON 2 When bit 00 or 01 is ON A401 12 Inner Board Fatal Error Flag will be ON For details on errors refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 137 Section 5 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Auxiliary Area Bit Descriptions Address Meaning Timing Initialize ON Board Unit Board A42400 The corresponding flag will turn ON Startup At error Startup Watchdog Units A40207__ When the Board or Unit is faulty If the See note Timer Error and A417 problem persists even when the Board Flags or Unit is remounted or used with Unit numbers 0 another CPU Unit replace the Board or to F correspond Unit to bits 00 to 15 of A417 Inner Bus Board A42401 The flag will turn ON when an error Startup At error Startup Error Flag No flags are occurs in the Inner bus If the problem provided for persists even when the Board is Units remounted or used with another CPU Unit replace the Board Protocol Board A42410 The flag will turn ON when and attempt Startup At error Start of Macro Execu No flags are was made to read or write data at an ille Sequence tion Error Flag provided for
375. ed by connecting to the ports on the CPU Unit This is faster than using Host Link commu nications 41 N NT Link Note The PT must also be set for a 1 N NT Link Communications will not be possible if the PT is set for a 1 1 NT Link Host Link Reference Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 Section 4 Using Host Link Communications Section 5 Using Protocol Macros CX Protocol Operation Manual W344 Section 5 Using Protocol Macros Appendices B to O Section 5 Using Protocol Macros CX Protocol Operation Manual W344 Section 5 Using Protocol Macros CX Protocol Operation Manual W344 Section 4 Using Host Link Communications Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 Section 6 Using 1 N NT Links Section 4 Using Host Link Communications 35 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 1 9 Basic Operating Procedure 1 9 1 36 Overview 1 2 3 An overview of the basic operating procedure is provided here Refer to the following pages for details 1 2 oar w Turn OFF the power supply to the PC Set the unit number if a Serial Communications Unit is being used Set the unit number using the rotary switch on the front panel of the Unit Install the Board or Unit Connect the Unit and the external device s Turn ON the power supply to the PC Create the I O tables if a Serial Communications Unit is being used Create the I O tables using a
376. ed 4 4 Command completed At 1 in the diagram the response to a command sent from the host com puter is being transmitted from the port In this case the command transmis sion to the host computer is postponed until the response transmission is completed 2 When a response is not required from the host computer the Communica tions Port Enabled Flag will turn ON when the command to the host computer has passed from the CPU Unit to the port Response Wait Time After Host Computer Sends Data Response Required Host computer Command Serial Communications Board Unit 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag 1 i 1 command Response as Response wait time 2 Command acknowledged t AN Command completed No Response Required Host computer Command i Serial Communications Lae Board Unit 1 Commana Response Response wait time 2 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag Command acknowledged 4 4 Command completed When response wait time has been set in the command format from the host computer commands to the host computer will not be transmitted until the response time has elapsed 1 Transmission of responses to commands from the host computer will be postponed until the command transmission to the host computer has been completed 2 119 Changes from Previous Products Section 4 5 When a response is not required from the host computer the Commu
377. ed beginning with the smallest offset from the receive data words Read ASCII 8 Sequence No 503 Hex 01F7 This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 8 Up to 20 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined Unit No gt 3 Undefined Head CH No au 4 Leading address No 5 Undefined Read bytes 6 Undefined Unit No 7 Undefined Head cH no 8 Leading address No CMe 9 Undefined Read bytes 7 30 Undefined Unit No 31 Undefined Head CH No 32 Leading address No SCM 33 Undefined Read bytes Contents data format Number of send data words 0006 to 0022 6 to 34 decimal 4 digits Hex Number of Heads 0001 to 0008 4 digits BCD Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model R W Head CH No R W Head CH 1 designation 1 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be setto 1 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex Read bytes 01 to 14 1 to 20 bytes 2 digits Hex N Number of Heads 465 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data
378. ed to send data of a specified data mand 1 length and receive only ACK as the receive data 366 016E General purpose com Used to send data of a specified data mand 2 length and receive ACK together with the return of other receive data The frame for mat of the receive data however has to contain STX and ETX 387 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J Note 1 The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd and 4th operands of PMCR 260 NO Send word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D 3 Sequences No 361 and No 364 Continuous Data Read with Interrupt are not supported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syntax error will occur if an attempt is made to execute either sequence with the Serial Communications Unit Connections The connections for using the V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol are shown below V500 Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit 100 VAC CS CJ Series V520 R12 Reader a V500 C11 Be cece pOr ID Controller V509 W040 Reader Cable Serial Communica
379. eelebiel eee daw pete by Se 9 1 5 System Configurations 0 0 000 c ce cect eens 13 E6 Specifications i e eke te eects hk pepe a ocean Rake tes hate 22 1 6 1 Serial Communications Boards and Unit 22 1 6 2 General Specifications 0 24 1 6 3 Protocol Specifications 0 cece cee 24 1 7 Comparison to Previous Products 00 00 e cece eee eens 30 1 8 Selecting the Serial Communications Mode 0 000s eee 35 1 9 Basic Operating Procedure 00 0 0 cece tet eene 36 ToD ds OVERVIEW 3 22 ae et hk i add tee Sek ha A Bod at eds aloes 36 1 9 2 Explanation of Procedure 1 2 0 0 eee ee eee eee 37 Using this Manual Section 1 1 1 1 Using this Manual This manual is structured to provide information on Host Link protocol macro and 1 N NT link communications in functional units as would be required in actual applications You should read Section 1 Introduction first and then read information in the rest of the manual and related manuals as required by your specific application Information Overview and appearance of the Serial Communi cations Boards and Serial Communications Unit Section or Manual 1 2 Overview 2 1 Component Names and Functions Overview features and specifications of serial communications 1 3 Protocol Overview 1 4 Features 1 6 Specifications 4 1 Host Link Communications 5 1 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions 6 1 O
380. el 7 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 Read Ramp Value Sequence No 115 Hex 0073 Reads the ramp values and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No orr Comens aoma D Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data storage words Offset 0 Number of receive data words 1 Undefined Ramp value 2 Time unit Undefined Channel 0 3 Undefined Ramp value 4 Time unit Undefined eh 15 Undefined Ramp value Channeiz 16 Time unit Undefined Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Contents data format 0011 0017 decimal Channel 0 Ramp value 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 Channel 0 Time unit one ASCII character S Seconds M Minutes H Hours 282 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E onset Contents Gatarorma ata Channel 7 000 to 999 Ramp value 3 digits BCD Channel 7 S Seconds M Minutes H Hours Time unit one ASCII character Read Present Set Point Sequence No 116 Hex 0074 Reads the present set points during ramp operation and stores the results in the specified word Send Data W
381. en in parentheses 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd and 4th operands of PMCR 260 NO Send word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D Connections Connections for using the ES100L Digital Controller Protocol are shown below RS 232C Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series ES100 PC PS RS 232C port RS 232C RS 232C Serial Communications Unit Board Be cys i RS 232C D sub RS 232C 9 pin female Terminal Block i Signal name Pin No i i i i i Terminal Signal name i FG 1 i SD 2 r 17 SD i RD 3 16 RD RTS 4 i 15 SG t CTS 5 ie rr a f DSR 7 DTR 8 SG 9 326 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H RS 422A 485 Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series ES100 PC PS RS 422A 485 port
382. enabled Startup See note When sta tus is read After busy status has been released Local Unit receive busy receive wait Board CIO 190708 port 1 CIO 191708 port 2 Unit n 7 bit 08 port 1 n 17 bit 08 port 2 This flag indicates the receive status of a local Unit Board or Unit during RECV when Xon Xoff flow control is set in the transmis sion control parameters 1 Local Unit receive busy Reception is dis abled because the reception buffer is more than 4 5 2 Kbytes full Local Unit receive wait Reception is enabled because the reception buffer is less than 1 5 0 5 Kbytes full This bit is cleared when the power is turned ON at port restart by the STUP 237 instruc tion or by the Port 1 or Port 2 Port Settings Change Bit Auxiliary Area or when the next sequence is started Startup When sta tus is read After busy status has been released Transmis sion control signal status Board CIO 1907 bits 03 04 06 07 port 1 CIO 1917 bits 03 04 06 07 port 2 Unit n 7 bits 03 04 06 07 port 1 n 17 bits 03 04 06 07 port 2 The status of each transmission control sig nal ER DTR CTS and RTS for each port is always read to these flags 1 High 0 Low Startup When sta tus is read After busy status has been released 143 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Transmis sion error status
383. ence No Board CIO 1910 bits 00 to 11 port 1 CIO 1920 bits 00 to 11 port 2 Unit n 10 bits 00 to 11 port 1 n 20 bits 00 to 11 port 2 The current send receive sequence number is set when the sequence execution starts This number does not change when a sequence number error error code 2 occurs Startup See note When sequence starts Executed Step No code 148 Board CIO 1911 bits 08 to 11 port 1 CIO 1921 bits 08 to 11 port 2 Unit n 11 bits 08 to 11 port 1 n 21 bits 08 to 11 port 2 Step numbers 0 to 15 0 to F hex are stored for the steps for which execution has been completed Startup See note When step is exe cuted When sequence starts Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Executed Reception Case No code Executed Reception Case No Flags Address Board CIO 1910 bits 00 to 03 port 1 CIO 1920 bits 00 to 03 port 2 Unit n 10 bits 00 to 03 port 1 n 20 bits 00 to 03 port 2 Board CIO 1912 bits 00 to 15 port 1 CIO 1922 bits 00 to 15 port 2 Unit n 12 bits 00 to 15 port 1 n 22 bits 00 to 15 port 2 Meaning Reception matrix case numbers 0 to 15 0 to F hex are stored for which reception has been completed The number is cleared when the sequence execution starts when the STUP 237 instruction is executed and at restarts The Executed Reception Case No
384. eption Repeat processing repeat counters for send receive processing can be specified in communications sequences This enables the same data to be sent by switching destination addresses during communications 1 N N 32 max due to restrictions in the physical layer or by switching the PC memory write destination addresses during data reception An interrupt can be created in the PC s CPU Unit during data reception and an interrupt program can be executed in the CPU Unit The PC interrupt func tion is supported only for the Serial Communications Boards This function cannot be used with Serial Communications Units The contents of up to 15 set of expected receive data can be compared with the receive data to determine the next process LRC2 two s complement of LRC and SUM1 one s complement of SUM have been added to the error check codes At any step of the send receive sequence the next process can be made to wait until a sync signal from the PC s CPU Unit has been input This enables processing such as data manipulations to be performed in the CPU Unit dur ing the send receive sequence With the conventional protocol macro functions only half duplex transmis sions were possible With half duplex mode the reception buffer is cleared 11 Features Section 1 4 Note Clear Reception Buffer at Any Time Control ER Signal at Any Time 12 immediately after the send operation is completed Therefore if
385. equence Process Value Read Sequence for E5UK Controller Read Protocol Link words Setting Transmission control parameters Modem control Response notification method Scan Reception wait time Tr 3s Reception finished wait time Tfr 3s Send finished wait time Tfs 3s Step number 00 Repeat counter Command Reset 001 SEND amp RECV Retry count 3 Send wait time Send message SD 00 _1 Receive message RV 00 _1 Response write enable Write Next process End Error process Abort Send message SD 00 _1 Header lt h gt Terminator lt t gt 2A0D Error check code lt c gt LRC horizontal parity 0 2 bytes of ASCII Length lt I gt Address lt a gt R 1 2 Message edited lt h gt lt a gt 1 00 0000 lt c gt lt t gt a ry Data Receive message RV 00 _1 DM Area Settings for Standard System Protocol Board CS Series only F Portt Port2 D32000 D32010 Header lt h gt Terminator lt t gt 2A0D Error check code lt c gt LRC horizontal parity 0 2 bytes of ASCII Length lt I gt Address lt a gt amp R 1 2 CS CJ Series Message edited lt h gt lt a gt 00 00 amp W 1 4 lt c gt lt t gt Data The foll
386. equence No 309 Hex 0135 This sequence writes set value H of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 308 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Write Set Value L with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 310 Hex 0136 This sequence writes set value L of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 308 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Write Set Value LL with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 311 Hex 0137 This sequence writes set value LL of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 308 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units 374 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Write Set Value O5 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 312 Hex 0138 This sequence writes set value O5 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 308 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Write Set Value O4 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 313 Hex 0139 This sequence writes set value O4 of a bank not in use for continuous units The word allocation is identical to that of sequence No 308 Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Write Set Value O3 with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 314 Hex 013A This sequence writes set value O
387. er of digits for the write data Auto write ASCII 1 Sequence No 526 Hex 020E This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 518 Write ASCII 1 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 518 Write ASCII 1 Note For auto write AW a response is not returned if the number of Heads is not written by the Carrier the Abort Bit must be turned OFF to terminate the sequence Auto write Hex 1 Sequence No 527 Hex 020F This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 522 Write Hex 1 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 522 Write Hex 1 Note For auto write AW a response is not returned if the number of Heads is not written by the Carrier the Abort Bit must be turned OFF to terminate the sequence Polling Auto write ASCII 2 Sequence No 528 Hex 0210 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Seque
388. er portion Range R 15 Sign Undefined 16 Decimal portion iv 17 Undefined Integer portion Standard deviation SD 18 Sign Undefined ve Contents data format 0 Number of receive data 0013 0019 decimal fixed words 4 digits Hex 1 Program number Oto9 1 digit BCD 2 to 3 Number of statistic data 000000 to 999999 6 digits BCD 4 Average value decimal por 0000 to 9999 tion 4 digits BCD Example 123 4567 5 Average value integer por 000 to 999 4 4567 tion 4 digits BCD 5 0123 6 Average value Sign BIN i uf o 46 F000 7 to 9 Maximum value Same as average value 10 to Minimum value Same as average value 12 13 to Range Same as average value 15 16to Standard deviation Same as average value 18 Note The number of digits of the Decimal portion is fixed to 4 digits If a deviation calculation results in a value with 5 decimal places it will be stored with one digit overflowing into the integer portion Examples The value 0 1234 is stored as follows Area of decimal portion 1234 Area of integer portion 0000 Sign area F000 419 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K The value 0 12345 is stored as follows Area of decimal portion 2345 Area of integer portion 0001 Sign area F000 Memory Switch Set 1 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 421 Hex 01A5 This sequence sets
389. erand of PMCR 260 None Memory Switch Set Sequence No 401 Hex 0191 This sequence sets memory switches and the area for the work position LED Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Ww x Y Z 2 Undefined V Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 3000 series 0003 fixed 4000 series 0003 fixed w 1 digit BCD Using buzzer sound 0 to 3 Number of digits for extin guishing indicator 0 to 2 x 1 digit BCD Automatic latch release time 0to9 I O IF RUN Input 0 or 1 y 1 digit BCD Using print timer the setting for simultaneous measure ment 0 to 3 high speed O to 1 other Display of Err 0 0 or 1 z 1 digit BCD Display of the comma for 1 1000s digit number of display digits 0 to 5 high speed 0 to 3 other Averaging method 0 to 2 high speed O other v 1 digit BCD Measurement interval 4 0 to 6 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None mm Unit Set Sequence No 402 Hex 0192 This sequence sets the display unit to mm Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Use of comma 0 or 1 Note This sequence can be used for the 3Z4L 4000 Series only when pin 8 on DIP switch SW2
390. erminator CR is automatically attached to the send data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidata 1 Send data byte length 2 Send data 3 Send data e e 248 Send data 249 Send data CR 431 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Send data byte length 4 digits Hex Appendix K Data 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal The number of bytes of send data excluding the terminator CR Send data ASCII Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Send data up to 496 bytes maximum Specify in ASCII General purpose Command 2 4000 series Sequence No 445 Hex 01BD This general purpose command is used to send data with a specified data length and receive back receive data other than OK The terminator CR is automatically attached to the send data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidata 1 Send data byte length 2 Send data 3 Send data e 128 Send data 249 Send data CR 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 1 Send data byte length 4 digits Hex 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal The
391. ers 2 Sequence No 069 Hex 0045 Writes parameters in level 2 input digital filter alarm 1 hysteresis alarm 2 hysteresis alarm 3 hysteresis input shift upper limit and input shift lower limit to multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sengdala 1 Number of units _ 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Input digital filter 4 alarm 1 hysteresis 5 alarm 2 hysteresis 1st unit 6 alarm 3 hysteresis 7 Input shift upper limit 8 Input shift lower limit B 51 Undefined Unit No i 52 Input digital filter 53 alarm 1 hysteresis 54 alarm 2 hysteresis 8th unit max 55 alarm 3 hysteresis 56 Input shift upper limit 57 Input shift lower limit J Offset Contents data format Number of send data words Number of units x 7 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0008 1st unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 1st unit 0000 to 9999 Input digital filter 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Alarm 1 hysteresis 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Alarm 2 hysteresis 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 0099 Alarm 3 hysteresis 4 digits BCD 1st unit 000 to 9999 Input shift upper limit 4 digits BCD 1st unit 000 to 9999 Input shift lower limit 4 digits BCD 8th unit 000 to 9999 Input shift lower limit 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocati
392. ers total Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Receive data ASCII code 2 Receive data ASCII code 249 Receive data Undefined max 251 characters Offset Contents data format 0 Number of receive data words 0001 to OOFA 1 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Receive data Refer to the manual for the ES1000 2 characters ASCII Returned as ASCII Up to 498 characters total e e 249 Receive data max 1 character ASCII are attached following the send data First word of data 2 At reception data excluding the header code at the beginning of the receive data and the FCS send 0 0006 1 0007 2 AB 3 CD 4 EF 5 GH At transmission a header code is attached before the data and the FCS and a terminator CR ABCDEFG FCS CR 2 bytes and terminator CR at the end of the data is stored in the receive data storage words First word of send 0 0006 data 1 0007 ABCDEFG FCS CR 2 AB 2 bytes 3 CD 4 EF 5 G 3 Refer to the manual for the ES100 for the contents of send data and receive data 363 The K8T Appendix l K3TU Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol is used to make various settings or control remotely the Intelli gent Signal Processor connected to the Serial C
393. erved 00 to15 Reserved 15 to 00 Protocol status 174 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 6 3 Note The baud rate that is input to the CPU Unit will depend on the setting in the System Setup If the default value is used because of a System Setup error this default setting is input Error Log EEPROM Error This bit will be set to 1 if an error occurs in reading or writing the error log stored in EEPROM on the assumption that the EEPROM has reached its use ful life If a Serial Communications Unit is being used the ERC indicator will also light If a Serial Communications Board is being used A42411 will turn ON and the ERR ALM indicator on the CPU Unit will flash indicating a non fatal error Protocol Data Error This bit will be turned ON if a checksum error is detected in the protocol data at startup The checksum is checked for all serial communications modes If a Serial Communications Unit is being used the ERC indicator will also flash If a Serial Communications Board is being used A42409 will turn ON the ERR ALM indicator on the CPU Unit will flash and the RDY indicator will flash at 1 second intervals indicating a non fatal error The operation of the 1 N NT Links will not be affected by a protocol data error Port Setting Status The settings in the Setup Area for the following items will be stored Serial communications mode baud ra
394. es at the top and bottom of the Inner Board compartment cover Press the top catch Press the bottom catch 2 Remove the Inner Board compartment cover E 41m E Inner Board Connector 3 Insert the Serial Communications Board 74 Installing Serial Communications Units Section 3 2 3 1 1 3 2 3 2 1 Precautions in Handling the Board e Turn OFF the power supply to the CPU Unit before mounting or connect ing the Board e Separate the port connector lines from the high tension or power lines to reduce external noise e Leave the port cover attached when not using a communications port A a OT x Port cover Installing Serial Communications Units System Configuration Precautions e Words in I O memory are allocated to the Serial Communications Unit according to the setting of the unit number switch on the front panel of the Unit Allocations are not affected by the slot in which the Unit is mounted Refer to 2 3 I O Memory Allocations e For CS series PCs Serial Communications Units can be mounted to CS1W BCLILI8 CPU Backplanes and CS1W BILILI3 Expansion Back planes Up to 16 Serial Communications Units can be mounted for each PC as long as no other CPU Bus Units are mounted e For CJ series PCs Serial Communications Units can be connected
395. eserved Abort Switch One shot Trace Switch Continuous Trace Switch Wait Release Switch Reserved Used for loopback tests Reserved Abort Switch One shot Trace Switch Continuous Trace Switch Wait Release Switch 139 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 5 3 Software Switches Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 CIO 1900 0 0 clon 4 0 0 0 O A A 4 4 A Z Port 1 Wait Release Switch Port 1 Continuous Trace Switch Port 1 One shot Trace Switch Port 1 Abort Switch Port 1 Loopback Test Switch Port 2 Wait Release Switch Port 2 Continuous Trace Switch Port 2 One shot Trace Switch Software Switch Descriptions Abort Switch Bits in CIO 1900 or CIO n Bits 03 and 11 Port 2 Abort Switch Port 2 Loopback Test Switch The Software Switches function as described in the following table Meaning Protocol processing will be aborted when the switch is turned ON Pro cessing may be completed if the switch is turned ON too late One shot Trace Switch Note 2 Bits 02 and 10 The CX Protocol will start a one shot trace when the Switch turns ON The trace is ended when the Switch is turned OFF The Board or Unit will be cleared when the trace buffer becomes full The CPU Un
396. esistance hardware settings Setup errors and Port Operating Stopped Flags In Protocol Macro mode the port will be stopped if a protocol data error occurs while protocol data is being transferred If there is no protocol data error after the protocol data has been transferred the flag will be turned ON Startup When pro tocol data has been success fully trans ferred The flags will also be initialized at the following times When the operating mode is changed between PROGRAM and RUN or MONITOR modes and when the Board or Unit is restarted If an error flag turns ON remove the cause of the error and then reset the error indication from the Programming Console or other Programming Device Protocol Macro Function With the protocol macro function each port is provided with a reception buffer that will hold 2 5 Kbytes max The reception buffer can be used to hold a large quantity of data when it is being received at once or when the send receive sequence is waiting due to the WAIT command If the protocol macro function is used and receive operations are performed when the reception buffer is full the receive data will overwrite the 2 5 Kbytes of previously received data in the buffer Therefore always set flow control when performing these operations Overrun Errors Framing Errors Parity Errors and Error Flags If an overrun error framing error or parity error is detected when the protocol macro func
397. essing Full duplex None During sequence execution reception processing not performed except during sequence execution Character trace reception records Half duplex Recorded except during SEND processing Full duplex None During sequence execution even during SEND processing 33 Comparison to Previous Products Section 1 7 Transmission control signal operations Item RTS signal CTS signal ER signal C200HX HG HE RTS CTS flow control RTS sig nal turned ON when reception buffer reaches 200 bytes Modem control RTS signal turned ON when data is sent and turned OFF when send is completed RTS CTS flow control Data send is on standby when CTS signal turns ON data can be sent when CTS signal turns OFF Modem control ON when sequence execution is started OFF when completed Turns ON only for modem con trols CS CJ RTS CTS flow control RTS sig nal turned ON when reception buffer reaches approximately 2 Kbytes Modem control RTS signal turned ON when data is sent and turned OFF when send is completed RTS CTS flow control Data send is on standby when CTS signal turns ON data can be sent when CTS signal turns OFF Modem control ON when sequence execution is started OFF when completed Also can be turned ON or OFF as required during modem control by executing OPEN to turn ON the ER signal or by executing CLOSE to turn OFF t
398. et 3000 series Taking the average move and low speed data output as the averaging method sets the averaging times per measurement interval 4 427 01AB Automatic detection set 3000 series Sets work automatic detection func tion 428 01AC Automatic detection release 3000 series Releases the settings of work auto matic detection function 429 01AD Automatic detection list request 3000 series Requests the settings of work auto matic detection function 430 01AE 3ZAL initialize 3000 series Clears the 3Z4L sets the mm unit sets the memory unit does not pro cesses statistics and clears all statis tic memory 431 01AF Measurement condition set 4000 series Sets measurement conditions 432 01B0 Measurement condition release 4000 series Releases measurement conditions that have been set 433 01B1 Measurement condition list request 4000 series Requests the measurement condi tions that have been set and other settings 434 01B2 Single run measurement start 4000 series When the sample measurement con dition is from 1 to 999 performs a sin gle run measurement and requests the measurement results 435 01B3 Deflection measurement start 4000 series Starts a deflection measurement 436 01B4 400 Continuous measurement start scan 4000 series Starts a continuous measurement The scan
399. et Sequence No 447 Hex 01BF This sequence sets the Laser Micrometer s low calibration Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Allocations are the same as for sequence No 404 Calibration Set except that the HC gauge dimension in words 1 to 3 are not used Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Use sequences No 446 High calibration set and No 447 Low calibration set to calibrate the Laser Micrometer If sequence No 404 Calibration Set is used both the high and low calibration gauges must be set and the high calibration and low calibration gauges cannot be exchanged 2 The LC gauge dimension must be set with 3 digits for the integer portion and 4 digits for the decimal portion 433 Appendix L Visual Inspection System Protocol The Visual Inspection System Protocol is used to make various settings or control remotely the Visual Recog nition Device connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C cable Protocol Configuration The configuration of the Visual Inspection System Protocol is shown below Sequence No 450 01C2 Communications sequence name Measurement execu tion F200 Function Carries out one measurement one and stores the measurement results in the specified words Ladder interface Send word allocation Receive word allocation 451 01C3 Continuous measure ment execution scan F200 Carries o
400. et point 4 J 5 Set point T 1 17 16 Undefined Unit No Set point Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 2nd unit 8th unit max Number of units x 2 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit Set point 4 digits BCD Set point lower limit to upper limit 8th unit Set point 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 258 Set point lower limit to upper limit E5 K Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Write Level 1 Parameters 1 Sequence No 066 Hex 0042 Writes parameters in level 1 alarm value 1 alarm value 2 alarm value 3 proportional band integral time and derivative time to multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sond gala 1 Number of units a 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Alarm value 1 4 Alarm value 2 5 Alarm value 3 1st unit 6 Proportional band 7 Integral time 8 Derivative time 51 Undefined Unit No f 52 Alarm value 1 53 Alarm value 2 54 Alarm value 3 8th unit max 55 Proportional band 56 Integral time 57 Derivative time J Offset Contents data format Number of send data words Number of units x 7 2 4 digits
401. etup of the Serial Communications Board or Unit is saved in the DM Area of the CPU Unit If the CPU Unit is to be replaced either transfer the System Setup data to the CX Programmer before replacing the CPU Unit or reset the System Setup 8 6 3 Replacing the Board or Unit Standard System Protocols Host Link Communications or 1 N NT Links 1 2 3 1 Turn OFF the power to the PC to which the Serial Communications Board or Unit to be replaced is mounted and to all serially connected external de vices 2 Disconnect the communications cables connected to the Serial Communi cations Board or Unit to be replaced and also remove the Board or Unit 3 Set the hardware switches of the replacement Board or Unit to the same settings of the Board or Unit being replaced before mounting as follows e CS1W SCB21 V1 No setting switches e CS1W SCB41 V1 Terminating resistance switch and 2 4 wire switch e CS1W SCU21 V1 Unit number switch e CJ1W SCU21 Unit number switch e CJ1W SCU41 Unit number switch terminating resistance switch and 2 4 wire switch 209 Replacement Precautions Section 8 6 4 Turn ON the power of the PC to which the replacement Serial Communi cations Board or Unit is mounted and to all serially connected external de vices and start operating the system 5 Check from the indicators and status display that the system is operating normally Protocol Macros Designed with CX Protocol Using CX Protocol 1
402. ever there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 4 N 1 3 R W Head CH No R W Head CH 1 designation 1 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 4 N 1 4 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex 4 N 1 5 Read bytes If number of Heads is 2 or less 2 digits Hex 01 to 76 1 to 118 bytes If number of Heads is 4 or less 01 to 30 1 to 48 bytes If number of Heads is 8 or less 01 to 20 1 to 20 bytes N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Execute Sequence No 510 before executing Sequence No 511 512 513 2 Execute Sequence No 544 Polling Auto read Command Processing Cancel to cancel the polling auto read 3 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto read Sub command ASCII 2 Sequence No 511 Hex 01FF This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 2 Up to 118 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 501 Read ASCII 2 However the leading address No and number of read bytes are not used and will be the value specified for sequence 510 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 501 Read
403. everse Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Undefined Write code Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Write code 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Alarm Mode Sequence No 155 Hex 009B Writes the alarm modes for alarm 1 and alarm 2 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sena data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Undefined Alarm 1 set code 3 Undefined Alarm 2 set code Channel 0 4 Undefined Alarm 1 set code 7 5 Undefined Alarm 2 set code Channeli 16 Undefined Alarm 1 set code Channel 17 Undefined alarm 2 set code Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0012 0018 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 00 to OC Alarm 1 set code 2 digits Hex Channel 0 00 to OC Alarm 2 set code 2 digits Hex Channel 1 00 to OC Alarm 1 set code 2 digits Hex Channel 1 00 to OC Alarm 2 set code 2 digits Hex Channel 7 00 to OC Alarm 1 set code 2 digits Hex Channel 7 00 to OC Alarm 2 set code 2 digits Hex Receive Data Word Allocation 4th
404. evices to be connected Types of Port for Different Models The types of port for the different models of Serial Communication Boards and Units are shown in the following table PC Series Type of Unit CS Series Serial Communica CS1W RS 232C RS 232C tions Board SCB21 V1 CS1W RS 232C RS 422A 485 SCB41 V1 Serial Communica CS1W RS 232C RS 232C tions Unit SCU21 V1 CJ Series CJ1W SCU21 RS 232C RS 232C CJ1W SCU41 RS 422A 485 RS 232C When an RS 422A 485 port is used the following setting is required e TERM Terminating resistance ON OFF switch OFF Terminating resistance OFF ON Terminating resistance ON e WIRE 2 wire or 4 wire selector switch 2 2 wire 4 4 wire OFF 2 ON TERM 4 WIRE ANA AN T Connection Example for Host Link Communications The host computer can be connected to a PC 1 1 or NT AL001 E Converting Link Adapters can be used to convert from RS 232C to RS 422A 485 to con nect the host computer to PCs 1 N ece Serial Commu oe nications Board RS 232C S a j RS 422A B500 AL001 L RS 232C ae Serial Commu nications Unit RS 232C NT ALO01 E Terminating resis tance ON 5 V power i supply required Terminating resistance ON Also perform other required processing such as setting switches on the exter nal device s Basic Operating Procedure Turning ON Power
405. f the Communications Port Enabled Flag turns OFF when operation is started or SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 are executed the contents of these words will be cleared A203 Communications Port Completion Code Port No A204 Communications Port Completion Code Port No A205 Communications Port Completion Code Port No A206 Communications Port Completion Code Port No A207 Communications Port Completion Code Port No A208 Communications Port Completion Code Port No A209 Communications Port Completion Code Port No A210 Communications Port Completion Code Port No A211 to A218 Reserved N QO oO AJOJN oO 117 Communications Timing Section 4 4 Flag Transitions Communications Port ES Enabled Flag bes APs d F E i Network communications i Instruction 1 t Instruction 2 Instruction 3 instructions i being i being k being PMCR 260 SEND 090 executed executed executed RECV 098 CMND 490 P l meo 1 i 1 i E t i i t t Communications Port i i Error Flag 0 7 i i l i 1 t t j 4 1 t E i E Communications Port 1 l t t Completion Code 0000 0000 _ 0000 0202 0000 0000 Normal end No unit correspond Normal end End of previous ing to unit address processing 4 4 4 Timing of Commands Addressed to a Host Computer Commands addressed to a host computer are sent at the timing shown in the following diagrams Ho
406. female D sub 9 pin female FG os S5 a FG SG K gt SG SD x SD RD gt RD RS m RS CS e L s cs Shield RS 422 Connections Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series Head Data Carrier RS 422A 485 port ID Controller 7 Head Data Carrier Serial Communications Board Unit D sub 9 pin female ID Controller Up to 16 units can be connected ID Controller CD1D D sub 9 pin female Signal name Pin No RDB SDB Pin No name Signal RDB SG RDA SDA FG SDB RDA FG CO N af wp SDA Shield Note 1 Ground the cable shield at either the ID Controller or the Serial Communications Unit Board to pre vent malfunction 2 Turn ON the pin 6 on DIP switch SW6 to set the host communications procedure to the 1 to N proce dure for 1 to N connections 458 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M DIP Switch Settings V600 620 CD1D DIP Switches DIP Switch 1 ON 123 45 6 7 8 Not used Always keep it OFF W7 Local communications mode setting 1 Speed priority setting o Distance priority setting e SW7 Setting This setting is only valid if the EEPROM type batteryless type Data Carrier DC is accessed The setting of SW7 does not work with the SRAM type battery type DC SW7 must be set to OFF when the
407. first table row in several places Page 152 Line added before notes 515 OMRON CORPORATION FA Systems Division H Q 66 Matsumoto Mishima city Shizuoka 411 8511 Japan Tel 81 55 977 9181 Fax 81 55 977 9045 Regional Headquarters OMRON EUROPE B V Wegalaan 67 69 NL 2132 JD Hoofddorp The Netherlands Tel 31 2356 81 300 Fax 31 2356 81 388 OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC 1 East Commerce Drive Schaumburg IL 60173 U S A Tel 1 847 843 7900 Fax 1 847 843 8568 OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE LTD 83 Clemenceau Avenue 11 01 UE Square Singapore 239920 Tel 65 6835 3011 Fax 65 6835 2711 omrRon Authorized Distributor we A Cat No W336 E1 05 Note Specifications subject to change without notice Printed in Japan UuOUWO TWANVIW NOILVaSd0 sun pue spieog SUOIJESIUNWIWOD eaS SOl9S D SD OVINSAS SO L4 9 EM ON 3D
408. ft digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set Read Heater Current Sequence No 214 Hex 00D6 Reads the heater current and stores the results in the specified word Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 Number of send data words 1 Undefined Unit No onset Contents Gaara D Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words g 1 Heater current 2 Status data 0 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0003 1 Heater current 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 2 Status data 4 digits Hex 0000 to 0011 Read Initial Status Sequence No 215 Hex 00D7 Reads the initial status and stores the results in the specified word Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No C Gaaerma ata Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 321 E5LIJ Temperature Controller Protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 storage wor
409. g Operands Set the send data in the I O memory after the S 1 operand of the PM CR 260 instruction Set the number of send data words including S itself in S e Direct Designations Set the send data in the I O memory specified by the read variables in the send message e Specifying Link Words Set the send data in the O1 or O2 area of the Link Word Area b Coding PMCR 260 46 Basic Operating Procedure Section 1 9 Example for a Serial Communications Board Protocol Macro Communications Port Executing Flag Enabled Flag for Port 7 Input condition 191915 A20207 Communications port 7 and serial port 2 72E1 Destination unit address E1 Serial Communications Board mwaj Sequence No 100 D00000 First word of send data D00010 First storage word for receive data FAL 006 01 If the input condition turns ON when the Protocol Macro Executing Flag CIO 191915 for port 2 is OFF and the Communications Port Enabled Flag A20207 for internal logic port communications port 7 is ON send receive sequence No 100 registered in the Serial Communications Board is called and data is sent and received via port 2 of the Serial Communi cations Board The amount of send data depends on the number of words specified in D00000 the number of words after D00001 plus 1 for D00000 itself and is sent from the next word after D00001 S D00000 Number of words Number of send words plus 1 for D00000 D00001 Send data
410. g not required 02 Stop bits Setting not required 01 Parity Setting not required 00 Parity Setting not required D32001 D32011 m 1 m 11 15 to 04 Reserved 03 to 00 Baud rate bps 0 to 9 Hex Standard NT link A Hex High speed NT link see note D32006 D32016 m 6 m 16 15t003 Reserved 02 to 00 Maximum 1 N NT Link 1 N unit number 0 to 7 Hex Note With CS series a high speed NT link is available only with Serial Communica tions Boards Units manufactured on or after December 20th 1999 With ear lier models only standard NT link is available Lot No 20Z9 Manufactured on December 20th 1999 The year is indicated with the last digit In this case 9 indicates 1999 Month of manufacture October November and December are indicated with X Y and Z respectively In this case the month is December Day of manufacture In this example the day is 20 NT31 631 C V2 are the only PTs for which high speed NT link is supported Except for the baud rate the 1 N NT Link communications specifications are fixed Therefore the port settings start bits stop bits and parity need not be set Even if they are set they are ignored Serial Communications Set the serial communications mode to 2 Hex to use 1 N NT Link mode Mode Maximum 1 N NT Links With 1 N NT Links up to eight Programmable Terminals PTs can be con Unit No nected The highest connected unit number is set here 6
411. g on the model 4 N 1 3 R W Head CH No R W Head CH 1 designation 1 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 4 N 1 4 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex 4 N 1 5 Read bytes 01 to 76 1 to 118 bytes 2 digits Hex N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 4 Read data F CH1 59 Read data z 60 Not used 61 Read data F 5 l CH2 119 Read data offset Contents datatorma Daa 0 Number of receive data 0002 to 0120 words 4 digits Hex 60 N 1 1 to Read data ASCII Number of read bytes store in ASCII 60 N 1 59 N Number of Heads Note Data from Data Carriers designated for ASCII is stored beginning with the smallest offset from the receive data words 463 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Read ASCII 4 Sequence No 502 Hex 01F6 This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 4 Up to 48 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 9 Number of send data words gala 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Head CH No CH 1 4 Leading address No 5 Undefined Read bytes E
412. g on the model 4 N 1 3 R W Head CH No R W Head CH 1 designation 1 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 4 N 1 4 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex 4 N 1 5 Read bytes 01 to 3C 1 to 60 bytes 2 digits Hex N Number of Heads 467 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 41 Readida a 7 at 7 CH1 30 Read data 31 Not used 60 Not used 61 Read data I i id 7 CH2 saol Read data tal Offset Contents data torma Daa 0 Number of receive data 0002 to 005B 2 to 91 decimal words 4 digits Hex 60 N 1 1 to Read data Hex Number of read bytes stored in hexadecimal 60 N 1 30 code N Number of Heads Note Data for Data Carriers designated for hexadecimal is stored beginning with the largest offset from the receive data words Read Hex 4 Sequence No 506 Hex 01FA This sequence is used when the maximum number of Heads to be read from the Carrier is 4 Up to 24 bytes of data can be read for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined UnitNo 3 Undefined Head
413. g settings in the required sequences For details on the use of the CX Protocol refer to the CX Protoco l Operation Manual W344 Refer to the appendices for the set tings in the standard system protocols Possible changes in settings Sequence Link words No reason to change parameters Transmission control parameters Response notifica tion method Reception wait time Tr The monitoring times are set to 3 seconds Reception finished for most sequences The settings are differ wait time Tfr ent for send only and receive only sequences as well as for sequences that require time for responses Send finished wait time Tfs Step parame Repeat counter No reason to change ters Command Retry count The retry count is general set to 3 retries 4 tries total for sequences that use the SEND amp RECV command Different settings are used for sequences that have other commands Send wait time No reason to change Send message Receive message Response write enable Next process Error process 130 Setup Area Allocations Section 5 2 5 2 Setup Area Allocations This section explains the Setup Area allocated in the DM Area when a Serial Communications Board or a Serial Communications Unit is used in protocol macro mode 5 2 1 Setup Area Words The Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units use the following words as a Setup Area in the DM Area when Pro
414. gal address error code 3 or a protocol Units Ae syntax error occurred error code 4 Port 1 2 Port Board A63601 The communications port setting can be Startup STUP 237 After port set Settings and A63602 changed and the port restarted by turn execution or tings have Change Bits Units A620 ing on the corresponding bit user manipu been unit number bits lation changed and 01 and 02 the port has been restarted Note The flags will also be initialized at the following times When the operating mode is changed between PROGRAM and RUN or MONITOR modes and when the Board or Unit is restarted If an error flag turns ON remove the cause of the error and then reset the error indication from the Programming Console or other Programming Device 5 3 2 CIO Area Allocations The following areas are allocated as the status area and the software switch area which show the status of the Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Unit or the error information Serial Communications Boards CS Series Only 138 Words CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 in the Inner Board Area are used for Software Switches and Status Area Only the words shown in the following table are used for Protocol Macros Inner Board CIO Area CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 CIO 1900 Software switches CIO 1901 to ClO 1904 Board status CIO 1905 to CIO 1914 Port 1 status CIO 1915 to CIO 1924 Port 2 status CIO
415. ght t 4 digit Secondary loop fixed SP ii Ao leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit Secondary loop P vane oe leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits Secondary loop e i leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit Secondary loop D ae gits leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit Secondary loop manual reset eae gns leftmost 4 digits Appendix H ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD Appendix H Data 002C 0044 decimal fixed 00 to 31 Fixed SP 8 digits BCD Control output 1 pulse cycle 8 digits BCD 8 to 9 Control output 2 pulse cycle 8 digits BCD Fuzzy strength 8 digits BCD 10 to 11 Cooling coefficient 8 digits BCD 12 to 13 Heater burnout alarm setting 8 digits BCD 14 to 15 Position proportional dead band 8 digits BCD 16 to 17 Switching output hysteresis 8 digits BCD 18 to 19 ON OFF count alarm setting 8 digits BCD value 20 to 21 ON OFF control hysteresis 8 digits BCD 22 to 23 Manual reset 8 digits BCD 24 to 25 SP setting lower limit 8 digits BCD 26 to 27 SP setting upper limit 8 digits BCD 28 to 29 SP rise rate limit 8 digits BCD 30 to 31 SP fall rate limit 8 digits BCD 32 to 33 MV rate of change limit 8 digits BCD 34 to 35 Secondary loop fixed SP 8
416. hanges are necessary for half duplex transmissions that use CD Check the system for timing problems when using SEND RECV or CMND to initiate com munications from the PC or timing problems in sending commands from the host computer If necessary switch to full duplex transmissions The following changes are necessary for full duplex transmissions that do not use CD Half duplex It may be possible to use the host computer programs without alteration as long as the same communications settings e g baud rate are used It may be necessary how ever to change programs to allow for different CS CJ command specifications 121 Changes from Previous Products Section 4 5 Note The number of words that can be read and written per frame i e the text lengths when using C mode commands is different for C series Host Link Units and CS CJ series Serial Communications Boards Units A host com puter program previously used for C series Host Link Units may not function correctly if used for CS CJ series PCs Check the host computer program before using it and make any corrections required to handle different frame text lengths Refer to the CS CJU series Communications Commands Refer ence Manual W342 for details 4 5 2 RS 422A 485 Ports Take the following differences into consideration when changing from an exist ing Host Link System to one using an RS 422A 485 port on a CS CJ series Serial Communications Board CS1W SCB41 V1 po
417. he CS1W SCB41 V1 is an RS 422A 485 port Host Link Full duplex Protocol Communications method Synchronization Baud rate 1 N NT Links Half duplex Protocol macro Full duplex or half duplex Start stop synchronous asynchronous 1 200 2 400 4 800 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 9 600 19 200 38 400 57 600 38 400 bps 115 200 bps 1 N N 32 Units max Standard NT link or high speed NT link Connections 1 N N 8 Units max Transmission dis tance Interface 500 m max The total combined cable length is 500 m max T branch lines must be a maximum of 10 m long Complies with EIA RS 485 High speed NT link is only available with Serial Communications Boards Units manufactured on or after December 20th 1999 With earlier models only standard NT link is available Component Names and Functions OO oo o Note Terminating Resistance Switch TERM 2 Wire or 4 Wire Switch WIRE Note Section 2 1 Connector Pin Layout Pin No see note 1 see note 1 Abbreviation SDA Signal name Send data Send data Not used Not used Not used Receive data Not used Receive data Not used Shield see note 1 INIo AJOJN see note 1 9 Shell see note 2 1 When 2 wire connections are used use Pins 1 and 2 or Pins 6 and 8 2 The shell is connected to the ground terminal GR of the Power Supply
418. he ER sig nal in sequence steps The ER signal can also be controlled across multiple steps During RTS CTS flow control and modem control the ER signal will be controlled according to modem control operations the RTS signal will turn ON when sending and the RTS CTS flow control operations will be used for the RTS and CTS signals for receptions Synchronization with CPU Unit after start of sequence execution None The WAIT command can be used to stop transitions between steps to allow transitions from the CPU Unit This is useful for example to perform processing in the CPU Unit after a specific step but before executing the next step Send receive messages Reception length No check The length of data set in the expected reception message will be fetched from the recep tion buffer as the message Error check codes No LRC2 or SUM1 checks LRC2 and SUM1 supported Interrupt notification function Supported Boards Supported Units Not supported Simple Backup Function None The CPU Unit s Simple Backup Function can be used to backup the Protocol Macro data in the Serial Communications Board Unit to the CPU Unit s Memory Card The backed up data can be restored or compared When a CS1 H CPU Unit is being used this function is sup ported by the CS1W SCB21 V1 CS1W SCB41 V1 and CS1W SCU41 When a CJ1 H CPU Unit is being used this function is suppo
419. he RS 232C connector on the Serial Communications Board Unit At the same time ground the ground GR terminal of the Power Supply Unit on the CPU Rack or CS Expansion Rack to 100 Q or less A connection example is shown below Example Twisted pair Cable Connecting SD SG RD SG RTS SG and CTS SG Terminals Actual Wiring Example Twist the shaded lines to make SG signal wires them thinner and connect to Pin No 1 FG Cover this section Remote device with heat shrink tube to avoid contact with other sections Signal Bundle the SG wires Aluminum foil XM2S 0911 E Note The Hood FG is internally connected to the ground terminal GR on the Power Supply Unit via the CPU Rack or CS Expansion Rack Therefore FG is grounded by grounding the ground terminal GR on the Power Supply Unit Although there is conductivity between the Hood FG and pin 1 FG connect the Hood FG to the shield because the Hood FG has smaller contact resis tance with the shield than pin 1 FG and thus provides better noise resis tance CS series PC CJ series PC ial Serial Communications Board Unit aona nications Unit Power Supply Unit Power Supply Unit Pes pm ACN 120 he X i mR gici GRE GR Wel X g rE Deny lol Bz t Hood and GR are Hood and GR are internally connected Ground t
420. he actual products have been checked for conformity to EMC standards see the following note Whether the products conform to the standards in the system used by the customer however must be checked by the customer EMC related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Direc tives will vary depending on the configuration wiring and other conditions of the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed The customer must therefore perform the final check to confirm that devices and the overall machine conform to EMC standards xvii Conformance to EC Directives 6 6 3 6 4 xviii Note Applicable EMS Electromagnetic Susceptibility and EMI Electromagnetic Interference standards in the EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility standards are as follows Unit Board EMS EMI CS1W SCB21 V1 EN61131 2 EN50081 2 SCB41 V1 Radiated emission 10 m CS1W SCU21 V1 regulations CJ1W SCU21 EN61000 6 2 CJ1W SCU41 Low Voltage Directive Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1 000 VAC and 75 to 1 500 VDC meet the required safety standards for the PC EN61131 2 Conformance to EC Directives 1 2 3 The CS CJ series PCs comply with EC Directives To ensure that the machine or device in which the CS CJ series PC is used complies with EC directives the PC must be installed as follows 1 The CS CJ series PC must be installed within a control panel 2
421. he protocol use the CX Protocol to modify the standard system protocol transfer this as a separate send receive sequence Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions Section 5 1 to the Serial Communications Board or Unit and execute the PMCR 260 instruction o CX Protocol Modifying and transferring l standard system protocols CPU Unit Serial Communications Board or Unit seguens No a e Command execution SEND RECV SEND amp RECV specification Messages Sequence number RS 232C or RS 422A 485 General purpose external device 1 O memory Shared memory I O refreshing Creating a New Protocol When connecting a general purpose external device that has an RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port use the CX Protocol to create a new protocol containing the communications specifications for the general purpose external device transfer these specifications to the Serial Communications Board or Unit and execute the PMCR 260 instruction Ce CX Protocol Creating and transferring a new protocol Serial Communications Board or Unit CPU Unit Newly created protocol Command execution SEND RECV SEND amp RECV Messages Sequence No specification Sequence number RS232C or RS 422A 485 General purpose external device I O memory Shared memor I O refreshing 125 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions Section 5 1 In th
422. he sequence Continuous Measurement Start Interrupt 3000 series Sequence No 413 Hex 019D A continuous measurement is started The interrupt notification method is used for the receive data and the interrupt No is 101 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 410 Single Run Measurement Start Note 1 Since this sequence repeats itself within the sequence once it is executed it remains in the execution state until cancelled 2 Even if execution is cancelled the Laser Micrometer still keeps measuring Execute sequence No 414 Measurement Termination to end the sequence 3 Sequences No 413 and No 437 Continuous Measurement Start with Interrupt not supported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syntax error will occur if an attempt is made to execute either sequence with a Serial Communications Unit Do not set an EM bank as the receive storage word for interrupt notification A protocol syntax error will occur if an EM banks is set Measurement Termination 3000 series Sequence No 414 Hex 019E This sequence terminates a continuous measurement Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 For continuous measurement Not available For Zero Run Measurement
423. her pins 1 and 2 or pins 6 and 8 Refer to 2 1 Component Names and Functions for signal precautions The internal circuits are shown in the following diagram 51KQ 4 7KQ M e e O Ping RDB Receiver gt Ww is Terminating resistance 220 Q 4 7KQ 51KQ Gs Ping RDA JEY 2 wire or 4 wire switch eon Ai O Pin 2 SDB Driver O Pin1 SDA Note The signal names SDA B and RDA B do not always have the same polarity as that shown above Check the polarity of the external device before making connections 80 Wiring Section 3 3 3 3 5 Mounting Height and Connector Cover Dimensions When mounting the Serial Communications Board or Unit make sure to pro vide space for the mounting height and connector cover dimensions shown below CS1W SCB21 V1 Serial Communications Board CS1W SCB41 V1 Serial Communications Board mounted to CPU Unit mounted to CPU Unit F nd n l l5 l 5 l 9 Cable connector 13 Cable connector I panes Soe ea l 3 1 8 nee L wy ye L2 4 ao J as fo ig eee i Hae n 8 Pee 1s tO Q 1 ae tot I i EER E nd l eens ae l o E E eee poe l N l ee l 123 d p 123 p 223 d a 223 A CS1W SCU21 V1 Serial Communications Unit CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Unit ae l 2 l 2 Cable connector loc 1 ae a 2 oa 3 rofen lt ie ate oii aa
424. hexadecimal data the read write direction can be specified Designa tion method X Y X Effective address where read from or where written to Y Data size 1 to 1 000 Note The data size is the number of bytes on the transmission path Word designa tion Word read I O memory to send data Specify using the 3rd oper and of the PMCR 260 instruction Specify using a link word I O memory direct designa tion Word write receive data to I O memory Specify using the 4th oper and of the PMCR 260 instruction Specify using a link word I O memory direct designa tion Set leading address n The linear expression aN b including repeat counter N is also pos sible for n Wild card Any data or address can be received only in receive mes sages Repeat counter Specifications Section 1 6 Item Description a 0 to 1000 b 1 to 1000 N Repeat counter value Message unit contents 2 Data attributes of addresses and data in send receive messages Linear expres sion including repeat counter Wild card Can be received regardless of the length only in receive mes sages Word designa tion Word read I O memory to send data Specify using the 3rd oper and of the PMCR 260 instruction Specify using a link word I O memory direct designa tion Se
425. hing Flashing A protocol data write error has occurred or If the indicator status remains the same protocol data has been destroyed when the protocol data is retransmitted replace the Board There is no protocol data Transfer protocol data to the Board Flashing Flashing The Protocol Data File BACKUPLJL PRM Write backup the protocol data from the Serial Communications Board Error Information A424 restore operation failed when restoring pro tocol data from the CPU Unit s Memory Card to the Board The Protocol Data Error Flag bit A42409 in CPU Unit s Auxiliary Area will be turned ON if the restore operation fails Board to the Memory Card again and then execute the restore operation again If the restore operation fails two times in succession use CX Protocol to transfer the protocol data to the Board For Serial Communications Boards refer to the following Auxiliary Area word A424 as well as the indicator displays shown on the previous page When an error occurs the corresponding flag is turned ON Inner Board WDT error Possible cause The Board is faulty Firmly secure the Board to the CPU Unit If the error persists when the Board is mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Board Inner Bus error A bus error has occurred Firmly secure the Board to the CPU Unit If the error persists when the Board is mounted to another CPU Unit replace the Board Inner B
426. htmost 4 digits i p rig 3 Channel 7 16 Set point leftmost 1 digit Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0011 0017 decimal 4 digits Hex Channel 0 Varies according to the temperature sensor Set point rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative value Channel 0 Set point leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Channel 7 Varies according to the temperature sensor Set point rightmost 4 digits type Refer the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative value Channel 7 Set point leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Read Process Value Sequence No 101 Hex 0065 Reads the process values and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 rre word of send 0 Number of send data words ata Unit No 1 Undefined O Contents aama oats Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 272 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 storage words E 2 3 4 Number of receive data words Process value rightmost 4 digits Process value leftmost 1 digit Channel 0 Process value rightmost 4 digits Process value leftmost 1 digit Channel 1 i 15 1
427. ications Note 1 2 lines 3 Adapter is connected 4 5 6 Resistance ON indicates that the terminating resistance must be turned ON 17 System Configurations Section 1 5 7 5 V power indicates that a 5 V power supply is required for the Link Adapter Refer to the Link Adapter manual for details Be sure that the pow er supply has sufficient capacity and accuracy and wire it away from high power lines and another sources of noise A 5 V power supply is not re quired for a Link Adapter connected to a Serial Communications Board or Unit because power is supplied from pin 6 of the connector 8 The maximum baud rate of the NT AL001 E Link Adapter is 64 Kbps Do not use 115 2 Kbps when a Link Adapter is connected Protocol Macros PC Connection configuration Required Connected serial External devices communica device tions port Remarks 1 1 Connection of a Serial Communications Board to a device with an CS1W SCB21 Port 1 or 2 Port RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port V1 kl RS 232C Note 1 RS 2326 RS 232C H QRS 2326 interface CS1W SCB41 Port Note 3 gt e Note 2 V1 Aa NT AL001 E NT AL001 E H RS 232 Resistance ON AN RS 232C RS 422A 485 5 V power RS 422A Resistance 485 ON RS 232C Note3 o niera NT AL001 E Converts between NT AL001 E Converting Link RS 232C and RS 232C RS 422A 485 Adapter RS 422A 485 Resistance 5 V power For NT AL001 E RS 422A
428. ications Boards and Units The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of Programmable Controllers You must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PC system 1 Intended Audience gt i560 ne Melee pbs Se evel nee Saeed Pav elal er xiv 2 General Precautions rs cones iiare iiaeaa i eii iia a iiia de xiv 3 Safety Precautions sern ka Ann tata E E a N ARTE E eh xiv 4 Operating Environment Precautions 0 0c c eee eee eee XV 5 Application Precautions 0 0 cc eee cece teens xvi 6 Conformance to EC Directives 0 0 0 0 ccc eee eens xvii 6 1 Applicable Directives nunnana naea xvii 6 2 Le TEE N E A E EEE xvii 6 3 Conformance to EC Directives n on onnan nanana xviii 6 4 EMI Measures for Serial Communications Boards and Units xviii 6 5 EMS Measures for Serial Communications Units XIX xiii Intended Audience 1 1 Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowledge of electrical systems an electrical engineer or the equivalent e Personnel in charge of installing FA systems e Personnel in charge of designing FA systems e Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities 2 General Precautions The user must operate the product according to the performance specifica tions described in the operation manuals Before
429. ied as a variable in the receive message data will be received in words starting from R 1 and the number of words of received data will be automatically stored in R If reception processing fails the data that was stored started at R 1 i e the number of words specified in R is again read from the reception buffer and stored again beginning at R 1 This ensures that the current data will not be cleared and that the previous receive data will be maintained when receptions fail Using Protocol Macros Flags Error Flag e The Communications Port Enabled Flag for the specified communica tions port internal logical port was OFF when the instruction was exe cuted The specified serial port physical port is not set to protocol macro mode The data setting in C1 is not within the allowed range The number of words specified in S or D exceeds 249 when a word address was specified for S or D Section 5 4 All other cases Access Error Flag Operand Areas and Address Ranges CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 A read write protected area was specified for send data or receive data A write protected area was specified for receive data All other cases Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Area HO00 to H511 Auxiliary Area A000 to A959 A448 to A959 Timer Area T0000 to T4095 Counter Area C0000 to C4095 Data Memory DM Area D00000 to D32767 Exte
430. ier is 2 535 0217 Polling Auto write Subcommand Hex 2 Used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 536 0218 Polling Auto write Hex 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 537 0219 Polling Auto write Subcommand Hex 4 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 538 021A Polling Auto write Hex 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 539 021B Polling Auto write Subcommand Hex 8 Used when the maximum number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 540 021C Data check Writes and verify the CRC code for the check blocks designated by the user 541 021D Control management Performs I O or an I O read 542 021E Error information read Reads information from the latest error log 543 021F 456 Command processing cancel Cancels command processing except polling command processing and returns to the com mand waiting status Receive word allocation V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Sequence Communications Function Ladder interface No sequence name Send word Receive word allocation allocation 544 0220 Polling auto read Cancels polling auto read processing command processing cancel 545 0221 Polling auto write Cancels polling auto write processing command pro
431. iliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 2 When bit 00 or 01 is ON A401 12 Inner Board Fatal Error Flag will be ON For details on errors refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 4 3 2 CIO Area Allocations Words in the CIO Area are allocated for a Status Area which contains status and error information for the Serial Communications Board or Unit These allocations are described in this section Serial Communications Words CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 in the Inner Board Area are used for a Status Boards CS Series only Area Only the words shown in the following table are used for the Status Area with Host Link communications Inner Board CIO Area CIO 1900 to CIO 1999 Words Usage CIO 1901 to CIO 1904 Board status CIO 1905 to CIO 1908 Port 1 status CIO 1915 to CIO 1918 Port 2 status Serial Communications Words CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area are Units CS CJ Series allocated according to the unit number setting Each Unit is allocated 25 words Only the words shown in the following table are used for the Status Area with Host Link communications CPU Bus Unit Area CIO 1500 to CIO 1899 n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Unit No Words CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 CIO 1575 to ClO 1599 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 CIO 1725 to ClO 1749 CIO 1750 to ClO 1774
432. in the DM Area D32000 to D32767 Boards CS Series Only D32000 D32006 Port 1 Settings D32010 D32016 Port 2 Settings D32001 to D32005 Not used with1 N NT Links D32007 to D32009 D32011 to D32015 D32017 to D32019 D32020 to D32767 Reserved for the system Serial Communications Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area D30000 to D31599 Units CS CJ Series First Word in Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area m D30000 100 x unit number Unit No DM Area D30000 to D30099 D30100 to D30199 m 10 m 16 Port 2 Settings D30200 to D30299 m 1tom 5 m 7tom 9 m 11tom 15 D30300 to D30399 m 17 to m 19 Not used with 1 N NT Links D30400 to D30499 m 20 to m 99 Not used D30500 to D30599 D30600 to D30699 D30700 to D30799 D30800 to D30899 D30900 to D30999 D31000 to D31099 D31100 to D31199 D31200 to D31299 D31300 to D31399 D31400 to D31499 D31500 to D31599 m m 6 Port 1 Settings 170 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 6 3 6 2 2 Setup Area Contents m D30000 100 x unit number DM Area i Setting contents Boards Unit CS Series only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2 D32000 D32010 m m 10 15 Port settings Setting not required 14to 12 Reserved 11 to 08 Serial communications mode Always 2 Hex 1 N NT Link 07 to05 Reserved 04 Start bits Setting not required 03 Data length Settin
433. in the Setup Area allocated in the DM Area The STUP 237 instruction can also be used to just restart a communications port by executing STUP 237 with the same port settings as the ones already being used n A620 unit number Contents 03 to 15 Reserved 02 1 Port 2 Settings Change Bit 01 1 Port 1 Settings Change Bit 00 Reserved I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 Unit Port 1 Settings Change Bit Port 2 Settings Change Bit Unit No 0 A62001 A62002 Unit No A62101 A62102 Unit No A62201 A62202 Unit No A62301 A62302 Unit No A62401 A62402 Unit No A62501 A62502 Unit No A62601 A62602 Unit No A62701 A62702 Unit No A62801 A62802 Unit No A62901 A62902 Unit No A63001 A63002 Unit No A63101 A63102 Unit No A63201 A63202 Unit No A63301 A63302 Unit No A63401 A63402 Unit No A63501 A63502 4 nim OO QO W S CO N oja A ow Pp Restart Bit A Restart Bit can be turned ON and then OFF to restart the Serial Communi cations Board without turning OFF the PC power supply A50100 Unit No 0 Restart Bit A50101 Unit No 1 Restart Bit A50102 Unit No 2 Restart Bit A50103 Unit No 3 Restart Bit A50104 Unit No 4 Restart Bit A50105 Unit No 5 Restart Bit A50106 Unit No 6 Restart Bit A50107 Unit No 7 Restart Bit A50108 Unit No 8 Restart Bit A50109 Unit No 9 Restart Bit A50110 Unit No A Restart Bit A50111 Unit No B Restart Bit A50112 Unit No C Restar
434. in the following order Unit number 0 A62001 unit number 1 A62101 unit number 2 A62201 and so on through unit number F A63501 b Bits are allocated in the following order Unit number 0 A62002 unit number 1 A62102 unit number 2 A62202 and so on through unit number F A63502 2 When STUP 237 is executed the CPU Unit automatically turns ON the Port 1 or Port 2 Port Settings Change Bit and updates the System Setup For details on the STUP 237 instruction see Appendix O Changing Com munications Port Settings Using STUP 237 2 3 I O Memory Allocations This section explains the DM Area CIO Area and Auxiliary Area allocations to the Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communications Units The Serial Communications Board uses the allocations for the Inner Board of the CPU Unit The Serial Communications Unit is allocated I O memory as a CPU Bus Unit according to the unit number setting 2 3 1 DM Area Serial Communications The Setup Area allocated in the DM Area consists of 20 words between Boards CS Series Only D32000 and D32767 These words are used to set the serial communications mode communications specifications and other settings for the Serial Com munications Board The 10 words from D32000 to D32009 are used for port 1 and the 10 words from D32010 to D32019 are used for port 2 The remaining words are reserved for the system Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area D32000 to D32767 D32000 to D32009 Port
435. ination network address 0 Bits 08 to 10 Serial Communications Unit port 1 D00202 Bits 00 to 07 Destination unit address 10 Hex Bits 08 to 15 Destination node address 0 D00203 Bits 00 to 04 Number of retries is 0 Bits 08 to 11 Communications port 0 Bit 15 Response required D00204 Response monitoring time 2 s default value for 0000 A program would be required at the host computer to receive the above data and return a response Protocol Macros When a standard system protocol provided in the Serial Communications Board Serial Communications Unit and CX Protocol is executed Using Standard System Protocols Uses standard system protocol No 600 Executed with PMCR 260 237 CPU Unit External device Example K3N Series Digital Panel Meter 44 Basic Operating Procedure 1 2 3 Protocol Macro Executing Flag 1 Section 1 9 Setting the Send Data Refer to information on the 3rd operand of PMCR 260 in Appendix B CompoWay F Master Protocol and set the number of send data words in S and set the send data starting in S 1 Coding PMCR 260 Example The following example shows how to use a Serial Communications Board to read the present value for a K3N series Digital Panel Meter using the CompoWay F Master standard system protocol sequence No 600 Send receive with ASCII conversion and response Communications Port Enabled Flag for Port 7 PMCR 26
436. ined 5 Decimal portion 6 Undefined Integer portion Deviation value 7 Sign Undefined 428 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Offset Contents data format Number of receive data With no reference setting 0005 words 4 digits Hex With reference setting 0008 Decision result With no limit setting 0000 ASCII 2 characters With limit setting 2B4E N 4F4B OK 2D4E Measurement value decimal 0000 to 9999 Example 123 4567 portion 4 digits BCD 2 4567 Measurement value integer 000 to 999 3 0123 portion 3 digits BCD 4 F000 Measurement value Sign f 0 BIN If F Deviation value Same as measurement value The deviation will be stored in this area only when ref erence setting is made Deflection Measurement Start 4000 series Sequence No 435 Hex 01B3 This sequence starts a deflection measurement Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 The deflection measurement keeps measuring until sequence No 438 Measurement Termination is executed 2 This sequence will be processed the same as sequence No 411 Zero run measurement start for 5000 series Laser Micrometers Continuous Measurement Start Scan 4000 series Sequence No 436 Hex 01B4 This sequence starts a continuous measurement The scan no
437. ink Adapter Host computer to PC 4 wire only C mode or FINS commands PC to Host computer 4 wire only FINS commands only System Configurations Connection configuration Connection to Serial Communications Board Note 2 a RS 422A 485 NALOGE Resistance ON 5 V power Required devices CS1W SCB21 V1 Connected serial communi cations port Remarks Port 1 or 2 H ORs 2326 RS 2320 CS1W SCB41 V1 Port 1 H rs 232 H RS 422A 485 NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter Converts between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 5 V power supply For NT ALO001 E Link Adapter Connection to Serial Communications Unit Note 3 Note 2 RS 232C RS 422A 485 Resistance ON 5 V power RS 232C0 Resistance ON RS 232C CS1W SCU21 V1 Port 1 or 2 DRS 2326 H QRs 2320 CJ1W SCU21 ort 1 or2 H rs 2326 H Qrs 2320 CJ1W SCU41 Port 2 RS 422A 485 RS 232C NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter Converts between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 5 V power supply For NT AL001 E Link Adapter Section 1 5 Possible com mand flow Host computer to PC RS 422A 485 section 4 wire C mode or FINS commands PC to Host computer Commands cannot be sent 15 System Co
438. ion 208 installation Serial Communications Boards 38 74 Serial Communications Units 38 39 75 77 Intelligent Signal Processors 8 K K3T_ Intelligent Signal Processor 124 connections 367 protocols sequences 365 385 L ladder programs protocol macro 155 Link Adapters 79 83 85 92 100 101 507 loopback test 3 6 9 CIO Area allocations 180 connections 178 executing 178 indicators 179 port connections 98 procedure 178 protocol status 69 Setup Area allocations 179 Low Voltage Directive xvii M maintenance cleaning 207 inspection 208 modem compatibility 494 settings 495 mounting height 81 N noise reduction 81 NT Link ports 79 protocol status 68 NT Link commands 8 NT AL001 E Link Adapter 18 DIP switch settings 83 O operating environment precautions xv overrun errors 144 P parameters sequence 127 step 128 parity errors 144 PMCR 260 instruction 8 221 operand settings 157 specifications 151 Port Settings Change Bits 43 138 1 NNT Link 172 Index Host Link 112 protocol macro 136 Serial Communications Boards 69 Serial Communications Units 70 Port Settings Changing Flag 22 precautions applications xvi general xiii installation xvi installing Serial Communications Boards 75 installing Serial Communications Units 78 noise reduction 81 operating environment xv replacement 208 safety xiv system configuration
439. ion as the result of severe changes in tem perature e Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases e Locations subject to dust especially iron dust or salts e Locations subject to exposure to water oil or chemicals e Locations subject to shock or vibration Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the following locations e Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise e Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields e Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity e Locations close to power supplies The operating environment of the PC System can have a large effect on the longevity and reliability of the system Improper operating environments can lead to malfunction failure and other unforeseeable problems with the PC System Be sure that the operating environment is within the specified condi tions at installation and remains within the specified conditions during the life of the system Follow all installation instructions and precautions provided in the operation manuals XV Application Precautions 5 5 Application Precautions Observe the following precautions when using the PC System N WARNING Always heed these precautions Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to serious or possibly fatal injury e Always connect to a ground of 100 or less when installing the Units Not connecting to a ground of 100 or less
440. ion method is used for the receive data and the interrupt No is 100 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 352 Data Read Note 1 Since this sequence repeats itself within the sequence once it is executed it remains in the execution state until cancelled 2 Even if execution is cancelled the bar code still keeps reading Execute sequence No 351 BCR Read Stop to end the sequence 3 The reception wait time is not set for this sequence 4 Sequences No 361 and No 364 Continuous Data Read with Interrupt are not supported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syntax error will occur is an attempt is made to execute either sequence with a Serial Communications Unit General purpose Command 1 Sequence No 365 Hex 016D This general purpose command is used to send data with a specified data length and receive back only ACK STX and ETX are automatically attached to the send data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Send data byte length 2 Send data 3 Send data 1 OE E a 248 Send data 249 Send data 396 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex
441. ion network address Bits 00 to 07 Send destination node address Send destination network address gt 80 Bit 15 ON Bits 08 to 14 00 Bits 00 to 07 Send destination network address 011B Hex Parity error 011C Hex Framing error 011D Hex Overrun error 011E Hex FCS check error 01 Hex Port 1 02 Hex Port 2 Always 00 Hex 021A Hex Setting table logic error Always 00 Hex 03 Hex Routing tables 05 Hex CPU Bus Unit Inner Board DM Area 0300 Hex Parameter packet discarded Same contents as event send receive errors 0301 Hex Protocol macro operation error 01 Hex Port 1 Protocol macro error code 02 Hex Port 2 0302 Hex Illegal protocol packet dis carded 01 Hex Port 1 02 Hex Port 2 Always 00 Hex 0601 Hex Board Unit error Check the operating environment 0602 Hex CPU Bus Unit Inner Board memory error 01 Hex Read error 06 Hex Error log 02 Hex Write error 07 Hex Protocol data 203 Error Logs Section 8 4 8 4 5 Error Codes and Troubleshooting Error code Troubleshooting Serial communications mode Protocol Host Link 1 N NT Link Loopback macro test 0001 Hex Replace the CPU Unit 0002 Hex Check the operating environment 0006 Hex Check the unit number setting Recreate the I O tables OOOF Hex Check the operating environment 0011 Hex Check the operating environment 0012 Hex Check the relevant data
442. ions Boards One with two RS 232C ports and one with one RS 232C and one RS 422A 485 port The RS 422A 485 port can be used for a 1 N connection with general purpose exter nal devices without using Link Adapters to support the protocol macro func tion or NT Link function A total of up to 16 CPU Bus Units can be mounted on the CPU Rack or an Expansion Rack The total of 16 must include all Serial Communications Units and all other CPU Bus Units The PC can thus be expanded to provide addi tional serial communications ports as required by the system Host Link Communications Connect One Computer to Multiple PCs Host Link communications are supported by all CS CJ series CPU Units Serial Communications Boards and Units can be used to connect a single PC to more than one host computer for Host Link communications including slave initiated communications Host Link communications provide the follow ing features An RS 422A 485 port can be used to connect one host computer to up to 32 CS CJ series PCs Features Section 1 4 Computer Monitoring and Control of PCs FINS Commands for Complete Control Redundant Error Checking Simultaneous Usage of Both Ports Slave initiated Communications Send FINS Commands to Remote Networks Send FINS Commands to Computers Connected to Remote PCs 10 Host Link communications enable the host computer to monitor or control PC operations and to read and write I O memory in the
443. irst word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 22 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 2nd unit 21st unit max Data Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0015 1 to 21 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 21st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 00 to 31 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words W storage Words a SP data rightmost 4 digits 2 SP data leftmost 4 digits 3 PV data rightmost 4 digits a 1st unit 4 PV data leftmost 4 digits 5 MV rightmost 4 digits 6 MV leftmost 4 digits 121 SP data rightmost 4 digits p 122 SP data leftmost 4 digits 123 PV data rightmost 4 digits 21st unit 124 PV data leftmost 4 digits 125 MV rightmost 4 digits 126 MV leftmost 4 digits Contents data format 1st unit Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Number of units x 6 1 1st unit SP data rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 1st unit SP data leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD tst unit PV data rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 0999900
444. is currently being exe cuted An attempt is made to execute the PMCR 260 instruction while protocol macros are being executed Modify the ladder program so that bit 15 Protocol Macro Executing Flag of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 is set to a NC execution condition for the PMCR 260 instruction No registration table exists The problem cause is one of the following e Protocol macro send receive sequence data has not been registered e Protocol macro send receive sequence data is currently being registered or transferred e Protocol macro send receive sequence data contains a SUM value error Use CX Protocol to transfer the correct protocol macro send receive sequence data 199 Troubleshooting Error code Section 8 3 Note The following table shows the measures to correct the errors indicated in bits 00 to 03 Error Code of words allocated in the CIO Area words n 9 n 19 Indicator No display Error details Normal Cause Remedy No display Reserved No display Sequence num ber error The send receive sequence number specified in the PMCR 260 instruc tion s C2 operand is not registered Correct the send receive sequence num ber Use CX Protocol to register the specified send receive sequence number ERC Flashing ERR ALM Flashing Data read write range error The data range of the specified area is exceeded when
445. is described next 220 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B CompoWay F Message Frames and PMCR 260 Operands The relationship between the CompoWay F command and response frames and the operands of PMCR 260 is shown below using communications sequence No 600 as an example Command Frame Variable First read No of STX Node No Subaddressy SID 7 MRC7 SRC type address elements ETX 7 BCC aa 0000 Command Send data prene Send receive sequence number 600 0258 Hex Number of send data words Undefined Node number MRC SRC S 3 Number of send bytes S 4 S 5 S 6 Send data Response Frame STX Node No 7 Subaddress End code MRC SRC 7 MRES r SRES p Receive data ETX y BCC O2HEX X10 X10 00 or 01 Response code Read data Response code Receive data PMCR 260 Instruction Number of receive data words Response code Send with ASCII Conversion with Response Sequence No 600 Hex 0258 This sequence converts the specified data beginning with the command code to ASCII and sends it to the specified Unit The response is converted to hexadecimal and stored starting at the specified word 221 CompoWay F Master Protocol Appendix B Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Node No 2 MRC SRC 3 Number of send
446. is manual the protocol structure is explained in simple terms and exam ples are given of the use of the PMCR 260 instruction when controlling OMRON devices using standard system protocols For details on the proto cols the method of modifying the standard system protocols and the method of creating new sequences refer to the CX Protocol Operation Manual W344 5 1 3 Protocol Structure 126 Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series Serial Communications Board CS Series only Protocols consist of send receive sequences A sequence consists of steps These steps can be repeated or they can be branched or ended depending on the responses received A step consists of a command send receive mes sages processing results and the next process which depends on the pro cessing results Example Reading the process values for a Temperature Controller Protocol Send receive Transmission of process value reading message and sequence 1 reception of response message Step 0 Step 1 Messages A protocol consists of processing sequences such as reading the process value for a Temperature Controller for a general purpose external device A sequence consists of a group of steps each of which consists of a send receive control command send receive message processing result and a next step that depends on the processing results F
447. is used to make various settings or control remotely a Hayes modem connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C cable Protocol Configuration The configuration of the Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol is shown below Sequence Communications Function Ladder interface No sequence name Send word Receive word allocation allocation 550 0226 Initialize modem Initializes the modem connected to the general purpose Serial Communications Unit Board The ini tialization command is set in the words specified for the second operand of PMCR 260 560 0230 Initialize modem Initializes certain OMRON Modems 570 023A specialized 580 0244 561 0231 Dial Dials from the modem connected to the 571 023B Serial Communications Unit Board AT 581 0245 commands and telephone numbers are set set in the words specified for the 3rd oper and of PMCR 260 This sequence can be used only for certain OMRON modems 552 0228 Password After the line is connected the password sent from the other exchange is verified to confirm that the line is connected to the desired exchange The normal value of a password is set in the words specified for the 3rd operand of PMCR 260 553 0229 Data send receive Sends arbitrary data to the exchange which general purpose the line is connected Send data is set in the sequence words specified for the 2nd operand of PMCR 260 Receive data is stored in the
448. it MV lower limit and MV change rate limit Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 data 1 2 3 4 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No MV upper limit MV lower limit MV change rate limit Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0005 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 MV upper limit 4 digits BCD MV lower limit 1 to 1050 Heating cooling control time 0000 to 1050 MV lower limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to MV upper limit 1 MV change rate limit 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 256 0000 to 1000 E5 K Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Write Input Digital Filter Sequence No 062 Hex 003E Writes the input digital filter Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send dala 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Input digital filter Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Input digital filter 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Alarm Hysteresis Sequence No 063 Hex 003F Writes the alarm 1 hysteresis and alarm 2 hysteresis Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260
449. it No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note When this sequence is executed a software reset command is issued and the operation of the E5 00 to 31 K is reset equivalent to turning on the power supply About five seconds will be required until communica tions are enabled 263 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D Run Stop Sequence No 072 Hex 0048 Switches the mode to Run or Stop according to the command code This sequence can be executed for multi ple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 5 1 Number of units i 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Command code A 4 Undefined i Unit No andun 5 Command code R 16 i i i ng fined UnitNo 8th unit max 17 Command code E Offset Contents data format Number of send data words Number of units x 2 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 1st unit 00 to 31 Unit No 2 digits BCD 1st unit 0000 Run Command code 4 digits BCD 0001 Stop 8th unit 0000 Run Command code 4 digits BCD 0001 Stop Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Remote Local Sequence No 073 Hex 0049 Switches to remote operation or local operation according to the command mode This sequence c
450. it may result in unex pected operation of the loads connected to the Unit Any of the following oper ation may result in changes to memory status e Transferring I O memory data to the CPU Unit from a Programming Device e Changing present values in memory from a Programming Device e Force setting resetting bits from a Programming Device e Transferring I O memory files from a Memory Card or EM file memory to the CPU Unit e Transferring I O memory from a host computer or from another PC on a network N WARNING Do not attempt to take any Unit apart while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock xiv Operating Environment Precautions 4 N WARNING N WARNING Do not touch any of the terminals or terminal blocks while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not attempt to disassemble repair or modify any Units Any attempt to do so may result in malfunction fire or electric shock Z Caution Execute online edit only after confirming that no adverse effects will be caused by extending the cycle time Otherwise the input signals may not be readable 4 Operating Environment Precautions A Caution Do not operate the control system in the following places A Caution A Caution e Locations subject to direct sunlight e Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications e Locations subject to condensat
451. it service monitoring error has Check the operating environment and occurred eliminate the cause of the error Check A bus error has occurred to be sure that the problem is not caused by another CPU Bus Unit having the same unit number Check the operating environment and eliminate the cause of the error Firmly secure the Unit Not lit Not lit Not lit Flash A Protocol Data File BACKUPULI PRM is ing being read restored from the CPU Units Memory Card to the Serial Communications Unit 184 Status Area Error Indications Section 8 2 Indicators Possible cause ERC ERH Not lit Not lit A Protocol Data File BACKUPUILI PRM was read restored from the CPU Unit s Memory Card to the Serial Communications Unit prop erly A protocol data write error has occurred or protocol data has been destroyed If the indicator status remains the same when the protocol data is retransmitted replace the Unit Transfer protocol data to the Unit Correct the protocol data and transfer it to the Unit The ERC indicator can also be turned OFF by executing a normal sequence for the serial port for which the error is occurring or by switching the CPU Unit to PROGRAM mode temporarily The flash memory for protocol data is Transfer the protocol data to the Unit faulty If the problem persists after correct The Protocol Data File BACKUPLIL PRM Protocol data is transferred repl
452. it will manipulate the One shot Trace Switch and Continuous Trace Switch when trace operations are performed from the CX Protocol Do not manipulate these switches directly from a ladder diagram Continuous Trace Switch Note 2 Bits 01 and 09 The CX Protocol will start a continuous trace when the Switch turns ON The trace is ended when the Switch is turned OFF Wait Release Switch 140 Bits 00 and 08 Not supported by C200HX HG HE Note Standby status for the WAIT command will be released when the switch is turned ON Initialize Manipulated by user Manipulated by system Manipulated by CX Proto col At end of one shot trace Manipulated by CX Proto col Manipulated by CX Proto col Manipulated by user At end of WAIT com mand 1 The Software Switches will also be initialized at the following times When the operating mode is changed between PROGRAM and RUN or MONI TOR modes when STUP 237 is executed when the Board or Unit is re started or when the communications port is reset 2 The first switch of the One shot Trace Switch and Continuous Trace Switch to turn ON will determine the trace operation If a Trace Switch turns ON when a trace operation is already in progress the switch will not be effec Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 5 3 tive even when the current trace operation is completed unless the switch is firs
453. its 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 1st unit PV data leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 2nd unit PV data rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 2nd unit PV data leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 32nd unit PV data rightmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 F indicates a negative number 32nd unit PV data leftmost 4 digits 4 digits BCD 333 ES100 _ Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Read SP Data Sequence No 255 Hex OOFF Reads the SP data for the variable type analog data in the variable area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 1st unit 3 Undefined Unit No 2nd unit 33 Undefined Unit No 32nd unit max Offset Contents data format Data Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 00 to 31 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words IE storage words 4 SP data rightmost 4
454. ive data words storage words yi Input shift upper limit 2 Input shift lower limit Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex Input shift upper limit 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 Input shift lower limit 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 Read Level 0 Parameters Sequence No 018 Hex 0012 Reads parameters in level O process value set point during SP ramp MV heating MV cooling and set point from multiple units and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 9 Undefined Unit No max Offset Contents data format Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 242 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data storage words 0 Number of receive data words 1 Process value 2 3 Set point during SP ramp MV heating 4 5 MV cooling Set point 36 Process value 1 1 37 Set point during SP ram
455. l 1 Yes No 076 004C Software reset Resets the E5LIK Yes No Note 1 The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd or 4th operands of PMCR 251 E5LK Digital Controller Write Protocol Appendix D NO Send word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D Connections The connections are the same as that for the E5LIK Digital Controller Read Protocol Write Set Point Sequence No 050 Hex 0032 Writes the set point Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Read data Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Set point 4 digits BCD Set point lower limit to upper limit Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Alarm Value Sequence No 051 Hex 0033 Writes alarm value 1 and alarm value 2 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 41 Undefined Unit No 2 Alarm value 1 3 Alarm value 2 Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0004 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Alarm value 1 4
456. l Processor Protocol 0 0 cee eee eee eens V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol 0 0 0 eee eee teens 3ZAL Laser Micrometer Protocol 20 0 0 e eens Visual Inspection System Protocol 0 cece teen e een ees V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol 0 eee cee eee eens Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol 00 c cece eens Changing Communications Port Settings Using STUP 237 0 00 000 ee Indet 6 6545 5 oe naga 44044 bee See adic eae ae Revision Hist0ry ccci0s et oe eeei eee eed ieee es 213 215 231 251 267 289 309 325 365 387 399 435 455 493 501 505 515 ix About this Manual This manual describes the installation and operation of the SYSMAC CS CuJ series CS1W SCB21 V1 SCB41 V1 Serial Communications Boards and CS1W SCU21 V1 and CJ1W SCU21 41 Serial Com munications Units and includes the sections described on the next page The Serial Communications Boards are classified as Inner Boards and the Serial Communications Unit is classified as a CPU Bus Unit Please read this manual and all related manuals listed in the following table carefully and be sure you understand the information provided before attempting to install and operate a Serial Communications Board or Unit
457. l data error SUM error 0 Normal 1 System Setup error 0 Normal 1 Routing table error 0 Normal Reserved 1 Cyclic monitoring error 0 Normal Reserved Fatal Reserved Note 2 Reserved 1 Inner Bus error 0 Normal 1 Inner Board watchdog timer error 0 Normal 1 When any one of bits 04 to 11 is ON A40208 Inner Board Error Flag non fatal error will be ON 2 When bit 00 or 01 is ON A401 12 Inner Board Fatal Error Flag will be ON For details on each type of error refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting and Main tenance Restart Bit A60800 The Restart Bit can be turned ON and then OFF to restart the Serial Commu nications Board without turning OFF the PC power supply Bit Function A60800 Inner Board Restart Bit Port 1 and Port 2 Port Settings Change Bits These bits can be turned ON from the program using the OUT or other instructions to change communications settings and restart the Serial Com munications Unit ports When changing the settings and restarting the port have been completed the bit will automatically be turned OFF The port 1 or port 2 Port Settings Change Bits and Restart Bits are allocated in the Auxiliary Area according to the unit number as shown below These bits are used both to change the port settings and to restart the port at the same time One of these bits can be turned ON to restart a port without changing the port settings
458. l filter alarm 1 hysteresis alarm 2 hysteresis alarm 3 hysteresis input shift upper limit and input shift lower limit from multiple units and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 9 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No Undefined Unit No Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex max Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 247 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 248 Receive data storage words 0 Number of receive data words 1 Input digital filter 2 Alarm 1 hysteresis 3 Alarm 2 hysteresis 4 Alarm 3 hysteresis 5 Input shift upper limit 6 Input shift lower limit 1 1 43 Input digital filter 44 Alarm 1 hysteresis 45 Alarm 2 hysteresis 46 Alarm 3 hysteresis 47 Input shift upper limit 48 Input shift lower limit Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 8th unit max Number of units x 6 1 1st unit Input digital filter 4 digits BCD 00
459. l reset value 009 0009 Read hysteresis Reads the hysteresis heating cooling 010 000A Read control period Reads the control period heating cooling 011 000B Read SP ramp time unit and set value Reads the SP ramp time unit and SP ramp set value 012 000C Read LBA detection time Reads the LBA detection time 013 000D Read MV at stop and PV error Reads the MV at stop and the MV at PV error 014 000E Read MV limits Reads the MV limits 015 000F Read input digital filter Reads the input digital filter 016 0010 Read alarm hysteresis Reads the alarm 1 2 hysteresis 017 0011 Read input shifts Reads the input shift limits 018 0012 Read level 0 parameters Reads parameters in level 0 019 0013 Read level 1 parameters 1 Reads parameters in level 1 020 0014 Read level 1 parameters 2 Reads parameters in level 1 021 0015 Read level 2 parameters 1 Reads parameters in level 2 022 0016 Read level 2 parameters 2 Reads parameters in level 2 023 0017 Note 1 General purpose read 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd or 4th operands of PMCR Reads the value of the specified parameter The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses NO Send word allocation Receive word allocation
460. le e Communications Mode Host Link unit number 0 only for Host Link NT Link 1 N N 1 Unit only OMRON Cables with Connectors XW2Z 070T 1 0 7 m XW2Z 200T 1 2 m 1 1 Connections from RS 422A 485 to RS 422A 485 Ports Serial Communications Board Unit See note 2 Short bar i Signal Pin NA RS 422A SDA 1 a TRM kat so 2 ROB ng sonal RDA 6 i SDA 485in RDB 8 SDB terface FG Hood ae RSA D sub 9 pin RSB connector male __ Hood Terminal block or D sub connector Communications Mode Host Link unit number 0 only for Host Link NT Link 1 N N 1 Unit only Note 1 Serial Communications Board Unit settings Terminating resistance ON 4 wire 2 The terminating resistant setting shown above is an example for the NT631 NT631C The setting method varies with the PT Refer to the man ual for you PT for details 88 Wiring Section 3 3 1 N 4 wire Connections from RS 422A 485 to RS 422A 485 Ports Serial Communications Board Unit PT leianall i __ Signal ignal Pin RDA RS 422A SDA 1 mT Bin Le terface SDB 2 i RDA 6 T RDB 8 t F Hood I D sub 9 pin connector male EE Terminal block or D sub connector i See note 2 l Short bar PT Hiie RS 422A RDB 485 In SDA terface
461. le The following data would be used to execute sequence number 600 in the CompoWay F Master Protocol for a transmission with ASCII conversion Send receive sequence number 600 0258 Hex S Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Node number 2 Undefined SRC 3 Number of send bytes 44 Send data Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0005 to OOFA Hex 5 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Undefined Node No 2 digits 00 to 99 BCD MRC SRC 2 digits Hex Set the command code for the required ser 2 digits Hex vice Number of send bytes 4 digits Hex Number of data bytes from the next byte after the command code until the byte just before the ETX 0000 to 0492 Send data 4 digit Hex The data specified in hexadecimal here will be converted to ASCII and the number of bytes specified in S 3 will be sent 213 Introduction Appendix A D Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand Receive data storage words 0 Number of receive data words Response code Receive data 2 Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0003 to OOFA Hex 3 to 250 decimal Response code 4 digits Hex The response code will be stored in hexa decimal form Receive data 4 digit Hex The data from just after the response code until jus
462. ler Read Protocol Appendix C Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive 0 Number of receive data words data storage words 1 Alarm value 1 2 Alarm value 2 3 Alarm value 3 4 Proportional band 5 Integral time 6 Derivative time T 1 1 43 Alarm value 1 44 Alarm value 2 45 Alarm value 3 46 Proportional band 47 Integral time 48 Derivative time Offset Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Contents data format 8th unit max Number of units x 6 1 1st unit Alarm value 1 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indi cates 1 1st unit Alarm value 2 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indi cates 1 1st unit Alarm value 3 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indi cates 1 1st unit Proportional band 4 digits BCD 0001 to 9999 1st unit Integral time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 1st unit Derivative time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 8th unit Derivative time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 Read Level 1 Parameters 2 Sequence No 020 Hex 0014 Reads parameters in level 1 cooling coefficient dead band manual reset value hysteresis heating hystere sis cooling control period heating and control peri
463. leted correspond to individual bits 00 to 15 and are turned ON in ascending order Once a bit has been exe cuted the bit corresponding to the executed step is turned ON in ascending order to hold the bit ON during the sequence and after completion Startup See note When step is exe cuted When sequence starts 149 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Repeat Counter Set Value Address Board CIO 1914 bits 08 to 15 port 1 CIO 1924 bits 08 to 15 port 2 Unit n 14 bits 08 to 15 port 1 n 24 bits 08 to 15 port 2 Meaning The number of times a step is repeated is set in these bits Initialize Startup See note Section 5 3 When step starts When sequence starts Repeat Counter Present Value Board CIO 1914 bits 00 to 07 port 1 CIO 1924 bits 00 to 07 port 2 Unit n 14 bits 00 to 07 port 1 n 24 bits 00 to 07 port 2 The repeat counter variable N is set The value is cleared when the sequence execu tion starts when the STUP 237 instruction is executed and at restarts The present value N varies according to the method used to initialize the value For resets the variable N is set to 0 when the step is started and the step is executed according to the set number of times For holds the variable N for the present value is held when the step is started and the step is Startup See note When repeat counter
464. limit 33 Cooling output value upper limit 301 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex Appendix F Data 0022 0034 decimal fixed 00 to OF Channel 0 Output value lower limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 Channel 0 Output value upper limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 Channel 0 Cooling output value lower limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 Channel 0 Cooling output value upper limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1000 Channel 7 Cooling output value lower limit 4 digits BCD Channel 7 Cooling output value upper limit 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 0000 to 1000 0000 to 1000 Write Output Value Change Rate Limit Sequence No 167 Hex 00A7 Writes the output value change rate limits that restrict the rates of change in the control value output Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words e 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Output change rate limit Channel 0 3 Output change rate limit Channel 1 4 Output change rate limit Channel 2 5 Output change rate limit Channel 3 6 Output change rate limit Channel 4 7 Output change rate limit Channel 5 8 Output change rate limit Channel 6 9 Output change rate limit Channel 7
465. ll flash and bit A42409 the Protocol Data Error Flag will be turned ON Serial Communications Unit Operation The Serial Communications Unit s RDY Indicator will flash during the restore operation Both the RDY Indicator and RUN Indicator will be lit when the restore operation is completed normally If the restore operation fails the RDY Indicator will continue to flash and the ERC Indicator will be lit E Comparing the Protocol Data with the Memory Card s Protocol Data File Follow these steps to compare the Serial Communications Board Unit s proto col data with the Protocol Data File in the Memory Card 1 Make the following settings to pins 7 and 8 in the DIP Switch on the front of the CPU Unit Setting 2 Press and hold the Memory Card power supply switch for 3 seconds Si dar C mmunicdti ns Memory Card power supply switch Board Unit CPU Unit All data Protocol data Memory Card This procedure compares the protocol data in the Serial Communications Board Unit with the data in the Protocol Data File in the CPU Units Memory Card When the Memory Card power supply switch is pressed the MCPWR Indica tor on the front of the CPU Unit will flash once and then remain lit while the data is being compared If the data matches the Indicator will go OFF after the data has been compared 165 SECTION 6 Using 1 N NT Links This section describes the procedure and other information required to
466. lts in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 26 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex max Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0019 1 to 25 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 25th unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 storage words 1 2 3 4 97 98 99 100 Number of receive data words Set point Alarm value 1 Alarm value 2 Heater burnout alarm value J 1 1 Set point Alarm value 1 Alarm value 2 Heater burnout alarm value 00 to 31 1st unit 25th unit max 317 E5LIJ Temperature Controller Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit Set point 4 digits BCD Appendix G Data Number of units x 4 1 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 1st unit Alarm value 1 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 1st unit Alarm value 2 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Whe
467. male D sub 25 pin female Signal Name Pin No Pin No Signal Name SD TXD 2 2 SD TXD RD RXD a per Ba __8 RD RXD RTS 4 1 4 RTS CTS S 5 CTS DSR 7 6 DSR SG 9 7 SG DTR 8 H 8 CD DCD FG ot 20 DTR e For RS CS Flow Control Serial Communications Unit F300 E Board D sub 9 pin female D sub 25 pin female Signal Name Pin No Pin No Signal Name SD TXD 2 H ge a SD TXD RD RXD e an ial jf 38 RD RXD RTS 4 M 4 RTS CTS 5 5 CTS DSR 7 6 DSR SG 9 7 SG DTR 8 8 CD DCD FG i 20 DTR 437 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Measurement Execution F200 Sequence No 450 Hex 01C2 This sequence carries out one measurement and stores the measurement results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 4 Undefined Output No 2 Undefined ae 3 Decimal portion 4 Integer portion Measurement value 5 Sign 0 g Offset Content data format Data Number of receive data words 0006 4 digits Hex Output No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 Evaluation result 1 digit BCD 0 OK 1 NG Measurement value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Measurement value integer portion 7 digits BCD Measurement value sign 1 digit F is
468. may result in electric shock e Always turn OFF the power supply to the PC before attempting any of the following Not turning OFF the power supply may result in malfunction or electric shock e Mounting or dismounting Power Supply Units I O Units CPU Units Serial Communications Units or any other Units e Assembling the Units e Setting DIP switches or rotary switches e Connecting cables or wiring the system e Mounting or dismounting terminal blocks N Caution Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to faulty operation of the PC or the system or could damage the PC or PC Units Always heed these precautions e Fail safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in the event of incorrect missing or abnormal signals caused by broken signal lines momentary power interruptions or other causes e Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and frequency is supplied Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable An incorrect power supply may result in malfunction e Tighten the mounting screws at the bottom of Serial Communications Units to a torque of 0 4 N m An incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction e Leave the label attached to the Unit when wiring Removing the label may result in malfunction if foreign matter enters the Unit e Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dis sipation L
469. mber of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage Words 1 Hysteresis heating 2 Hysteresis cooling Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex Hysteresis heating 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD Hysteresis cooling 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD Read Control Period Sequence No 010 Hex 000A Reads the control period for heating and for cooling and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data Undefined Unit No Onset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Control period heating 2 Control period cooling Offset Contents data format 0 Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex 1 Control period heating 0001 to 0099 4 digits BCD 2 Control period cooling 0001 to 0099 4 digits BCD 238 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Read SP Ramp Time Unit and Set Value Sequence No 01
470. memory switches Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words dala l w x Y Z 2 Undefined Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex w 1 digits BCD 0 For single run or zero run measurement start dis playing 1 For single run or zero run measurement start dis playing the previous measured value x 1 digit BCD 0 Perform single run measurement to the RUN signal of I O IF 1 Repeat measurement while the RUN signal of I O IF is input y 1 digit BCD 0 RS 232C Delimiter CR LF RS 232C Delimiter CR RS 232C Delimiter LF z 1 digit BCD RS 232C no parity check RS 232C odd parity check RS 232C even parity check v 1 digit BCD Displaying Err O Displaying 0 Note Settings marked with asterisks are required for this protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Memory switches cannot be set when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON 2 The setting y z of RS 232C takes effect when the power supply is turned back on 420 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Memory Switch Set 2 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 422 Hex 01A6 This sequence sets memory switches Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of se
471. mit values Multistep selection limit value L3 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L4 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L5 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L6 Same as lower limit values Reference value Same as lower limit values 411 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Offset 33 Contents data format Analog output scale number 1 digit BCD Offset classification ASCII 3 characters 4F4620 OF 4F4D20 OM Appendix K Offset value Same as lower limit values Data output conditions 1 digit BCD 0to6 Scheduled output timer 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 Sample measurement pulse 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 Sample measurement clas sification ASCII 3 characters 415647 AVG 4D4158 MAX 4D494E MIN 524E47 RNG Unused Undefined Yes No for segment setting Set 1 SG 1 digit BCD Don t set 0 Yes No for measurement Set 1 M interval number setting Don t set 0 1 digit BCD Yes No for upper lower limit Set 1 LL LH value setting Don t set 0 1 digit BCD Yes No for multistep selec Set 1 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 tion limit value Don t set 0 1 digit BCD Yes No for reference setting Set IN 1 REF SCL 1 digit BCD Don t set 0 Yes No for offset value set Set 1 O
472. mmunications Units Scene Switching and Positioning F350 Sequence No 472 Hex 01D8 This sequence switches to a designated scene No Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words d dat eee 1 Undefined Scene No m ae a a Number of send data words 0002 4 digits Hex Scene No 2 digits BCD 00 to 15 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Ifa scene No is abnormal the following flags will be turned ON The flags for port 1 are CIO 190914 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number 9 bit 14 for Serial Commu nications Units The flags for port 2 are CIO 191914 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number 19 bit 14 for Serial Communications Units 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence 449 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L 3 Turn ON the Abort Switch to end this sequence Inspection Execution and Character Inspection F350 Sequence No 473 Hex 01D9 This sequence carries out one inspection and outputs the inspection results to a video monitor Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Character String Inspection and Character Inspection F350 Sequence No 474 Hex 01DA This sequence changes the inspection character string of a designated i
473. mode Serial communi cations mode is set to NT Link Indicator display The SDLJ RD and COML indi cators are flash ing but a communica tions error sometimes occurs in the PT Note 1 Status information etc Words allo cated in the CIO Area Cables are incor rectly connected The RS 422A 485 port setting 2 wire or 4 wire is incor rect Adapters such as the NT AL001 E are incorrectly wired or set Section 8 3 Review the wiring or switch settings Check whether the termi nating resistances of the host computer and the last Unit are set to ON and the terminating resistances of other Units are set to OFF A communications error frequently occurs due to noise etc Review the wiring and installation environment Increase the number of retries for the PT as required The communica tions monitoring time for the PT is insuffi cient Increase the communica tions monitoring time for the PT The load on the PC is too high Lighten the load on the PC Reduce the number of PTs connected to each serial port by using other ports for some of the PTs Adjust the timeout and retry settings in the PT The PT serial port must be set for a 1 N NT Link The PT will not be able to communicate with a Serial Communications Board or Unit if the PT is set for a 1 1 NT Link The System Setup cannot be changed unless the
474. mode ASCII 2 characters Same as above Model Data Read Continuous Units Sequence No 338 Hex 0152 This sequence reads model data for continuous units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 Number of send data words 1 Number of units oriset conten atoma ata Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0019 1 to 25 decimal Note The number of Units can be up to 25 maximum 384 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The work allocation is similar to sequence No 337 Model Data Read by Unit Number General purpose Command Sequence No 339 Hex 0153 Sends the specified data and writes the receive data to the receive data words The characters such as FCS terminators need not be set in the send and receive data words These characters will be automatically added for transmission and automatically removed before saving data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data a 2 et l 1 Send data byte length 2 Send data 3 Send data 249 Send data Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Send data byte length 4 digits BCD 0001 to 01F0
475. monitor Changes the inspection character string of a designated inspection area No toa designated character string 480 01E0 Camera change decrease by 1 F200 300 Decreases the display camera No by 1 481 01E1 Camera change increase by 1 F200 300 Increases the display camera No by 1 482 01E2 Binary level modification F200 300 Modifies the binary levels upper limit and lower limit values of a designated window number No 483 01E3 Reset F200 300 Resets the F200 F300 490 01EA Scene switch decrease by 1 Decreases the scene No by 1 491 01EB Scene switch increase by 1 Increases the scene No by 1 492 01EC Scene switch arbitrary Switches to a designated scene No 493 01ED Measurement inspec tion termination Terminates the measurement and returns to the home menu 494 01EE General purpose com mand send Sets and executes commands that are otherwise not supported 495 O1EF General purpose com mand send receive Note 1 Sets and executes commands that are otherwise not supported 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd and 4th operands of PMCR 260 NO Send word allocation Receive word allocation The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S
476. most byte of S 1 Node number 2 digits BCD e S 2 Command code MRC SRC 0101 e S 4 on Send data Variable type first read address 00 number of elements STX Node No Subad Command code Send data dress Variable First read Always No of ele address 00 Note L02 Hev e10 ecto oo o jon jo oo ooo foo oor osme Data in shaded portions is specified in the PMCR 260 instruction Note A first read address of 0000 specifies the present value An address of 0001 specifies the maximum value 0002 the minimum value and 0003 the status The response frame is shown below The response code and receive data are stored according to the oper ands for PMCR 260 as follows e D 1 Response code D 2 and on Receive data STX Node No Subad Command code Response code Receive dress data Note 1 Read data Note 2 Data in shaded portions is stored at the location specified by the operand in the PMCR 260 instruction Note 1 Response Codes Response code Meaning 0000 Normal end 1001 Command too long 1002 Command too short 1100 Parameter error 1101 Area type error 1103 First address range error 2203 Operating error 223 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B 2 The read data is returned as 4 digit hexadecimal as follows FO019999 to 00099999 Hex The 3rd and 4th operands of the PMCR 260 instruction are specified as follows
477. mpleted the bit will automatically be turned OFF 136 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 5 3 Note These bits are used both to change the port settings and to restart the port at the same time One of these bits can be turned ON to restart a port without changing the port settings in the Setup Area allocated in the DM Area The STUP 237 instruction can also be used to just restart a communications port by executing STUP 237 with the same port settings as the ones already being used Serial Communications Boards CS Series Only Word Bit Contents 03to15 Reserved 02 1 Port 2 Settings Change Bit 01 1 Port 1 Settings Change Bit 00 Reserved Serial Communications Boards CS CJ Series n A620 unit number Contents 03 to 15 Reserved 02 1 Port 2 Settings Change Bit 1 Port 1 Settings Change Bit Reserved Inner Board Error A424 contains error information for the Serial Communications Board Information CS series Serial Communications Board Only Contents Non fatal Reserved errors 1 Error log EEPROM error 0 Normal Note 1 1 Protocol macro execution error 0 Normal This bit will be turned ON when code 3 4 or 5 is stored in the error code for bits 00 to 03 of CIO 1909 or CIO 1919 in the CIO Area 1 Protocol data error SUM error 0 Normal 1 Setup error 0 Normal 1 Routing table error 0 Normal Reserved 1 Cyclic monitoring error 0 Normal Reserv
478. n hexa decimal form Receive data 4 digit Hex The data from just after the response code until just before the ETX will be converted from ASCII to hexadecimal and stored here Note When ASCII data is converted to hexadecimal data data is stored starting from the receive data word with the largest offset This is done because ladder programming handles data in 4 byte units Receive frame O41 ogu ugg 67 222 Receive data words Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B Example The following example illustrates reading the present value from a K3NL series Intelligent Signal Processor CS Cu series PC CompoWay F response Read data present value CompoWay F command VARIABLE AREA READ Command code 01 01 First read address Intelligent Signal Processor K3NC FLK1 2 3 4 5 6 Sequence No 600 Send with ASCII Conversion with Response is used The specified data beginning with the command code is converted ASCII and sent to the Intelligent Signal Processor with the specified node number The response is converted to hexadecimal and stored starting at the specified word The command frame for reading the present value for a K3NLJ FLK1 2 3 4 5 6 Intelligent Signal Pro cessor command code 01 01 is shown below The following data is specified in the operands for PMCR 260 e Right
479. n secs cesweesereieeess deneni EI 7 1 Executing Loopback Tests 0 0 0 n enn neae 178 7 2 Setup Area Allocations 0 eee ence teen teen eens 179 7 3 CIO Area Allocations a cette cnet teen nen neae 180 SECTION 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 181 8 1 Indicator Error Displays iesssscasescsin op seg oct ace pedecting Sree egg een ge ene i 182 8 2 Status Area Error Indications 00 eee eee ene nee eens 185 8 3 Troubleshooting 5 244 92 ea i he edd codes Cee a eee Coda P ead CdS eee T ee 186 S24 TETON W088 44 ate eich ee Ee LY Dees PROM Ee eink ee a ie eR A 201 8 5 Cleaning and Inspection 0 ccc eee tetne eee nena 207 8 6 Replacement Precautions 0 0 cent teen een ne ne 208 viii TABLE OF CONTENTS Appendices A OzZzZrorwAF HK tat m ea wD Introduictt On wet sags ack teed Sodas hace Sek aN aoe ig ges Beam ane ioe Ss CompoWay F Master Protocol 0 cece cect nett nen nnee ESUK Digital Controller Read Protocol 0 0 cece eee eee nee ESUK Digital Controller Write Protocol 0 2 0 eect eens ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol 00 cee eee eee eens ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol 0 0 cece es ES_JJ Temperature Controller Protocol 0 cee cece cette eens ES100L Digital Controller Protocol 1 0 2 0 0 ccc ccc eet eee e nee K3TU Intelligent Signa
480. n the PC 127 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions Section 5 1 Step Parameters Command One of the following SEND RECV SEND amp RECV WAIT FLUSH OPEN or CLOSE Messages Send message The message sent for SEND Receive mes The expected message for RECV sage Send message The message sent and the expected mes and receive sage for SEND amp RECV message Reception A group of expected messages that can be matrix used to switch to different next processes when RECV or SEND amp RECV is used Repeat counter The number of times to repeat the step 0 to 255 The repeat counter can be used to change send receive mes sages Retry count Used for SEND amp RECV to retry the command for errors 0 to 9 Send wait time Used for SEND or SEND amp RECV to create a wait time before sending data Response write Specification of whether or not to write the received data to enable for operand memory specification Next process Specifies the next step or to end the sequence when the cur rent step is completed normally Error processing Specifies the next step or to end the sequence when the cur rent step ends in an error Note We recommend programming retry processing at any device sending com mands in case noise or other factors result in transmission errors 128 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions Section 5 1 Standard System Protocol Example S
481. n the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 1st unit Heater burnout alarm value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 2nd unit Set point 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 25th unit Heater burnout alarm value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set Read Parameters 2 Sequence No 209 Hex 00D1 Reads the proportional bands integral times and derivative times for multiple units and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 318 0 Number of send data words 1 2 Undefined Number of units Unit No 32 Undefined 1 Unit No Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex max Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 001F 1 to 31 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 31th unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 ES5 _ J Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 storage words 1 2 3 91 92 93 Number of receive data words Proporti
482. n this sense The abbreviation PC means Programmable Controller and is not used as an abbreviation for anything else Visual Aids The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient opera tion of the product 1 2 3 1 Indicates lists of one sort or another such as procedures checklists etc OMRON 1999 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is con stantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication TABLE OF CONTENTS PRECAUTIONS eesi cast sine ek benink os aie eee Ul 1 Intended Audience 235 soncc 4 ose ug coins an nee and ginal go ik Govier Gains xiv 2 General Precautions nerina a A ede SR eh a ee xiv 3 Safety Precauti
483. n_00000 to En_32767 Constants See Control Data C 0000 to FFFF Binary data Data Registers DRO to DR15 z Index Registers Direct Index Registers Indirect IRO to IR15 2048 to 2047 IRO to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DRO to DR15 IRO to IR15 IRO to R15 IRO to IR15 Error Flags ER The Error Flag will turn ON in the following cases e The data specified in S is outside the allowable range e The Port Settings Change Bit is already ON when the instruction is executed Ladder Program Example When CIO 000000 turns ON the settings for port 2 for the Serial Communications Board will be changed to the values set in the 10 words from D00200 to D00209 In the following example the protocol is changed to Host Link mode Ladder Program 000000 STUP 02E1 D00200 502 Changing Communications Port Settings Using STUP 237 Appendix O Settings S 0500 S 1 0000 S 2 0000 S 3 0000 S 9 Transmit D32010 0500 Port setting Defaults Protocol mode 1 hex Host Link Baud rate Default 9 600 bps Transmission delay time 0 ms CTS control None Unit number 00 Settings for port 2 of Serial Communications Board D32011 0000 D32010 to D32019 D32012 0000 D32013 0000 D32019 503 Numerics 1 1 NT Link 3 1 NNT Link 3 6 8 Auxiliary Area allocations 1
484. nce No 519 Write ASCII 2 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 519 Write ASCII 2 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 545 Polling Auto write Command Processing Cancel to cancel the polling auto write 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write Subcommand ASCII 2 Sequence No 529 Hex 0211 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 Up to 118 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 519 Write ASCII 2 However the leading address No number of write and write data are not used and become undefined Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 484 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Note 1 Execute Sequence No 528 before executing Sequence No 529 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write ASCII 4 Sequence No 530 Hex 0212 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 4 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 520 Write ASCII 4 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No
485. nce Send Receive No word word allocation allocation Initialize settings Initializes settings Write HB alarm and HS alarm valid Writes the HB alarm and HS alarm valid chan channels nels Write heater burnout and SSR failure Writes the heater burnout and SSR failure detection currents detection currents Write dead band overlap band Writes the dead bands overlap bands Write cooling coefficient Writes the cooling coefficients Start control Starts temperature control Stop operation or control Stops temperature control or manual opera tion Start manual operation Starts manual operation Note 1 The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 2 Ladder Interface Settings YES User settings are required for the 3rd or 4th operands of PMCR NO Send word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 3rd operand S Receive word allocation Set the constant 0000 for the 4th operand D Connections The connections are the same as that for the E5ZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Write Set Point Setting Unit 1 Sequence No 150 Hex 0096 Writes the set points using a setting unit of 1 4 digits Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data re Undefined UnitNo 2 Set point J 3 Undefined Channel 0 4 Set point 1 5 Undefined Channel 1 16 Set point i
486. nd 0 Number of send data words data i Ww X y Z 2 Undefined V Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex w 1 digit BCD 0 Work automatic detection is not performed Work automatic detection is performed Diameter detection method 1 scan 2 Work automatic detection is performed Diameter detection method 8 scan 3 Work automatic detection is performed Position detection method 1 scan x 1 digit BCD For expansion 0 fixed y 1 digit BCD For expansion 0 fixed z 1 digit BCD For expansion 0 fixed v 1 digit BCD 0 Error data exclusion function is not used 1 Error data exclusion function is used Note Settings marked with asterisks are required for this protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note Memory switches cannot be set when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON Simple AVG Times Set 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 423 Hex 01A7 This sequence uses the simple average as the averaging method and sets the averaging times per measure ment interval 4 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of averaging times Orr Comens aoma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Number of averaging times 1 to 2048 4 digits BCD Receive
487. nd integral time and derivative time Reads the proportional bands integral times and derivative times 105 0069 Read control period Reads the control periods 106 006A Read output mode Reads the output modes 107 006B Read alarm mode Reads the alarm modes 108 006C Read alarm temperature Reads the alarm temperatures 109 006D Read hysteresis Reads the hysteresis 110 006E Read operation status Reads the operation status 111 006F Read error status Reads the error status 112 0070 Read setting unit Reads the setting units 113 0071 Read input shift value Reads the input shift values 114 0072 Read manual reset value Reads the manual reset values 115 0073 Read ramp value Reads the ramp values 116 0074 Read present set point Reads the present set points 117 0075 Read output value limits Reads the output value limits 118 0076 Read output value change rate limit Reads the output value change rate limits 119 0077 Read HB alarm and HS alarm valid channels Reads the HB alarm and HS alarm valid channels 120 0078 Read heater burnout SSR failure detection currents Reads the heater burnout SSR failure detection currents 121 0079 Read heater current and SSR leakage current Reads the heater currents and SSR leakage currents
488. nd CU1W SCU21 41 Serial Communications Units A protocol syntax error will occur if an attempt is made to execute either sequence with a Serial Communications Unit Do not set an EM bank as the receive storage word for interrupt notification A protocol syntax error will occur if an EM banks is set Continuous Measurement Termination 4000 series Sequence No 438 Hex 01B6 This sequence terminates continuous measurement Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 For continuous measurement None For Deflection Measurement The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 434 Single Run Measurement Start Note This sequence may be aborted if it is executed during continuous measurements Measurements will be terminated even if the sequence is aborted The sequence will be aborted if executed when the Laser Micrometer is sending measurement results The chances that the sequence will be aborted are higher if the scheduled data output value is set to a lower value Data Request 4000 series Sequence No 439 Hex 01B7 This sequence requests display data in the idle measurement status or latch data generated by the measure ment command Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 434 Single Run Meas
489. nd Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Orr Comens aoma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words Pa Aae nee a en 1 Output value change rate limit Channel 0 2 Output value change rate limit Channel 1 8 Output value change rate limit Channel 7 284 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Offset Contents data format 0 Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Channel 0 0000 to 1000 Output value change rate limit 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 1000 Output value change rate limit 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 1000 Output value change rate limit 4 digits BCD Read HB Alarm and HS Alarm Valid Channels Sequence No 119 Hex 0077 Reads the valid or invalid channels for HB alarms and HS alarms and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sengidata 1 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data torma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Recei
490. nd data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 9 Undefined Unit No max Offset Contents data format Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note Communications with the E5LIK are disabled for about five seconds after this sequence is executed 266 Appendix E E5ZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol The E5ZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol reads and controls various parameters in remote mode for the Temperature Controller connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C or RS 422 485 cable Note All sequences in this appendix operate on memory bank 0 and cannot be used for other memory banks Structure of the Protocol The following table shows the structure of the E5ZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Sequence No 100 0064 Communications sequence name Read set point Function Reads the set points Ladder interface Send word allocation Receive word allocation 101 0065 Read process value Reads the process values 102 0066 Read output value Reads the output values 103 0067 Read set point process value and output value Reads the set points process val ues and output values 104 0068 Read proportional ba
491. nded Data Memory EM Area E00000 to E32767 see note Extended Data Memory EM Area including bank specification En_00000 to En_32767 n 0 to C see note Indirect DM EM address Binary D00000 to 32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 see note Indirect DM EM address BCD D00000 to D32767 E00000 to E32767 En_00000 to En_32767 see note Constant Area See Control Data 1 C1 0000 to 037E Hex 0 to 999 0000 to FFFF Binary data Data Registers DRO to DR15 Index Registers direct Index Registers indirect IRO to IR15 2048 to 2047 IRO to 2048 to 2047 IR15 DRO to DR15 IRO to IR15 IRO to IR15 IRO to IR15 see note Note The EM Area cannot be specified for the receive data when the interrupt noti fication function is being used for a Serial Communications Board If the EM Area is specified a protocol macro syntax error will occur and A42410 will turn ON 153 Using Protocol Macros Section 5 4 Network Communications Flags Communications Port Enabled Flags Communications Port Error Flags Communications Port Completion Codes 154 The following table shows the Auxiliary Area flags that are used when the PMCR 260 instruction is executed These flags turn ON when execution of the PMCR 260 instruction is enabled Depending on the PMCR 260 instruction they turn O
492. ndefined 36 Decimal portion 37 Undefined Integer portion 38 Sign Undefined 39 Undefined 40 Undefined Schedule output timer 4 pars Undefined Sample measurement pulse 42 43 Undefined 44 Unused 45 Unused 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 ojojojojojojojo 0 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Reference value REF Analog output scale number SCL Offset classification OF Offset value Data output conditions PR PRT SMP Sample measurement classification Setting Yes No flags 0054 fixed 1 Unused Undefined 2 to 4 Segment number ASCII 6 characters Combination of 31 1 to 36 6 20 5 Measurement interval num ber 1 digit BCD 1to4 6 Lower limit value decimal portion 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Example 123 4567 6 4567 Lower limit value Integer portion 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 7 0123 8 2D00 Lower limit value Sign ASCII 1 character if 20 if 2D Upper limit value Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L1 Same as lower limit values Multistep selection limit value L2 Same as lower li
493. ndefined 486 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Execute Sequence No 536 before executing Sequence No 537 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write Hex 8 Sequence No 538 Hex 021A This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 525 Write Hex 8 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 525 Write Hex 8 Note 1 Execute Sequence No 545 Polling Auto write Command Processing Cancel to cancel the polling auto write 2 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Polling Auto write Subcommand Hex 8 Sequence No 539 Hex 021B This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 Up to 10 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of Sequence No 525 Write Hex 8 However the leading address No number of write and write data are not used and become undefined Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Execute Sequence No 538 before executing Sequence No 539 2 Retry processing is
494. ndicates the terminating resistance must be turned ON 3 5 V power indicates that a 5 V power supply is required for the Link Adapter Refer to the Link Adapter manual for details A 5 V power supply 83 Wiring Connection Examples Host Computer Connections Computer Shield NT ALO01 E Link Adapter is not required for a Link Adapter connected to a Serial Communications Board or Unit because power is supplied from pin 6 of the connector The maximum cable length for RS 232C is 15 m The RS 232C standard however does not cover baud rates above 19 2 Kbps Refer to the manual Section 3 3 for the device being connected to confirm support The connection examples in the remainder of this section show only the basic connection diagrams We recommend that appropriate noise countermea sures be taken in actual applications including the use of shielded twisted pair cables Refer to 3 4 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring for actual wiring methods 1 1 Connections Using RS 232C Ports IBM PC AT or Compatible Computers Serial Communications Board or Unit Computer Signal Pin Pin Signal FG LIS 1 icp SD 2 2 ao PD 3 3 SD interface LATS 4 r _4 DTR RS 232C CTS 5 5 SG interface 5V 6 6 DSR DSR 7 m 7 RTS DTR 8 8 CTS SG 9f 9 c D sub 9 pin D sub 9 pin connector male Using NT AL001 E
495. nection methods used for each serial communications mode of the Serial Communications Board and Unit ports 3 3 3 Communications Modes and Ports The following table shows the relationship between the communications ports and the communications modes for the Serial Communications Boards and Unit Serial Communications Units provide only RS 232C ports Communications mode RS 232C RS 422A 485 1 1 1 N 1 1 4 wire 1 N 4 wire 1 1 2 wire 1 N 2 wire see note 1 Host Link YES see note 2 Protocol macros YES NT Link YES Note 1 The NT ALOO1 E Link Adapter can be used to convert between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 to enable 1 N communications 2 Use 4 wire connections between Link Adapters 79 Wiring Section 3 3 3 3 4 Connector Pin Layout RS 232C Ports Abbreviation Signal name Shield Send data Output Receive data Input Request to send Output Clear to send Input Power supply Data set ready Input Data terminal ready Output Signal ground Shield o0c 0 O0OO0 fo per OO CO N OD oo AJOJ N x O e a RS 422A 485 Ports Abbreviation Signal name Send data Send data Unused Unused Unused Receive data Unused Receive data Unused Shield O0O0 oo 0 e gt mk OO CO N Ioa a AJ o N IT O e Qa Note When the 2 wire connections are used use eit
496. nfigurations 16 Connection configuration Connection to Serial Communications Board Note 3 RS 422A LJ RS 232C 485 B500 AL001 _ Resistance ON Note 4 5 V power Resistance ON gt Required devices CS1W SCB41 V1 Connected serial communi cations port Remarks Port 2 H Rs 2326 H RS 422A 485 NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter RS 232C lt RS422A 485 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E Link Adapter Section 1 5 Possible com mand flow Host computer to PC 4 wire only C mode or FINS commands PC to Host computer Commands cannot be sent Connection to Serial Communications Unit Note 3 RS 422A RS 232C B500 AL001 ee Resistance ON 5 V power te 4 Resistance ON eee gt CJ1W SCU41 Port 1 RS 422A 485 RS 232C NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter RS 232C lt RS422A 485 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E Link Adapter Host computer to PC 4 wire only C mode or FINS commands PC to Host computer Commands cannot be sent System Configurations Connection configuration Required devices Connected serial communi Section 1 5 Possible com mand flow Connection to Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit cations por
497. ng the meaning is as follows Protocol data being initialized 0 3 s Protocol data being overwritten 1 0 s Protocol data error 1 0 s and CPU Unit ERR ALM indicator is flashing CPU Unit Indicators A Serial Communications Board is mounted as an Inner Board in the CPU Unit and thus affect the CPU Unit ERR ALM indicator Indicator ERR ALM 50 Status Meaning If a fatal error occurs the CPU Unit will stop operation in either RUN or MONITOR mode Fatal error Flashing If a non fatal error occurs the CPU Unit will continue opera tion in either RUN or MONITOR mode Non fatal error Not lit Normal operation The CPU Unit is operating nor mally Component Names and Functions Section 2 1 If an error in the Inner Board is the cause of the error indicated on the ERR ALM indicator information on the error will be stored in A424 Inner Board Error Information Refer to Inner Board Error Information under 2 3 3 Related Auxiliary Area Bits For actions required when an error occurs refer to Section 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance RS 232C Ports Port 1 and port 2 are RS 232C ports on the CS1W SCB21 V1 Only port 1 is an RS 232C port on the CS1W SCB41 V1 Protocol Host Link Protocol macro 1 N NT Links Communications Full duplex Full duplex or half Half duplex method duplex Synchronization Start stop synchronization asynchronous Baud rate 1 200 2 400 4 800 1 200 2 400 4 80
498. ng is neces sary for this sequence Communication Errors Three result codes are monitored after an AT command is sent to the modem When a result code is returned it will be checked If the code is not the normal result code OK CONNECT 9600 REL4 CONNECT 2400 REL4 in words after a fixed time of waiting to send the following retry processing will be repeated 2 times to send the AT command again and waiting for another result code The receive monitoring time and send wait time for each sequence are shown below Sequence Sequence name Receive monitoring Send wait time for No time retries 550 0226 Initialize modem general purpose 560 0230 Initialize modem specialized 570 023A 580 0244 561 0231 581 0245 552 0228 Password 3s 553 0229 Data send receive general purpose None 554 022A Escape 1 5 s after first try 555 022B Hang up 1 5 s after first try 562 0232 Initialize and dial Initializing 1 s Dialling 90 s Escape and hang up 1 5 s after first try Note The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses 499 Appendix O Changing Communications Port Settings Using STUP 237 The STUP 237 instruction can be used to change the serial communications mode communications specifi cations and other settings for each port of the Serial Communications Board Unit during CPU Unit operation Executing the STUP 237 Instru
499. ng these instructions Content 08 to 15 Reserved Communications Port Enabled Flag Port No 7 Communications Port Enabled Flag Port No 6 Communications Port Enabled Flag Port No 5 Communications Port Enabled Flag Port No 4 03 Communications Port Enabled Flag Port No 3 02 Communications Port Enabled Flag Port No 2 01 Communications Port Enabled Flag Port No 1 00 Communications Port Enabled Flag Port No 0 A Communications Port Error Flag will turn ON in the following cases e When an error is generated during execution of SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 e When an error response or retry error has been generated for the port These Flags will turn OFF when the corresponding Communications Port Enabled Flag is turned OFF at the start of operation or at the start of execut ing the SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 Word Bit Content 08 to 15 Reserved 07 Communications Port Error Flag Port No 06 Communications Port Error Flag Port No 05 Communications Port Error Flag Port No 04 Communications Port Error Flag Port No 03 Communications Port Error Flag Port No 02 Communications Port Error Flag Port No 01 Communications Port Error Flag Port No 00 Communications Port Error Flag Port No OO M oO AJ oO oa N The Communications Port Completion Code words will contain the FINS end code after SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 has been executed I
500. nica tions Port Enabled Flag will turn ON when the command to the host computer has passed from the CPU Unit to the port 4 4 5 Reception Buffers In Host Link mode each port has a reception buffer of 1 200 bytes This is suf ficient to hold the maximum Host Link frame length for an FA command response frame 1 115 bytes 85 bytes If a frame larger than 1 200 bytes is sent from the host computer from to the carriage return the frame will be discarded and no response will be returned 4 4 6 Error Responses When Host Link FA commands are used for FINS commands an error code will returned as the end code in the FINS response whenever there is a mis take in the FINS command settings or an FINS response is required that is too long for the legal response frame An end code of 110B Hex is returned when the response exceeds the maxi mum response length The Host Link response frame will contain the requested read data after the end code through the end of the maximum legal response frame length Note We recommend programming retry processing at any device sending com mands in case noise or other factors result in transmission errors 4 5 Changes from Previous Products There are differences between Host Link Systems created using the CS CJ series Serial Communications Boards and Unit in comparison to Host Link Systems created with Host Link Units and CPU Units in other PC product series These differences are described in this se
501. nications status the transmission control signal status and the transmission error status n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Words i Contents Boards Units CS Series only CS CJ Series CIO 1901 02 to 15 Reserved 01 1 Error log data error 0 Error log data normal 00 1 Protocol data error 0 Protocol data normal CIO 1902 00 to 15 Reserved CIO 1903 00 to 15 Reserved CIO 1904 00 to 15 Reserved CIO CIO 12to 15 Port set Serial communications mode Always 2 Hex 1905 1915 08 to 11 me Baud rate 0 to 9 Hex A Hex see note 05 to 07 Reserved 04 Start bit Always 0 Hex 03 Data length Always 1 Hex 02 Stop bit Always 1 Hex 01 Parity Yes No Always 0 Hex 00 Parity Even Odd Always 1 Hex 15 Port set Hard 0 No 0 RS 232C 1 RS 422A 485 1 Reserved 14 ting ware 0 1 0 1 Reserved status settings 13 0 Terminating resistance OFF 1 Terminating resistance ON 02 to 12 Reserved 01 1 Setup error 0 Setup normal 00 1 Port operating 0 Port stopped 11 to 15 Commu Reserved 10 nica 1 Remote Unit receive busy flow control tions 0 Remote Unit receive wait Always 0 Hex status 09 Reserved 08 1 Local Unit receive busy flow control 0 Local Unit receive wait Always 0 Hex 07 Trans ER signal 06 MISSION DTR signal control 05 signal Reserved 04 status CTS signal 03 RTS signal 00 to 02 Res
502. nies 151 5 4 1 Executing Send Receive Sequences 00 00 e ee eeee 151 5 4 2 Ladder Program Structure 00 cece cee eee eens 155 5 4 3 Ladder Program Example 0 0 0 e eee eee eens 156 5 5 Simple Backup Function Backup of Protocol Macro Data 162 123 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions Section 5 1 5 1 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions 5 1 1 Protocol Macro Functions The protocol macro function is used to control devices by using the PMCR 260 instruction in the ladder program to execute the data send receive sequences protocols with the various communications devices such as general purpose devices connected to the RS 232C or RS 422A 485 port Standard system protocols are provided in the Serial Communications Board or Unit for controlling OMRON devices such as Digital Controllers and Tem perature Controllers Using the Protocol Support Tool called the CX Protocol the protocol macro function can be used to create new protocols for commercially available mea suring instruments and devices and to create protocols by modifying one of the standard system protocols The standard system protocols are also pro vided with the CX Protocol For details on the use of the CX Protocol and the protocol macro function refer to the CX Protoco l Operation Manual W344 5 1 2 Using the Protocol Macro Function Using the Standard System Protocols CPU Unit I
503. nnected external de vices Disconnect the communications cables connected to the Serial Communi cations Board or Unit to be replaced and also remove the Board or Unit Set the hardware switches of the replacement Board or Unit to the same settings of the Board or Unit being replaced before mounting as follows e CS1W SCB21 V1 No setting switches e CS1W SCB41 V1 Terminating resistance switch and 2 4 wire switch e CS1W SCU21 V1 Unit number switch e CJ1W SCU21 Unit number switch e CJ1W SCU41 Unit number switch terminating resistance switch and 2 4 wire switch To restore the protocol data from the Memory Card to the Serial Commu nications Board or Unit turn ON pin 7 and turn OFF pin 8 on the DIP switch on the front of the CPU Unit for which the Board or Unit was replaced Turn ON the PC s power supply At this point leave the power supplies OFF to all serially connected external devices When the PC s power is turned ON the MCPWR Indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light and flash once The MCPWR Indicator will remain lit while the data is being read The Indicator will go OFF after the data has been read properly e Serial Communications Board Operation The Board s RDY Indicator will flash during the restore operation and it will be lit when the restore operation is completed normally If the restore operation fails the RDY Indicator will continue to flash The CPU Unit s ERR ALM Indicator will fla
504. notification method is used for receive data 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Sequence No 437 01B5 Communications sequence name Continuous measurement start interrupt 4000 series Function Starts a continuous measurement The interrupt notification method is used for receive data Appendix K Ladder interface Send word Receive allocation word allo cation 438 01B6 Measurement termination 4000 series Terminates continuous measurement 439 01B7 440 01B8 Data request 4000 series Forced positive zero 4000 series Requests measurement data in the idle measurement status or the latch data generated by the measurement command Sets the forced zero direction to posi tive 441 01B9 Forced negative zero 4000 series Sets the forced zero direction to neg ative 442 01BA Forced zero release 4000 series Releases the forced zero direction 443 01BB 3ZAL initialize 4000 series Clears the 3Z4L sets the mm unit and clears the memory unit settings 444 01BC General purpose command 1 Used to send data of a specified data length and receive only OK as the receive data 445 01BD General purpose command 2 Used to send data of a specified data length and receive data other than OK 446 01BE High calibration set Sets the Laser Micrometer s high cali bration 447 01BF
505. nra i i itch T Ab erminal ing resistance switch Ter Ab 990 Q block switch ON C ation gt 19 gt 18 lt Terminal block switch ON at the end station Shield Note SYSMAC BUS Wired Remote I O devices cannot be connected 230 Appendix C E5LIK Digital Controller Read Protocol The E5LIK Digital Controller Read Protocol reads and controls various parameters in remote mode for the Controller connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C or RS 485 cable Structure of the Protocol The following table shows the structure of the E5 Sequence No 000 0000 Communications sequence name Read process value Function Reads the process value K Digital Controller Read Protocol Ladder interface Send word allocation Receive word allocation 001 0001 Read set point during SP ramp Reads the set point during SP ramp 002 0002 Read MV Reads the MV heating cooling 003 0003 Read set point Reads the set point 004 0004 Read alarm value Reads alarm value 1 2 005 0005 Read proportional band integral time and derivative time Reads the proportional band inte gral reset time and derivative rate time 006 0006 Read cooling coefficient Reads the cooling coefficient 007 0007 Read dead band Reads the dead band 008 0008 Read manual reset value Reads the manua
506. nspect the following items to check whether the Board or Unit is operating within the specified criterion If the Board or Unit is not within the criterion improve the ambient operating environment and readjust the device Item Operating environment Details Check the ambient temperature and the temperature of the control panel Criterion 0 to 55 C Inspection materials Temperature gage Check the ambient humidify and the humidity of the control panel 10 to 90 RH no condensa tion or icing Hydroscope Check for accumulated dust No dust Visual inspection Installation Check that the Board or Unit is mounted securely Board or Unit must be mounted securely Check for loose screws on the communications cables Screws must be securely tight ened Phillips screw driver Check for damaged communications cables 8 6 Replacement Precautions 208 Cables should be fully intact Visual inspection A malfunction of the Serial Communications Board or Serial Communications Unit may affect the operation of remote communications devices so be sure to perform repairs or replace the faulty Board or Unit promptly Make sure a spare Serial Communications Board or Unit is available to replace a faulty one so that functionality can be restored without delay Replacement Precautions Section 8 6 8 6 1 Precautions when Replacing Board or Unit Note
507. nspection area No to a designated character string Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Inspection area No 2 Undefined Number of designated character strings 3 Designated character string T 1 Designated character string Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0004 to OOOF 0004 to 0015 decimal 4 digits Hex Number of designated character 0000 to 0018 0000 to 0024 decimal strings 4 digits Hex Inspection area No Oto7 1 digit BCD Number of designated character strings ASCII Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Camera Change Decrease by 1 F200 300 Sequence No 480 Hex 01E0 This sequence decreases the display camera No by 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Camera Change Increase by 1 F200 300 Sequence No 481 Hex 01E1 This sequence increases the display camera No by 1 450 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Binary Level Modification F200 300 Sequence No 482 Hex 01E2 This sequence modifies the binary levels upper limit and lower limit values of a designated output No F200 or window
508. nstruction 6 C mode commands 6 commands CONTROLLER DATA READ 05 01 205 ERROR LOG CLEAR 21 023 207 ERROR LOG READ 21 02 206 communications distance Host Link 24 protocol macro 25 communications modes 1 communications modes See 1 N NT Link Host Link Loop back Test protocol macro serial communications modes Communications Port Completion Codes 117 154 Communications Port Enabled Flags 116 154 Communications Port Error Flags 117 154 communications timing 115 commands addressed to host computer 118 comparison previous products 30 122 CompoWay F Master 505 command and response formats 216 communications specifications 216 connections 229 message frames 221 protocols 220 sequences 215 220 transmission procedure 216 CompoWay F protocol 124 connectors connector hoods 104 cover dimensions 81 pin layout RS 232C ports 80 RS 422A 485 ports 80 wiring 102 CONTROLLER DATA READ 05 01 205 CPU Bus Unit Area allocations 64 1 NNT Link 173 Host Link 113 protocol macro 139 CPU Bus Unit DM Area 22 23 CPU Units supporting CPU Units 22 23 CS1 CPU Bus Unit Restart Bits 43 CS1 CPU Bus Units 4 CS1 Expansion Racks 4 CS1W SCB21 Serial Communications Board 3 specifications 22 CS1W SCB41 Serial Communication Board 3 specifications 22 CS1W SCU21 Serial Communications Unit 4 specifications 22 23 C series Host Link Units changes in communications specifications 121 C series Units ch
509. nsumption is for one Serial Communications Unit When an NT ALO01 E Link Adapter is connected to the Serial Communications Board or Unit power is supplied to the Link Adapter from the Board or Unit A current consumption of 150 mA must be added for each Link Adapter that is con nected In the above specifications x indicates that 150 mA must be added 23 Specifications Section 1 6 for each port to which an NT ALOO1 E Link Adapter is connected to provide the required 5 V power supply 1 6 2 General Specifications The general specifications of the CS series Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communications Unit conform to the general specifications of the CS series CPU Unit The general specifications of the CJ series Serial Communications Unit con form to the general specifications of the CJ series CPU Unit 1 6 3 Protocol Specifications Host Link Specifications Item Description Communications mode Synchronous mode Half duplex Full duplex for slave initiated communications Start stop synchronization asynchronous mode Baud rate see note 1 RS 232C port and RS 422A 485 ports 1 200 2 400 4 800 9 600 19 200 38 400 57 600 115 200 bps Default setting 9 600 bps Communications distance see note 1 RS 232C port 15 m max see note 2 RS 442A 485 port 500 m max The total combined cable length is 500 m max T branch lines must be a maximum of 10 m long Connection configuration
510. nteger portion 7 X displacement 3 Decimal portion 44 Sign Integer portion Y displacement 5 Decimal portion 6 sign o Integer portion Integer portion Correlation value Offset Content data format Number of receive data words 0007 4 digits Hex X displacement decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 X displacement integer portion 3 digits BCD 1 3456 1 3456 X displacement sign 1 digit 2 F012 2 0012 See note F is stored for negative values Y displacement decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Y displacement integer portion 3 digits BCD 1 3456 1 3456 Y displacement sign 1 digit 2 F012 2 0012 See note R F is stored for negative values Correlation value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 12 345 12 345 Correlation value integer portion 3 digits BCD 1 2345 1 2345 Correlation value sign 1 digit 2 F001 2 0001 See note 3 F is stored for negative values Note 1 The number of models that can be stored in a designated word is 1 2 Ifa measurement is carried out without executing a camera designation a measurement is executed for all cameras in which the measurement model is registered 3 When the correlation value is less than 70 and the measurement value overflows the following flags will be turned ON The flags for port 1 are CIO 190914 fo
511. ntents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0004 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Header code two ASCII characters Header codes that can be set RS R RW RB RN RV RO Data code 2 digits BCD 01 to 02 E5J Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Receive data oriset Contents atoma ata Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex Read data 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set Note The completion code is not included in the read data 323 The ES100 Appendix H ES100_ Digital Controller Protocol Digital Controller Protocol controls in remote mode and reads various settings from the Controller connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C or RS 422A 485 cable Note Negative values cannot be written All values must be set as unsigned BCD Structure of the Protocol The structure of the ES100 Sequence No 250 00FA Transmission sequence name Read event data Digital Controller Protocol is shown below Function Reads events 1 to 10 in the variable area Ladder interface Send word Receive word allocation allocation 251 OOFB Read time signals Reads time signals
512. nterrupt No is 102 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 4 Undefined Window No 2 Undefined Evaluation 3 Decimal portion 4 if Integer portion Data 1 5 Sign 0 7 6 Decimal portion 7 Ei Integer portion Data 2 8 Sign 0 9 Decimal portion 10 C Integer portion Data 3 11 Sign 0 12 Decimal portion 13 i Integer portion Data 4 14 Sign 0 m 15 Decimal portion 16 g Integer portion Data 5 Offset Content data format Data Number of receive data words 0006 1 measurement item 4 digits Hex 0009 2 measurement items 000C 3 measurement items OOOF 4 measurement items 0012 5 measurement items 1 Window No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 2 Evaluation result 1 digit BCD 0 OK 1 NG 3 to 5 Measurement value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Measurement value integer portion 7 digits BCD Measurement value sign 1 digit F is stored for negative values 6 to 8 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 9 to Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 11 12 to Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 14 15 to Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 17 Note 1 Exponential expressions are used for numbers larger than 9999999 999 and smaller th
513. number No F300 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Window No or Output No 2 Undefined Upper limit value 3 Undefined Lower limit value Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0004 4 digits Hex Window No 1 digit BCD Oto7 Upper limit value 3 digits BCD 000 to 255 Lower limit value 3 digits BCD 000 to 255 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note Enter values so that the upper limit lower limit Reset F200 300 Sequence No 483 Hex 01E3 This sequence resets the F200 F300 to starting status Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Scene Switching Decrease by 1 Sequence No 490 Hex 01EA This sequence decreases the scene No by 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Scene Switching Increase by 1 Sequence No 491 Hex 01EB This sequence increases the scene No by 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None 451 Visual Inspection System Protocol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Appendix L Scene Switching Arbitrary Sequence No 492 Hex 01EC This sequence switches to a designa
514. number of bytes of send data excluding the terminator CR 2 to 249 Send data ASCII Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Send data up to 496 bytes maximum Specify in ASCII Number of receive data words Receive data Receive data Receive data Receive data 0 storage words 1 2 126 249 Receive data oriset Contents Gatarerma ata Number of receive data words 4 digits BCD 0001 to OOFA 1 to 250 decimal Receive data ASCII When the receive data exceed 498 bytes 432 only 498 bytes are stored 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K High Calibration Set Sequence No 446 Hex 01BE This sequence sets the Laser Micrometer s high calibration Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 Allocations are the same as for sequence No 404 Calibration Set except that the LC gauge dimension in words 4 to 5 are not used Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Use sequences No 446 High calibration set and No 447 Low calibration set to calibrate the Laser Micrometer If sequence No 404 Calibration Set is used both the high and low calibration gauges must be set and the high calibration and low calibration gauges cannot be exchanged 2 The HC gauge dimension must be set with 3 digits for the integer portion and 4 digits for the decimal portion Low Calibration S
515. numbers are used by both the communi cations instructions SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 and the PROTOCOL MACRO instruction PMCR 260 The same port number cannot be used by more than one of these instructions at the same time 4 4 2 Communications Control Signals and Communications Timing Note If CTS control is enabled in the Setup Area the RTS output signal will be turned ON from the Board or Unit and the send process will go on standby until the CTS input signal turns ON Either release this busy status by incorpo rating the RTS output signal for the CTS input signal at the host computer or loop the RTS output signal back to the CTS input signal at the Unit or Board The status of the RTS and CTS signals can be confirmed in the Transmission Control Signal Status in the Status Area Refer to page 113 4 4 3 Flags for Network Communications Communications Port Enabled Flags 116 This section describes the flags in the Auxiliary Area that are used when exe cuting SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 A Communications Port Enabled Flag turns ON when SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 can be executed The flag will turn OFF during execution of these commands and turn ON again when the command execu Communications Timing Section 4 4 Communications Port Error Flags Communications Port Completion Codes tion is completed When creating the ladder diagram use these flags as input conditions when executi
516. o 100 Q or less Ground to internally 100 Q or less mak Grounding the GR Grounding the GR terminal grounds the Hood FG terminal grounds the Hood FG 99 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring Section 3 4 3 4 2 Recommended RS 422A 485 Wiring Examples Recommended RS 422A 485 Cable 1 2 3 1 Always use shielded twisted pair cables as communications cables CO HC ESV 3Px7 0 2 Hirakawa Hewtech Corp 2 Connect the shield of the communications cable to the Hood FG of the RS 422A 485 connector on the Serial Communications Board or Unit At the same time ground the ground GR terminal of the Power Supply Unit on the CPU Rack or CS Expansion Rack to 100 Q or less Note Always ground the shield only at the Board Unit end Grounding both ends of the shield may damage the device due to the potential difference between the ground terminals Connection examples are shown below 2 Wire Connections Serial Communications r Remote device Board Unit Signal Shield 4 Wire Connections Serial Communications Board Unit Remote device ee ee EE ees Shield Using a B500 AL001 E Link Adapter Serial Communications Board Unit 100 Gosicseae esas B500 AL001 Remote device T RS 422 RS 422 Pin Signal n n Pin Signal Signal Pin 7 777
517. o Response 224 Broadcast with No Conversion and No Response 226 General purpose Broadcast with No Conversion and No Response 228 General purpose Send with No Conversion and with Response 227 Send with ASCII Conversion with Response 221 Send with No Conversion and with Response 225 sequences 3Z4L Laser Micrometer 3ZAL Clear 407 3ZAL Initialize 3000 series 424 509 Index 3ZAL Initialize 4000 series 431 All Statistic Memory Clear 3000 series 418 Automatic Detection List Request 3000 series 424 Automatic Detection Release 3000 series 423 Automatic Detection Set 3000 series 423 AVG Move H Times Set 3000 series 422 AVG Move L Times Set 3000 series 422 AVG Move Interval Set 3000 series 422 Calibration Release 408 Calibration Set 408 Continuous Measurement Start Interrupt 3000 series 417 Continuous Measurement Start Interrupt 4000 series 429 Continuous Measurement Start Scan 3000 series 417 Continuous Measurement Start Scan 4000 series 429 Continuous Measurement Termination 4000 series 430 Data Request 3000 series 418 Data Request 4000 series 430 Deflection Measurement Start 4000 series 429 E Unit Set 407 Forced Negative Zero 4000 series 431 Forced Positive Zero 4000 series 430 Forced Zero Release 4000 series 431 Genera purpose Command 2 4000 series 432 Genera purpose Command 1 4000 series 431 Measurement Condition List Re
518. oard ser vice failure An initial recognition error has occurred This flag will not turn ON in the present system Cyclic monitor ing error The Inner Bus access right cannot be retained for more than the specified time CPU Unit and system load is too high Review the application Routing table error The routing tables are not set correctly Correct the routing tables and retransfer them System setting error A system setting error has occurred Correct the Setup Area settings cycle the power supply restart the Board or restart the port or execute STUP 237 Protocol data error A protocol data checksum error has occurred If the error persists when protocol data is retrans mitted replace the Board Protocol macro execution error A syntax error has occurred during protocol macro execu tion Correct the protocol data and retransfer it Try executing a correct sequence for the serial port where the error is occurring or switch the CPU Unit to PROGRAM mode and remove the cause of the error Error Log data error The service life of the EEPROM has expired If this error persists even if the power supply is cycled replace the Board Note When a fatal error occurs the ERR and ALM indicators on the CPU Unit will light When a non fatal error occurs the ERR and ALM indicators on the CPU Unit will flash Refer to the indicator error displays The ERR
519. ocated in the I O memory of the CPU Unit for controlling and monitoring communications Section 3 describes how to mounting the Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communications Units and how to connect the ports to external devices Section 4 describes the procedure and other information required to use Host Link communications Section 5 describes the procedure and other information required to use protocol macros Section 6 describes the procedure and other information required to use 1 N NT Links to Programma ble Terminals Section 7 describes the procedure and other information required to conduct loopback test to check the serial communications ports Section 8 describes the troubleshooting and maintenance procedures for the Serial Communications Boards and the Serial Communications Units Appendix A to Appendix N provide the specifications of the standard system protocols Appendix O provides information on using STUP 237 to change serial communications port settings N WARNING Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in per xii sonal injury or death damage to the product or product failure Please read each section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given PRECAUTIONS This section provides general precautions for using the CS CJ series Serial Commun
520. od cooling from multiple units and stores the results in the specified words 244 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 9 Undefined Unit No max Contents data format Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Cooling coefficient i 2 Dead band 3 Manual reset value 4 Hysteresis heating 1st unit 5 Hysteresis cooling 6 Control period heating 7 Control period cooling 50 Cooling coefficient ji 51 Dead band 52 Manual reset value 53 Hysteresis heating 8th unit max 54 Hysteresis cooling 55 Control period heating 56 Control period cooling Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words Number of units x7 1 4 digits Hex 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD 1st unit A999 to 9999 Dead band 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 1st unit 0000 to 1000 Manual reset value 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Hystere
521. ode Note 1 It is recommended that in addition to the above settings the abort timer should be set so that com munications are cut off if a communications error happened due to incidents such as cable discon nection between the Serial Communications Unit Board and modem The abort timer is set to 10 minutes for the modem initialization specialized Sequences No 560 No 570 No 580 Initialize Modem Specialized Refer to modem s manual for further information about abort timers 2 The data format of the modem baud rate data length parity stop bit is set by AT commands issued from a device connected to the modem Its settings should conform to communications conditions of the device which issues AT commands Therefore when communications are made between the mo dem and Serial Communications Unit Board it is required that communications conditions should be set by issuing AT commands from the Serial Communications Unit Board 3 Modem settings become invalid if the power supply is turned off and must be set again However a memory backup function can be used to protect settings so that even after the power supply to the modem is turned off it can communicate with the previous setting conditions For Initialize Modem specialized the modem initialization command is built in as message data However for Initialize Modem general purpose the command must be specified in the send data for PMCR 260 Communications por
522. of bits 00 to 04 and the baud rate in D32001 will be ignored The default settings used are as follows Baud rate 9 600 bps start bits 1 bit data length 7 bits parity even and stop bits 2 bits If user port settings are specified set bits 00 to 04 and set the baud rate in D32001 Setting Example 0600 Hex Protocol macro mode with default port settings and baud rate Set the serial communications mode to 6 Hex to use protocol macros If user settings are specified for the port settings the number of start bits data length number of stop bits parity and baud rate must be set The start bits setting however will be ignored and 1 start bit will always be used Do not set the baud rate setting to between 9 and F A setup error will occur if these settings are used and the default setting of 9 600 bps will be used Do not use settings 1 and 2 which are reserved for the system Set half duplex 0 or full duplex 1 as the transmission mode for the external device Setup Area Allocations Section 5 2 Note Note Half duplex Allows data to be sent between two Units in one direction only at any one time _ oe Af Full duplex Allows data to be exchanged both ways between two Units at the same time a kE With half duplex transmissions the reception buffer is cleared immediately before the sequence is executed and immediately following SEND completion SEND or SEND amp RECV command Therefore th
523. of data is stored with 5 characters of generated command generated Head No generated error code Note 1 The V600 620 CALIA does not support this command 2 Up to 30 error records can be stored 3 The most resent error records are stored first Command Processing Cancel Sequence No 543 Hex 021F This sequence cancels command processing except for polling command processing The command waiting status is entered Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No 489 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M offset Contents data forma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the maximum Unit No depending on the model Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Undefined Contents data format Number of receive data 0002 fixed words 4 digits Hex Completion code 00 Normal termination 2 digits Hex 14 Auto or communications command processing not executed 75 Cancelled before the end of expansion command receive or before sync input went active or before detection of the existence of Data Carrier 76 Cancelled during read write processing for Data Carrier Polling Auto read Command Processing Can
524. ol Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Appendix Display value Display value Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Display value 2 Undefined 3 Status 94 Display value 95 Undefined 96 Status 0 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0004 to 0061 4 to 97 decimal 1 to 2 Display value 5 digits Hex 00000 to 99999 Negative sign F 5th digit in BCD Example 12345 Example 1234 Status 4 digits Hex do bit If overflow 1 Others 0 d1 bit If underflow 1 Others 0 d2 bit Not used d3 bit During forced zero operation 1 K3TH K3TR K3TC 0 Others 0 d4 bit In test mode Others d5 bit While holding input 1 Others d6 bit Bank input 1 1 K3TH K3TX 0 Others d7 bit Bank input 2 1 K3TH K3TX 0 Others d8 bit LL comparison output 1 Others OUT1 comparison output 1 K3TC d9 bit L comparison output 1 Others OUT2 comparison output 1 K3TC d10 bit H comparison output 1 Others OUT4 comparison output 1 K3TC d11 bit HH comparison output 1 Others OUT5 comparison output 1 K3TC d12 bit PASS comparison output 1 Others OUT3 comparison output 1 K3TC d13 bit Not used d14 bit Not used d15 bit Not used 382 Status 4 digits BIN Same as above K3T _
525. ommunications Unit Board via RS 232C or RS 422 485 cable Protocol Configuration The configuration of the K3T Sequence No 300 012C Communications sequence name Reset by unit number Function Performs the same processing as when an input is received on the reset terminal Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol is shown as follows Ladder interface Send word allocation Receive word allocation 301 012D Reset continuous units Performs the same processing as when an input is received on the reset terminal 302 012E Write set value by unit number Writes the set value HH H L or LL 303 012F Write set value HH con tinuous units Writes the set value HH 304 0130 Write set value H contin uous units Writes the set value H 305 0131 Write set value L contin uous units Writes the set value L 306 0132 Write set value LL con tinuous units Writes the set value LL 307 0133 Write set value with bank by unit number Writes the set value to a bank which is not in use K3TR HH to LL K3TC O1 to O5 308 0134 Write set value HH with bank continuous units Writes the set value HH to a bank which is not in use 309 0135 Write set value H with bank continuous units Writes the set value H to a bank which is not in use 310 0136 Write set value L with bank continuou
526. on 10 Undefined Integer portion Upper limit value LH 11 Sign Undefined 12 Decimal portion 13 Undefined Integer portion Multistep selection limit value L1 14 Sign Undefined 15 Decimal portion 16 Undefined Integer portion Multistep selection limit value L2 17 Sign Undefined 18 Decimal portion 19 Undefined Integer portion Multistep selection limit value L3 20 Sign Undefined 21 Decimal portion 22 Undefined Integer portion Multistep selection limit value L4 23 Sign Undefined 24 Decimal portion 25 Undefined Integer portion Multistep selection limit value L5 26 Sign Undefined 27 Decimal portion 28 Undefined Integer portion Multistep selection limit value L6 29 Sign Undefined 30 Decimal portion 31 Undefined Integer portion Reference value REF 32 Sign Undefined 33 Undefined P Analog output scale number SCL 34 435 Undefined Offset classification OF 36 Decimal portion 87 Undefined Integer portion Offset value LH 38 Sign Undefined 39 Data output condition PR 40 Undefined Scheduled output timer PRT 41 Undefined Sample measurement pulse SMP 42 oe 443 Undefined Sample measurement classification 44 Statistical processing calculation classification 45 Undefined 414 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Appendix K 0
527. on 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 262 E5 K Digital Controller Write Protocol General purpose Write Sequence No 070 Hex 0046 Writes the specified parameter Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 2 3 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Undefined Parameter No Write data Appendix D Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 0004 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2 Parameter No 2 digits BCD Refer to the manual of E5 3 Write data 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note To write parameters in the setup mode or extended mode execute Switch to Level 1 Sequence No 075 in advance Switch to Level 0 Software Reset Sequence No 071 Hex 0047 Resets the operation of the E5 cuted for multiple units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 1 2 3 9 Number of send data words Number of units Undefined Unit No Undefined Unit No Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex max Number of units 2 K and waits until communications are enabled This sequence can be exe Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 Un
528. on 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Start Control Sequence No 174 Hex OOAE Starts temperature control for all channels in the specified Unit Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Contents data format Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Stop Operation or Control Sequence No 175 Hex OOAF Stops temperature control or manual operation for all channels of the specified Unit Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 41 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Start Manual Operation Sequence No 176 Hex 00B0 Starts manual operation based on the output values that were set for all channels of the specified Unit Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No offset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Wor
529. onal band Integral time Derivative time 2 1 Integral time Derivative time Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex Proportional band i Contents data format 1st unit 31th unit max Number of units x 3 1 1st unit Proportional band 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 1st unit Integral time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 1st unit Derivative time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 2nd unit Proportional band 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 31th unit Derivative time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set Read Input Shift Value Sequence No 210 Hex 00D2 Reads the input shift value and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 0 1 First word of send data Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Orr Comens atoma ata Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0002 fixed Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 0 1 Receive data storage words Number of receive data wo
530. only PTs for which high speed NT link is supported The following tables shows the improvements made in the protocol macro function Protocol Macro Comparison Transmission mode C200HX HG HE Half duplex CS CJ Half or full duplex Commands Send only SEND receive only RECV or send and receive SEND and RECEIVE Send only SEND receive only RECV send and receive SEND and RECEIVE wait WAIT clear reception buffer FLUSH ER ON OPEN and ER OFF CLOSE WAIT Progressing to next process controlled by signal from CPU Unit FLUSH Clears contents of reception buffer OPEN Used for modem control Keeps ER signal ON even after end of sequence CLOSE Used for modem control Turns OFF ER signal Reception buffer per port 256 bytes 2 5 Kbytes Reception buffer flow con trol at Board Unit RS CS or Xon Xoff Start CTS signal OFF to request canceling send from remote device 200 bytes 2 Kbytes Clear CTS signal ON to request restarting send from remote device At step transition 0 5 Kbytes Send receive message length 32 Bytes per send 256 bytes max Bytes per For RS CS receive flow Xon Xoff flow or delimiter control 200 bytes max Other 256 bytes max 1 000 bytes max Default 200 bytes Setting can be changed to between 200 and 1 000 Reception data is removed from the reception buffer in incre ments of the size
531. ons ERAR EE RSS EETA NEE Pad dtd eke et A ee eed xiv 4 Operating Environment Precautions 00 00 cece tenet een e nee XV 5 Application Precautions 0 pace oy ase ir SREP iI odes Roe see awandioeslahods xvi 6 Conformance to EC Directives 0 0 0 ccc enn teen eens xvii SECTION 1 Introducti n so ssrcnee saone a a a 1 I Using this Manialsse rensie sr Diba ARAT aia a eae i airi 2 1 2 OVERVIEW ii sicc ssid a a E a are ER AC EE EEE EE ETAN 3 123 Protocol Overviewsss3 s9 sis ee si cleats bes peana rona roae ona ee oT aeeoa a Ea 6 J4 Features eiten o A tA a e a hed bd a e A A a e aa aa 9 1 5 System Configurations eese ee ets eas Cee eee es CER ee eA os 13 l 6 Specifications p spas eA sone aiden eho gen eer anes Vanna tania bagi ae A 22 1 7 Comparison to Previous Products 0 0 e cece ect etn e eens 30 1 8 Selecting the Serial Communications Mode 0 0 0c eee eee eee ee 35 1 9 Basic Operating Procedure 00 0 ccc tte nett E enn 36 SECTION 2 Initial Settings and I O Memory Allocations 49 2 1 Component Names and Functions 0 0c eect ne eens 50 2 2 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 0 ccc eeene 59 2 3 W O Memory Allocations 0 00 ccc n eet n ene eens 61 SECTION 3 Installation and Wiring cece eee eee ceceeeee 73 3 1 Installing a Serial Communications Board 00 cece cece eee ee 74 3 2 Installing Serial Communications
532. ons Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number 9 bit 14 for Serial Communications Units The flags for port 2 are CIO 1919114 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number 19 bit 14 for Serial Communications Units The ranges of measurement values are as follows For calibration OFF setting 2147483 648 to 2147483 647 For calibration ON setting 9999999 999 to 9999999 999 If a measurement value exceeds the range of measurement values when calibration is turned off un expected data is stored in the specified words Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L Measurement Execution F300 Sequence No 460 Hex 01CC This sequence carries out one measurement and stores measurement results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage Words qi Undefined Window No 2 Undefined Evaluation 3 Decimal portion 4 Integer portion Data 1 5 Sign 0 6 Decimal portion 7 7 Integer portion Data 2 8 Sign 0 9 Decimal portion 10 g Integer portion Data 3 11 Sign 0 12 Decimal portion 13 7 Integer portion Data 4 14 Sign 0 15 Decimal portion 16 g Integer portion Data 5 17 Sign o0 a Offset Content data format Number of receive data words 0006 1 measuremen
533. ood as shown below End connected to FG Adhesive tape End not connected to FG Aluminum foil tape Grounding plate 104 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring Section 3 4 3 4 6 Connecting to Unit CS series Unit Tighten the screws firmly with your fingers CJ series Unit Tighten the screws firmly with your fingers 105 This section describes the procedure and other information required to use Host Link communications 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 5 Host Link Communications 0 0 eee eee eee eee ee Setup Area Allocations 0 0 0 cece cette eens 4 2 1 Setup Area Words 0 4 2 2 Setup Area Contents i occ ceed dod news E OEE A Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations 0 0 0 e eee eee 4 3 1 Auxiliary Area Allocations 0000 ccc cece eee eee 4 3 2 ClO Area Allocations 0 0 eect eee Communications Timing 0 0 eect teens 4 4 1 Simultaneous Commands and Communications Ports 4 4 2 Communications Control Signals and Communications Timing 4 4 3 Flags for Network Communications 00 ee eee 4 4 4 Timing of Commands Addressed to a Host Computer 4 4 5 Reception Buffers nee aesan ai gia Se Ga 4 4 6 Error Responses 00 cece cece nee eens Changes from Previous Products 0 0 cee cece eee eee nee ASil ORS 232C Poms lt 1 sca Sen hie nests etl be es Ach 4 5 2 RS 422A 485 Ports 0 anaana
534. or details refer to Section 3 Installation and Wiring C C Name __Seltings Factory setting WIRE 2 wire or 4 wire 2 2 wire 2 2 wire switch 4 4 wire 53 Component Names and Functions Section 2 1 External Dimensions CS1W SCB21 V1 CS1W SCB41 V1 Mounted in the CPU Unit 130 J RS422 RS485 a 100 K 2 1 2 CS series Serial Communications Unit CS1W SCU21 V1 Indicators Unit number switch Port 1 RS 232C Port 2 RS 232C Indicators Indicator Status Meaning Lit Operating normally Not lit Unit hardware error Lit Protocol macro preparations have been com pleted Flashing Protocol macros are being prepared See Note 1 Not lit Hardware error in Serial Communications Unit 54 Component Names and Functions Section 2 1 Indicator Status Meaning CPU Unit error or this Unit has not been regis tered in the I O table Routing tables incor rectly registered in the Unit Flashing System Setup error See note 2 Not lit CPU Unit is operating normally and the Setup Area settings are normal Lit Unit hardware error or loopback test error Flashing Protocol data syntax error or protocol data error SUM error Not lit Unit is operating normally Yellow Lit Port 1 is being used for sending Not lit Port 1 is not being used for sending Yellow Lit Port 1 is being used fo
535. or example with a sequence that reads the process value for a Temperature Controller the sequence sends the send message for the connected Temper ature Controller a character string in which the Process Value Read com mand is inserted between the header address and the check code terminator and receives the receive message a character string in which the Process Value Read command response is inserted between the header address and the check code terminator Command CPU Unit Send message Example PROCESS VALUE READ command COTSADE Header Address Send data Check Terminator code RS 232C or RS 422A 485 Receive message Example Response rel of x01 ros Header Address Senddata Check Terminator code RECV receive General purpose external device Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions Section 5 1 Depending on the response received the user can either choose to resend the same send message retry processing or to perform the next process for example read the process value for a Temperature Controller with a dif ferent address One protocol One step structure Fearon No 000 et With the SEND RECV or With the WAIT FLUSH 60 sequences max protocol SEND amp RECV command OPEN or CLOSE command l ep0 T er controliparam ter Siep 0 Step 1 Command see Note 1 Command Link word setting S
536. ord Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Oset Contents aata torma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Setting Unit Sequence No 161 Hex 00A1 Writes the setting unit Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Write code Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Write code 4 digits BCD 0000 unit of 1 0001 unit of 0 1 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Input Shift Value Sequence No 162 Hex 00A2 Writes the input shift values Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Input shift value Channel 0 3 Input shift value Channel 1 4 Input shift value Channel 2 5 Input shift value Channel 3 6 Input shift value Channel 4 7 Input shift value Channel 5 8 Input shift value Channel 6 9 Input shift value Channel 7 298 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Offset Contents data format D
537. ord Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words d dat seng data 1 Undefined Unit No orr Comens atoma D Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words Pare 1 Present set point rightmost 4 digits Channel 0 2 Present set point leftmost 1 digit 15 Present set point rightmost 4 digits Channel 7 16 Present set point leftmost 1 digit _ Contents data format Number of receive data words 0011 0017 decimal 4 digits Hex Channel 0 Varies according to the temperature sensor Present set point rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative value Channel 0 Present set point leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Channel 7 Varies according to the temperature sensor Present set point rightmost 4 digits type Refer to the manual for the E5ZE 4 digits BCD F indicates a negative value Channel 7 Present set point leftmost 1 digit 1 digit BCD Read Output Value Limit Sequence No 117 Hex 0075 Reads the output value limits and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send dala Undefined
538. ores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No offset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 235 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Alarm value 1 2 Alarm value 2 Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex Alarm value 1 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 Alarm value 2 4 digits BCD A999 to 9999 F indicates a negative value and A indicates 1 Read Proportional Band Integral Time and Derivative Time Sequence No 005 Hex 0005 Reads the proportional band integral time and derivative time and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words t data 1 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words S
539. ote node Words allocated in the CIO Area The contents of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 5 n 15 System Port Settings do not match those of the remote node The baud rate is outside the allowable range or there are bit errors due to mismatched stop bits and so on Section 8 3 Review the Setup Area settings Review the remote node settings and the program including the baud rate frame format and so on Bit 15 Transmission Error of the words allocated in the ClO Area n 8 n 18 is set to ON There is an error in bits O to 14 The wiring is faulty The setting of the 2 4 wire switch for the RS 422A 485 port does not match the actual wiring The wiring of adapters such as the NT ALO01 E is faulty Check the wiring Turn ON the terminating resistances of the Board and the last node Turn OFF the terminating resistances of other nodes The SDL RDL and COMU indi cators are flashing but the Unit or Board can not perform communi cations or a communi cations error some times occurs A transmission error occurs Bit 15 Transmission Error of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 8 n 18 is set to ON There is an error in bits O to 14 The contents of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 5 n 15 System Port Settings do not match those of the remote node The Setup Area settings such as the baud rate an
540. ote 1 The communications configuration is a one to one configuration or a one to N configuration In the one to N configuration up to 32 units including the Serial Communications Unit Board can be con nected 2 The maximum cable length is 500 m Use a shielded twisted pair cable for the cable AWG28i or greater 3 Connect a terminator only at both ends of the transmission path For instance in the example shown below connect a terminator to the Serial Communications Unit Board and unit No 30 and do not con nect any terminator to units No 0 to No 29 Use a resistance of 120Q 1 2W for the terminators the total resistance of both ends must be 540 or more Serial Communications Board Unit RS 485 D sub l 9 pin female oe Shielded cable Li 1 if L_1 _ e m o E5CK No 0 E5CK No 30 ik i a RS 485 Terminal block RS 485 Terminal block Terminal No Terminal No 13 13 A 14 B r u B i A lt B 1 Mark i y A gt B 0 Space 6 e en i Terminator 120 Q 1 2 W 233 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Read Process Value Sequence No 000 Hex 0000 Reads the process value and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Oset Con
541. output No can be designated 2 Turn ON the Abort Switch to end this sequences Abort Switches for port 1 are CIO 190003 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number bit 03 for Serial Communications Units Abort Switches for port 2 are CIO 190011 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number bit 11 for Serial Communications Units 3 The ranges of measurement values are as follows For calibration OFF setting 2147483 648 to 2147483 647 For calibration ON setting 9999999 999 to 9999999 999 4 Ifa measurement value exceeds the range of measurement values when calibration is turned off un defined data is stored in the specified words Continuous Measurement Execution Interrupt F200 Sequence No 452 Hex 01C4 This sequence carries out continuously setting the F200 and stores measurement results in the specified words The interrupt notification method is used for the receive data The interrupt No is 102 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 4 Undefined Output No 2 Undefined Evaluation 3 Decimal portion al Integer portion Measurement value sL_sin o fo Offset Content data format Number of receive data words 0006 4 digits BCD Output No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 Evaluation result 1 digit BCD 0
542. owing data is set in the Setup Area in the DM Area for a standard sys Unit tem protocol Bits 00 to 04 Communications parameters m D30000 100 x unit number Contents Setting for a standard system protocol Set to match the parameters of the external device Bits 08 to 11 Serial communica Set to 6 Hex to specify Protocol Macro Mode tions mode 129 Overview of the Protocol Macro Functions Section 5 1 Board Unit Contents Setting for a standard system protocol CS Series only CS CJ Series D32001 D32011 Bits 00 to 03 Baud rate Set to match the baud rate of the external device D32008 D32018 Bit 15 Transmission method Set to 0 Hex to specify half duplex D32009 D32019 Bits 00 to 15 Max No of send Set to 03E8 Hex to specify 1 000 bytes receive bytes Handling The CS CJ series PCs provide standard system protocols to enable commu Communications nications with OMRON components without having to create send receive Problems for Standard sequences The sequences in the standard system protocols can be executed System Protocols merely by setting operands for the PMCR 260 instruction Processing for communications line problems during communications for the standard system protocols are set to normal settings as shown in the follow ing table If these settings are not suitable to the application or if improve ments are desired use the CX Protocol to modify the followin
543. p 38 MV heating 39 MV cooling 40 Set point Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 8th unit max Number of units x 5 1 1st unit Process value 4 digits BCD Scaling lower limit to upper limit 1st unit Set point during SP ramp 4 digits BCD Set point lower limit to upper limit 1st unit MV heating 4 digits BCD F050 to 1050 F indicates a negative value 0000 to 1050 for heating cooling con trol 1st unit MV cooling 4 digits BCD 0000 to 1050 1st unit Set point 4 digits BCD Set point lower limit to upper limit 8th unit Set point 4 digits BCD Set point lower limit to upper limit Read Level 1 Parameters 1 Sequence No 019 Hex 0013 Reads parameters in level 1 alarm value 1 alarm value 2 alarm value 3 proportional band integral time and derivative time from multiple units and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 0 Number of send data words 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 9 Undefined Unit No max Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Data Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 243 E5LK Digital Control
544. per limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 1 MV upper limit leftmost 4 digits PID No 1 PV bias value rightmost 4 digits PID No 1 PV bias value leftmost 4 digits PID No 1 Automatic selection range upper limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 1 Automatic selection range upper limit leftmost 4 digits PID No 4 MV upper limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 4 MV upper limit leftmost 4 digits PID No 4 PV bias value rightmost 4 digits PID No 4 PV bias value leftmost 4 digits PID No 4 Automatic selection range upper limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 4 Automatic selection range upper limit leftmost 4 digits 0 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0039 0057 decimal 1to2 PID No 1 P 8 digits BCD 3 to 4 PID No 1 8 digits BCD 5 to6 PID No 1 D 8 digits BCD 7 to 8 PID No 1 MV lower limit 8 digits BCD 9 to 10 PID No 1 MV upper limit 8 digits BCD 11 to 12 PID No 1 PV bias value 8 digits BCD 13 to 14 PID No 1 Automatic selection range upper limit 8 digits BCD 43 to 44 PID No 4 P 8 digits BCD 45 to 46 PID No 4 8 digits BCD 47 to 48 PID No 4 D 8 digits BCD 49 to 50 PID No 4 MV lower limit 8 digits BCD 51 to 52 PID No 4 MV upper limit 8 digits BCD 53 to 54
545. pleted for the next process or for an error process with an END command When a sequence has ended normally set ting END ABORT when the sequence has ended abnormally enables this flag to be used to determine whether or not the sequence execution has ended normally 1 Sequence ended 0 Sequence not ended Startup See note When sequence starts When sequence ends When sequence starts and when trace ends Sequence Abort Com pletion Flag Board CIO 190910 port 1 CIO 191910 port 2 Unit n 9 bit 10 port 1 n 19 bit 10 port 2 This flag is turned ON when a sequence is ended for the next process or for an error processing with an ABORT command 1 Sequence aborted 0 Sequence not aborted Startup See note When sequence aborts When sequence starts 147 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Sequence Wait Flag Protocol Macro Error Code Address Board CIO 190909 port 1 CIO 191909 port 2 Unit n 9 bit 09 port 1 n 19 bit 09 port 2 Board CIO 1909 bits 00 to 03 port 1 CIO 1919 bits 00 to 03 port 2 Unit n 9 bits 00 to 03 port 1 n 19 bits 00 to 03 port 2 Meaning This flag is turned ON when a sequence is waiting due to the WAIT command Waiting is released when the Wait Release Switch is turned ON in the ladder program and the sequence will move to the next step Make sure to set the Wait Rele
546. pose Write 263 Genera purpose Read 249 Read Alarm Hysteresis 241 Read Alarm Value 235 Read Control Period 238 Read Cooling Coefficient 236 Read Dead Band 237 Read Hysteresis 238 Read Input Digital Filter 241 Read Input Shift Limits 242 Read LBA Detection Time 239 Read Level 0 Parameters 242 Read Level 1 Parameters 1 243 Read Level 1 Parameters 2 244 Read Level 2 Parameters 1 246 Read Level 2 Parameters 2 247 Read Manual Reset Value 237 Read MV 234 Read MV at Stop Time and at PV Error 240 Read MV Limits 240 Read Process Value 234 Read Proportional Band Integral Time and Derivative Time 236 Read Set Point 235 Read Set Point during SP Ramp 234 Read SP Ramp Time Unit and Set Value 239 Remote Local 264 Run Stop 264 Software Reset 266 Switch to Level 0 Software Reset 263 Switch to Level 1 266 Write Alarm Hysteresis 257 Write Alarm Value 252 Write Control Period 254 Write Cooling Coefficient 253 Index Write Dead Band 253 Write Hysteresis 254 Write Input Digital Filter 257 Write Input Shift Value 257 Write LBA Detection Time 255 Write Level 0 Parameters 258 Write Level 1 Parameter 2 260 Write Level 1 Parameters 1 259 Write Level 2 Parameters 1 261 Write Level 2 Parameters 2 262 Write Manual Reset Value 254 Write MV at Stop Time and at PV Error 256 Write MV Limits 256 Write Proportional Band Integral Time and Derivative Time 253 Write Set Point 252 Write SP Ramp
547. power supply is cycled the Board or Unit is restarted the port is restarted or the STUP 237 in struction is executed Refer to 1 7 Comparison to Previous Products for de tails 193 Troubleshooting Section 8 3 8 3 3 Protocol Macros Serial communi cations mode Serial com munica tions mode is not set to protocol macro Indicator display Status information etc Words allocated in the CIO Area Bits 12 to 15 of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 5 n 15 are set toa value other than 6 Hex Cause Serial communications mode is not set correctly Remedy Set bits 11 to 08 Serial Communications Mode of the Allocation DM Area m m 10 to 6 Hex Proto col Macro Serial com munica tions mode is set to protocol macro 194 The SDL RDL and COMU indi cators do not flash at all Com munica tions has not been electrically estab lished The PMCR 260 instruction is executed but bit 15 Protocol Macro Execut ing Flag of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 does not turn ON Bits 00 to 07 of the Communications Port Error Flags in A219 are set to 1 ON The PMCR 260 instruc tion operand settings or execution timing are incorrect See note 1 As PMCR 260 instruction execution conditions bit 15 Protocol Macro Exe cuting Flag of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 is
548. ppendix L General purpose Command Send Receive Sequence No 495 Hex 01EF This sequence can set and execute commands that are not otherwise supported The delimiter CR LF is automatically attached to the send data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sendidata 1 Command length 2 Command Undefined T T Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Command length 4 digits Hex 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal Command ASCII Specify ASCII data Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The reception data is stored in the reception data words without the delimiter CR LF Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 4 Command length 2 Command Undefined 1 Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Command length 4 digits Hex 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal Command ASCII ASCII data is returned Note 1 The processing depends on the command 2 Foracommand without a response use sequence 495 453 Appendix M V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol The V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol is used to make various settings or control remotely the ID Controller Connected to the Serial Communications Unit Board via RS 232C or
549. protocol Cancel the communications with the remote node until this flag is turned OFF Local node receive busy The local node is in receive buffer busy status Increase the transmission interval to reduce transmission load to the remote node for which flow control is set 185 Troubleshooting Section 8 3 8 3 Troubleshooting This section describes how to resolve transmission and reception problems m and n in the tables represent the following word addresses for the Board and Unit Symbol Boards Units CS Series only CS CJ Series m D32000 D30000 100 x unit number n CIO 1900 CIO 1500 25 x unit number 8 3 1 Host Link Communications Serial commu Indicator Status CIO Area nications status information mode etc Serial commu Bits 12 to 15 Serial Serial communica Set bits 08 to 11 Serial nications mode Communications tions mode is not Communications Mode of is not set to Mode of CIO Area set correctly DM Area words m m 10 Host Link words n 5 n 15 to 0 or 5 Hex Host Link are set to a value other than 5 Hex 186 Troubleshooting Serial commu nications mode Serial commu nications mode is set to Host Link Indicator status The SDLI RD and COM indicators do not flash at all Communica tions have not been electri cally estab lished Status information etc CIO Area C
550. quest 3000 series 413 Measurement Condition List Request 4000 series 427 Measurement Condition Release 3000 series 413 Measurement Condition Release 4000 series 427 Measurement Condition Set 3000 series 409 Measurement Condition Set 4000 series 425 Measurement Termination 3000 series 417 Memory Switch Set 407 Memory Switch Set 1 3000 series 420 Memory Switch Set 2 3000 series 421 mm Unit Set 407 Program Number Set 3000 series 409 Settings 402 Simple AVG Times Set 3000 series 421 Single Run Measurement Start 3000 series 416 Single Run Measurement Start 4000 series 428 Statistic Processing Calculation Non execution 3000 se ries 418 Statistic Processing Execution 3000 series 418 Statistic Processing Memory Clear 3000 series 418 Statistic Result Request 3000 series 419 Zero Run Measurement Start 3000 series 416 sequences E5_J Temperature Controller General purpose Read 322 General purpose Write 322 Read Heater Current 321 Read Initial Status 321 Read Input Shift Value 319 Read Output Value 320 Read Parameters 1 317 Read Parameters 2 318 Read Process Value 320 Read Set Point Limit 320 Save Set Point 314 Select Backup Mode 313 Select Local Mode 313 Select RAM Write Mode 313 Select Remote Mode 312 Write Input Shift Value 316 Write Parameters 1 314 Write Parameters 2 315 sequences E5_K Digital Controller Execute Cancel AT 265 General pur
551. r 0 1 3 45678 333435363738 2 Example for 6 bytes Each byte address in the Data Carrier contains 2 digits V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Write Hex 2 Sequence No 523 Hex 020B This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 2 Up to 56 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 data 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 19 20 65 66 67 68 69 70 83 Number of send data words Number of Heads Undefined Unit No z Undefined Head CH No Leading address No Number of write digits Write data Write data Not used Not used Undefined Undefined Leading address No Unit No Head CH No CH 1 Number of write digits CH2 Write data Write data Contents data format 0 Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0007 to 0054 7 to 84 decimal 1 Number of Heads 4 digits Hex 0002 to 0002 64 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 64 N 1 3 R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 64 N 1 4 Leading address No 4 digits Hex 0000 to FF
552. r bit 02 occurs with the Host Link mode If any of the error bits 00 to 14 turns ON in the protocol macro mode but then communications are re covered within the specified number of retries the bit will turn OFF The bit will remain ON if recovery is not possible within the specified number of re tries Used only with protocol macros Not used with any other serial communi cations mode Used with Host Link communications or protocol macros Not used with any other serial communications mode The protocol status is used in protocol macro mode NT Link mode or loop back tests It is not used with other modes The contents depend on the serial communications mode as shown in the following tables 67 I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 Protocol Macro Mode n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Contents Board Unit CS Series only CS CJ Series 15 Protocol Macro Executing Flag 14 Step Troubleshooting Flag 13 Aborted Flag 12 Tracing Flag 11 Sequence End Completion Flag 10 Sequence Abort Completion Flag 09 Sequence Waiting Flag 04 to 08 Reserved 00 to 03 Error codes 0 No error 2 Sequence number error 3 Data read write area exceeded error 4 Protocol data syntax error 5 CPU Unit error 12to 15 Reserved 00 to 11 Send Receive Sequence Number 000 to 999 000 to 3E7 hex 12to 15 Reserved 08 to 11 Executed Step Number code 0 to 15 0 to F hex
553. r Unit PT Signal Pin Pin Signal FG Hood Hood FG_ FG 1 1 SD 2 m 2 SD RS 232C RD Ce a M 3 RD see Interface RTS 4 4 RTS Interface are CTS 5 5 CTS 5V 6 6 5V DSR 7 7 DTR 8 8 SG 9 9 SG D sub 9 pin D sub 9 pin connector male connector male e Communications Mode Host Link unit number 0 only for Host Link NT Link 1 N N 1 Unit only e OMRON Cables with Connectors XW2Z 070T 1 0 7 m XW2Z 200T 1 2 m 1 N 4 wire Connections from RS 422A 485 to RS 422A 485 Ports Serial Communications Board Unit PT D sub 9 pin connector male Terminal block or D sub connector See note 2 Short bar PT Terminal block or D sub connector Communications Mode 1 N NT Link Note 1 Serial Communications Board Unit settings Terminating resistance ON 4 wire 2 The terminating resistant setting shown above is an example for the NT631 NT631C The setting method varies with the PT Refer to the man ual for you PT for details 97 RS 232C and RS 422A 485 Wiring Section 3 4 1 N 2 wire Connections from RS 422A 485 to RS 422A 485 Ports Serial Communications Board Unit PT Signal RS 422A 485 In terface D sub 9 pin J connector male E FG Terminal block See note 2 Short bar PT Signal RS 422A 485 In terface Terminal block Communications Mode 1 N NT Link Note 1 Serial Communications Board Unit settings
554. r controlling a Hayes modem AT commands via the Communications Board Procedures for initialization of the modem dialing data transmission switch ing to escape mode and disconnecting the line Appendix B CompoWay F Master Protocol The CompoWay F Master Protocol is used to send CompoWay F commands with the CS CJ series PC serving as the host master CompoWay F CompoWay F is a protocol used by many OMRON components for serial communications A host computer of a PC can function as a host master to send CompoWay F commands message frames to OMRON compo nents which function as slaves The components will return responses to these commands Using CompoWay F commands the host can read write data settings and operating status to control the operation of the com ponents CompoWay F has the following features e The same message frame format is used eliminating the need for special protocols for each component The same commands can thus be used for serial communications with all CompoWay F components e The CompoWay F protocol conforms to OMRON s standard FINS command protocol providing compatibil ity with other networks and more flexible expansions in the future The CompoWay F Master Protocol is provided as a standard system protocol to enable the CS CJ series PC to executed read write sequences for CompoWay F commands System Configuration for Standard System Protocol RS 232C Connections CS CJ series P
555. r receiving Not lit Port 1 is not being used for receiving Yellow Lit Port 2 is being used for sending Not lit Port 2 is not being used for sending Yellow Lit Port 2 is being used for sending Not lit Port 2 is not being used for sending Note 1 Depending on the interval of flashing the meaning is as follows Protocol data being initialized 0 3 s Protocol data initialized or being overwritten 1 0 s Protocol data error 1 0 s and CPU Unit ERC indicator is flashing 2 The Setup Area is allocated in the DM Area according to the unit number setting For details refer to 2 3 I O Memory Allocations For the action required when an error occurs refer to Section 8 Troubleshoot ing and Maintenance UNIT No Switch Unit Set the CPU Bus Unit unit number for the Unit The CIO Area and DM Area Number are allocated according to the unit number setting The words that are allo cated are used for the software switches Status Area and the System Setup Set the unit number between 0 and F The factory setting is for unit number 0 RS 232C Ports The specifications of the RS 232C are the same as those for the RS 232C port on the Serial Communications Board See RS 232C Ports on page 51 Dimensions Unit mm 55 Component Names and Functions Section 2 1 2 1 3 CJ series Serial Communications Unit CJ1W SCU21 CJ1W SCU41 aay ER
556. r the Serial Communications Board and CIO 448 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L 1500 25 x unit number 9 bit 14 for Serial Communications Units The flags for port 2 are ClO 1919114 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number 19 bit 14 for Serial Communications Units Data to be output is within the range 999 999 upper limit to 999 999 lower limit 5 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence 6 Turn the Abort Bit ON and then OFF to end this sequence Camera Designation and Positioning F350 Sequence No 471 Hex 01D7 This sequence designates the cameras for measurement Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data ad Undefined First camera 42 Undefined Last camera Offset Content data format Number of send data words 4 digit Hex First camera No 1 digit BCD Last camera No 1 digit BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 Set values so that the first camera No lt last camera No 2 Ifadesignated camera No is abnormal the following flags will be turned ON The flags for port 1 are CIO 190914 for the Serial Communications Board and ClO 1500 25 x unit number 9 bit 14 for Serial Communications Units The flags for port 2 are ClO 191914 for the Serial Communications Board and CIO 1500 25 x unit number 19 bit 14 for Serial Co
557. rating 0 Port stopped 11 to 15 Commu Reserved 10 nica 1 Remote Unit busy receiving Flow control tions 0 Remote Unit ready to receive Note 2 status 09 Reserved 08 1 Local Unit busy receiving Flow control 0 Local Unit ready to receive Note 3 07 Trans ER signal 06 MISSION DTR signal control 05 signal Reserved 04 status CTS signal 03 RTS signal 00 to 02 Reserved 15 Trans 1 Transmission error 0 No transmission error 05 to 14 MISSION Not used error sta 04 tus 1 Overrun error 0 Normal 03 1 Framing error 0 Normal 02 1 Parity error 0 Normal Reserved Note 1 The settings in the Setup Area are reflected here The default settings will be used and will be stored here if a setup error occurs 2 The status of this bit is not stable in Host Link mode 3 Always 0 in Host Link mode 114 Communications Timing Section 4 4 Error Log EEPROM Error Protocol Data Error Port Setting Status Communications Status Transmission Control Signal Status Transmission Error Status This bit will be set to 1 if an error occurs in reading or writing the error log stored in EEPROM on the assumption that the EEPROM has reached its use ful life If a Serial Communications Unit is being used the ERC indi
558. rd in optimum condition regularly clean the Board or Unit as follows e Wipe the surface of the Board or Unit daily with a soft dry cloth 207 Replacement Precautions Section 8 6 e If any dirt cannot be removed with a dry cloth moisten the cloth with a mild detergent diluted to 2 and squeeze out any excess moisture before wiping the Board or Unit e Do not adhere materials such as gum vinyl or tape to the Board or Unit for long periods of time Doing so may cause scratches on the device Remove any adhered materials when cleaning the Board or Unit Note Never use benzene paint thinner or other volatile solvents and do not use chemically treated cloths 8 5 2 Inspection To keep the Board or Unit in optimum condition regular inspections must be performed Normally inspect the devices once every six months or every year Inspect the devices at more regular intervals when they are being used in environments subject to high temperatures high humidity or high dust levels Materials for Inspection Prepare the following materials before performing any inspections Materials Required Daily For daily inspection a Phillips screwdriver flat blade screwdriver tester or digital voltmeter industrial strength alcohol and all cotton cloth are required Materials Required Occasionally For some inspections a synchroscope a pen oscilloscope a temperature gage and a hydroscope will be required Inspection Items I
559. rds Input shift value Offset Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 00 to 31 Contents data format 0002 Input shift value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set 319 E5LJ Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G Read Output Value Sequence No 211 Hex 00D3 Reads the output value and stores the results in the specified word Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Orset Contents aata Torma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Output value onee Coments aaa oma ata Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex Output value 0000 to 9999 4 digits BCD When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set Read Process Value Sequence No 212 Hex 00D4 Reads the process value and status data and stores the results in the specified word Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data Unit No Undefined Offset Contents data torma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digit
560. rds 462 01CE Continuous measure ment execution inter rupt F300 Carries out continuously setting the F300 and storing the measurement results in the specified words 463 01CF Reference object regis tration command 1 exe cution F300 Performs a measurement for the input image and updates the reference object data of the full window 464 01D0 Reference object regis tration command 2 exe cution F300 Performs a measurement for the input image and updates the reference object data of the full window 465 01D1 Illumination fluctuation follow execution F300 Executes an illumination fluctuation fol low 470 01D6 Measurement execu tion and positioning F350 Carries out one measurement and stores the measurement results in the specified words 435 Visual Inspection System Protocol Communications sequence name Sequence No 471 01D7 Camera designation and positioning F350 Function Designates the camera for measure ment Appendix L Ladder interface Send word Receive word allocation allocation 472 01D8 Scene switching and positioning F350 Switches to a designated scene No 473 01D9 Inspection execution and character inspec tion F350 Character string inspec tion and character inspection F350 474 01DA Carries out one inspection and outputs inspection results to the video
561. resistance Pin 3 ON 2 wire Pin 4 ON Pin 5 OFF Pin 6 ON Note We recommend using the following NT AL001 E Link Adapter Connecting Cables to connect to NT AL001 E Link Adapters XW2Z 070T 1 0 7 m XW2Z 200T 1 2 m Wiring Section 3 3 1 1 Connections Using RS 422A 485 Ports Serial Commun ications Board Unit Device supporting Device supporting RS 422A 485 RS 422A 485 communications communications 4 wire 2 wire Serial Communications Board Unit ae T ne ae Signal Pin Shield Signal RS 422A Signal Pin Shield FSU 485 in SDA 1 A terface SDA _ 1 1485 in jasi SDB 2 B AS42281 SDB 2 terlace terface RDA 6 terface RDA 6 RDB 8 RDB 8 L FG Hood j LFG Hood D sub 9 pin D sub 9 pin connector male Serial Commun ications Board Unit connector male RS 422A NT AL001 E Link Adapter Computer Signal Pin Shield f Pin Signal Signal Pin Signall RS 422A SDA 1 i RS 232C 485 in SDB 24 1 GRD NC 1 FG terface RDA 6 2 s sD 2 SD RDB 8 T 3 SDB RD 3 RD RS 232C FG Hood 4 SDA LATS 4 ATS terface 5 RDB CTS 5 CTS D sub 9 pin 6 RDA BV 6m connector male 7 0B DSR 7 DSR 8 CSA DTR 8 DTR SG 9 SG RS 422 RS 232 D sub
562. response If there is no error log the response will be 0000 Maximum number of stored records response Indicates the maximum number of records that can be stored The number is always 0040 Hex 64 records for Serial Communications Boards and Units Number of stored records response Indicates the number of records recorded at the time the command is exe cuted The number of stored records will be returned with the response within the range of 0000 to 0040 Hex 0 to 64 decimal When the FA command for Host Link communications is used to read the error log set the number of stored records to between 0001 and 0035 Hex 1 to 53 decimal Higher numbers cannot be set because they would cause the response to exceed the maximum Host Link frame length If a larger number is set and the setting agrees with the actual number of stored records 110B Hex will be returned as the end code followed by all the records that can be returned without exceeding the maximum frame length Error log data response The specified number of error log records will be returned in sequence start ing from the beginning record number The total number of bytes for the error log data required is calculated as follows No of records x 10 bytes The configuration of each error log record is returned in 10 bytes as follows Cleaning and Inspection Section 8 5 1st byte 10th byte 07 01 Error code Details
563. responses are received 602 025A Send with no conversion and with response Sends specified data beginning with the command code to the specified Unit The response is stored starting at the specified word This is the same as sequence No 600 without data conversion and can be used when conversion is not required 603 025B Broadcast with no con version and no response A broadcast version of sequence No 602 No responses are received 604 025C General purpose send with no conversion and with response Sends specified data beginning with the subaddress and SID to the specified Unit The response is stored starting at the spec ified word This sequence can be used whenever it is necessary to specify the sub address or SID 605 025D General purpose broad cast with no conversion and no response A broadcast version of sequence No 604 No responses are received Note The hexadecimal equivalents of sequences numbers are given in parentheses Sequence No 600 can be used for the normal CompoWay F Master function ASCII conversion specification from command code Refer to the communications specifications for the OMRON CompoWay F component to which the command is being sent and set the command code and required data starting at the words specified for the 3rd operand of PMCR 260 The relationship between the CompoWay F command and response frames and the operands of PMCR 260
564. ro selection 35 Serial Communications Units 4 CIO Area allocations 64 component names 54 56 data exchange 60 DM Area allocations 62 indicator error displays 184 installation 38 39 75 77 precautions 78 replacement 209 specifications 22 23 Setup Area 41 109 allocations 62 1 NNT Link 171 Host Link 110 loopback test 179 protocol macro 132 Software Switches 64 65 139 soldering 103 specifications protocol 24 Serial Communications Boards 22 Serial Communications Units 22 standard system protocol 124 213 communications problems 130 DM Area settings 129 examples 129 modifying 124 Status Area 65 allocations 1 NNT Link 174 Host Link 113 protocol macro 141 error information 185 513 Index Step Error Processing Flag 145 147 step number 146 step parameters 128 STUP 237 instruction 22 executing 501 specifications 501 system configuration Host Link 13 precautions 75 protocol macro 18 T terminating resistance switch 53 trace function protocol macro 29 Tracing Flag 145 147 troubleshooting 186 1 N NT Link errors 192 error codes 204 Host Link errors 186 protocol macro errors 194 U unit number switch 55 57 V V500 V520 Bar Code Reader 124 connections 388 protocols sequences 387 397 V600 V620 ID Controller 124 connections 457 protocols sequences 455 491 Visual Inspection System connections 437 protocols sequences
565. ror occurred 8 4 1 Error Log Table RAM Error Log Table For every error that occurs one record is logged in the RAM error log table in the Board or Unit for up to 64 errors EEPROM Error Log Table Records of errors that are particularly serious are logged in both the RAM error log table and the EEPROM error log table in the Board or Unit when they occur The contents of errors logged in the EEPROM error log table remain even if the power to the Board or Unit is turned OFF or the Board or Unit is restarted The contents of the EEPROM error log table is automatically read to the RAM error log table when the power is turned ON One record is logged in the EEPROM error log table for each error that occurs for up to 32 errors max 8 4 2 Error Log Specifications Item Specifications Record length 10 bytes per record Record configuration Error code 2 bytes Details 2 bytes Time 6 bytes Data format Binary time information is in BCD Number of records RAM 64 records max EEPROM 32 records max Storage order Records are stored in order from the oldest to the most recent errors When the number of errors recorded in the RAM error log table reaches 64 or 32 records for the EEPROM error log table the oldest records will be deleted to store the most recent errors 201 Error Logs Section 8 4 8 4 3 Error Log Table Configuration Error Codes and Details Time of Error Reading and Clearing Error Log Tables
566. ros 0 2 eee nett eens ETPOR OSS egos act Sek e as 4 shaped wad Wh ae edt aaa het ae aaa AAA TA TaS 8 4 1 Error Log Tabley ecient ead ceca ieee se ade es ati es 8 4 2 Error Log Specifications 000 e eee cece eee 8 4 3 Error Log Table Configuration 0 00 ccc eee eee 8 4 4 Error Codes and Details 20 0 ccc ee ees 8 4 5 Error Codes and Troubleshooting 0 000 e eee 8 4 6 Reading and Clearing Error Log Tables 8 4 7 CONTROLLER DATA READ 05 01 000000 e ee eee 8 4 8 ERROR LOG READ 21 02 0 0 c cece eee 8 4 9 ERROR LOG CLEAR 21 023 0 00 cece ee eee Cleaning and Inspection 00 0 c eee ett enn eee 825 Cleaning eeni eae lei a gs bicin enna Nae eet 8 9 2 INSpectiONn 8g ss pee nie ee ee eae hee eee Replacement Precautions 00 00 i sats eun E iA EAn eee i 8 6 1 Precautions when Replacing Board or Unit 8 6 2 Settings after Replacing Board or Unit 8 6 3 Replacing the Board or Unit n annuau uaaa 182 182 184 185 186 186 192 194 201 201 201 202 202 204 205 205 206 207 207 207 208 208 209 209 209 181 Indicator Error Displays Section 8 1 8 1 8 1 1 Indicator Error Displays Serial Communications Boards CS Series Only Indicators RDY Lit Not lit ERR ALM CPU Unit Possible cause The Board has started normally
567. rt 2 or CJ1W SCU41 port 1 Previous Model number Changes required for CS CJ series product products Wiring Other C series Host Link 3G2A5 LK201 E Wiring pins have been It may be possible to use the host computer Units C200H LK202 changed as shown below programs without alteration as long as the DA Pin 9 to pi same communications settings e g baud 3G2A6 LK202 E E Pin z ie ae rate are used It may be necessary however RDA Pin 6 to pin 6 to change programs to allow for different text RDB Pin 1 to pin 8 lengths in frames or different CS CJ com SG Pin 3 to mand specifications See note Not connected FG Pin 7 to pin Connector hood C200HX HG HE C200HW COM No changes have been made It may be possible to use the host computer Communications in wiring programs without alteration as long as the Board same communications settings e g baud rate are used It may be necessary however to change programs to allow for different CS CJ command specifications CVM1 or CV CVM1 CV CPU No changes have been made It may be possible to use the host computer series CPU Units in wiring programs without alteration as long as the CVM1 or CV CV500 LK201 same communications settings e g baud series Host Link rate are used It may be necessary however Unit to change programs to allow for different CS CJ command specifications Note The number of words that can be read
568. rted by the CJ1W SCU21 41 Selecting the Serial Communications Mode Section 1 8 1 8 Selecting the Serial Communications Mode Connect Device e Host computer e OMRON component e General purpose external device e Programming Device but not a Programming Console e OMRON Programmable Terminal PT 77 Communicating using an OMRON protocol Creating communications frame for a host computer protocol 7 Standard system protocol User created protocol Protocol including no protocol used mainly for stop start synchronous data Serial Communications Mode Host Link Protocol macro Protocol macro Protocol macro Protocol macro sending and reception Remote programming and monitoring via a modem T High speed communications for multiple PTs up to eight Low speed communications and only one PT Host Link Host computer Host computer PC 1 1 or 1 N C mode commands Command or FINS commands interpretation by PC Host computer PC PO 1 1 FINS commands Command sent to host computer Use a standard system protocol Use the CX Protocol to change a standard system protocol Use the CX Protocol to create a new protocol Note When a Programming Device is connected to the PC the Peripheral Bus can be us
569. s Parity Even Stop bits 2 bits Baud rate 9 600 bps 08 to 11 Host Link mode D32011 00 to 03 The baud rate setting is disabled when the default settings are used D32012 15 Send delay 0 ms D32013 15 CTS control No 00 to 07 Host Link unit number 0 41 Basic Operating Procedure Board CS Series only Protocol Macros Section 1 9 The following table shows the default standard settings for protocol macros Unit CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 D32010 Port 1 Port 2 Bit 11 to 08 Setting m D30000 100 x unit number Meaning Start bit 1 bit Data length 7 bits Parity Even Stop bits 2 bits Baud rate 9 600 bps Protocol Macro mode D32011 03 to 00 The baud rate setting is disabled when the default settings are used D32018 15 Half duplex D32019 15 to 00 NT Link Mode The following table shows the default standard settings for NT link when the maximum PT unit number is 5 00C8 hex Maximum number of bytes in protocol macro send receive data 200 bytes m D30000 100 x unit number Board Unit Setting Meaning CS Series only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2 D32000 D32010 m m 10 11 to 08 2 1 N NT Link D32001 D32011 m 1 m 11 03 to 00 0 The baud rate is set to the standard NT link setting when the default settings are used D32006 D32016 m 6 m 16 02
570. s been switched to a different serial communications mode for example Host Link This function enables remote programming and monitoring to be per formed using remote Programming Devices by switching to the Host Link mode with the STUP 237 instruction once the connection has been made with the modem System Configurations Section 1 5 1 5 System Configurations This section explains the system configuration supported by each serial com munications mode Host Link Communications PC Com puter Connection configuration Connection to Serial Communications Board NT ALO01 E NT AL001 E 4 ALEGE Rs 422A 485 NTAOCA Resistance ON 5 V power RS 2326 Resistance ON Required devices CS1W SCB21 V1 Connected serial communi cations port Remarks Port 1 or 2 H ORs 2326 RS 2320 CS1W SCB41 V1 Port 1 H ORS 232 0 QRS 422A 485 NT ALO01 E Converting Link Adapter Converts between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 5 V power supply For NT ALO01 E Link Adapter Connection to Serial Communications Unit Note 1 RS 2326 IE Note 3 a oo RS 2320 NT AL001 E 5 NT AL001 E RS 2320 Resistance ON 5 V power Resistance ON CS1W SCU21 V1 Port 1 or 2 DRS 2326 H QRs 232 CJ1W SCU21 Port 1 or 2 rs 232 H RS 2326
571. s Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Process value 2 Status data Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0003 4 digits Hex Process value 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set Status data 4 digits Hex 0000 to 9999 Read Set Point Limit Sequence No 213 Hex 00D5 Reads the set point limits and stores the results in the specified word Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data Undefined Unit No 320 ES5 _ J Temperature Controller Protocol Appendix G Onset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words Set point lower limit 2 Set point upper limit Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 0003 Set point lower limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the left digit is 1 A is set and when it is F is set Set point upper limit 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 When the le
572. s of the RS 232C are the same as those for the RS 232C port on the Serial Communications Board See RS 232C Ports on page 51 CJ1W SCU21 SCU21 RUN ERC SD1 RDI o O O a o 0 so 0 RDY ERH SD2 RD2 57 Section 2 1 Component Names and Functions CJ1W SCU41 SCU4 RUN ERC SD1 RDI TERI o o Oo O O oo 0 Go RDY ERH SD2 RD2 Ol O 6 go go 26 O 0000 O Io0000 O 58 gT UNIT S 8 NO ees PORT1 RS422 485 U Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Section 2 2 2 2 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit Data exchange with the CPU Units uses the I O memory allocated to the Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Unit For details on allocations refer to 2 3 I O Memory Allocations 2 2 1 Serial Communications Board CS Series Only CPU Unit Serial Communications Board CIO 1900 CIO 1999 D32000 D32099 A636 A608 A424 Inner Board Area in ClO Area Local memory Software switch 25 words Status E Inner Board Area in Local memory DM Area Td System Setup System Setup see note 1 20 words Auxiliary Area 2 Port Settings Change
573. s on FINS commands SYSMAC CS CJ series CS1G H CPULILI E CS1W SCB21 41 CS1W SCU21 Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 Details on the protocol macro function SYSMAC WS02 PSTC1 E CX Protocol Operation Manual W344 Overview Section 1 2 1 2 Overview This section gives an overview of the Serial Communications Boards and the Serial Communications Unit 1 2 1 Serial Communications Boards Serial Communications Boards are Inner Boards for the CS series PCs One Board can be installed in the Inner Board slot of a CPU Unit Two serial com munications ports are provided for connecting host computers Programmable Terminals PTs general purpose external devices and Programming Devices excluding Programming Consoles This makes it possible to easily increase the number of serial communications ports for a CS series PC Serial Communications Ls Board lt 7__ Inner Board slot m7 Le Models The following two models are available CS1W SCB21 V1 CS1W SCB41 V1 Two RS 232C ports One RS 232C port one RS 422A 485 port A RS 232C port RS 232C port a RS 232C port RS 422A 485 port Connectable Devices The following serial communications modes are supported by the Serial Com munications Unit Host Link SYSMAC WAY protocol macro 1 N NT Link and loopback test modes The devices shown in the following diagram can be connec
574. s units Writes the set value L to a bank which is not in use 311 0137 Write set value LL with bank continuous units Writes the set value LL to a bank which is not in use 312 0138 Write set value O5 with bank continuous units Writes the set value O5 to a bank which is not in use 313 0139 Write set value O4 with bank continuous units Writes the set value O4 to a bank which is not in use 314 013A Write set value O3 with bank continuous units Writes the set value O3 to a bank which is not in use 315 013B Write set value O2 with bank continuous units Writes the set value O2 to a bank which is not in use 316 013C Write set value O1 with bank continuous units Writes the set value O1 to a bank which is not in use 317 013D Read set value by unit number Reads the set value HH H L or LL 318 013E Read set value HH con tinuous units Reads the set value HH 365 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Sequence No 319 013F Communications sequence name Read set value H contin uous units Function Reads the set value H Appendix Ladder interface Send word allocation Receive word allocation 320 0140 Read set value L contin uous units Reads the set value L 321 0141 Read set value LL con tinuous units Reads the set value LL
575. s used both the high and low calibration gauges must be set and the high calibration and low calibration gauges cannot be exchanged 2 The HC gauge dimension and LC gauge dimension must be set with 3 digits for the integer portion and 4 digits for the decimal portion Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Calibration Release Sequence No 405 Hex 0195 This sequence releases the calibration of the Laser Micrometer Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note This sequence releases both the high and low calibration 408 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Program Number Set 3000 series Sequence No 406 Hex 0196 This sequence switches the program number to a specified number Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words dat ae 1 Undefined Program number 1 digit BCD Onset Contents data forma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Program number 1 aig BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Measurement Condition Set 3000 series Sequence No 407 Hex 0197 This sequence sets measurement conditions Conditions to be set can be selected by setting Yes No flags Send Data Word Alloca
576. second operand of PMCR 260 AT J1B8EOVOS0 1 X4 V2 N38 amp M0 CO amp DO amp EO X1S26 10 bbb 0018 ae n l AT J1B8EOVOSO 1X4 V2 N3 amp MO CO amp DO amp R amp EO0 X1S26 10 Character string length of modem initialization command bytes Code length of PMCR 260 when it is used words Note Turn ON DIP switch SW3 on in the rear of the Modem Dialling Sequences No 561 Hex 0231 No 571 Hex 023B and No 581 Hex 0245 To dial a telephone numbers for the OMRON ME1414BIII ME2814BIl Modems using sequences No 561 571 581 set the dialling command and telephone number in the words specified by the 3rd operand of PMCR 260 However for other Modems make the following settings for the Data Send Receive sequence This is an example of telephone number settings for the above mentioned 4 OMRON Modems Operand and Send Data Word Settings of PMCR 260 MD24FB10V 0231 MD144FB5V 023B ME1414BITI ME2814BIl 0245 First address S of send data dialling operation None Set 0000 Number of words from address set for operand 2 to end of data 4 digits Hex Number of bytes of send data dialling operation 4 digits Hex Send data dialling operation ASCII Fill data to left for odd numbers of bytes Setting Example If telephone number is 03 0123 4567 OOOA 0010 4154 4454 3033 2D30 3132 332D 3435 3637 l t AT DT 03 0 12 3 45 67
577. series 415 019F Data request 3000 series 405 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K crometers but no processing will be performed 2 This sequence will be processed the same as sequence No 425 AVG move H times set for 5000 series Laser Micrometers 3 Memory switch settings will be ignored for these sequences for 5000 series and 6000 series Laser Micrometers 4 This sequence will be processed the same as sequence No 411 Zero run measurement start for 5000 series Laser Micrometers 406 Sequence Communications sequence name Operation No 5000 Series 6000 Series 416 01A0 Statistic processing execution 3000 series 417 O1A1 Statistic processing non execution 3000 series 418 01A2 All statistic memory clear 3000 series 419 01A3 Statistic memory clear 3000 series 420 01A4 Statistic result request 3000 series 421 01A5 Memory switch set 1 3000 series 422 01A6 Memory switch set 2 3000 series 423 01A7 Simple AVG times set 3000 series 424 01A8 AVG move interval set 3000 series Yes Yes 425 01A9 AVG move H times set 3000 series Yes Yes 426 01AA AVG move L times set 3000 series Yes 2 No 427 01AB Automatic detection set 3000 series No No 428 01AC Automatic detection release 3000 series Yes Yes 429 01AD Automatic dete
578. set as a NO execution condition The program is incorrect As PMCR 260 instruc tion execution conditions set bit 15 Protocol Macro Executing Flag of the words allocated in the CIO Area n 9 n 19 to a NC execution condition The ER Flag one of Condition Flags is set to ON The problem cause is one of the following The data range for the PMCR 260 instruction C1 operand is incorrect The number of data words in the S or D oper and exceeds 250 The Communications Port Error Flag is set to OFF Check the PMCR 260 instruction C1 C2 C3 S and D operand settings for errors The AER Flag one of the Conditions Flags is ON An illegal address is specified for the S or D operands of the PMCR 260 instruction Correct any mistakes in the operands of PMCR 260 Bits 00 to 03 Error Code of the words allocated in the ClO Area n 9 n 19 are set to 2 Hex Sequence Number Error The sequence number specified in the PMCR 260 instruction C2 operand is a value other than 000 Hex to 3E7 Hex 000 to 999 in decimal notation The specified send receive sequence num ber does not exist in the protocol data Set the PMCR 260 instruction C2 operand to a value between 000 Hex and 03E7 Hex between 000 and 999 in decimal notation Check whether the send receive sequence num ber is correct Bits 00 to 03 Error Code of the words allocated in the ClO Area n 9 n 19 ar
579. set here Comparison to Previous Products Reception message length when using wild card for data length For RS CS flow Xon Xoff flow or delimiter control C200HX HG HE 200 bytes max Other 256 bytes max Section 1 7 As set above Default 200 bytes Setting can be changed to between 200 and 1 000 Send receive data stor age loca tions and data capac Operand specification Max send data size 127 words max not including word specifying the number of send words 250 words max including word specifying the number of send words Max receive data size 127 words max not including word specifying the number of receive words 250 words max including word specifying the number of receive words ity Link word specification Area 1 Area 2 128 words max total 500 words max total Direct speci fication vari able Max send or receive data size 128 words max no conversion 500 words max no conversion Reception buffer clearing timing Half duplex Before executing sequences Before executing RECV processing Before executing sequences Before executing SEND processing Upon FLUSH command execution Full duplex Before executing sequences Upon FLUSH command execution Reception buffer recep tion processing Half duplex Only during RECV processing Except when executing SEND proc
580. sh and bit A42409 the Pro tocol Data Error Flag will be turned ON e Serial Communications Unit Operation The Unit s RDY Indicator will flash during the restore operation Both the RDY Indicator and RUN Indicator will be lit when the restore oper ation is completed normally If the restore operation fails the RDY Indicator will continue to flash and the ERC Indicator will be lit If the restore operation fails return to step 1 and perform the replacement procedure again If the restore operation fails two times in succession use CX Protocol to transfer the protocol data to the Board Refer to Using CX Protocol on page 210 for details If necessary compare the data in the Memory Card with the protocol data in the Serial Communication Board Unit To compare the protocol data turn OFF the PC s power supply turn OFF pins 7 and 8 on the DIP switch on the front of the CPU Unit turn the PC ON again and press the Memory Card power supply switch for 3 seconds When the Memory Card power supply switch is pressed the MCPWR In dicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash once and then remain lit while 211 Replacement Precautions Section 8 6 the data is being compared If the data matches the Indicator will go OFF after the data has been compared 12 Turn ON the power to all serially connected external devices switch the CPU Unit to MONITOR mode and start the system 13 Check the status of the Serial Communications Bo
581. signated for ASCII is sent beginning with the smallest offset from the send data words 479 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Write Hex 1 Sequence No 522 Hex 020A This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 1 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 9 data 2 3 4 5 Max 35 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Undefined Head CH No Leading address No Number of write digits Write data Undefined Write data Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of send data words 0006 to 0024 6 to 36 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Relevant Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 CD1D 00 to 15 CA2A 2 R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 3 Leading address No 0000 to FFFF 4 digits Hex 4 Number of write digits 0002 to 007A 2 to 122 decimal 4 digits Hex 5 to 35 Write data Hex Input in hexadecimal Up to 122 digits max Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 the send data words as shown in the following diagram 2 Always set an even number of digits for the write data Receive data storage words 480 Data of which Data Carrier designated for hexadecimal is sent beginning with the largest offset from Data Carrie
582. sing Receive wait receive completion or send completion can be monitored Setting range 0 01 to 0 99 s 0 1 to 9 9 s 1 to 99 s or 1 to 99 minutes Link word setting Area in which data is exchanged between the CPU Unit and the Serial Communications Board or Unit during Communications Board or Unit refreshing Two areas are possible for each device An area for storing receive data and an area for storing send data Specifications Section 1 6 Item Description Step contents Commands Send only SEND receive only RECV send and receive SEND amp RECV wait WAIT reception buffer clear FLUSH ER ON OPEN or ER OFF CLOSE Repeat counter 1 to 255 times Retry count Oto9 Only when the command is SEND amp RECV Send wait time 0 01 to 0 99 s 0 1 to 9 9 s 1 to 99 s or 1 to 99 minutes Only when the command is SEND or SEND amp RECV With or without response write operand When receive processing is completed when the receive data is stored in the area specified in the 4th operand of the PMCR 260 instruction whether or not to store the received messages can be selected Next processing When a step has ended normally End sequence completed Next pro ceed to the next step No Goto go to the specified step No or Abort interrupt the step and terminate that sequence can be selected Error processing When a step has ended abnormally End Next Goto or
583. sis heating 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 9999 Hysteresis cooling 4 digits BCD tst unit 0001 to 0099 Control period heating 4 digits BCD 1st unit 0001 to 0099 Control period cooling 4 digits BCD 245 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C offset Contents data forma Daa 8th unit 0001 to 0099 Control period cooling 4 digits BCD Read Level 2 Parameters 1 Sequence No 021 Hex 0015 Reads parameters in level 2 SP ramp time unit SP ramp set value LBA detection time MV at stop MV at PV Error MV upper limit MV lower limit and MV change rate limit from multiple units and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 1 9 Undefined Unit No max Offset Contents data format 0 Number of send data words Number of units 2 4 digits Hex 1 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0008 2to9 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 SP ramp time unit 2 SP ramp set value 3 LBA detection time ae MV at stop 1st unit 5 MV at PV error 6 MV upper limit 4
584. software switch functions refer to Sec tion 5 Using Protocol Macros and Section 7 Loopback Test n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Function Reserved Loopback Test Switch loopback tests 1 Start 0 Stop Reserved Reserved Abort Switch protocol macros 1 Abort 0 Aborted One shot Trace Switch protocol macros see note 1 Start 0 Stop Continuous Trace Switch protocol macros see note 1 Start 0 Stop Wait Release Switch protocol macros 1 Release wait 0 Wait released Reserved Loopback Test Switch loopback tests 1 Start 0 Stop Reserved Reserved Abort Switch protocol macros 1 Abort 0 Aborted One shot Trace Switch protocol macros see note 1 Start 0 Stop Continuous Trace Switch protocol macros see note 1 Start 0 Stop Wait Release Switch protocol macros 1 Release wait 0 Wait released Note The One shot Trace Switch and Continuous Trace Switch are used for the Serial Communications Board Unit only when executing traces from the CX Protocol in protocol macro mode Do not manipulate these switches from a ladder diagram Status Area The Status Area is used for status information input from Serial Communica tions Board or Unit to the CPU Unit The Status Area is where the Serial Com munications Board or Unit sets communications status the transmission control signal
585. specifications See note C200H LK201 The connector has been changed from a 25 pin to a 9 pin connector It may be possible to use the host computer programs without alteration as long as the same communications settings e g baud rate are used It may be necessary however to change programs to allow for different text lengths in frames or different CS CJ command specifications See note C series CPU Units CVM1 or CV series CPU Units SRM1 CPM1 CPM1A CQM1 CPU C200HS CPU C200HX HG HE CPULIL E C200HW COM CVM1 CV CPU No changes have been made in wiring No changes have been made in wiring It may be possible to use the host computer programs without alteration as long as the same communications settings e g baud rate are used It may be necessary however to change programs to allow for different CS CJ command specifications It may be possible to use the host computer programs without alteration as long as the same communications settings e g baud rate are used It may be necessary however to change programs to allow for different CS CJ command specifications CVM1 or CV series Host Link Unit CV500 LK201 Port 1 The connector has been changed from a 25 pin toa 9 pin connector Port 2 set for RS 232C The SG signal has been changed from pin 7 to pin 9 The following c
586. st 3000 series High speed Type Sequence No 429 Hex 01AD This sequence requests the settings of work automatic detection function Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words Soe 1 Undefined The number of measuring times 2 Invalid time 3 Decimal portion 7 4 Undefined Integer portion Detection lower limit 5 Sign Undefined i 6 Decimal portion 7 7 Undefined Integer portion Detection upper limit 8 Sign Undefined Offset Contents data format Number of receive data 0009 fixed words 4 digits Hex The number of measuring 000 to 999 times 3 digits BCD Invalid time 0001 to 9999 4 digits BCD Detection lower limit deci 0000 to 9999 Example 123 4567 mal portion 4 digits BCD 3 4567 Detection lower limit integer 000 to 999 4 0123 portion 3 digits BCD 5 F000 Detection lower limit Sign If 0 BIN If F Detection upper limit Same as detection lower limit Note This sequence cannot be used when DIP switch SW3 pin 5 of the Laser Micrometer is not turned ON 3Z4L Initialize 3000 series Sequence No 430 Hex 01AE This sequence clears the 3Z4L sets the mm unit sets memory switches does not process statistics and clears the statistic memory Send
587. st Computer Sending Data Response Required Host computer Command Response 2 Serial Communications 1 Command Response Board Unit i 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag i E E N E Command acknowledged t Command completed No Response Required Host computer Command 2 Serial Communications 1 Command Response Board Unit 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag Command acknowledged t iti Command completed Command transmission to the host computer can start even when the port is receiving a command from the host computer 1 The transmission of a response to the command from the host computer is postponed until the transmission of the command to the host computer is completed 2 When a response is not required from the host computer the Communica tions Port Enabled Flag will turn ON when the command to the host computer has passed from the CPU Unit to the port 118 Communications Timing Section 4 4 Host Computer Receiving Data Response Required Host computer Serial Communications Board Unit 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag as 1 2 _ Response Response Commend i i i i 2 t 1 i i Command acknowledged t iH Command completed No Response Required Host computer Serial Communications Board Unit 1 Communications Port Enabled Flag Command 1 2 Response Commana Command acknowledg
588. st word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Undefined Unit No 33 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 2nd unit 0000 to 0008 32nd unit max Data Number of units 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 00 to 31 359 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Change Pattern No Sequence No 277 Hex 0115 Changes the pattern number Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Unit No 3 Pattern No 64 Undefined Unit No 65 Pattern No g Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit 32nd unit max Number of units x 2 2 Number of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 1st unit Pattern No 4 digits BCD 0001 to 0063 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 32nd unit Pattern No 4 digits
589. supply For NT AL001 E Link Adapter System Configurations PC External device 1 N Port RS 422A 485 Connection configuration Connection of a Serial Communications Board to devices with RS 232C or RS422A 485 ports rt Resistance ON t RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 Note 2 Resistance ON RS 422A 485 interface B500 AL001 RS 422A 485 Resistance ON J Note 4 Resistance ON RS 232C interface NT AL001 E 7 i 3 RS 232C are i RS 232C Resistors ON Note 2 4 RS 422A 485 Resistance ON 5 V power Note 3 ame Required devices CS1W SCB41 V1 Section 1 5 Connected serial communica tions port Remarks Port 2 H ORs 2320 H Rs 4224 485 NT AL001 E Converting Link Adapter Converts between RS 232C and RS 422A 485 B500 AL001 Link Adapter For RS 422A 485 branching 5 V power supply For NT AL001 E Link Adapter Connection of a Serial Communications Board to devices with RS 232C or RS422A 485 ports RS 422A 485 interface Resistance ON R942249 Note 2 Sn Resistance ON RS 422A 485 interface B500 AL001 RS 422A 485 Resistance ON Note 4 Resistance ON eea NT AL001 E RS 232C interface CZ Resistors ON Note 2 RS 232C Z RS 232C 7 RS 232C Note 3 _
590. t 500 1000 1500 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 CPU Unit s cycle time ms Priority Not Registered PTs per port ra aie as oF 400 465 535 600 665 735 800 4500 CPU Unit s cycle time ms 6 The NT20S NT600S NT30 NT30C NT620 NT620C and NT625C can not be used if the cycle time of the CPU Unit is 800 ms or longer even if only one of these PTs is used in a 1 N NT Link 7 With some PTs timeout settings can be changed to eliminate some of the communications errors Refer to the operation manual for the PT for de tails 8 If more PTs are required by the system than allowed by the above restric tions connect the PTs in smaller groups to different ports and increase the number ports by adding Serial Communications Units or a Serial Commu nications Board if one is not already being used 169 Setup Area Allocations Section 6 2 6 2 Setup Area Allocations This section explains the Setup Area Allocation DM Area when a Serial Communications Board or a Serial Communications Unit is used in 1 N NT Link mode 6 2 1 Setup Area Words The Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units use the following words as a Setup Area in the DM Area when 1 N NT Links are used The words allocated to the Serial Communications Board are different from those allocated to the Serial Communications Units which are allocated words according to the unit numbers Serial Communications Setup Area Allocated
591. t 0 Number of send data words 0007 to 0060 7 to 96 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Number of Heads 0001 to 0004 4 digits Hex 28 N 1 2 Unit No 2 digits BCD Arbitrary However there is a limit for the max imum Unit No depending on the model 28 N 1 3 R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 28 N 1 4 Leading address No 4 digits Hex 0000 to FFFF 28 N 1 5 Number of write digits 4 digits Hex 0002 to 0018 2 to 24 decimal 28 N 1 6 to 28 N 1 11 Write data Hex N Number of Heads Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 482 Input in hexadecimal code Up to 24 digits max can be set V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Note 1 Write data designated for hexadecimal is sent beginning with the largest offset from the send data words 2 Always set an even number of digits for the write data Write Hex 8 Sequence No 525 Hex 020D This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 8 Up to 10 digits of data can be written for each Read Write Head Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Number of Heads 2 Undefined UnitNo 3 Undefined Head CH No
592. t 2 4 wire switch We v l _ 2 4 wire switch DPDT DPDT PAREI EAA Other Unit Other Unit rl Other Unit Other Unit OP eet Not connected Note 1 Use the same transmission circuit 2 wire or 4 wire for all nodes 2 Do not use 4 wire connections when the 2 4 wire switch on the Board is set to 2 wire 3 In protocol macro mode do not use full duplex transmissions when the 2 4 wire switch on the Unit is set to 2 wire Otherwise the data sent from the Serial Communications Board or Unit will be directly returned as receive data In this case the Board or Unit cannot determine whether the data in the receive buffer is its own send data or the data received from a remote node and thus cannot perform receive processing properly To avoid this problem always use half duplex transmissions with a 2 wire setting Either half duplex or full duplex transmissions can be used with a 4 wire setting 82 Wiring Section 3 3 3 3 8 NT AL001 E Link Adapter Settings The NT ALO01 E Link Adapter has a DIP switch for setting RS 422A 485 com munications conditions When connecting the Unit or Board refer to the DIP switch settings shown in the following table Pin Function Factory setting Not used Always set this pin to ON Built in terminating resistance setting ON Connects terminating resistance OFF Disconnects terminating resistance 2 4 wire setting 2 wire Set both pins to ON
593. t Remarks CS1W SCB21 Port 1 or 2 V1 o CS1W SCB41 V1 CS1W SCU21 V1 CJ1W SCU21 or Host computer to PC FINS commands only PC to Host computer FINS rs 232 H Rs 2320 Port 1 or 2 CJ1W SCU41 commands only RS 422A 485 H Rs 232 Controller Link or Ethernet network H rs 422a 4 wire only 485 ort 1 or 2 RS 2326 QRS 2320 Port 1 or 2 RS 422A 485 RS 232C Communica tions Unit Controller Link Unit or Ether net Unit rT 4 _ Host Link Communications can be sent across three different networks counting the local network but not including a Host Link connection Routing tables must be set in the PCs Gateway or bridge Network 3 R LRO I Network 1 aes A LI HO CHH Network 2 Gateway The maximum cable length for RS 232C is 15 m The RS 232C standard however does not cover baud rates above 19 2 Kbps Refer to the manual for the device being connected to confirm support The combined cable length for RS 422A 485 is 500 m including branch The maximum cable length is limited to 2 m when an NT ALO01 E Link Branch lines must be a maximum of 10 m long Four wire connections must be used for RS 422A 485 connections with Host Link commun
594. t Bit A50113 Unit No D Restart Bit A50114 Unit No E Restart Bit A50115 Unit No F Restart Bit 71 I O Memory Allocations Section 2 3 72 SECTION 3 Installation and Wiring This section describes how to mounting the Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units and how to connect the ports to external devices 3 1 Installing a Serial Communications Board 0 0 00 ee eee eee 74 3 1 1 Precautions in Handling the Board 0005 75 3 2 Installing Serial Communications Units 0 0 0 eee ee eee 75 3 2 1 System Configuration Precautions 0 2 0 ee eae 75 3 2 2 CS series Serial Communications Unit 4 76 3 2 3 CJ series Serial Communications Unit 00 77 3 2 4 Unit Handling Precautions 0 0 cece eee eee 78 323 C WAITING ese alte se ee ee lh ee Ae ee Oe ee 79 3 3 1 Wiring Precautions 0 cece eects 79 3 3 2 POrt Ty POs nk cesta geese ocd iai ae a ni ota Gable A aea 79 3 3 3 Communications Modes and Ports 000 0 cee eens 79 3 3 4 Connector Pin Layout 2 0 0 0 cece ee 80 3 3 5 Mounting Height and Connector Cover Dimensions 81 3 3 6 Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring 81 3 3 7 2 Wire and 4 Wire Connections 00000 cece eee eee 82 3 3 8 NT ALOO1 E Link Adapter Settings 05 83 3
595. t No PID No 5 P rightmost 4 digits PID No 5 P leftmost 4 digits PID No 51 rightmost 4 digits PID No 51 leftmost 4 digits PID No 5 D rightmost 4 digits PID No 5 D leftmost 4 digits PID No 5 MV lower limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 5 MV lower limit leftmost 4 digits PID No 5 MV upper limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 5 MV upper limit leftmost 4 digits PID No 5 PV bias value rightmost 4 digits PID No 5 PV bias value leftmost 4 digits PID No 5 Automatic selection range upper limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 5 Automatic selection range upper limit leftmost 4 digits e PID No 8 MV upper limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 8 MV upper limit leftmost 4 digits PID No 8 PV bias value rightmost 4 digits PID No 8 PV bias value leftmost 4 digits PID No 8 Automatic selection range upper limit rightmost 4 digits PID No 8 Automatic selection range upper limit leftmost 4 digits ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of send data words 003A 0058 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2 to3 PID No 5 P 8 digits BCD 00000000 to 09999000 4 to 5 PID No 5 8 digits BCD 6 to 7 PID No 5 D 8 digits BCD
596. t Software list 214 structure 126 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader sequences 387 397 V600 V620 ID Controller sequences 455 491 Visual Inspection System sequences 435 453 PT Communications Execution Flag 175 PT Priority Registered Flag 175 PTs See Programmable Terminals 1 R reception buffers 120 144 reception case number 146 reception matrixes 127 RECV 098 instruction 6 Repeat Counter Setting Value 146 150 Reset Counter Present Value 146 150 Restart Bit Serial Communications Boards 70 Serial Communications Units 71 RS 232C connections 229 RS 232C ports 1 1 connections 92 1 N connections 94 changes from previous products 120 connector pin layout 51 80 direct connections 1 NNT Link 97 Programmable Terminals 88 host computer connections 84 Programmable Terminal connections 88 specifications 51 wiring 98 RS 422 connections 230 RS 422A 485 ports 1 1 connections 95 1 N connections 96 changes from previous products 122 connector pin layout 53 80 host computer connections 86 Programmable Terminal connections 88 specifications 52 wiring 100 RS 485 connections 230 S send delay 111 SEND 090 instruction 6 Send Receive Sequence No 145 148 send receive sequences 151 Sequence Abort Completion Flag 145 147 Sequence End Completion Flag 145 147 sequence parameters 127 Sequence Wait Flag 145 148 sequences CompoWay F Master Broadcast with ASCII Conversion N
597. t before the ETX will be converted from ASCII to hexadecimal and stored here Standard System Protocols The following 13 standard system protocols are provided with the CX Proto col Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communications Unit Protocol name Function CompoWay F Master Protocol for sending CompoWay F commands as a Master to OMRON CompoWay F slave components and receiving responses E5_IK Digital Controller Read Protocol for controlling an E5_IK Digital Controller via the Communications Board Procedures for reading the MV the operating parameter settings E5_IK Digital Controller Write Protocol for controlling an E5_IK Digital Controller via the Communications Board Procedures for writing set points and operating parameters E5ZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol for controlling an E5ZE Temperature Controller via the Communications Board Procedures for reading measured temperature and operating parameter set tings E5ZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol for controlling an E5ZE Temperature Controller via the Communications Board Procedures for writing control temperatures and operating parameters E5ClJ Temperature Controller Protocol for controlling a E5ClJ Temperature Controller via the Communications Board Procedures for writing set points reading output amounts and reading writing operating parameters
598. t connected inter nally for port 1 SD2 Yellow Lit Port 2 is being used for sending Not lit Port 2 is not being used for sending RD2 Yellow Lit Port 2 is being used for receiving Not lit Port 2 is not being used for receiving 56 Component Names and Functions Section 2 1 Note Unit Number Switch RS 422A 485 Port Port 1 RS 232C Port Port 2 Dimensions Unit mm 1 Depending on the interval of flashing the meaning is as follows Protocol data being initialized 0 3 s Protocol data initialized or being overwritten 1 0 s Protocol data error 1 0 s and CPU Unit ERC indicator is flashing 2 The Setup Area is allocated in the DM Area according to the unit number setting For details refer to 2 3 I O Memory Allocations 3 Only the CJ1W SCU41 is equipped with a TER1 indicator For the action required when an error occurs refer to Section 8 Troubleshoot ing and Maintenance Set the CPU Bus Unit unit number for the Unit The CIO Area and DM Area are allocated according to the unit number setting The words that are allo cated are used for the software switches Status Area and the System Setup Set the unit number between 0 and F The factory setting is for unit number 0 The specifications of the RS 422A 485 are the same as those for the RS 422A 485 port on the Serial Communications Board See RS 422A 485 Port on page 52 The specification
599. t item 4 digits Hex 0009 2 measurement items 000C 3 measurement items OOOF 4 measurement items 0012 5 measurement items Window number 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 Evaluation result 1 digit BCD 0 OK 1 NG Measurement value decimal portion Example Example 3 digits BCD 123 456 123 456 Measurement value integer portion 7 digits BCD Measurement value sign 1 digit F is stored for negative values Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Same as 3 to 5 Note 1 Exponential expressions are used for numbers larger than 9999999 999 and smaller than 999999 9 2 The number of measurement items is up to 5 but only one window number can be read 3 The ranges of measurement values are as follows For calibration OFF setting 2147483 648 to 2147483 648 For calibration ON setting 9999999 999 to 9999999 999 443 Visual Inspection System Protocol Appendix L 4 The priority of measurement items being output are as follows Area Center of gravity X Center of gravity Y Displacement in center of gravity X reserved displacement in center of gravity Y reserved Main axis angle Main axis angle aberration reserved Edge angle Edge angle reserved Center X center Y Center X aberration reserved center Y aberration reserved Inclination Inclination aberration reserv
600. t leading address n The linear expression aN b including repeat counter N is also pos sible for n 3 Error check codes LRC LRC2 CRC CCITT CRC 16 SUM SUM1 and SUM2 can be calcu lated Maximum length of send receive mes sages 1 000 bytes A maximum length between 200 and 1 000 bytes can be set in the Setup Area Maximum number of data attributes regis tered in one message 96 attributes see note 1 Maximum number of write data attributes registered in one mes sage 30 attributes see note 2 Trace function Note 1 A total of up to 1 700 bytes characters of time series data can be traced in send and receive messages Changes to the step No and control signals such as RS and CS can also be traced The CX Protocol can be used to register up to 96 attributes per message 2 A macro syntax error will occur when the protocol macro is executed if more than 31 write attributes are registered in one message 29 Comparison to Previous Products Section 1 7 1 7 Comparison to Previous Products The following tables show a comparison between the CS CJ series Serial Communications Boards and Unit and the C200HX HG HE Communications Item Boards Boards and Host Link Units C200HX HG HE C200HW COM02 COM03 COM04 E COMO05 E COM06 E Communications Boards cs CS1W SCB21 V1 SCB41 V1 Serial Communications Board CJ C200H LK101 PV1 LK201 V
601. t settings 0226 Sequence No 550 Address for first word containing initialization command character string S None Set 0000 Number of words from address set for operand 2 to end of data 4 digits Hex 4 digits Hex ASCII Number of bytes for send data initialization command Send data initialization command Fill data to left for odd numbers of bytes Setting Example for Modem Initialization Command e MD24FB10V Using Sequence 550 OMRON The following command is set in the words specified by the 3rd operand of PMCR 260 ATEOVOX4 V2 N3 C0 CO X1 amp MOS26 10 inn oo oof Titi ith l t ATEO0OVO0OX4 V2 N3 C0 C0 X1 amp M0S26 10 Character string length of modem initialization command bytes Code length of PMCR 260 when it is used words Note Turn ON pin 4 of DIP switches SW3 on for this Modem ER signal always ON 495 Hayes Modem AT Command Protocol Appendix N MD144FB5V OMRON No longer manufactured The following command is set in the words specified by the second operand of PMCR 260 ATEOVOX4 V2 N3 C0 C0 Q0 amp M0 amp D0 B9600S26 10 L i oor oo FT id eh l i ATEOVOX4 V2 N3 C0 C0 Q0 amp M0 amp D0 B9600S26 10 Character string length of modem initialization command bytes Code length of PMCR 260 when it is used words ME141 4BIII ME2814BII OMRON The following command is set in the words specified by the
602. t turned OFF If the One shot Trace Switch and Continuous Trace Switch turn ON simultaneously the Continuous Trace Switch will take pri ority 5 3 4 Status Area The Status Area is used to input status information from Serial Communica tions Board or Unit to the CPU Unit The Status Area is where the Serial Com munications Board or Unit set communications status the transmission control signal status and the transmission error status n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Contents Boards Units CS Series CS CJ Series CIO 1901 02 to 15 Reserved 01 1 Error log EEPROM error 0 Error log EEPROM normal 00 1 Protocol data error 0 Protocol data normal CIO 1902 00 to 15 Reserved CIO 1903 00 to 15 Reserved CIO 1904 00 to 15 Reserved CIO CIO 12to 15 Port Setup Serial communications mode Always 6 Hex 1905 1915 setting settings see note 08 to 11 Status Baud rate Note 1 05 to 07 Reserved Always 0 04 Start bits Always 1 03 Data length 7 or 8 bits Note 1 02 Stop bits 1 or 2 bits Note 1 01 Parity Yes No Note 1 00 Parity Even Odd Note 1 aa Seas Aral RS 232C a RS 422A 485 a Reserved status tings 0 1 0 1 See note 2 13 0 Terminating resistance OFF 1 Terminating resistance ON 12 to 02 Reserved 01 1 System Setup error 0 System Setup normal 00 1 Port operating 0 Port stopped 15to11 Commu Reserv
603. ta RD signal from the communications partner is initially stored in the reception buffer 3 The data in the reception buffer is analyzed and a search is performed for data matching an expected message registered with the RECV command 4 When matching data is found all the previous data is deleted from the re ception buffer 5 If this results in the amount of data stored in the reception buffer dropping to less than 0 5 Kbytes i e more than 2 Kbytes remaining the RS signal is turned ON 6 Data that is received while the PMCR 260 instruction is not being execut ed is discarded 7 In full duplex mode the data left over after the analysis performed with the last RECV command and any subsequent data received before the next PMCR 260 execution is discarded During this interval RS flow control cannot be used Note Full duplex mode is supported only by the CS CUJ Series 5 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations This section describes the bits and words used by the Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units in the Auxiliary Area and the Soft ware Switches and Status Area allocated in the CIO Area 5 3 1 Auxiliary Area Allocations Port 1 and Port 2 Port These bits can be turned ON from the program using the OUT or other Settings Change Bits instructions to change communications settings and restart the Serial Com munications Board ports When changing the settings and restarting the port have been co
604. ta length 01 to 32 2 digits BCD Preset data ASCII Combination of the following ASCII characters and up to 32 characters maximum 30 0 to 39 9 41 CA to 5A Z 3F 7 The area that is not used is undefined Store repeatedly the contents of words with offsets 2 to 19 the same number of times as the number of presets N Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None BCR Connection Confirmation V500 Sequence No 358 Hex 0166 This sequence confirms whether the Bar Code Reader is connected correctly or not Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 394 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J Log Data Clear V500 Sequence No 359 Hex 0167 This sequence clears the log data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Data Continuous Read Scan V500 Sequence No 360 Hex 0168 This sequence performs the following operations repeatedly Instructs the Bar Code Reader to start reading and receives the data read by the Bar Code Reader The scan notification method is used for the receive data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 352 Data rea
605. te start bits data length stop bits parity ports terminating resistance terminating resistance setup error and port operating stopped status The port operating stopped status will always be 1 for 1 N NT Links Communications Status The flow control and buffer status is stored This status is not used for 1 N NT Links These bits are cleared at startup or when a port is restarted using STUP 237 or a Port Settings Change Bit Auxiliary Area Transmission Control The status of the transmission control signals is stored Signal Status Protocol Status The bits corresponding to the unit numbers of the connected PTs for which priority processing has been set and the bits corresponding to the unit num bers for which communications are being executed are turned ON Words Bit Contents Boards Unit CS Series Only CS CJ Series Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2 n 19 15 to08 PT Priority Registered Flag 07 to 00 PT Communications Execution Flag n 20to 15to00 Reserved n 24 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 PT Priority Registered Flag PT Communications Execution Flag Unit No 7 to Unit No 0 lt gt Unit No 7 to Unit No 0 175 SECTION 7 Loopback Test This section describes the procedure and other information required to conduct loopback test to check the serial communications ports 7 1 Ex
606. te Writes the operation mode and read func V500 tions 355 0163 BCR function read Reads the operation mode and read func V500 tions 356 0164 Log data output request Requests output of log data sent to host V500 357 0165 Preset data set V500 Writes preset data 358 0166 BCR connection confir Confirms if the Reader is correctly set mation V500 359 0167 Log data clear V500 Clear log data 360 0168 Continuous data read Performs the following operations repeat scan V500 edly starts reading receives data read by the Reader saves the data to the receive words by the scan method 361 0169 Continuous data read Performs the following operations repeat interrupt V500 edly starts reading receives data read by the Reader saves the data to the receive words by the interrupt method interrupt No 100 362 016A BCR initialize Clears the log confirms BCR connection and sets BCRs 363 016B Continuous data read Performs the following operations repeat scan V520 edly starts reading receives data read by the Reader saves the data to the receive words by the scan method 364 016C Continuous data read Performing the following operations repeat interrupt V520 edly starts reading receives data read by the Reader saves the data to the receive words by the interrupt method interrupt No 100 365 016D General purpose com Us
607. ted Programming _ General purpose Programmable Device excluding external device Terminal PT Programming Host computer Console Io Serial Communications Board CPU Unit sj W _ m O 0 General purpose Programmable Programming Host computer external device Terminal PT Device excluding Programming Console Note A 1 1 NT Link is not supported Overview Section 1 2 1 2 2 Serial Communications Units CS Series CJ Series The Serial Communications Units are CPU Bus Unit One or more Units can be mounted to the CPU Unit or a CS CJ Expansion Rack A total of up to 16 CPU Bus Units can be controlled by one CPU Unit The CS series Serial Communications Unit must be used for a CS series PC and a Cu series Serial Communications Unit must be used for a CJU series PC Two serial communications ports are provided for connecting host computers Programmable Terminals PTs general purpose external devices and Pro gramming Devices excluding Programming Console This makes it possible to easily increase the number of serial communications ports for the CS CJ series PC Serial Communications Unit CS1W SCU21 V1 Two RS 232C ports RS 232C port RS 232C port Serial Communications Unit
608. ted scene No Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data ji Number of send data words Undefined Scene No Orr Comens aoma ata Number of send data words 0002 4 digits BCD Scene No 2 digits BCD 00 to 15 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Measurement Inspection Termination Sequence No 493 Hex 01ED This sequence terminates the measurement and returns to the home menu Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None General purpose Command Send Sequence No 494 Hex 01EE This sequence can set and execute commands that are not otherwise supported The delimiter CR LF is automatically attached to the send data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 send data 2 Number of send data words Command length Command Undefined Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0003 to OOFA 3 to 250 decimal Command length 4 digits Hex 0001 to 01F0 1 to 496 decimal Command ASCII Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note 1 The processing depends on the command 2 Foracommand with a response use sequence 495 452 Specify ASCII data Visual Inspection System Protocol A
609. tents aata Torma Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Process value Orset Contents aata ormaj Daa 0 Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex 1 Process value 4 digits BCD Scaling lower limit to upper limit Read Set Point during SP Ramp Sequence No 001 Hex 0001 Reads the set point during the SP ramp and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words data 1 Undefined Unit No Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex FA Unit No digis BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Set point during SP ramp C Gatarerma ata Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex Set point during SP ramp Set point lower limit to upper limit 4 digits BCD Read MV Sequence No 002 Hex 0002 Reads the MV manipulated variable for heating and cooling and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send dat
610. tep 1 see note 1 Send receive Messages see note 2 processing monitoring time Next process Response 15 steps max R ted Y notification method 15 steps max epeate N no Message list see note 2 N error Send message list r Next process Error processing Header Address Data Check Terminator e Next step s i e To specified step Receive message list e Sequence end e Sequence interrupt Header Address Data Check Terminator Reception matrix list see note 2 Reception matrix Case No 15 Case No 00 Receive message A Next process Note 1 The SEND RECV SEND amp RECV WAIT FLUSH reception buffer clear OPEN ER ON or CLOSE ER OFF commands can be used 2 Three types of reception matrix are available for switching the processing depending on whether the messages are send messages receive wait messages or multiple receive wait messages Unlike sequences these matrixes are managed as lists Sequence Parameters Parameter Meaning Transmission control parame Control methods such as flow control ters Link words Settings for shared words between the PC and the Serial Communications Board Monitoring time Monitoring time for send receive processing Response notification method Timing for writing received data to I O memory i
611. ter area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send data 340 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No Freds rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Conosur iou i rightmost 4 digits AMO nea ay ener leftmost 4 digits Control output 2 pulse cycle goe ss ee leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit Fuzzy strength Sonne digi leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit Cooling coefficient ee aot leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit Heater burnout alarm setting ne ee leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit Position proportional dead band pee 4 tite ee i rightmost 4 digits Switching output hysteresis aol leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit ON OFF count alarm setting animas aael leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit ON OFF control hysteresis a aige leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit Manual reset oe ons leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit SP setting lower limit sale ons leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit SP setting upper limit ae igite leftmost 4 digits ight t 4 digit SP rise rate limit SaNa ator leftmost 4 digits SP fall rate limit laced pa leftmost 4 digits RSS rightmost 4 digits MV change rate limit soaa leftmost 4 digits i
612. the measurement conditions are released Segment be comes 1 measurement interval becomes 1 the number of sample measurement pulses becomes 1 2 The following conditions cannot be released with this sequence error lower limit EL error upper lim it EH error exclusion counter CNT of the error data exclusion function centerless grinder func tion 3 The following settings cannot be released separately using this sequence Lower limit Upper limit Multistep selection limit Reference value analog output scale number Data output conditions scheduled print timer Measurement Condition List Request 3000 series Sequence No 409 Hex 0199 This sequence requests the measurement condition settings that have been set and other settings Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None 413 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of receive data words data F 1 Undefined gt Program number P 2 43 Segment number SG 4 5 Undefined J Measurement interval number M 6 Decimal portion 7 Undefined Integer portion Lower limit value LL 8 Sign Undefined 9 Decimal porti
613. tic selection range upper limit leftmost 4 digits 51 PID No 8 MV upper limit rightmost 4 digits 52 PID No 8 MV upper limit leftmost 4 digits 53 PID No 8 PV bias value rightmost 4 digits 54 PID No 8 PV bias value leftmost 4 digits 55 PID No 8 Automatic selection range upper limit rightmost 4 digits 56 PID No 8 Automatic selection range upper limit leftmost 4 digits 343 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Offset 0 1 to2 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex PID No 5 P 8 digits BCD 3 to 4 PID No 5 8 digits BCD 5 to 6 PID No 5 D 8 digits BCD 7 to 8 PID No 5 MV lower limit 8 digits BCD 9 to 10 PID No 5 MV upper limit 8 digits BCD 11 to 12 PID No 5 PV bias value 8 digits BCD 13 to 14 PID No 5 Automatic selection range upper limit 8 digits BCD 43 to 44 PID No 8 P 8 digits BCD 45 to 46 PID No 8 8 digits BCD 47 to 48 PID No 8 D 8 digits BCD 49 to 50 PID No 8 MV lower limit 8 digits BCD 51 to 52 PID No 8 MV upper limit 8 digits BCD 53 to 54 PID No 8 PV bias value 8 digits BCD 55 to 56 PID No 8 Automatic selection range upper limit 8 digits BCD Appendix H Data 0039 0057 decimal 00000000 to 09999000 Write PID Control Parameters 1 Sequence No 262 Hex 0106 Writes PID parameters No 1 to 4
614. tification method is used for the receive data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 434 Single Run Measurement Start Note 1 Since this sequence repeats itself within the sequence once it is executed it remains in the execution state until cancelled 2 Even if execution is cancelled the Laser Micrometer still keeps measuring Execute sequence No 438 Measurement Termination to end the sequence Continuous Measurement Start Interrupt 4000 series Sequence No 437 Hex 01B5 This sequence starts a continuous measurement The interrupt notification method is used for the receive data and the interrupt No is 101 Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None 429 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 434 Single Run Measurement Start Note 1 Since this sequence repeats itself within the sequence once it is executed it remains in the execution state until cancelled 2 Even if execution is cancelled the Laser Micrometer still keeps measuring Execute sequence No 438 Measurement Termination to end the sequence 3 Sequences No 413 and No 437 Continuous Measurement Start with Interrupt are not supported by the CS1W SCU21 V1 a
615. timer RLT Setting Yes No flags 425 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Offset 0 1 Contents data format Number of send data words 4 digits Hex Segment number 1 digit BCD Appendix K Data 0019 0025 decimal fixed 1to5 2 Measurement interval num ber 1 digit BCD 1to7 3 Lower limit value Decimal portion 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Example 123 4567 3 4567 4 Lower limit value integer portion 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 4 0123 5 Lower limit value Sign ASCII 1 character If 20 5 2D00 If 2D 6 to 8 Upper limit value Same as lower limit value 9 to 11 Reference value Same as lower limit value 12 Analog output scale number 1 digit BCD O0to3 13 to 15 Unused 16 Data output conditions 1 digit BCD 0to6 17 Data output timer value 3 digits BCD 000 to 999 18 Number of seconds for latch timer 2 digits BCD 00 to 99 19 Yes No for segment setting 1 digit BCD Set 1 SG Don t set 0 20 Yes No for measurement interval number setting 1 digit BCD Set 1 M Don t set 0 Yes No for upper lower limit value setting 1 digit BCD Set 1 LL LH Don t set 0 Yes No for reference setting 1 digit BCD Set 1 REF SCL Don t set 0 Yes No for data output condi tion setting 1 digit
616. ting the communications ports e 1 N NT Link Serial communications mode Protocol 1 N NT Link macro See note 2 Serial com munications ports PC Series Product Model number Host Link Loop back test Serial Commu nications Boards CS1W SCB21 V1 RS 232C OK OK OK OK RS 232C OK OK OK OK CS1W SCB41 V1 RS 232C OK OK OK OK RS 422A 485 OK See note 1 OK OK Serial Commu nications Unit CS1W SCU21 V1 RS 232C OK OK OK OK RS 232C OK OK OK OK Serial Commu CJ1W SCU21 RS 232C OK OK OK OK nications Unit RS 232C RS 422A 485 OK OK See note 1 OK Host com puter or Pro gramming Device OK OK OK OK OK OK CJ1W SCU41 RS 232C OK General purpose external device OK PT OK Device to be connected A connection example for each serial communications mode is shown in the following sections for a Serial Communications Unit The examples apply equally as well to the Serial Communications Boards Note 1 A 4 wire connection must be used when using Host Link communications for an RS 422A 485 connector 2 A 1 1 NT Link is not supported Host Link Mode In Host Link mode C mode commands Host Link commands or FINS com mands can be sent from a host computer to read or write I O memory in the PC or to control the PC
617. tings other than 0000 and 0001 Response Text MRES SRES MRS SRC T l l I ii i dias as 2 bytes 2 bytes 4 bytes 8 bytes 1 Response Code MRES SRES 0000 Normal end 1001 Command too long 1002 Command too short 1100 Parameter error 1101 Area type error 1103 First address range error 2203 Operating error 2 Read Data The specified data is returned in 8 digits of hexadecimal data 219 CompoWay F Master Protocol CompoWay F Master Protocol Sequences The CompoWay F Master Protocol provides six communications sequences that can be used for the following e Converting to ASCII data or not converting to ASCII data e Sending to a specified Unit or broadcasting e Specifying from the command code or specifying from the subaddress and SID Structure of the Protocol The following table shows the structure of the CompoWay F Master Protocol Sequence No 600 0258 Communications sequence name Send with ASCII conver sion with response Function Converts the specified data beginning with the command code to ASCII and sends it to the specified Unit The response is con verted to hexadecimal and stored starting at the specified word Appendix B Ladder interface Send word Receive word allocation allocation 601 0259 Broadcast with ASCII conversion no response A broadcast version of sequence No 600 No
618. tion 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 409 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K 410 First word of send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Number of send data words Unused Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign Undefined Decimal portion Undefined Integer portion Sign Undefined Segment number SG Measurement interval number M Lower limit value LL Upper limit value LH Multistep selection limit value L1 Multistep selection limit value L2 Multistep selection limit value L3 Multistep selection limit value L4 Multistep selection limit value L5 Multistep selection limit value L6 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K 30 Decimal portion 3 Undefined Integer portion 32 Sign Undefined 33 34 Undefined 35 U
619. tion is being used the receive data will be stored in the buffer with the error status included The corresponding error flags will turn ON or OFF according to the following conditions Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Section 5 3 Error Data In Data Agreeing with Expected Receive Message When RECV is executed an expected receive message is searched for in the reception buffer If the data that has been received agrees with an expected receive message it is processed as receive data If error details are included in the receive data the corresponding error flags will turn ON The following example shows when 100 bytes of data is received that agrees with an expected receive message 100 bytes Error Flag ON P Parity error Data Not Agreeing with Expected Receive Message If error details are included in data that do not agree with an expected receive message the data will simply be discarded and the error flag status will remain unchanged For trace information all error details in the reception buffer will be stored within capacity for the trace data The following example shows when a parity error occurs for data that does not agree with an expected receive message P Data discarded P lt h gt i Error flags remain unchanged lt t gt Protocol Status The information shown in the following table is input from the Board or Unit to the Protocol Status Words in the CPU Unit n CIO 1500
620. tions Unit Board V500 C11 D sub 9 pin female D sub 9 pin female Signal Signal Name Pin No Pin No Nane FG 1 1 FG SD 2 2 SD RD 3 3 RD RTS 4 4 RTS CTS 5 5 CIS DSR 7 7 DSR DTR 8 8 DTR SG 9 9 SG 388 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J V520 Connections V520 R121 Serial Communications Board CS Series only Serial Communications Unit Reader CS CJ Series PC PS RS 232C port V509 W011 Reader Cable Serial Communications Unit Board V520 R121 D sub 9 pin female D sub 9 pin female i Signal Name Pin No e Pin No Rane FG 1 1 SD SD 2 2 RD RD 3 3 RTS RTS 4 4 CTS CTS 5 6 DTR DSR 7 I Z SG DTR 8 SG 9 System Setting Shown below are the system settings of the V500 C11 and V520 R121 when this protocol is used Note The portions enclosed by in boxes are used for this protocol v500 C11 BCR Functions Read trigger READ SIGNAL INPUT ONLINE READ COMMAND Read control method SINGLE READ CONTINUOUS READ Host Interface Prefix NONE Suffix ETX J CR Bar code output OUTPUT NO OUTPUT V520 R121 Start code NONE STX Stop code ETX CR Operation mode
621. to 0010 1 to 16 decimal tst unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 2nd unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 16th unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Error group 0 Error group 1 j 2 Error group 2 Error group 3 3 Error group 4 Error group 5 4 Error group 6 Error group 7 5 Error group 8 Error group 9 6 Error group 10 Error group 11 7 Error group 12 Error group 13 8 Error group 14 Error group 15 128 Error group 14 Error group 15 q Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 00 to 31 1st unit 16th unit max Number of units x 8 1 1st unit Error group 0 data 2 digits Hex Error group 1 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF 1st unit Error group 2 data 2 digits Hex Error group 3 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF 1st unit Error group 12 data 2 digits Hex Error group 13 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF tst unit Error group 14 data 2 digits Hex Error group 15 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF 2nd unit Error group 0 data 2 digits Hex Error group 1 data 2 digits Hex 00 to FF 00 to FF 331 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Appendix H offset Contents data tormay Daa 128 16th unit
622. to 9999 Example 123 4567 portion 4 digits BCD 3 4567 Measurement value integer 000 to 999 4 0123 portion 3 digits BCD 5 F000 Measurement value Sign If 0 BIN If F Deviation value Same as measurement value The deviation will be stored in this area only when ref erence setting is made Zero Run Measurement Start 3000 series Sequence No 411 Hex 019B If the sample measurement condition is zero a zero run measurement is started Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note The zero run measurement keeps measuring until sequence No 414 Measurement Termination is executed 416 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Continuous Measurement Start Scan 3000 series Sequence No 412 Hex 019C A continuous measurement is started The scan notification method is used for the receive data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 410 Single Run Measurement Start Note 1 Since this sequence repeats itself within the sequence once it is executed it remains in the execution state until cancelled 2 Even if execution is cancelled the Laser Micrometer still keeps measuring Execute sequence No 414 Measurement Termination to end t
623. to the CPU Unit in the protocol status area If an error occurs the flags will be turned ON n 1500 25 x unit number Contents Board Unit CS series only CS CJ series 15 Error 14 to 09 Reserved 08 DTR check error 07 CTS check error 06 Reserved 05 Timeout error 04 Parity error 03 Overrun error 02 Framing error 01 Reserved 00 Conveyor error n 10 n 20 15 to 00 Test execution count n 11 n 21 15 to 00 Test error count n 12to n 22to 15to00 Reserved n 14 n 24 The test execution count and test error count are cleared at startup If the number of tests or the number of test errors is counted to FFFF hex the value of the count will remain at FFFF but testing will continue 180 SECTION 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance This section describes the troubleshooting and maintenance procedures for the Serial Communications Boards and the Serial Communications Unit 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 5 8 6 Indicator Error Displays 00 c cect eee enn 8 1 1 Serial Communications Boards CS Series Only 8 1 2 Serial Communications Units CS CJ Series Status Area Error Indications 00 cee cece eects Troubleshooting oe eve Ae a E betes bute Latha E heen 8 3 1 Host Link Communications 0 00 0 e eee ees 8 3 2 INNT Link Mode 0 ccc tees 8 3 3 Protocol Mac
624. to the PID control parameters in the parameter area Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 344 First word of send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 52 53 54 55 56 57 Number of send data words Undefined Unit No PID No 1 P PID No 1 P PID No 11 PID No 11 PID No 1 D PID No 1 D PID No 1 MV lower limit PID No 1 MV lower limit PID No 1 MV upper limit PID No 1 MV upper limit PID No 1 PV bias value PID No 1 PV bias value PID No 1 Automatic selection range upper limit PID No 1 Automatic selection range upper limit 1 PID No 4 MV upper limit PID No 4 MV upper limit PID No 4 PV bias value PID No 4 PV bias value PID No 4 Automatic selection range upper limit PID No 4 Automatic selection range upper limit rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits See ee es ee cee leftmost 4 digits ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Offset 0 1 Contents data format Num
625. tocol Macros are used The words allocated to the Serial Communications Board are different from those allocated to the Serial Communications Units which are allocated words according to unit numbers Serial Communications Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area D32000 to D32099 Boards CS Series Only D32000 to D32001 Port 1 Settings D32008 to D32009 D32010 to D32011 Port 2 Settings D32018 to D32019 D32002 to D32007 Not used with the protocol macro mode D32012 to D32017 D32020 to D32767 Reserved for the system Serial Communications Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area D30000 to D31599 Units CS CJ Series First Word in Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area m D30000 100 x unit number Unit No DM Area Unit No D30000 to D30099 m tom 1 m 8 to m 9 Port 1 Settings Unit No D30100 to D30199 Unit No D30200 to D30299 Unit No D30300 to D30399 Unit No D30400 to D30499 m 10tom 11 m 18 to m 19 Port 2 Settings m 2tom 7 m 12 tom 17 Not used m 20 to m 99 Not used Unit No D30500 to D30599 Unit No D30600 to D30699 Unit No D30700 to D30799 Unit No D30800 to D30899 Unit No D30900 to D30999 Unit No D31000 to D31099 Unit No D31100 to D31199 Unit No D31200 to D31299 Unit No D31300 to D31399 Unit No D31400 to D31499 Unit No D31500 to D31599 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 131 Setup Area Allocations
626. torage Words aj Proportional band 2 Integral time 3 Derivative time Offset Contents data format Number of receive data words 0004 4 digits Hex Proportional band 4 digits BCD 0000 to 9999 Integral time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 Derivative time 4 digits BCD 0000 to 3999 Read Cooling Coefficient Sequence No 006 Hex 0006 Reads the cooling coefficient and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No Orr Comens aoma ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 236 E5LK Digital Controller Read Protocol Appendix C Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Cooling coefficient offset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex 1 Cooling coefficient 4 digits BCD 0001 to 9999 Read Dead Band Sequence No 007 Hex 0007 Reads the dead band and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words d dat Soon 1 Undefined offset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No
627. torage words Status code one Coments aaa oman ata Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex Status code 4 digits BCD 0000 to FFFF Read Setting Unit Sequence No 112 Hex 0070 Reads the setting units and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words SG0d data 1 Undefined UnitNo Contents data format Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 280 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words t d storage words 4 Setcod oriset Contents atoma ata Number of receive data words 0002 4 digits Hex Set code 4 digits BCD 0000 unit of 1 0001 unit of 0 1 Read Input Shift Value Sequence No 113 Hex 0071 Reads the input shift values and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No on Comensa oman ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive dat
628. tput 1 pulse cycle rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Control output 2 pulse cycle rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Fuzzy strength Cooling coefficient Heater burnout alarm setting rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Position proportional dead band rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Switching output hysteresis rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits ON OFF count alarm setting ON OFF control hysteresis rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Manual reset rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits SP setting lower limit SP setting upper limit SP rise rate limit rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits SP fall rate limit rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits MV rate of change limit rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Secondary loop fixed SP rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Secondary loop P rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Secondary loop rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Secondary loop D rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits Secondary loop manual reset rightmost 4 digits leftmost 4 digits ES100 Digital
629. ts 1 8 bits 02 Stop bits 0 2 bits 1 1 bit 01 Parity 0 Yes 1 No 00 Parity 0 Even 1 Odd D32011 04 to 15 Reserved 00 to 03 Baud rate bps 0 Default 9 600 3 1 200 4 2 400 5 4 800 6 9 600 7 19 200 8 38 400 9 57 600 A 115 200 D32012 15 Send delay time 0 Default 0 ms 1 Setting in bits 00 to 14 00 to 14 Send delay 0000 to 7530 hex Unit 10 ms D32013 Port Settings Serial Communications Mode Start Bits Data Length Stop Bits Parity Baud Rate 110 15 CTS control 0 No 1 Yes 08 to 14 Reserved 00 to 07 Host Link unit number 00 to 1F hex The setting for the port settings determine if the default settings or user set tings will be used for port 1 and port 2 Be sure to use the same settings as the RS 232C port on the host computer connected via the Host Link System If the default port settings are specified then the setting of bits 00 to 04 and the baud rate in D32001 will be ignored The default settings used are as follows Baud rate 9 600 bps start bits 1 bit data length 7 bits parity even and stop bits 2 bits If user port settings are specified set bits 00 to 04 and set the baud rate in D32001 Setting Example 0100 Hex Host link mode with default port settings Set the serial communications mode to 5 Hex to use Host Link communica tions The default setting of O Hex can also be used to
630. ts Hex 00 to OF Channel 0 0000 to 0500 Heater burnout detection current 4 digits BCD Channel 0 0000 to 0500 SSR failure detection current 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 0500 Heater burnout detection current 4 digits BCD Channel 1 0000 to 0500 SSR failure detection current 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 0500 Heater burnout detection current 4 digits BCD Channel 7 0000 to 0500 SSR failure detection current 4 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Dead Band Overlap Band Sequence No 172 Hex 00AC Writes the dead bands or overlap bands for control outputs during heating cooling control Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Dead band overlap band Channel 0 3 Dead band overlap band Channel 1 4 Dead band overlap band Channel 2 5 Dead band overlap band Channel 3 6 Dead band overlap band Channel 4 7 Dead band overlap band Channel 5 8 Dead band overlap band Channel 6 9 Dead band overlap band Channel 7 305 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Offset Contents data format Data 0 Number of send data words 000A 0010 decimal fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 2 Channel 0 0000 to 0999 Dead band overlap band 4 digits BCD 3 Channel 1 0000 to
631. ts using a setting unit of 1 Ladder interface Send Receive word word allocation allocation Write set point setting unit 0 1 Writes the set points using a setting unit of 0 1 Write proportional band integral time and derivative time Writes the proportional bands integral times and derivative times Write control period Writes the control periods Write output mode Writes the output modes Write alarm mode Write alarm temperature setting unit 1 Writes the alarm modes Writes the alarm temperatures using a setting unit of 1 Write alarm temperature setting unit 0 1 Writes the alarm temperatures using a setting unit of 0 1 Write hysteresis Writes the hysteresis Start autotuning Starts autotuning Cancel autotuning Cancels autotuning Write setting unit Writes the setting units Write input shift value Writes the input shift values Write manual reset value Writes the manual reset values Write ramp value Writes the ramp values Write manual output value Writes the manual output values Write output value limit Writes the output value limits Write output value change rate limit Write output value change rate limits Save settings Saves settings 289 ESZE Temperature Controller Write Protocol Appendix F Se Communications sequence name Function Ladder interface que
632. tus of the host computer Command Host computer a CS CJ series PC Response The PC sends a command to the host computer through a Serial Communica tions Unit or Board The host computer processes the command and when necessary returns a response to the PC Using PC initiated communications requires that a program be prepared on the host computer to process commands received from a PC and return the required responses Only FINS commands can be used in PC initiated com munications Note Always transfer uppercase letters when using Host Link communications Lowercase letters cannot be processed 4 2 Setup Area Allocations This section describes the Setup Area allocated to the Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units in the DM Area when Host Link com munications are used 4 2 1 Setup Area Words The Serial Communications Board and Serial Communications Units use the following words as a Setup Area in the DM Area when Host Link communica tions are used The words allocated to the Serial Communications Board are different from those allocated to the Serial Communications Units which are allocated words according to the unit numbers 108 Setup Area Allocations Section 4 2 Serial Communications Setup Area Allocated in the DM Area D32000 to D32099 Boards CS Series only Words Usage D32000 to D32003 Port 1 Settings D32010 to D32013 Port 2 Settings D32004 to D32009 Not used in
633. tween PC and protocol macro function Operand setting 250 words Including the word that specifies the number of words 1 word Link word setting 500 words O1 O2 11 and 12 500 words total Direct setting 500 words Maximum number of words per data attribute 25 Specifications Section 1 6 Item Description Sequence contents step common parameters 26 Number of steps per sequence 16 max Transmission con trol parameters X on X off flow RS CS flow delimiter control or contention control and modem control can be selected Response notifica tion method oper and Scan notification or interrupt notification i e writing the receive data in the I O memory area specified in the 4th operand of the PMCR 260 instruction can be selected Scan notification Writes the receive data to I O memory during CPU Unit scanning Interrupt notification Writes the receive data to I O memory as soon as it is received and at the same time specifies the execution of the interrupt program for the CPU Unit Note The interrupt notification method can be executed only by a Serial Communications Board It cannot be used for a Serial Communications Unit Scan method fixed Board and Unit Interrupt notification Board only See note 2 Interrupt Board only See note 2 notification for reception case number Monitoring time during send receive proces
634. ully trans ferred Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allocations Setup error Address Board CIO 190601 port 1 CIO 191601 port 2 Unit n 6 bit 01 port 1 n 16 bit 01 port 2 Board only A42408 not avail able for Unit Meaning This flag is turned ON if a Setup error occurs in the allocated DM Area After changing the Setup turn ON the power again restart the Board Unit restart the port or execute the STUP 237 instruction Initialize Startup See note Section 5 3 At error Startup See note Port operat ing Board CIO 190600 port 1 CIO 191600 port 2 Unit n 6 bit 00 port 1 n 16 bit 00 port 2 ON when the port can operate correctly OFF when protocol macro data is being transferred Startup See note At error After pro tocol data has been trans ferred Remote Unit receive busy receive wait Board CIO 190710 port 1 CIO 191710 port 2 Unit n 7 bit 10 port 1 n 17 bit 10 port 2 This flag indicates the receive status of a remote Unit during SEND when Xon Xoff flow control or RS CS flow control is set in the transmission control parameters When Xon Xoff flow control is set the reception buffer is cleared when the sequence starts so the status area is set to remote Unit receive wait 0 1 Remote Unit receive busy Reception is disabled because the reception buffer is full 0 Remote Unit receive wait Reception is
635. umber of send data words send data Undefined 2 Undefined Subaddress 3 Undefined SID 4 Number of send bytes 5 Send data Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0006 to OOFA Hex 6 to 250 decimal 4 digits Hex Always 0000 Hex MRC Subaddress Specify the subaddress of the device being 2 digits Hex 2 digits Hex communicated with Always 00 Hex SID 1 digit Hex Set the service ID of the required service e g retries Number of send bytes 4 digits Hex Number of data bytes from the MCR until the byte just before the ETX 0000 to 01EA Hex 0 to 490 decimal Send data The data specified in hexadecimal here is 0 not converted and the number of bytes t specified in S 4 is sent 2 4 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Specify a dummy value for the operand such as 0000 228 Compo Way F Master Protocol Appendix B Connections Connection methods between a Serial Communications Board or Unit and the K3N Processor are shown below RS 232C e RS 232C connections are one to one series Intelligent Signal e The max cable length is 15 m Use an RS 232C optical interface Z3RN when extending the transmission line beyond 15 m e Use shielded twisted pair cable MAX232C or equivalent
636. umber of units 4 digits Hex 0001 to 0019 1 to 25 decimal 1st unit Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 31 25th unit Unit No 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 00 to 31 1st unit 25th unit max Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Operation status Hold 2 Auto manual SP mode 3 Setting mode Valid pattern No 4 A T Valid PID set No 5 Wait Operation mode 121 Operation status Hold 122 Auto manual SP mode 123 Setting mode Valid pattern No 124 A T Valid PID set No 125 Wait Operation mode 361 ES100 Digital Controller Protocol Offset 0 Contents data format Number of receive data words 4 digits Hex 1st unit Operation status 2 digits BCD Hold 2 digits BCD Appendix H Data Number of units x 5 1 Reset Run Not hold Hold 1st unit Auto manual 2 digits BCD SP mode 2 digits BCD Auto mode Manual mode Local SP mode Remote SP mode Fixed SP mode 1st unit Setting mode 2 digits BCD Valid pattern No 2 digits BCD 1st unit A T 2 digits BCD Valid PD set No 2 digits Hex Local setting mode Remote setting mode External setting mode 0 63 Not A T SAT o 08 1st unit Wait 2 digits BCD Operation mode 2 digits BCD Not waiting Waiting Wait alarm output
637. umber of units 01 to 99 2 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words storage words 1 Log data 2 Log data I a 1 248 Log data 249 Log data Offset Contents data format Number of receive data 0001 to OOFA 1 to 250 decimal words 4 digits Hex Log data ASCIl Log data with the number of designated data is stored including the separator GS 1D If the log data including separator exceeds 498 bytes only 498 bytes are stored Note No retries are performed for this sequence 393 V500 V520 Bar Code Reader Protocol Appendix J Preset Data Set V500 Sequence No 357 Hex 0165 This sequence sets preset data Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Number of presets 2 Undefined Preset data No 3 Undefined Number of units 4 Preset data 5 Preset data 18 Preset data 19 Preset data 18N 2 Undefined Preset data No 18N 3 Undefined Number of units 18N 4 Preset data 18N 5 Preset data 18N 18 Preset data 18N 19 Preset data Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 18N 2 N is number of presets 1 to 5 4 digits Hex Number of presets 1to5 1 digit BCD Preset data No 1to5 1 digit BCD Da
638. unica tions have not been electri cally estab lished This is a hardware error Conduct a loopback test in serial communications mode to check the trans mission lines If an error occurs during the test replace the Board or Unit The SDU and COMO indica tors are flashing but the Unit or Board cannot communicate with the Pro grammable Ter minal PT The baud rate set ting is different to the PT s baud rate set ting Either change the baud rate setting in the System Setup or change the baud rate setting for the PT There is a setting error for the PT serial port Correct the PT serial port settings The I N NT Link unit number of the PT is incorrect The same 1 N NT Link unit number has been set for more than one PT Review the NT Link unit number of the PT The maximum allow able NT Link unit number is incor rectly set for the sys tem Review the Setup Area set tings Cables are incor rectly connected The RS 422A 485 port setting 2 wire or 4 wire is incor rect Adapters such as the NT AL001 E are incorrectly wired or set Review the wiring or switch settings A communications error frequently occurs due to noise etc Review the wiring and installation environment There is a PT hard ware error Replace the PT Troubleshooting Serial commu nications
639. urement Start Forced Positive Zero 4000 series Sequence No 440 Hex 01B8 This sequence sets the forced zero direction to positive Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 430 3Z4L Laser Micrometer Protocol Appendix K Forced Negative Zero 4000 series Sequence No 441 Hex 01B9 This sequence sets the forced zero direction to negative Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Forced Zero Release 4000 series Sequence No 442 Hex 01BA This sequence releases the forced zero direction Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 None Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None 3Z4L Initialize 4000 series Sequence No 443 Hex 01BB This sequence clears the 3Z4L sets the mm unit and sets memory switches Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 The send data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 401 Memory Switch Setting Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Note Memory switch settings will be ignored for this sequence for 5000 series and 6000 series Laser Micrometers General purpose Command 1 4000 series Sequence No 444 Hex 01BC This general purpose command is used to send data with a specified data length and receive back only OK The t
640. used and will be the value specified for sequence 514 Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 The receive data word allocation is similar to that of sequence No 507 Read Hex 8 Note 1 Execute sequence No 514 before executing sequence No 517 2 Data from Data Carriers designated for hexadecimal is stored beginning with the largest offset from the receive data words 3 Retry processing is not performed for this sequence Write ASCII 1 Sequence No 518 Hex 0206 This sequence is used when the number of Heads to be written to the Carrier is 1 475 V600 V620 ID Controller Protocol Appendix M Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of send 0 Number of send data words Gata 1 Undefined Unit No 2 Undefined Head CH No 3 Leading address No 4 Number of write bytes 5 Write data Max i 249 Write data Contents data format Data Number of send data words 4 digits Hex 0006 to OOFA 6 to 250 decimal Relevant Unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 07 CD1D 00 to 15 CA2A R W Head CH No 1 digit BCD R W Head CH 1 designation 1 R W Head CH 2 designation 2 The CD1D must be set to 1 Leading address No 4 digits Hex 0000 to FFFF Number of write bytes 4 digits Hex 0001 to 01EA 1 to 490 decimal Write data ASCII Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None
641. used when connected to Serial Communications Board or Unit ports They can be used only by connecting to the peripheral port or RS 232C port on the CPU Unit 5 Seta unique unit number for each PT connected to the same PC If the same unit number is set for more than one PT malfunctions will occur 6 NT Link serial communications are unique and are not compatible with oth er serial communications modes 1 3 4 Loopback Test Note 1 4 Features A connector with a loopback connection is attached to the specified serial communications port to perform loopback tests Data is sent to this port and the communications circuit is tested by comparing the transmitted data and the data returned by loopback This loopback test is performed inside the specified serial communications port It is not a loopback test using the RS 232C or RS 422A 485 communica tions path Loopback test A H Loopback test switch The loopback test results A are stored This section describes the features of the Serial Communications Boards the Serial Communications Unit and the protocols 1 4 1 Serial Communications Boards and Units Serial Communications Boards CS Series Only Serial Communications Unit CS CJ Series 1 4 2 Protocols A Serial Communications Board is installed as an option in a CPU Unit Two serial communications ports can thus be added without using an I O slot There are two types of Serial Communicat
642. using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual or applying the product to nuclear control systems railroad systems aviation systems vehicles combustion systems medical equipment amuse ment machines safety equipment and other systems machines and equip ment that may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly consult your OMRON representative Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are sufficient for the systems machines and equipment and be sure to provide the systems machines and equipment with double safety mechanisms This manual provides information for programming and operating the Unit Be sure to read this manual before attempting to use the Unit and keep this man ual close at hand for reference during operation N WARNING It is extremely important that a PC and all PC Units be used for the specified purpose and under the specified conditions especially in applications that can directly or indirectly affect human life You must consult with your OMRON representative before applying a PC System to the above mentioned applica tions 3 Safety Precautions N WARNING The CPU Unit refreshes I O even when the program is stopped i e even in PROGRAM mode Confirm safety thoroughly in advance before changing the status of any part of memory allocated to I O Units Special I O Units or CPU Bus Units Any changes to the data allocated to any Un
643. ut continuously setting the F200 and storing the measurement results in the specified words 452 01C4 Continuous measure ment execution inter rupt F200 Carries out continuously setting the F200 and storing the measurement results in the specified words 453 01C5 Reference object regis tration group F200 Performs reference position registration and evaluation criterion registration at the same time 454 01C6 Reference object regis tration reference posi tion F200 Registers the reference position for mea suring the amount of position displace ment when a position displacement compensation is used 455 01C7 Reference object regis tration evaluation crite rion F200 Registers the reference value to discrim inate the output format 456 01C8 Evaluation condition change F200 Changes the upper and lower limit val ues of the evaluation condition of the designated output No 457 01C9 Arbitrary measurement value acquisition F200 Stores the measurement values of arbi trary measurement item regardless of output format in the specified words 460 01CC Measurement execu tion F300 Carries out one measurement and stores the measurement results in the specified words 461 01CD Continuous measure ment execution scan F300 Carries out continuously setting the F300 and storing the measurement results in the specified wo
644. uting Flag is turned OFF Initialize Startup See note Section 5 3 Timing When command is exe cuted When command has fin ished exe cuting Step Error Processing Flag Board CIO 190914 port 1 CIO 191914 port 2 Unit n 9 bit 14 port 1 n 19 bit 14 port 2 This flag is turned ON when a step has ended abnormally It is turned OFF if the step ends normally as a result of a retry 1 Step ended abnormally 0 Step ended normally Startup See note When veri fication error occurs after receiving When sequence starts Abort Flag Board CIO 190913 port 1 CIO 191913 port 2 Unit n 9 bit 13 port 1 n 19 bit 13 port 2 This flag is turned ON when processing is ended using the Abort Switch from the user program When the Abort Switch is turned ON at the end of a sequence the sequence may end with either End or Abort status Startup See note When a forced abort occurs When sequence starts Tracing Flag Board CIO 190912 port 1 CIO 191912 port 2 Unit n 9 bit 12 port 1 n 19 bit 12 port 2 Depending on the instruction from the CX Protocol this flag is turned ON while time series data for send and receive messages is being traced Sequence End Com pletion Flag Board CIO 190911 port 1 CIO 191911 port 2 Unit n 9 bit 11 port 1 n 19 bit 11 port 2 This flag is turned ON when a sequence is com
645. vant unit No 2 digits BCD 00 to 99 Bank No 2 digits BCD 01 to 04 Operand Two ASCII characters Set value 5 digits BCD 00000 to 99999 Negative sign F 5th digit in BCD Example 12345 Example 1234 5 2345 5 1234 e oor e coor 125 to Set value 126 5 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Same as above 373 K3TL Intelligent Signal Processor Protocol Appendix Write Set Value HH with Bank Continuous Units Sequence No 308 Hex 0134 This sequence writes set value HH of a bank not in use for continuous units Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data F 1 Number of units 2 Undefined Bank No 3 Set value 4 Undefined J Set value 95 Undefined Bank No 96 Set value 97 Undefined Set value Offset Contents data format Number of send data words 0005 to 0062 5 to 98 decimal 4 digits Hex Number of units 0001 to 0020 1 to 32 decimal 4 digits Hex Bank No 01 to 04 2 digits BCD Set value 00000 to 99999 5 digits BCD Negative sign F 5th digit in BCD Example 12345 Example 1234 Set value Same as above 5 digits BCD Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 None Write Set Value H with Bank Continuous Units S
646. ve data 0 Number of receive data words Storage words 4 Undefined Set code offset Contents aata tormay Daa 0 Number of receive data words 0009 4 digits Hex 1 Set code 2 digits Hex 00 to FF Read Heater Burnout and SSR Failure Detection Currents Sequence No 120 Hex 0078 Reads the heater burnout and SSR failure detection currents and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words sengidata Undefined Unit No Ea Contents data format Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex 1 Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF 285 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words lorage words 1 Heater burnout detection current 2 SSR failure detection current Channel 0 3 Heater burnout detection current amp annel 1 4 SSR failure detection current T 15 Heater burnout detection current Channel 7 16 SSR failure detection current Offset Contents data format 0 Number of receive data words 0011 0017 decimal 4 digits Hex 1 Channel 0 0000 to 0500 Heater burnout detection current 4 digits BCD 2 Channel 0 0000 to 0500 SSR failure detection current 4 digits BCD
647. vents wire strands and other foreign matter from entering the Unit during wiring Remove the label after wiring has been completed to allow air circulation needed for cooling e If a serial communications port is not being used leave the cover on the port to prevent dust from entering CS series Unit Remove label after wiring x x 4 IN 3 F AA x Ln T OOO oF gt a AS N f Port cover CJ series Unit Remove label after wiring Port cover 78 Wiring Section 3 3 3 3 Wiring 3 3 1 Wiring Precautions e Before connecting or disconnecting the communications cables always make sure that the PC is turned OFF e Tighten the communications connector screws firmly with your fingers e Serial Communications Boards and Units can be connected to various devices For compatibility refer to the operation manuals for the devices to which they are to be connected 3 3 2 Port Types The following port types are provided on the Serial Communications Boards and Units PC Series Unit type CS Series Serial Communica CS1W RS 232C RS 232C tions Board SCB21 V1 CS1W RS 232C RS 422A 485 SCB41 V1 Serial Communica CS1W RS 232C RS 232C tions Unit SCU21 V1 CJ Series CS1W SCU21 RS 232C RS 232C CS1W SCU41 RS 422A 485 RS 232C The following sections describe the con
648. verview of 1 N NT Links Basic procedures and operations 1 9 Basic Operating Procedure Selecting serial communications modes 1 8 Selecting the Serial Communications Mode System configurations for serial communications modes 1 5 System Configurations Memory Area allocations to the Serial Communica tions Boards and Serial Communications Unit 2 2 Data Exchange with the CPU Unit 2 3 I O Memory Allocations Installing and wiring the Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communications Unit Section 3 Installation and Wiring Memory Area allocations to individual serial com munications modes 4 2 5 2 and 6 2 Setup Area Allocations 4 3 5 3 and 6 3 Auxiliary Area and CIO Area Allo cations Communications timing for slave initiated Host Link communications 4 4 Communications Timing Ladder diagram programming in protocol macros 5 4 Using Protocol Macros Loopback tests for ports Section 7 Loopback Test Changing the communications port settings during operation Appendix O Changing Communications Port Settings Using STUP 237 Troubleshooting and maintenance Section 8 Troubleshooting and Maintenance The contents of standard system protocols and connection methods to OMRON components Appendix A to Appendix N Details on Host Link communications including ladder diagram programming for slave initiated communications Details on C mode commands Detail
649. will Status Area Descriptions Name Error log data error Address Board ClO 190101 Unit n 1 bit 01 be used and will be stored here if a setup error occurs With a Board the same bit is used as for A42409 protocol data error of the Auxiliary Area Meaning If a write to EEPROM fails for the error log it is assumed the EEPROM is beyond its use ful life and this flag is turned ON With a Serial Communications Unit the ERC indica tor will also light Although this has no effect on communications and other functions replace the Board or Unit promptly for ease of maintenance Initialize Startup See note Timing At error Startup Protocol data error 142 Board CIO 190100 Unit n 1 bit 00 Board only A42409 This flag is turned ON if an error is detected in the protocol data SUM check when the power is turned ON With a Serial Communi cations Board the ERR ALM indicator on the CPU Unit will also flash and the RDY indica tor will flash at 1 second intervals A42409 Board only of the Auxiliary Area will also turn ON With a Serial Communications Unit the RDY and ERC indicator will flash This error may occur if the communications connector becomes disconnected or the PC power is turned OFF during protocol data transfer Use the CX Protocol to transfer of the protocol data again Startup See note At error When pro tocol data has been success f
650. x E Switch Settings This section shows the switch settings for using the E5ZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Communications Parameter DIP Switch Pins 3 and 4 Terminating resistance Pins 1 and 2 RS 422 RS 485 Parameter Terminating ON resistance RS 422 or RS 485 Unit Number Switch UNIT Setting O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 JA B JC D JE JF Unit No 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 OA OB OC OD OE OF A Factory defaults Baud Rate DIP Switch FUNCTION Factory default 9 600 bps pin 1 ON pin 2 OFF Baud rate 19 200 bps Pins 1 and 2 271 ESZE Temperature Controller Read Protocol Appendix E Read Set Point Sequence No 100 Hex 0064 Reads the set points and stores the results in the specified words Send Data Word Allocation 3rd Operand of PMCR 260 First word of 0 Number of send data words send data 1 Undefined Unit No on Gontenis eta oman ata Number of send data words 0002 fixed 4 digits Hex Unit No 2 digits Hex 00 to OF Receive Data Word Allocation 4th Operand of PMCR 260 Receive data 0 Number of receive data words _ storage words 1 Set point rightmost 4 digits 2 Set point leftmost 1 digit Channel 0 I T TT 15 Set point rig

SYSMAC CS/CJ Series Serial Communications Boards and

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents